YASKAWA AC Drive E1000

AC Drive for Fan and Pump

Technical Manual
Type: CIMR-EBA
Models: 200 V Class: 0.75 to 110 kW
400 V Class: 0.75 to 355 kW

To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain
for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user
receives this manual.

Receiving 1
Mechanical Installation 2
Electrical Installation 3
Start-Up Programming &
Operation 4
Parameter Details 5
Troubleshooting 6
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance 7
Peripheral Devices &
Options 8
Specifications A
Parameter List B
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
C
Standards Compliance D
MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 35A
Quick Reference Sheet E
Copyright © 2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior
written permission of YASKAWA. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information
contained herein. Moreover, because YASKAWA is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the
information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in
the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, YASKAWA assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this
publication.

2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
◆ Quick Reference
Easily Set Parameters for Specific Applications

Preset parameter defaults are available for setting up applications. Refer to Application Selection on page 103.

Drive a Synchronous PM Motor

E1000 can operate synchronous PM motors. Refer to Subchart A-2: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors on page 101.

Perform Auto-Tuning
Automatic tuning sets motor parameters. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 105.

Maintenance Check Using Drive Monitors

Use drive monitors to check the if fans, capacitors, and other components may require maintenance. Refer to Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors on page 287.

Fault Display and Troubleshooting

Refer to Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors on page 248 and Refer to Troubleshooting without Fault Display on page 275.

Standards Compliance

Refer to European Standards on page 418 and Refer to UL Standards on page 424.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 3
4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 Table of Contents
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

I. PREFACE & GENERAL SAFETY ....................................................................... 13

i.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Applicable Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Terms and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
i.2 General Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supplemental Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Application Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Notes on Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Applications with Specialized Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Drive Label Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

1. RECEIVING .......................................................................................................... 25
1.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.2 General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
E1000 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.5 Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
IP00 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Front Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

2. MECHANICAL INSTALLATION .......................................................................... 37

2.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.2 Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Installation Orientation and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Digital Operator Remote Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Exterior and Mounting Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 5
 3. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ............................................................................ 51
3.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-E 2A0004 to 0081)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-E 4A0002 to 0044) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-E 2A0110, 0138)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-E 4A0058, 0072) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-E 2A0169 to 0415)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-E 4A0088 to 0675) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
3.5 Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
CIMR-E 2A0004 to 0081, 4A0002 to 0044 (IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure) . . . . . . .60
CIMR-E 2A0110 to 0415, 4A0058 to 0675 (IP00 Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Removing/Reattaching the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
3.7 Top Protective Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Removing the Top Protective Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Reattaching the Top Protective Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Protecting Main Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
3.10 Control I/O Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Hardwire Baseblock Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Using the Contact Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Using the Pulse Train Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Terminal AM/FM Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
3.11 Terminal A2 Analog Input Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
3.12 Connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
3.13 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
3.14 External Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Drive Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
3.15 Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

6 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4. START-UP PROGRAMMING & OPERATION ................................................... 87
4.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.2 Using the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Keys and Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Digital Text Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
LED Screen Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Menu Structure for Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Changing Parameter Settings or Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Flowchart A: Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Subchart A-1: Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Subchart A-2: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.5 Powering Up the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.6 Application Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Setting 1: Water Supply Pump Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Setting 3: Exhaust Fan Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Setting 4: HVAC Fan Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.7 Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Types of Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Auto-Tuning Operation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
4.8 No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.9 Test Run with Load Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Test Run with the Load Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.10 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parameter Access Level: A1-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
4.11 Test Run Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

5. PARAMETER DETAILS..................................................................................... 117

5.1 A: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
A1: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
A2: User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.2 b: Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
b1: Operation Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
b3: Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
b4: Delay Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
b5: PI Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
b6: Dwell Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
b8: Energy Saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 7
 5.3 C: Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
C2: S-Curve Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
C4: Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
C6: Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
5.4 d: Reference Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
d1: Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
d3: Jump Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
d4: Frequency Reference Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
d6: Field Weakening and Field Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
d7: Offset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
5.5 E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
E1: V/f Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
E2: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
5.6 F: Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
F6: Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
CC-Link Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
MECHATROLINK Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
PROFIBUS-DP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
CANopen Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
DeviceNet Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
5.7 H: Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
H6: Pulse Train Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
5.8 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
L1: Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
L4: Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
L5: Fault Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
5.9 n: Special Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
n1: Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
n8: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
o1: Digital Operator Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
o3: Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
5.11 U: Monitor Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
U1: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
U2: Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
U3: Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
U4: Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 U5: PI Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
U6: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

6. TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................................................... 243

6.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Fine-Tuning V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Alarm and Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
6.4 Fault Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
6.5 Alarm Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
6.6 Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
6.8 Copy Function Related Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Fault Reset Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Common Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Cannot Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after
Entering External Run Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Motor is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference
Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled . . . . . . . 278
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) Trips During Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
PI Output Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC
Injection Braking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 9
 7. PERIODIC INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE .................................................... 281
7.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
7.2 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Recommended Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Recommended Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
7.3 Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
Number of Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
Cooling Fan Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0018 to 2A0081 and 4A0007 to 4A0044 . . . . . . . . . .291
Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072 . . . . . . . . . .293
Cooling Fan Replacement: 4A0088 and 4A0103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0169 to 0415, 4A0139 to 4A0362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
Cooling Fan Replacement: 4A0414 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
Cooling Fan Replacement: 4A0515 and 4A0675 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
7.5 Drive Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Serviceable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Replacing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307

8. PERIPHERAL DEVICES & OPTIONS .............................................................. 311

8.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
8.4 Option Card Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
Installing Option Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Dynamic Braking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Earth Leakage
Circuit Breaker (ELCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
Connecting an AC or DC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
Connecting a Surge Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
Connecting a Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
Fuse/Fuse Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
Attachment for External Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
EMC Filter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output . . . . . . . . . . . . .324

A. SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. 327

A.1 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
A.2 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
A.3 Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
A.4 Drive Watt Loss Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
A.5 Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
Carrier Frequency Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
Altitude Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334

10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B. PARAMETER LIST ............................................................................................ 335
B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Control Modes, Symbols, and Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
B.2 Parameter Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
B.3 Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
A: Initialization Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
b: Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
d: Reference Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
F: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
L: Protection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
n: Special Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
o: Operator Related Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
U: Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
A1-02 Dependent Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
B.5 V/f Pattern Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
YASKAWA SMRA Series SPM Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor (For Derated Torque) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

C. MEMOBUS/MODBUS COMMUNICATIONS ..................................................... 389

C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
C.2 Communication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
C.3 Connecting to a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Network Cable Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Network Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Observing the Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Controlling the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
C.6 Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Response Messages from Drive to Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
C.7 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Message Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Function Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Error Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
C.8 Message Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Loopback Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 11
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
Command Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
Monitor Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
Broadcast Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410
Fault Trace Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410
Alarm Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
C.10 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
H5-11 and the Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
C.11 Communication Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
Slave Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
C.12 Self-Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414

D. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE ............................................................................ 415

D.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416
D.2 European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
EMC Guidelines Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
D.3 UL Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
UL Standards Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
Drive Motor Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426

E. QUICK REFERENCE SHEET ............................................................................ 429

E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
E.2 Multi-Function I/O Terminal Settings Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
Multi-Function Digital Inputs (SC Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
Pulse Train Input/Analog Inputs (AC Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
Monitor Outputs (AC Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
E.3 User Setting Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Index ............................................................................................................................ 436

Revision History ............................................................................................................ 447

12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 i
Preface & General Safety
This section provides safety messages pertinent to this product that, if not heeded, may result
in fatality, personal injury, or equipment damage. YASKAWA is not responsible for the
consequences of ignoring these instructions.

I.1 PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
I.2 GENERAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 13
i.1 Preface

i.1 Preface
YASKAWA manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The
selection and application of YASKAWA products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user.
YASKAWA accepts no responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no
circumstances should any YASKAWA product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety
control. Without exception, all controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all
circumstances. All systems or equipment designed to incorporate a product manufactured by YASKAWA must be
supplied to the end user with appropriate warnings and instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any
warnings provided by YASKAWA must be promptly provided to the end user. YASKAWA offers an express warranty
only as to the quality of its products in conforming to standards and specifications published in the YASKAWA manual.
NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED. YASKAWA assumes no liability for any
personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims arising from misapplication of its products.
This manual is designed to ensure correct and suitable application of Variable E1000-Series Drives. Read this manual
before attempting to install, operate, maintain, or inspect a drive and keep it in a safe, convenient location for future
reference. Be sure you understand all precautions and safety information before attempting application.

◆ Applicable Documentation
The following manuals are available for E1000 series drives:

E1000 Series AC Drive Quick Start Guide

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

This guide is available only in Chinese.

REV DRV FOUT

LO
It is packaged together with the product. It contains basic information required to install and wire the drive, in addition to an
overview of fault diagnostics, maintenance, and parameter settings. It is meant to get the drive ready for a trial run with the
ESC
RE

RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

application and for basic operation.

CIMR-EA2A0021FAA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:

WARNING AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1

E1000 Series AC Drive Technical Manual (this book)

Risk of electric shock. Risque de décharge électrique.
● Read manual before installing. ● Lire le manuel avant l'installation.
● Wait 5 minutes for capacitor ● Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure
discharge after disconnecting de l'alimentation, pour permettre
power supply. la décharge des condensateurs.
● To conform to requirements, ● Pour répondre aux exigences , s
make sure to ground the supply assurer que le neutre soit relié
neutral for 400V class. à la terre, pour la série 400V.

YEC_com
● After opening the manual switch ● Après avoir déconnécte la protection
between the drive and motor, entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez
please wait 5 minutes before patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer
inspecting, performing une opération de montage ou de
maintenance or wiring the drive. câblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
●
Top and Side surfaces may ● Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
危 険

This manual is included on the CD-ROM packaged with the product (YASKAWA AC Drive Manuals, TOMCC71060013), and is
けが．感電のおそれがあります。
● ● 据え付け、運転の前には必ず取扱説明書を読むこと。
●
● 通電中および電源遮断後5分以内はフロントカバー
を外さない事。
●
● 400V級インバータの場合は、電源の中性点が接地
されていることを確認すること。( 対応）
● 保守・点検、配線を行う場合は、出力側開閉器を
●
遮断後5分待って実施してください。
高温注意

mon
● インバータ上部、両側面は高温になります。

also available for download on our documentation website, http://www.yaskawa.com.cn. This manual provides detailed
● 触らないでください。

information on parameter settings, drive functions, and MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications. Use this manual to expand drive
functionality and to take advantage of higher performance features.

◆ Symbols
Note: Indicates a supplement or precaution that does not cause drive damage.

TERMS Indicates a term or definition used in this manual.

◆ Terms and Abbreviations

• Drive: YASKAWA E1000 Series Drive
TERMS • V/f: V/f Control
• OLV/PM: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
• PM motor: Permanent Magnet Synchronous motor (an abbreviation for IPM motor or SPM motor)
• IPM motor: Interior Permanent Magnet Motor (such as YASKAWA’s SSR1 Series)
• SPM motor: Surface mounted Permanent Magnet Motor (such as YASKAWA’s SMRA Series motors)

14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

i.2 General Safety

◆ Supplemental Safety Information
General Precautions
• The diagrams in this manual may be indicated without covers or safety shields to show details. Restore covers or shields before operating the drive and run the
drive according to the instructions described in this manual.
• Any illustrations, photographs, or examples used in this manual are provided as examples only and may not apply to all products to which this manual is
applicable.
• The products and specifications described in this manual or the content and presentation of the manual may be changed without notice to improve the product and/
or the manual.
• When ordering a new copy of the manual due to damage or loss, contact your YASKAWA representative or the nearest YASKAWA sales office and provide the
manual number shown on the front cover.
• If nameplate becomes worn or damaged, order a replacement from your YASKAWA representative or the nearest YASKAWA sales office.

WARNING
Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed
according to this manual and local codes.
The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could
result in serious or possibly even fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.

DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.

NOTICE: will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 15
i.2 General Safety

◆ Safety Messages

DANGER
Heed the safety messages in this manual.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings
in this manual.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before
touching any components.

WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
System may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury.
Clear all personnel from the drive, motor and machine area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft
keys and machine loads before applying power to the drive.
When using DriveWorksEZ to create custom programming, the drive I/O terminal functions change from
factory settings and the drive will not perform as outlined in this manual.
Unpredictable equipment operation may result in death or serious injury.
Take special note of custom I/O programming in the drive before attempting to operate equipment.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
YASKAWA is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be
modified.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Crush Hazard
Do not use this drive in lifting applications.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from falling loads.

16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical Amperes, 240 Vac
maximum (200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.
Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.
Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized.
Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.

◆ Application Notes
■ Selection
Installing a Reactor
An AC or DC reactor can be used for the following:
• to suppress harmonic current.
• to smooth peak current that results from capacitor switching.
• when the power supply is above 600 kVA.
• when the drive is running from a power supply system with thyristor converters.
Note: A DC reactor is built in to the drive models 2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0675.
Figure i.1

4000 Power supply harmonics

reactor required

Power Supply
Capacity (kVA)
600
Reactor
unnecessary

0
60 400
Drive Capacity (kVA)

Figure i.1 Installing a Reactor

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 17
i.2 General Safety

Drive Capacity
For specialized motors, make sure that the motor rated current is less than rated output current for the drive. When
running more than one motor in parallel from a single drive, the capacity of the drive should be larger than 1.1 times of
the total motor rated current.
Starting Torque
The overload rating for the drive determines the starting and accelerating characteristics of the motor. Expect lower
torque than when running from line power. To get more starting torque, use a larger drive or increase both the motor and
drive capacity.
Emergency Stop
When the drive faults out, the output is shut off. This, however, does not stop the motor immediately. Some type of
mechanical brake may be needed if it is necessary to halt the motor faster than the Fast Stop function is able to.
Options
The +1, +2, and +3 terminals are used to connect optional devices. Connect only E1000-compatible devices.
■ Installation
Enclosure Panels
Keep the drive in a clean environment by either selecting an area free of airborne dust, lint, and oil mist, or install the
drive in an enclosure panel. Be sure to leave the required space between drives to provide for cooling, and that proper
measures are taken so that the ambient temperature remains within allowable limits. Keep flammable materials away
from the drive. If the drive must be used in an area where it is subjected to oil mist and excessive vibration, protective
designs are available. Contact YASKAWA or your YASKAWA agent for details.
Installation Direction
The drive should be installed upright as specified in the manual. For more information on installation, Refer to
Mechanical Installation on page 40.
■ Settings
Motor Code
If using OLV/PM designed for permanent magnet motors, make sure that the proper motor code has been set to
parameter E5-01 before performing a trial run.
Upper Limits
The drive is capable of running the motor up to 200 Hz. Due to the danger of accidentally of operating at high speed, be
sure to set the upper limit for the frequency. The default setting for the maximum output frequency is 200Hz.
DC Injection Braking
Motor overheat can result if there is too much current used during DC Injection Braking, or if the time for DC Injection
Braking is too long.
Acceleration/Deceleration Times
Acceleration and deceleration times are affected by how much torque the motor generates, the load torque, and the inertia
moment. Set a longer accel/decel time when Stall Prevention is enabled. The accel/decel times are lengthened for as long
as the Stall Prevention function is operating. For faster acceleration and deceleration, install one of the dynamic braking
options available or increase the capacity of the drive.
■ Compliance with Harmonic Suppression Guidelines
E1000 conforms to strict guidelines in Japan covering harmonic suppression for power conversion devices. Defined in
JEM-TR201 and JEM-TR226 and published by the Japan Electrical Manufacturers’ Association, these guidelines define
the amount of harmonic current output acceptable for new installation. Instructions on calculation harmonic output are
available at www.e-mechatronics.com.

18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

■ General Handling
Wiring Check
Never connect the power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Doing so will destroy the drive. Be sure
to perform a final check of all sequence wiring and other connections before turning the power on. Make sure there are
no short circuits on the control terminals (+V, AC, etc.), as this could damage the drive.
Selecting a Circuit Breaker or Leakage Circuit Breaker
YASKAWA recommends installing an Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) to the power supply side. The ELCB
should be designed for use with an AC drive (e.g. Type B according to IEC 60755).
Select a MCCB (Molded Case Circuit Breaker) or ELCB with a rated current that is 1.5 to 2 times higher than the rated
current of the drive in order to avoid nuisance trips caused by harmonics in the drive input current. Also refer to
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) on page 319.
Magnetic Contactor Installation
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The MC
should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Avoid switching a magnetic contactor on the power supply side more frequently than once every 30 minutes. Frequent
switching can cause damage to the drive.
Inspection and Maintenance
Capacitors in the drive take time to discharge even after the power has been shut off. After shutting off the power, wait
for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
The heatsink can become quite hot during operation, and proper precautions should be taken to prevent burns. When
replacing the cooling fan, shut off the power and wait at least 15 minutes to be sure that the heatsink has cooled down.
Even when the power has been shut off for a drive running a PM motor, voltage continues to be generated at the motor
terminals while the motor coasts to stop. Take the precautions described below to prevent shock and injury:
• Applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped should have a load switch
installed to the output side of the drive. YASKAWA recommends manual load switches from the AICUT LB Series by
AICHI Electric Works Co., Ltd.
• Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed, also when the drive has been
shut off.
• Wait for at least the time specified on the warning label after opening the load switch on the output side before
inspecting the drive or performing any maintenance.
• Do not open and close the load switch while the motor is running, as this can damage the drive.
• If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely stopped
before closing the load switch.
Wiring
All wire ends should use ring terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal
manufacturer for crimping.

◆ Notes on Motor Operation

■ Using a Standard Motor
Low Speed Range
The cooling fan of a standard motor is usually designed to sufficiently cool the motor at the rated speed. As the self-
cooling capability of such a motor reduces with the speed, applying full torque at low speed will possibly damage the
motor. To prevent motor damage from overheat, reduce the load torque as the motor slows.
Figure i.2 shows the allowable load characteristics for a YASKAWA standard motor. A motor designed specifically for
operation with a drive should be used when 100% continuous torque is needed at low speeds.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 19
i.2 General Safety
Figure i.2

25% ED (or 15 min)

40% ED (or 20 min)
60% ED (or 40 min)

100
90
80
70
Torque 60
(%) 50
Continuous operation

YEC_common 3 6 20 50

Frequency (Hz)

Figure i.2 Allowable Load Characteristics for a YASKAWA Motor

Insulation Tolerance
Consider voltage tolerance levels and insulation in applications with an input voltage of over 440 V or particularly long
wiring distances. Contact YASKAWA or your YASKAWA agent for consultation.
High Speed Operation
Problems may occur with the motor bearings and dynamic balance of the machine when operating a motor beyond its
rated speed. Contact the motor or machine manufacturer.
Torque Characteristics
Torque characteristics differ compared to operating the motor directly from line power. The user should have a full
understanding of the load torque characteristics for the application.
Vibration and Shock
E1000 lets the user choose between high carrier PWM control and low carrier PWM. Selecting high carrier PWM can
help reduce motor oscillation.
Take particular caution when using a variable speed drive for an application that is conventionally run from line power at
a constant speed. If resonance occurs shock-absorbing rubber should be installed around the base of the motor and the
Jump frequency selection should be enabled to prevent continuous operation in the resonant frequency range.
Audible Noise
Noise created during run varies by the carrier frequency setting. When using a high carrier frequency, audible noise from
the motor is comparable to the motor noise generated when running from line power. Operating above the rated r/min,
however, can create unpleasant motor noise.
■ Using a Synchronous Motor
• Contact YASKAWA or your YASKAWA agent if you plan to use any other synchronous motor not endorsed by
YASKAWA.
• A single drive is not capable of running multiple synchronous motors at the same time. Use a standard induction motor
for such setups.
• At start, a synchronous motor may rotate slightly in the opposite direction of the Run command depending on
parameter settings and rotor position.
• The amount of starting torque that can be generated differs by each control mode and by the type of motor being used.
Set up the motor with the drive after verifying the starting torque, allowable load characteristics, impact load tolerance,
and speed control range.
Contact YASKAWA or your YASKAWA agent if you plan to use a motor that does not fall within these specifications.
• Speed Search can be used to restart a coasting motor.
• In Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, the allowable load inertia moment is approximately 50 times higher than
the motor inertia moment or less. Contact YASKAWA or your YASKAWA agent concerning applications with a larger
inertia moment.

20 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

◆ Applications with Specialized Motors

■ Applications with Specialized Motors
Multi-Pole Motor
Because the rated current will differ from a standard motor, be sure to check the maximum current when selecting a
drive. Always stop the motor before switching between the number of motor poles. If a regen overvoltage fault occurs or
if overcurrent protection is triggered, the motor will coast to stop.
Submersible Motor
Because motor rated current is greater than a standard motor, select the drive capacity accordingly. Be sure to use a large
enough motor cable to avoid decreasing the maximum torque level on account of voltage drop caused by a long motor
cable.
Explosion-Proof Motor
Both the motor and drive need to be tested together to be certified as explosion-proof. The drive is not designed for
explosion proof areas.
Furthermore, if an encoder is attached to an explosion-proof motor make sure the encoder is explosion-proof too. Use an
insulating signal converter for connecting the encoder signal lines to the drives speed feedback option card.
Geared Motor
To avoid gear damage when operating at low speeds or very high speeds, make sure that both the gear and lubricant are
rated for the desired speed range. Consult with the manufacturer for applications that require operation outside the rated
speed range of the motor or gear box.
Single-Phase Motor
Variable speed drives are not designed for operation with single phase motors. Using capacitors to start the motor causes
excessive current to flow and can damage drive components. A split-phase start or a repulsion start can end up burning
out the starter coils because the internal centrifugal switch is not activated. E1000 is for use with 3-phase motors only.
Motor with Brake
Caution should be taken when using a drive to operate a motor with a built-in holding brake. If the brake is connected to
the output side of the drive, it may not release at start due to low voltage levels. A separate power supply should be
installed for the motor brake. Motors with a built-in brake tend to generate a fair amount of noise when running at low
speeds.
■ Notes on Power Transmission Parts (belts, chains, gear boxes, ...)
Installing a drive in a machine that was directly connected to the power supply allows to adjust the machine speed.
Continuous operation above or below the rated speed can wear on lubrication material in gear boxes and other power
transmission parts. In order to avoid machine damage make sure lubrication is sufficient within the whole speed range.
Note that operation above the rated speed can increase the noise generated by the machine.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 21
i.2 General Safety

◆ Drive Label Warnings

Always heed the warning information listed in Figure i.3 in the position shown in Figure i.4.
Figure i.3

WARNING
Risk of electric shock.
●
Read manual before installing. YEC_com
●
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor
discharge after disconnecting mon
power supply.
●
To conform to requirements,
make sure to ground the supply
neutral for 400V class.
● After opening the manual switch
between the drive and motor,
please wait 5 minutes before
inspecting, performing
maintenance or wiring the drive.
Hot surfaces
●
Top and Side surfaces may
become hot. Do not touch.
Figure i.3 Warning Information
Figure i.4

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV FOUT

YEC_common
LO
ESC
RE

RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

CIMR-EA2A0021FAA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:

WARNING AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1

Risk of electric shock. Risque de décharge électrique.
● Read manual before installing. ● Lire le manuel avant l'installation.
● Wait 5 minutes for capacitor ● Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure
discharge after disconnecting de l'alimentation, pour permettre
power supply. la décharge des condensateurs.
● To conform to requirements, ● Pour répondre aux exigences , s
make sure to ground the supply assurer que le neutre soit relié
neutral for 400V class. à la terre, pour la série 400V.
● After opening the manual switch ● Après avoir déconnécte la protection
between the drive and motor, entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez
please wait 5 minutes before patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer
inspecting, performing une opération de montage ou de

Warning Label
maintenance or wiring the drive. câblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
●
Top and Side surfaces may ● Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
危 険
けが．感電のおそれがあります。
● ● 据え付け、運転の前には必ず取扱説明書を読むこと。
●
● 通電中および電源遮断後5分以内はフロントカバー
を外さない事。
●
● 400V級インバータの場合は、電源の中性点が接地
されていることを確認すること。( 対応）
● 保守・点検、配線を行う場合は、出力側開閉器を
遮断後5分待って実施してください。
高温注意
● インバータ上部、両側面は高温になります。
● 触らないでください。

Figure i.4 Warning Information Position

22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

◆ Warranty Information
■ Warranty Period
This drive is warranted for 12 months from the date of delivery to the customer or 18 months from the date of shipment
from the YASKAWA factory, whichever comes first.
■ Scope of Warranty
Inspections
Customers are responsible for periodic inspections of the drive. Upon request, a YASKAWA representative will inspect
the drive for a fee. If the YASKAWA representative finds the drive to be defective due to YASKAWA workmanship or
materials and the defect occurs during the warranty period, this inspection fee will be waived and the problem remedied
free of charge.
Repairs
If a YASKAWA product is found to be defective due to YASKAWA workmanship or materials and the defect occurs
during the warranty period, YASKAWA will provide a replacement, repair the defective product, and provide shipping to
and from the site free of charge.
However, if the YASKAWA Authorized Service Center determines that the problem with the drive is not due to defective
workmanship or materials, the customer will be responsible for the cost of any necessary repairs. Some problems that are
outside the scope of this warranty are:
Problems due to improper maintenance or handling, carelessness, or other reasons where the customer is determined to
be responsible.
Problems due to additions or modifications made to a YASKAWA product without YASKAWA’s understanding.
Problems due to the use of a YASKAWA product under conditions that do not meet the recommended specifications.
Problems caused by natural disaster or fire.
After the free warranty period elapses.
Replenishment or replacement of consumables or expendables.
Defective products due to packaging or fumigation.
Malfunction or problems caused by program that has been made by customers using DriveWorksEZ.
Other problems not due to defects in YASKAWA workmanship or materials.
Warranty service is only applicable within China. However, after-sales service is available for customers outside of
China for a reasonable fee.
Contact your local YASKAWA representative for more information.
Exceptions
Any inconvenience to the customer or damage to non-YASKAWA products due to YASKAWA’s defective products
whether within or outside of the warranty period are NOT covered by warranty.
■ Restrictions
E1000 was not designed or manufactured for use in devices or systems that may directly affect or threaten human lives or
health.
Customers who intend to use the product described in this manual for devices or systems relating to transportation, health
care, space aviation, atomic power, electric power, or in underwater applications must first contact their YASKAWA
representatives or the nearest YASKAWA sales office.
This product has been manufactured under strict quality-control guidelines. However, if this product is to be installed in
any location where failure of this product could involve or result in a life-and-death situation or loss of human life or in a
facility where failure may cause a serious accident or physical injury, safety devices must be installed to minimize the
likelihood of any accident.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 23
i.2 General Safety

24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 1
Receiving
This chapter explains how to inspect the drive upon receipt, and gives and overview of the
different enclosure types and components.

1.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.3 MODEL NUMBER AND NAMEPLATE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.4 DRIVE MODELS AND ENCLOSURE TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.5 COMPONENT NAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 25
1.1 Section Safety

1.1 Section Safety

CAUTION
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than a utility-fed motor and the
operating speed range may reduce motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the
additional heating with the intended operating conditions.

26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 1.2 General Description

1.2 General Description

◆ E1000 Model Selection
Table 1.1 gives a reference for drive selection depending on the motor power.
Note: The models and capacities in shown here are based on standard settings and operation conditions. Derating is required for higher
carrier frequencies and higher ambient temperatures.
Table 1.1 E1000 Models
Motor Power Three-Phase 200 V Class Three-Phase 400 V Class
(kW) Model CIMR-E† Rated Output Current (A) Model CIMR-E† Rated Output Current (A)
0.75 2A0004 3.5 4A0002 2.1
1.1 2A0006 6 – –
1.5 2A0008 8 4A0004 4.1
2.2 2A0010 9.6 4A0005 5.4
3.0 2A0012 12 4A0007 6.9
3.7 2A0018 17.5 4A0009 8.8
5.5 2A0021 21 4A0011 11.1
7.5 2A0030 30 4A0018 17.5
11 2A0040 40 4A0023 23
15 2A0056 56 4A0031 31
18.5 2A0069 69 4A0038 38
22 2A0081 81 4A0044 44
30 2A0110 110 4A0058 58
37 2A0138 138 4A0072 72
45 2A0169 169 4A0088 88
55 2A0211 211 4A0103 103
75 2A0250 250 4A0139 139
90 2A0312 312 4A0165 165
2A0360 360 4A0208 208
110
2A0415 415 – –
132 – – 4A0250 250
160 – – 4A0296 296
185 – – 4A0362 362
220 – – 4A0414 414
250 – – 4A0515 515
355 – – 4A0675 675

Note: Current derating is required when setting the carrier frequency higher. Refer to Carrier Frequency Derating on page 332 for

Receiving
details.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 27
1.2 General Description

◆ Control Mode Selection

Table 1.2 gives an overview of the E1000 control modes and their various features.
Table 1.2 Control Modes and their Features
Motor Type Induction Motors Permanent Magnet Motors Comments
Control Mode V/f OLV/PM –
Parameter Setting A1-02 = 0 A1-02 = 5 Default Setting is V/f control.
Open Loop Vector control
Basic Description V/f control –
for PM motors
Multi Motor YES N/A –
Motor data
Type of YES N/A –
unknown
Applications
High Speed
N/A YES –
Accuracy
Speed Control
1:40 1:20 May fluctuate with characteristics and motor temperature.
Range
Speed deviation when operating at constant speed. May fluctuate with
Speed Accuracy ±2 to 3% ±0.2%
Control characteristics and motor temperature.
Characteristics Max. frequency of a speed reference signal that the drive can follow. May
Speed Response 3 Hz (approx.) 10 Hz
fluctuate with characteristics and motor temperature.
May fluctuate with characteristics and motor temperature.
Starting Torque 150% at 3 Hz 100% at 5% speed
Performance may differ by capacity.
• Energy Saving Tuning • Stationary Automatically adjusts parameter settings that concern electrical
Auto-Tuning
• Line-to-line resistance • Line-to-line resistance characteristics of the motor.
Bi-directional speed detection of a coasting motor to restart it without
Speed Search YES YES
stopping.
Energy-Saving
YES N/A Saves energy by always operating the motor at its maximum efficiency.
Control
Increases motor loss to allow for faster deceleration than normal without the
Application- High Slip
YES N/A use of dynamic braking options. The effectiveness may vary based on motor
Specific Braking
characteristics.
Kinetic Energy Decelerates the drive to allow it to ride through a momentary power loss and
YES YES
Buffering continue operation.
Overexcitation
YES N/A Provides fast deceleration without using dynamic braking options.
Deceleration
Overvoltage Prevents overvoltage by increasing speed during regeneration. Never use
YES YES
Suppression this function with hoist or crane applications.

28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check

1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check

Please perform the following tasks after receiving the drive:
• Inspect the drive for damage.
If the drive appears damaged upon receipt, contact the shipper immediately.
• Verify receipt of the correct model by checking the information on the nameplate.
• If you have received the wrong model or the drive does not function properly, contact your supplier.

◆ Nameplate
Figure 1.1

YEC_common

Amps

AC drive model MODEL : CIMR-EB4A0004FAA

MAX APPLI. MOTOR : 1.5kW REV : A
Input specifications INPUT : AC3PH 380-480V 50/60Hz 4.3A
IND.CONT.EQ.
Output specifications OUTPUT : AC3PH 380-480V 0-400Hz 4.1A 7J48 B
MASS : 3.2 kg PRG : 8000 Software version
Lot number O/N :
Serial number S/N :

FILE NO : E131457 IP20

TYPE 1 ENCLOSURE PASS
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN
Enclosure type

Figure 1.1 Nameplate Information

CIMR - E B 4 A 0002 F A A

Receiving
Drive E1000 Customized Enclosure Design
No. No. Type
Series Specifications Revision
A Standard model A IP00 Order
No. Region
Code NEMA
F
1
B China Type 1

No. Voltage Class Environmental

No.
Specification <1>
2 3-phase, 200-240 Vac
A Standard
4 3-phase, 380-480 Vac
B Humidity- and
dust-resistant
K Gas-resistant
N Oil-resistant
S Vibration-resistant
YEC_common
Refer to the following page.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 29
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check

■ Three-Phase 200 V

No. Max. Motor Capacity kW Rated Output Current A

0004 0.75 3.5
0006 1.1 6.0
0008 1.5 8.0
0010 2.2 9.6
0012 3.0 12
0018 3.7 17.5
0021 5.5 21
0030 7.5 30
0040 11 40
0056 15 56
0069 18.5 69
0081 22 81
0110 30 110
0138 37 138
0169 45 169
0211 55 211
0250 75 250
0312 90 312
0360 110 360
0415 110 415

■ Three-Phase 400 V

No. Max. Motor Capacity kW Rated Output Current A

0002 0.75 2.1
0004 1.5 4.1
0005 2.2 5.4
0007 3.0 6.9
0009 3.7 8.8
0011 5.5 11.1
0018 7.5 17.5
0023 11 23
0031 15 31
0038 18.5 38
0044 22 44
0058 30 58
0072 37 72
0088 45 88
0103 55 103
0139 75 139
0165 90 165
0208 110 208
0250 132 250
0296 160 296
0362 185 362
0414 220 414
0515 250 515
0675 355 675
<1> Drives with these specifications do not guarantee complete protection for the environmental conditions indicated.

Note: Refer to Drive Models and Enclosure Types on page 31 for differences regarding enclosure protection types and component
descriptions.

30 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types

1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types

Two types of enclosures are offered for E1000 drives.
• IP00 enclosure models are designed for installation in an enclosure panel that serves to protect personnel from injury
caused by accidentally touching live parts.
• IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure models mount to an indoor wall or in an enclosure panel.
Table 1.3 describes drive enclosures and models.
Table 1.3 Drive Models and Enclosure Types
Enclosure Type
Voltage Class IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure IP00 Enclosure
CIMR-E† CIMR-E†
2A0004F <1>
2A0006F <1>
2A0008F <1>
2A0010F <1>
2A0012F <1>
2A0018F <1>
2A0021F <1>
2A0030F <1>
2A0040F <1>
Three-Phase 2A0056F <1>
200 V Class 2A0069F <1>
2A0081F <1>
2A0110F <2> 2A0110A
2A0138F <2> 2A0138A
2A0169F <2> 2A0169A
2A0211F <2> 2A0211A
2A0250F <2> 2A0250A
2A0312F <2> 2A0312A
2A0360F <2> 2A0360A
– 2A0415A
4A0002F <1>
4A0004F <1>
4A0005F <1>
4A0007F <1>
4A0009F <1>
4A0011F <1>
4A0018F <1>

Receiving
4A0023F <1>
4A0031F <1>
4A0038F <1>
4A0044F <1>
Three-Phase 4A0058F <2> 4A0058A 1
400 V Class 4A0072F <2> 4A0072A
4A0088F <2> 4A0088A
4A0103F <2> 4A0103A
4A0139F <2> 4A0139A
4A0165F <2> 4A0165A
4A0208F <2> 4A0208A
4A0250F <2> 4A0250A
4A0296F <2> 4A0296A
4A0362F <2> 4A0362A
– 4A0414A
– 4A0515A
– 4A0675A
<1> Removing the top protective cover from a IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure drive voids NEMA Type 1 protection but still keeps IP20 conformity.
<2> Special order required. Contact your YASKAWA sales representative.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 31
1.5 Component Names

1.5 Component Names

This section gives and overview of the drive components described in this manual.
Note: 1. See Using the Digital Operator on page 89 for a description of the operator keypad.
2. The drive may have no cooling fans or only one cooling fan depending on the model.

◆ IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure

■ Three-Phase AC200 V CIMR-E 2A0004F to 0081F
Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-E 4A0002F to 0044F
Table 1.4 Exploded View of IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Components (CIMR-E†2A0030F)
A - Fan cover <1>

A B - Cooling fan <1>

C - Mounting hole
B I D - Heatsink
E - Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover
F - Terminal board
C G - Bottom cover
H -Rubber bushing
D J
I - Top protective cover
J - Front cover
K
K - USB port (type-B)
E
L - Digital Operator
L M - Terminal cover
N - Terminal cover screw
F
M

G N

<1> The following drive models have a single cooling fan: CIMR-E†2A0018F and 0021F, CIMR-E†4A0007F through 0011F.
Drives CIMR-E†2A0004F through 0012F and CIMR-E†4A0002F through 0005F do not have a cooling fan or a cooling fan cover.

◆ IP00 Enclosure
■ Three-Phase AC200 V CIMR-E 2A0110A, 0138A
Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-E 4A0058A to 0103A
Table 1.5 Exploded View of IP00 Enclosure Components (CIMR-E†2A0110A)
A - Fan cover
A
B - Cooling fan
C - Mounting hole
B
D - Heatsink
E - Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover
C F - Terminal board
G - Front cover
D
H - USB port (type-B)
G
I - Front cover screw
F
J J - Digital operator
H K
E K - Drive Cover
L - Terminal cover

L
I

32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 1.5 Component Names

■ Three-Phase AC200 V CIMR-E 2A0169A to 0312A

Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-E 4A0139A to 0208A
Table 1.6 Exploded view of IP00 Enclosure Type Components (CIMR-E†4A0165A)
A - Mounting hole
B - Heatsink
A
E C - Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover
F D - Terminal board
E - Fan guard
B G
F - Cooling fan
G - Fan unit
C
H - Front cover
I - USB port (type-B)
H
I J - Digital operator
J K - Front cover screw
L L - Drive cover
D
M - Terminal cover
K

■ Three-Phase AC200 V CIMR-E 2A0360A, 0415A

Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-E 4A0250A to 0362A
Table 1.7 Exploded view of IP00 Enclosure Type Components (CIMR-E†4A0362A)
A - Mounting hole
E
B - Heatsink
A
C - Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover
F D - Terminal board
B G E - Fan guard
F - Cooling fan

Receiving
G - Fan unit
C H - Circulation fan <1>
H I I - Front cover
J K
J - USB port (type-B)
D
M K - Digital operator 1
L L - Front cover screw
M - Drive cover
N - Terminal cover

<1> The following drive models come with a built-in circulation fan.
CIMR-E†2A0360, 2A0415
CIMR-E†4A0362

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 33
1.5 Component Names

■ Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-E 4A0414A

Table 1.8 Exploded view of IP00 Enclosure Type Components (CIMR-E†4A0414A)
A - Mounting hole
A B - Heatsink
E C - Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover
F D - Terminal board
E - Fan guard
B G
F - Cooling fan
G - Fan unit
M H - Circulation fan
H
C
I K I - Front cover
N J - USB port (type-B)
A D K - Digital operator
J
L
O L - Front cover screw
M - Drive cover 1
N - Drive cover 2
O - Terminal cover

■ Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-E 4A0515A, 0675A

Table 1.9 Exploded view of IP00 Enclosure Type Components (CIMR-E†4A0675A)
A - Mounting hole
D
B - Heatsink
C - Terminal board
A
E D - Fan guard
E - Cooling fan
F
F - Fan unit
H
B G - Circulation fan
G H - Circuitboard cooling fan
A
N I - Circuitboard cooling fan unit case
C I L
J - Front cover
J O K - USB port (type-B)
M K L - Digital operator
P M - Front cover screw
N - Drive cover 1
O - Drive cover 2
P - Terminal cover

34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 1.5 Component Names

◆ Front Views
Figure 1.2

CIMR-E2A0012F CIMR-E2A0110A

J
J
A
A
B K
B K
C C
D D
E E
L
L
M
M F
F

YEC_TMonly

A – Terminal board connector H – Top protective cover to prevent

miswiring
B – DIP switch S1 (Refer to Terminal A2 I – Option card connector (CN5-C)
Input Signal Selection on page 81)
C – DIP switch S2 (Refer to MEMOBUS/ J – Option card connector (CN5-B)
Modbus Termination on page 83)
D – Jumper S3(refer to Sinking/Sourcing K – Option card connector (CN5-A)

Receiving
Mode Selection for Hardwire
Baseblock Inputs on page 78)
E – Ground terminal L – Jumper S5 (Refer to Terminal AM/FM
Signal Selection on page 80)
F – Terminal board (Refer to Control M – DIP Switch S4 (Refer to Terminal A3 1
Circuit Wiring on page 72) Analog/PTC Input Selection on
page 80)
G – Main circuit terminal (Refer to Wiring
the Main Circuit Terminal on page 71)
Figure 1.2 Front View of Drives

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 35
1.5 Component Names

36 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 2
Mechanical Installation
This chapter explains how to properly mount and install the drive.

2.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

2.2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 37
2.1 Section Safety

2.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Fire Hazard
Provide sufficient cooling when installing the drive inside an enclosed panel or cabinet.
Failure to comply could result in overheating and fire.
When multiple drives are placed inside the same enclosure panel, install proper cooling to ensure air entering the
enclosure does not exceed 40°C.

CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.

NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during drive
installation and project construction.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Place a temporary cover over the top during installation. Be sure to remove the temporary cover before start-up, as the
cover will reduce ventilation and cause the unit to overheat.
Observe proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when handling the drive.
Failure to comply could result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and
may lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is
required continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector-control motor. Select a motor that is
compatible with the required load torque and operating speed range.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer.
Continuously operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously
operated at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base or use the frequency jump function to skip a frequency resonating the
machine.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the machine to be used with the motor.
The rated input current of submersible motors is higher than the rated input current of standard motors.
Select an appropriate drive according to its rated output current. When the distance between the motor and drive is
long, use a cable thick enough to connect the motor to the drive to prevent motor torque reduction.

38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 2.1 Section Safety

NOTICE
The current rating differs for a motor with variable pole pitches differs from a standard motor.
Check the maximum current of the motor before selecting the drive capacity. Only switch motor poles when the motor
is stopped. Switching between motor during run will trigger overcurrent protection circuitry or result in overvoltage
from regeneration, and the motor will simply coast to stop.
When using an explosion-proof motor, it must be subject to an explosion-proof test in conjunction with the
drive.
This is also applicable when an existing explosion-proof motor is to be operated with the drive. Since the drive itself is
not explosion-proof, always install it in a safe place.
Never lift the drive up while the cover is removed.
This can damage the terminal board and other components.

Mechanical
Installation
2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 39
2.2 Mechanical Installation

2.2 Mechanical Installation

This section outlines specifications, procedures, and the environment for proper mechanical installation of the drive.

◆ Installation Environment
To help prolong the optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environmental matching the
specifications below.
Table 2.1 Installation Environment
Environment Conditions
Installation Area Indoors
-10°C to +40°C (IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure)
-10°C to +50°C (IP00 enclosure)
Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations.
Ambient Temperature
When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure
does not exceed the specified levels.
Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.
Humidity 95% RH or less and free of condensation
Storage Temperature -20 to +60°C
Install the drive in an area free from:
• oil mist and dust
• metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials
• radioactive materials
Surrounding Area • combustible materials (e.g., wood)
• harmful gases and liquids
• excessive vibration
• chlorides
• direct sunlight
Altitude 1000 m, up to 3000 m with derating (for details, refer to Altitude Derating on page 334)
10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2
Vibration 20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2 (Models CIMR-E†2A0004 to 2A0211 and 4A0002 to 4A0165) or,
2.0 m/s2 (Models CIMR-E†2A0250 to 2A0415 and 4A0208 to 4A0675)
Orientation Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.

NOTICE: Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can lead to
erroneous operation. If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.

NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings and wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation. Failure to
comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation. Remove the
temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.

◆ Installation Orientation and Spacing

Install the drive upright as illustrated in Figure 2.1 to maintain proper cooling.
Figure 2.1

OK Not Good Not Good

Figure 2.1 Correct Installation Orientation

40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

■ Single Drive Installation

Figure 2.2 shows the installation distance required to maintain sufficient space for airflow and wiring.
Figure 2.2

YEC_common Side Clearance Top/Bottom Clearance

A C

D
B B
C
D
A

A – 50 mm minimum C – 120 mm minimum

B – 30 mm minimum D – Airflow direction
Figure 2.2 Correct Installation Spacing
Note: IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure and IP00 enclosure models require the same amount of space above and below the drive for
installation.

■ Multiple Drive Installation (Side-by-Side Installation)

Models CIMR-E†2A0004 through 0081 and 4A0002 through 0044 can take advantage of Side-by-Side installation.
When installing multiple drives into the same enclosure panel, mount the drives according to Figure 2.2.
When mounting drives with the minimum clearance of 2 mm according to Figure 2.3, derating must be considered and
parameter L8-35 must be set to 1. Refer to Temperature Derating on page 333.
Figure 2.3

YEC_common Line up the tops of the drives.

Side Clearance Top/Bottom Clearance

A C A D

Mechanical
Installation
2

B
B D
A A

A – 50 mm minimum C – 2 mm minimum
B – 30 mm minimum D – 120 mm minimum
Figure 2.3 Space Between Drives (Side-by-Side Mounting)
Note: When installing drives of different heights in the same enclosure panel, the tops of the drives should line up. Leave space
between the top and bottom of stacked drives for easy cooling fan replacement if required.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 41
2.2 Mechanical Installation

When drives with IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosures are mounted side by side, the top protective covers of all drives must
be removed as shown in Figure 2.4. Refer to Top Protective Cover on page 65 to remove and reattach the top protective
cover.
Figure 2.4

Figure 2.4 IP20/NEMA Type 1 Side-by-Side Mounting in Enclosure

◆ Digital Operator Remote Usage

■ Remote Operation
The digital operator mounted on the drive can be removed and connected to the drive using an extension cable up to 3 m
long. This makes it easier to operate the drive when it is installed in a location where it can not be accessed easily.
The digital operator can also be permanently mounted in a remote location like a panel door. An extension cable and an
installation support set (depending on the installation type) will be required.
Note: Refer to Drive Options and Peripheral Devices on page 313 for information on extension cables and installation support sets.
Figure 2.5

Drive Operator

Comm Port
S / N : J007XE273710001

common_
TMonly
Communication Cable Connector

Figure 2.5 Communication Cable Connection

42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

■ Digital Operator Remote Installation

Digital Operator Dimensions

12.2 1.6 Installation holes (2-M3 screws, depth 5)

S / N : J007XE273710001

90

78
15
7.9 44
60

YEC_TMonly minimum
50 Unit: mm

Figure 2.6 Digital Operator Dimensions

Installation Types and Required Materials
There are two ways the digital operator can be mounted to an enclosure:
1. External/face-mount installs the operator outside the enclosure panel
2. Internal/flush-mount installs the operator inside the enclosure panel
Table 2.2 Digital Operator Installation Methods and Required Tools
Installation Method Description Installation Support Sets Model Required Tools
Simplified installation with the digital
External/Face-Mount operator is mounted on the outside of – – Phillips screwdriver (#1)
the panel with two screws.
Installation Support Set A
(for mounting with screws through EZZ020642A Phillips screwdriver (#1, #2)
Encloses the digital operator in the holes in the panel)
Internal/Flush-Mount panel. The digital operator is flush
with the outside of the panel. Installation Support Set B
Phillips screwdriver (#1)
(for use with threaded studs that are EZZ020642B
Wrench (7 mm)

Mechanical
Installation
fixed to the panel)

Note: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation and project
construction. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during
installation. Remove the temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 43
2.2 Mechanical Installation

External/Face-Mount
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.8.
2. Position the digital operator so the display faces outwards, and mount it to the enclosure panel as shown in
Figure 2.7.
Figure 2.6

Digital Operator M3 × 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw × 2

Enclosure panel

common_TMonly

Unit: mm
Figure 2.7 External/Face-Mount Installation
Figure 2.7

22
common_TMonly
78

26
22
2

22
14
Unit: mm
Figure 2.8 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (External/Face-Mount Installation)
Internal/Flush-Mount
An internal flush-mount requires an installation support set that must be purchased separately. Contact your YASKAWA
representative to order an installation support set and mounting hardware. Figure 2.9 illustrates how to attach the
Installation Support Set A.
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.10.
2. Mount the digital operator to the installation support.
3. Mount the installation support set and digital operator to the enclosure panel.
Figure 2.8

Enclosure panel
Digital Operator

M4 × 10 Installation Support Set A

Phillips truss head screw × 4
(for panel widths between 1 and 1.6) M3 × 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw × 2

common_TMonly

Unit: mm

Figure 2.9 Internal/Flush Mount Installation

Note: For environments with a significant amount of dust or other airborne debris, use a gasket between the enclosure panel and the
digital operator.

44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation
Figure 2.9

89 +0.5
0

120
45
common_TMonly
59 +0.5
0

Unit : mm

Figure 2.10 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (Internal/Flush-Mount Installation)

◆ Exterior and Mounting Dimensions

Table 2.3 Drive Models and Types
Drive Model CIMR-E†
Protective Design Three-Phase Three-Phase Page
200 V Class 400 V Class
2A0004F
4A0002F
2A0006F
4A0004F
2A0008F
4A0005F
2A0010F
4A0007F
2A0012F
4A0009F
2A0018F
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure 4A0011F 46
2A0021F
4A0018F
2A0030F
4A0023F
2A0040F
4A0031F
2A0056F
4A0038F
2A0069F
4A0044F
2A0081F
4A0058A
4A0072A
4A0088A
2A0110A
4A0103A
2A0138A
4A0139A
2A0169A
4A0165A
2A0211A
IP00 Enclosure 4A0208A 48
2A0250A
4A0250A

Mechanical
Installation
2A0312A
4A0296A
2A0360A
4A0362A
2A0415A
4A0414A
4A0515A
4A0675A

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 45
2.2 Mechanical Installation

■ IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drives

Note: IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure drives are equipped with a top cover. Removing this cover voids NEMA Type 1 protection but
still keeps IP20 conformity.

W1 4-d

1.5
4-d
W1

1.5
H1
H0
H1

H
H

t1 t1
D1
H2

H2
H3
W D1 W D
D

Figure 1 Figure 2

W1 4-d
t2
H0

H
H1

YEC_common
H2
H3

t1
D1
Max.8 W Max.8 D

Figure 3
Table 2.4 Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure: 200 V Class
Dimensions (mm)
Drive Model
CIMR-E†2A Weight
Figure W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 t1 t2 d
(kg)
0004 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.1
0006 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.1
0008 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0010 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0012 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
1
0018 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.5
<1>
0021 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.5
0030 140 260 167 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 4.0
0040 140 260 167 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 4.0
0056 180 300 187 160 – 284 8 – 75 5 – M5 5.6
0069 220 350 197 192 – 335 8 – 78 5 – M6 8.7
2
0081 220 365 197 192 350 335 8 15 78 5 – M6 9.7
<1>

46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

Dimensions (mm)
Drive Model
CIMR-E†2A Weight
Figure W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 t1 t2 d
(kg)
0110 254 534 258 195 400 385 7.5 134 100 2.3 2.3 M6 23
0138 279 614 258 220 450 435 7.5 164 100 2.3 2.3 M6 28
0169 329 730 283 260 550 535 7.5 180 110 2.3 2.3 M6 41
3
0211 329 730 283 260 550 535 7.5 180 110 2.3 2.3 M6 42
<2>
0250 456 960 330 325 705 680 12.5 255 130 3.2 3.2 M10 83
0312 456 960 330 325 705 680 12.5 255 130 3.2 3.2 M10 88
0360 504 1168 350 370 800 773 13 368 130 4.5 4.5 M12 108

<1> Removing the top protective cover from a IP20/NEMA Type 1 drive voids NEMA Type 1 protection but still keeps IP20 conformity.
<2> Special order required. Contact your YASKAWA sales representative.

Table 2.5 Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure: 400 V Class

Dimensions (mm)
Drive Model
CIMR-E†4A Figure W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 t1 t2 d Weight
(kg)
0002 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0004 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0005 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0007 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.4
0009 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.5
1
0011 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.5
<1>
0018 140 260 167 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.9
0023 140 260 167 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.9
0031 180 300 167 160 – 284 8 – 55 5 – M5 5.4
0038 180 300 187 160 – 284 8 – 75 5 – M5 5.7
0044 220 350 197 192 – 335 8 – 78 5 – M6 8.3
0058 254 465 258 195 400 385 7.5 65 100 2.3 2.3 M6 23
0072 279 515 258 220 450 435 7.5 65 100 2.3 2.3 M6 27
0088 329 630 258 260 510 495 7.5 120 105 2.3 3.2 M6 39
0103 329 630 258 260 510 495 7.5 120 105 2.3 3.2 M6 39
0139 3 329 730 283 260 550 535 7.5 180 110 2.3 2.3 M6 45
0165 <2> 329 730 283 260 550 535 7.5 180 110 2.3 2.3 M6 46
0208 456 960 330 325 705 680 12.5 255 130 3.2 3.2 M10 87
0250 504 1168 350 370 800 773 13 368 130 4.5 4.5 M12 106
0296 504 1168 350 370 800 773 13 368 130 4.5 4.5 M12 112
0362 504 1168 350 370 800 773 13 368 130 4.5 4.5 M12 117

Mechanical
Installation
<1> Removing the top protective cover from a IP20/NEMA Type 1 drive voids NEMA Type 1 protection but still keeps IP20 conformity.
<2> Special order required. Contact your YASKAWA sales representative.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 47
2.2 Mechanical Installation

■ IP00 Enclosure Drives

W1 4-d
t2

H1
H
t1
D1

H2
Max 10 W Max 10 D

YEC_common Figure 1

4-d

W1
t2

H1

t1
H2

D1
Max 7.7 W Max 7.7 D

Figure 2
YEC_common

4-d
W1
t2
H1
H

t1
H2

D1
D
Max 6 W Max 6

Figure 3 YEC_common

48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

Table 2.6 Dimensions for IP00 Enclosure: 200 V Class

Dimensions (mm)
Drive Model
CIMR-E†2A Weight
Figure W H D W1 H1 H2 D1 t1 t2 d
(kg)
0110 250 400 258 195 385 7.5 100 2.3 2.3 M6 21
0138 275 450 258 220 435 7.5 100 2.3 2.3 M6 25
0169 325 550 283 260 535 7.5 110 2.3 2.3 M6 37
0211 325 550 283 260 535 7.5 110 2.3 2.3 M6 38
1
0250 450 705 330 325 680 12.5 130 3.2 3.2 M10 76
0312 450 705 330 325 680 12.5 130 3.2 3.2 M10 80
0360 500 800 350 370 773 13 130 4.5 4.5 M12 98
0415 500 800 350 370 773 13 130 4.5 4.5 M12 99

Table 2.7 Dimensions for IP00 Enclosure: 400 V Class

Dimensions (mm)
Drive Model
CIMR-E†4A Weight
Figure W H D W1 H1 H2 D1 t1 t2 d
(kg)
0058 250 400 258 195 385 7.5 100 2.3 2.3 M6 21
0072 275 450 258 220 435 7.5 100 2.3 2.3 M6 25
0088 325 510 258 260 495 7.5 105 2.3 3.2 M6 36
0103 325 510 258 260 495 7.5 105 2.3 3.2 M6 36
0139 325 550 283 260 535 7.5 110 2.3 2.3 M6 41
1
0165 325 550 283 260 535 7.5 110 2.3 2.3 M6 42
0208 450 705 330 325 680 12.5 130 3.2 3.2 M10 79
0250 500 800 350 370 773 13 130 4.5 4.5 M12 96
0296 500 800 350 370 773 13 130 4.5 4.5 M12 102
0362 500 800 350 370 773 13 130 4.5 4.5 M12 107
0414 2 500 950 370 370 923 13 135 4.5 4.5 M12 125
0515 670 1140 370 440 1110 15 150 4.5 4.5 M12 216
3
0675 670 1140 370 440 1110 15 150 4.5 4.5 M12 221

Mechanical
Installation
2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 49
2.2 Mechanical Installation

50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3
Electrical Installation
This chapter explains proper procedures for wiring the control circuit terminals, motor, and
power supply.

3.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

3.2 STANDARD CONNECTION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.3 MAIN CIRCUIT CONNECTION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.4 TERMINAL BLOCK CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.5 TERMINAL COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.6 DIGITAL OPERATOR AND FRONT COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.7 TOP PROTECTIVE COVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.8 MAIN CIRCUIT WIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.9 CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.10 CONTROL I/O CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.11 TERMINAL A2 ANALOG INPUT SIGNAL SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.12 CONNECT TO A PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.13 MEMOBUS/MODBUS TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.14 EXTERNAL INTERLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3.15 WIRING CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 51
3.1 Section Safety

3.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Do not install the drive to a combustible surface. Never place combustible materials on the drive.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
When installing dynamic braking options, perform all wiring exactly as specified in the wiring diagrams
provided.
Failure to do so can result in fire. Improper wiring may damage braking components.

52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.1 Section Safety

CAUTION
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a dynamic braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
YASKAWA is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be
modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.

Electrical Installation
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 53
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

Connect the drive and peripheral devices as shown in Figure 3.1. It is possible to set and run the drive via the digital
operator without connecting digital I/O wiring. This section does not discuss drive operation; Refer to Start-Up
Programming & Operation on page 87 for instructions on operating the drive.
NOTICE: Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive. Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable
codes. The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum
(200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).

NOTICE: When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to the
motor insulation voltage or use a drive duty motor. Failure to comply could lead to motor insulation breakdown.

NOTICE: Do not connect AC control circuit ground to drive enclosure. Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.

NOTICE: The minimum load for the relay outputs M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, and MA-MB-MC is 10 mA.

54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
Figure 3.1

<2>
Terminals -, +1, +2 are for FU
connection options. Never DC reactor <1> r1
connect power supply lines to (option)
Wiring sequence should shut off FV
these terminals U X s1 M
power to the drive when a fault FW
output is triggered. 2MCCB Jumper t1 Cooling fan
<13>
r1
s1
ELCB (MCCB)
t1
Fuse +2 +1 −
MC
Three-phase R
R/L1 U
Main Circuit U/T1
power supply S S/L2 V
200 to 240 VT V/T2 M
T/L3
50/60 Hz
If running from a 400 V power
Drive W/T3
W
YEC_common
supply, a step-down transformer
is needed to reduce the voltage Control Circuit <4>
to 200 V. Ground
MC MB 2MCCB THRX OFF ON MC
Forward Run / Stop S1 Option card connectors
SA
MC CN5-A
Reverse Run / Stop S2
THRX
CN5-B
SA External fault S3 CN5-C
TRX
Fault reset S4 Terminal board
MC MA SA
TRX
jumpers and switches
Multi-speed step 1 S5 DIP Switch S1
V I
A2 Volt/Curr. Sel
Fault relay
contact Multi-speed step 2 S6 DIP Switch S2
Off On
Multi-function Term. Res. On/Off
digtial inputs Jog speed
(default setting)
S7 Jumper S3
Terminal H1/H2
External Baseblock S8 Sink/Source
Selection

SN PTC DIP Switch S4

A3 Analog/PTC
Sink / Source mode SC Input Sel
AI
selection wire link
(default: Sink) <4> SP Jumper S5
V
AM/FM Volt./Curr.
+24 V <5> I Selection
FM AM

Shield ground terminal

MA Fault relay output
RP Pulse Train Input (max 32 kHz)
MB 250 Vac, max. 1 A
<6>
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA
MC
30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
2 kΩ
A1 Analog Input 1 (Frequency Reference Bias)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) M1 Multi-function relay output (During Run)
Multi-function 250 Vac, max. 1 A
analog/ pulse M2 30 Vdc, max 1 A
train inputs
A2 Analog Input 2 (Frequency Reference Bias)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
0 or 4 to 20 mA (250 Ω) <7>
M3 Multi-function relay output (Zero Speed)
Analog Input 3 / PTC Input (Aux. frequency 250 Vac, max. 1 A
A3 M4 30 Vdc, max 1 A
reference)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) <8> (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
AC
0V M5 Multi-function relay output (Speed Agree 1)
250 Vac, max. 1 A
M6
<6> −V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA 30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
Termination resistor
(120 Ω, 1/2 W) MP Multi-function pulse train output
(Output frequency)
AC 0 to 32 kHz (2.2 kΩ)
DIP
Switch S2

Electrical Installation
R+ 0V
R <9>
MEMOBUS/Modbus S+ FM
comm. RS485/422 Multi-function analog output 1
− + (Output frequency)
max. 115.2 kBps S FM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) or 4 to 20 mA
IG <10>
AM
Multi-function analog output 2
AC − + (Output current)
H1 AM
<11> -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) or 4 to 20 mA
H2 0V
<10>
E (G)
Wire
jumper Hardwire Baseblock monitor
3
DM+
<12>
HC
DM− shielded line

twisted-pair shielded line

control circuit terminal
main circuit terminal

Figure 3.1 Drive Standard Connection Diagram (example: CIMR-E†2A0040)

<1> Remove the jumper when installing a DC reactor. Models CIMR-E†2A0110 through 2A0415 and 4A0058 through 4A0675 come with a
built-in DC reactor.
<2> Self-cooling motors do not require wiring that would be necessary with motors using a cooling fan.
<3> Supplying power to the control circuit separately from the main circuit requires a 24 V power supply (option).
<4> This figure shows an example of a sequence input to S1 through S8 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Install the wire link
between terminals SC-SP for Sink mode and SC-SN for Source mode. Leave it out for external power supply. Never short terminals SP and
SN as doing so will damage the drive.
<5> The maximum current supplied by this voltage source is 150 mA.
<6> The maximum output current capacity for the +V and -V terminals on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V, -V, and AC, as
this can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.
<7> Set DIP switch S1 to select between a voltage or current input signal to terminal A2. The default setting is for current input.
<8> Set DIP switch S4 to select between analog or PTC input for terminal A3.
<9> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
<10> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters. They are not intended for use as
a feedback-type of signal.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 55
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

<11> Use jumper S3 to select between Sink Mode, Source Mode or External Power supply for Hardwire Baseblock Inputs.
<12> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1-HC, H2-HC when utilizing the Hardwire Baseblock Inputs.
<13> Note that if the drive is set to trigger a fault output whenever the fault restart function is activated (L5-02 = 1), then a sequence to interrupt
power when a fault occurs will result in shutting off the power to the drive as the drive attempts to restart itself. The default setting for L5-02
is 0 (fault output not active during restart attempt).

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not close the wiring for the control circuit unless the multifunction input terminal
parameters are properly set. Improper sequencing of run/stop circuitry could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and Hardwire Baseblock circuits are wired properly and in the correct state
before energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment. When programmed for 3-
Wire control, a momentary closure on terminal S1 may cause the drive to start.

WARNING! When 3-Wire sequence is used, set the drive to 3-Wire sequence before wiring the control terminals and ensure
parameter b1-17 is set to 0 (drive does not accept a run command at power up (default). If the drive is wired for 3-Wire sequence but
set up for 2-Wire sequence (default) and if parameter b1-17 is set to 1 (drive accepts a Run command at power up), the motor will
rotate in reverse direction at power up of the drive and may cause injury.

WARNING! When the application preset function is executed (or A1-06 is set to any value other than 0) the drive I/O terminal functions
change. This may cause unexpected operation and potential damage to equipment or injury.

WARNING! When using the automatic fault restart function while the wiring is made to shut off the power supply when a drive fault
occurs, make sure the drive is set not to trigger a fault output during fault restart (L5-02=0, default). Otherwise the fault restart function
can not work properly.

56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram

3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram

Refer to diagrams in this section when wiring the drive’s main circuit. Connections may vary based on drive capacity.
The DC power supply for the main circuit also provides power to the control circuit.
NOTICE: Do not use the negative DC bus terminal “-” as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential. Improper
wiring connections could damage the drive.

◆ Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-E 2A0004 to 0081)

Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-E 4A0002 to 0044)
Figure 3.2

DC reactor
(option)
YEC_common +1

+2
Jumper
− Drive

3 Phase power supply R/L1 U/T1

200 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz S/L2 V/T2 Motor
380 to 480 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz
T/L3 W/T3

Figure 3.2 Connecting Main Circuit Terminals

◆ Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-E 2A0110, 0138)

Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-E 4A0058, 0072)
Figure 3.3

YEC_common +1
Use terminals +1 and −
for DC power supply
−
Drive

3 Phase power supply R/L1 U/T1

200 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz S/L2 V/T2 Motor
380 to 480 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz
T/L3 W/T3

Electrical Installation
Figure 3.3 Connecting Main Circuit Terminals

◆ Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-E 2A0169 to 0415)

Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-E 4A0088 to 0675)
Figure 3.4

Braking Resistor Unit

(option)

3
Use terminals +1 and −
YEC_common for DC power supply
Braking Unit
(option)

+1 +3 −

−
Drive

R/L1 U/T1
3 Phase power supply
200 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz S/L2 V/T2 Motor
380 to 480 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz T/L3 W/T3

Figure 3.4 Connecting Main Circuit Terminals

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 57
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration

3.4 Terminal Block Configuration

Figure 3.5 shows the different main circuit terminal arrangements for the drive capacities.
Figure 3.5

CIMR-E2A0004, 0006, 0008, 0010, CIMR-E2A0030, 0040 CIMR-E2A0056

0012, 0018, 0021 CIMR-E4A0018, 0023 CIMR-E4A0031, 0038, 0044
CIMR-E4A0002, 0004, 0005,
0007, 0009, 0011 B1 B2
– B1 B2

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 – B1 B2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

+1 +2 R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 – +1 +2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
S/L2 T/L3 +1 +2 U/T1 V/T2 W

CIMR-E2A0069, 0081 CIMR-E2A0110, 0138

CIMR-E4A0058, 0072
+1 +2
B1 B2

B1 B2 – +1

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

CIMR-E4A0088, 0103

YEC_TMonly

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 – +1 +3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

CIMR-E2A0169, 0211, 0250, 0312, 0360, 0415

CIMR-E4A0139, 0165, 0208, 0250, 0296, 0362 <1>

– +1 +3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.4 Terminal Block Configuration
Figure 3.6

CIMR-E4A0414 CIMR-E4A0515, 0675

– +1 +3
– +1 +3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

YEC_TMonly
Figure 3.5 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration
<1> Terminal board design differs slightly for models CIMR-E 2A0250 through 2A0415 and 4A0208 through 4A0362.

Electrical Installation
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 59
3.5 Terminal Cover

3.5 Terminal Cover

Follow the procedure below to remove the terminal cover for wiring and to reattach the terminal cover after wiring is
complete.

◆ CIMR-E 2A0004 to 0081, 4A0002 to 0044 (IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure)

■ Removing the Terminal Cover
1. Loosen the terminal cover screw.
Figure 3.7

YEC_common
Figure 3.6 Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drive
2. Push in on the hook located on the bottom of the terminal cover, and gently pull forward. This should remove the
terminal cover.
Figure 3.8

YEC_common

Figure 3.7 Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drive

■ Reattaching the Terminal Cover

Power lines and signal wiring should pass through the opening provided. Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on
page 71 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on page 76 for details on wiring.
After all wiring to the drive and other devices is complete, reattach the terminal cover.
Figure 3.9

Connect ground wiring first,

followed by the main circuit,
and then wire the control circuit.
Power lines and signal wiring
YEC_common
exit through the opening provided.

Figure 3.8 Reattaching the Terminal Cover on an IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drive

60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.5 Terminal Cover

◆ CIMR-E 2A0110 to 0415, 4A0058 to 0675 (IP00 Enclosure)

■ Removing the Terminal Cover
1. Loosen the screws on the terminal cover, then pull down on the cover.
CAUTION! Do not completely remove the cover screws, just loosen them. If the cover screws are removed completely, the terminal
cover may fall off causing an injury.

Note: The following drives have three screws on the top of terminal cover.
-CIMR-E†2A0250 to 2A0415
-CIMR-E†4A0208 to 4A0675
Figure 3.10

YEC_common

Figure 3.9 Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure Drive

2. Pull forward on the terminal cover to free it from the drive.
Figure 3.11

YEC_common

Figure 3.10 Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure Drive

Electrical Installation
■ Reattaching the Terminal Cover
Once wiring to the terminal board and other devices is complete, double check all connections and finally reattach the
terminal cover. Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on page 71 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on
page 76 for details on wiring.
Figure 3.12

Connect ground wiring first,

YEC_common
followed by the main circuit,
and then wire the control circuit.

Figure 3.11 Reattaching the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure Drive

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 61
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover

3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover

The digital operator can be detached from the drive for remote operation, or when the front cover has to be opened to
install an option card.
NOTICE: Be sure the digital operator has been removed prior to opening the front cover or reattaching it. Leaving the digital operator
plugged into the drive when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation caused by a poor connection. Before
reattaching the operator make sure the front cover has been firmly fastened back into place.

◆ Removing/Reattaching the Digital Operator

■ Removing the Digital Operator
While pinching inwards on the hook located on the right side of the digital operator, pull forward and remove the
operator from the drive.
Figure 3.13

YEC_common

Figure 3.12 Removing the Digital Operator

■ Reattaching the Digital Operator

Insert the digital operator into the opening in the top protective cover while aligning it with the notches on the left side of
the opening. Next press gently on the right side of the operator until it clicks into place.
Figure 3.14

YEC_common

Figure 3.13 Reattaching the Digital Operator

◆ Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover

■ Removing the Front Cover
2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044
After removing the terminal cover and the digital operator, loosen the screw that affixes the front cover (model CIMR-
E 2A0056, 4A0031, 4A0038 do not use a screw to affix the front cover). Pinch inwards on hooks found on each side of
the front cover, then pull forward to remove it from the drive.
Figure 3.15

YEC_common
Figure 3.14 Remove the Front Cover (2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044)

62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover

2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0675

1. Remove the terminal cover and the digital operator.
2. Loosen the installation screw on the front cover.
3. Use a straight-edge screwdriver to loosen the hooks on each side of the cover that hold it in place.
Figure 3.16

YEC_common

Hook Hook

Front cover Free hooks on both

installation screw sides of the cover

Figure 3.15 Remove the Front Cover (2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0675)
4. First unhook the left side of the front cover, then swing the left side towards you as shown in the figure below
until the cover comes off.
Figure 3.17

YEC_common

Electrical Installation
Figure 3.16 Remove the Front Cover (2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0675)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 63
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover

■ Reattaching the Front Cover

2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044
Reverse the instructions given in Remove the Front Cover (2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044) on page 62 to
reattach the front cover. Pinch inwards on the hooks found on each side of the front cover while guiding it back into the
drive. Make sure it clicks firmly into place.
2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0675
1. Slide the front cover so that the hooks on the top connect to the drive.
Figure 3.18

YEC_c
ommon

Figure 3.17 Reattach the Front Cover (2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0675)
2. Once the hooks have connected to the drive, press firmly on the cover to make sure it locks into place.

64 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.7 Top Protective Cover

3.7 Top Protective Cover

Drive models CIMR-E 2A0004 to 0081 and 4A0002 to 0058 are designed with NEMA Type 1 specifications, and have
a top protective cover on the top. Removing this top protective cover voids the NEMA Type 1 conformance but still
keeps a protection degree in accordance with IP20 enclosure.

◆ Removing the Top Protective Cover

Insert the tip of a straight-edge screwdriver into the small openings located on the front edge of the top protective cover.
Gently apply pressure as shown in the figure below to free the cover from the drive.
Note: Removing the top protective cover from a IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure drive voids the NEMA Type 1 protection but still keeps
IP20 conformity.
Figure 3.19

YEC_common

Figure 3.18 Removing the Top Protective Cover

◆ Reattaching the Top Protective Cover

Align the small protruding hooks on the sides of the top protective cover with the corresponding mounting holes on the
top of the drive. Pinch the hooks inward so that the they connect with the mounting holes and fasten the top protective
cover back into place.
Figure 3.20

Top Protective Cover

Mounting Holes

Electrical Installation
YEC_common

Figure 3.19 Reattaching the Top Protective Cover

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 65
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

This section describes the functions, specifications, and procedures required to safely and properly wire the main circuit
in the drive.
NOTICE: Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive. Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring
practices could result in drive malfunction due to loose terminal connections.

NOTICE: Do not switch the drive input to start or stop the motor. Frequently switching the drive on and off shortens the lifetime of the
DC bus charge circuit and the DC bus capacitors, and can cause premature drive failures. For the full performance life, refrain from
switching the drive on and off more than once every 30 minutes.

◆ Main Circuit Terminal Functions

Table 3.1 Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Terminal Type
200 V 2A0004 to 2A0081 2A0110, 2A0138 2A0169 to 2A0415
Class Model Function Page
400 V CIMR-E
4A0002 to 4A0044 4A0058 to 4A0072 4A0088 to 4A0675
Class
R/L1
S/L2 Main circuit power supply input Connects line power to the drive 55
T/L3
U/T1
V/T2 Drive output Connects to the motor 55
W/T3
+2 • DC reactor connection (+1, not available
+2) (remove the shorting bar For connection
+1 between +1 and +2) • DC power supply input • of the drive to a DC power supply (terminals +1
• DC power supply input
• DC power supply input (+1, –) and – are not EU or UL approved) 321
– (+1, –)
(+1, –) • Braking unit connection • of dynamic braking options
(+3, –) • of a DC reactor
+3 not available
– Grounding terminal 71

◆ Protecting Main Circuit Terminals

■ Insulation Cap
Use insulation caps when wiring the drive with crimp terminals. Take particular care to ensure that wiring does not touch
neighboring terminals or the surrounding case.
■ Insulation Barrier
Insulation barriers are packaged with drive model CIMR-E 4A0414 through 0675 to provide added protection between
terminals. YASKAWA recommends using the insulation barriers provided to ensure proper wiring. See Figure 3.20 for
instructions on where the insulation barriers should be placed.
Figure 3.21

Insulation Barrier

Figure 3.20 Installing insulation barriers

66 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

◆ Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque

Select the appropriate wires and crimp terminals from Table 3.2 through Table 3.3.
Note: 1. Wire gauge recommendations based on drive continuous current ratings using 75°C 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire assuming ambient
temperature within 40°C and wiring distance less than 100 m.
2. Terminals +1, +2, +3, and – are for connecting optional devices such as a DC reactor or braking unit. Do not connect other
nonspecific devices to these terminals.
• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is
greater than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following
formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop:
Line drop voltage (V) = 3 × wire resistance (Ω/km) × wire length (m) × current (A) × 10-3
• Refer to instruction manual TOBPC72060000 for braking unit or braking resistor unit wire gauges.
• Use terminal +1 and the negative terminal when connecting a regenerative converter, or a regen unit.
• Refer to UL Standards Compliance on page 424 for information on UL compliance.
■ Three-Phase 200 V Class
Table 3.2 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Model Recommended Gauge Applicable Gauge Tightening Torque
Terminal Screw Size
CIMR-E mm2 mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
2A0004
2A0006 U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
M4
2A0008 –, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 (10.6 to 13.3)
2A0010
2.5 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0012 M4
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 (10.6 to 13.3)
2.5 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0018 M4
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 (10.6 to 13.3)
2.5 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0021 M4
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 6 (10.6 to 13.3)

Electrical Installation
4 4 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6 4 to 16
1.2 to 1.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 4 to 16 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
2A0030 –, +1, +2 – 6 to 16
2 to 2.5
6 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10 6 to 16
1.2 to 1.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 10 6 to 16 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
2A0040 –, +1, +2 – 16 3
2 to 2.5
10 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
4 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
2A0056 –, +1, +2 – 16 to 25
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 25
9 to11
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
2A0069 –, +1, +2 – 25
4 to 6
16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 35
9 to11
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 35 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
2A0081 –, +1, +2 – 25 to 35
4 to 6
16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 50 9 to 11
2A0110 M8
–, +1 – 35 to 50 (79.7 to 97.4)
16 16 to 25

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 67
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

Model Terminal Recommended Gauge Applicable Gauge Screw Size Tightening Torque
CIMR-E mm2 mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 70
18 to 23
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 50 35 to 70 M10
(159 to 204)
2A0138 –, +1 – 50 to 70
9 to 11
25 25 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 50 to 95 18 to 23
M10
–, +1 – 35 to 95 (159 to 204)
2A0169
+3 – 50 to 95
9 to 11
35 25 to 35 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 70 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 70 to 95 18 to 23
M10
–, +1 – 35 to 95 (159 to 204)
2A0211
+3 – 50 to 95
9 to 11
50 25 to 50 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 × 2P 95 to 150
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 × 2P 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 150
2A0250
18 to 23
+3 – 35 to 150 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 × 2P 95 to 150
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 × 2P 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 150
2A0312
18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 150 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 240 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 240 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 125 to 300
2A0360
18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 120 × 2P 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 300 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 150 to 300
2A0415
18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)

■ Three-Phase 400 V Class

Table 3.3 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Model Recommended Gauge Applicable Gauge Tightening Torque
Terminal Screw Size
CIMR-E mm2 mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
4A0002 U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
M4
4A0004 –, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 (10.6 to 13.3)
2.5 2.5 to 4
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
4A0005 U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
4A0007 M4
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 (10.6 to 13.3)
4A0009
2.5 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
4A0011 M4
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 (10.6 to 13.3)
2.5 2.5 to 6

68 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

Model Recommended Gauge Applicable Gauge Tightening Torque

Terminal Screw Size
CIMR-E mm2 mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 16
1.2 to 1.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 16 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
4A0018 –, +1, +2 – 4 to 16
2 to 2.5
2.5 2.5 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4 2.5 to 16
1.2 to 1.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 4 2.5 to 16 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
4A0023 –, +1, +2 – 4 to 16
2 to 2.5
4 4 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6 6 to 16
2 to 2.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 6 to 16 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4A0031 –, +1, +2 – 6 to 16
4 to 6
6 6 to 10 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10 10 to 16
2 to 2.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 6 to 16 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4A0038 –, +1, +2 – 6 to 16
4 to 6
10 6 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
4 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
4A0044 –, +1, +2 – 16 to 25
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 10 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 10 to 16 9 to 11
4A0058 M8
–, +1 – 16 to 35 (79.7 to 97.4)
16 10 to 16
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 16 to 25 9 to 11
4A0072 M8
–, +1 – 25 to 35 (79.7 to 97.4)
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 50
–, +1 – 25 to 50 9 to 11
4A0088 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
+3 – 16 to 50

Electrical Installation
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 50
–, +1 – 25 to 50 9 to 11
4A0103 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
+3 – 25 to 50
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 95

4A0139
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
–, +1
50
–
35 to 95
50 to 95 M10
18 to 23 3
(159 to 204)
+3 – 25 to 95
25 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 70 to 95
18 to 23
4A0165 –,+1 – 35 to 95 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 50 to 95
35 25 to 35
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 35 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 35 to 95
18 to 23
4A0208 –, +1 – 35 to 150 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 25 to 70
50 50 to 150

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 69
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

Model Terminal Recommended Gauge Applicable Gauge Screw Size Tightening Torque
CIMR-E mm2 mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 120 95 to 300
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 120 95 to 300
18 to 23
4A0250 –, +1 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 35 to 300
70 70 to 240
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 185 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 185 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 300
4A0296
18 to 23
+3 – 35 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 240 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 240 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 95 to 300
4A0362
18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 × 2P 95 to 150
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 × 2P 95 to 150
32 to 40
4A0414 –, +1 – 70 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
+3 – 70 to 150
95 35 to 95

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 120 × 2P 95 to 150

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 150 × 2P 95 to 150

32 to 40
4A0515 –, +1 – 70 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
+3 – 70 to 150

150 50 to 150

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 × 4P 95 to 150

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 × 4P 95 to 150

32 to 40
4A0675 –, +1 – 70 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
+3 – 70 to 150

95 × 2P 60 to 150

◆ Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring

This section outlines the various steps, precautions, and checkpoints for wiring the main circuit terminals and motor
terminals.
NOTICE: When connecting the motor to the drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, the phase order for the drive and motor
should match. Failure to comply with proper wiring practices may cause the motor to run in reverse if the phase order is backward.

NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Failure to comply could result in
damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault circuit interrupters.

NOTICE: Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.

■ Cable Length Between Drive and Motor

Voltage drop along the motor cable may cause reduced motor torque when the wiring between the drive and the motor is
too long, especially at low frequency output. This can also be a problem when motors are connected in parallel with a
fairly long motor cable. Drive output current will increase as the leakage current from the cable increases. An increase in
leakage current may trigger an overcurrent situation and weaken the accuracy of the current detection.
Adjust the drive carrier frequency according to Table 3.4. If the motor wiring distance exceeds 100 m because of the
system configuration, reduce the ground currents. Refer to C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection on page 155.

70 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

Table 3.4 Cable Length Between Drive and Motor

Cable Length 50 m or less 100 m or less Greater than 100 m
Carrier Frequency 15 kHz or less 5 kHz or less 2 kHz or less

Note: When setting carrier frequency in a drive running multiple motors, calculate the cable length as the total distance of wiring to all
motors that are connected.

■ Ground Wiring
Follow the precautions to wire the ground for one drive or a series of drives.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Always use a ground wire that complies with technical standards on electrical equipment and
minimize the length of the ground wire. Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment
chassis, which could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Be sure to ground the drive ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in death
or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.

NOTICE: Do not share the ground wire with other devices such as welding machines or large-current electrical equipment. Improper
equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions. Improper equipment grounding could
result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Refer to Figure 3.21 when using multiple drives. Do not loop the ground wire.
Figure 3.22

OK OK Not Good

Figure 3.21 Multiple Drive Wiring

■ Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Shut off the power supply to the drive before wiring the main circuit terminals. Failure to comply
may result in death or serious injury.
Wire the main circuit terminals after the terminal board has been properly grounded.
Models CIMR-E†2A0004 through 0081 and 4A0002 through 0044 have a cover placed over the DC bus and braking

Electrical Installation
circuit terminals prior to shipment to help prevent miswiring. Cut away covers as needed for terminals using wire cutters.
Figure 3.23

3
A – Protecting Cover
Figure 3.22 Protecting Cover to Prevent Miswiring (CIMR-E†2A0056)

■ Main Circuit Connection Diagram

Refer to Main Circuit Connection Diagram on page 57 when wiring terminals on the drive’s main power circuit.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 71
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

◆ Control Circuit Connection Diagram
Figure 3.24

YEC_TMonly
Drive
Control Circuit <1>

Forward Run / Stop S1 Option card connectors

CN5-A
Reverse Run / Stop S2
CN5-B
External fault S3 CN5-C
Fault reset S4 Terminal board
jumpers and switches
Multi-speed step 1 S5 DIP Switch S1
V I
A2 Volt/Curr. Sel
Multi-speed step 2 S6
On
DIP Switch S2
Multi-function Off
Term. Res. On/Off
digtial inputs Jog speed
(default setting)
S7
Jumper S3
Terminal H1/H2
External Baseblock S8 Sink/Source
Selection
SN PTC DIP Switch S4
A3 Analog/PTC
Sink / Source mode SC Input Sel
selection wire link AI
(default: Sink) <2> SP
Jumper S5
+24 V <3> V
AM/FM Volt./Curr.
I Selection
FM AM
Shield ground terminal
MA Fault relay output
RP Pulse Train Input (max 32 kHz)
MB 250 Vac, max. 1 A
<4>
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA
MC
30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
2 kΩ
A1 Analog Input 1 (Frequency Reference Bias)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) M1 Multi-function relay output (During Run)
Multi-function 250 Vac, max. 1 A
analog/ pulse M2 30 Vdc, max 1 A
train inputs
A2 Analog Input 2 (Frequency Reference Bias)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
0 or 4 to 20 mA (250 Ω) <5>
M3 Multi-function relay output (Zero Speed)
Analog Input 3 / PTC Input (Aux. frequency 250 Vac, max. 1 A
A3 M4 30 Vdc, max 1 A
reference)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) <6> (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
AC
0V M5 Multi-function relay output (Speed Agree 1)
250 Vac, max. 1 A
M6
<4> −V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA 30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
Termination resistor
(120 Ω, 1/2 W) MP Multi-function pulse train output
(Output frequency)
AC 0 to 32 kHz (2.2 kΩ)
DIP
Switch S2
R+ 0V
R <7>
MEMOBUS/Modbus S+ FM
comm. RS485/422 Multi-function analog output 1
− + (Output frequency)
max. 115.2 kBps S FM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) or 4 to 20 mA
IG <9> <8>
AM
Multi-function analog output 2
AC − + (Output current)
AM
H1 -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) or 4 to 20 mA
<10> 0V
H2 <8>
E (G)

Wire
jumper Hardwire Baseblock monitor
DM+
<11>
HC
DM− shielded line

twisted-pair shielded line

control circuit terminal
main circuit terminal

Figure 3.23 Control Circuit Connection Diagram

<1> Supplying power to the control circuit separately from the main circuit requires 24 V power supply (option).
<2> This figure shows an example of a sequence input to S1 through S8 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Install the wire
link between terminals SC-SP for Sink mode and SC-SN for Source mode. Leave it out for external power supply. Never short
terminals SP and SN as doing so will damage the drive.
<3> The maximum current supplied by this voltage source is 150mA.
<4> The maximum output current capacity for the +V and -V terminals on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V, -V, and
AC, as this can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.
<5> Set DIP switch S1 to select between a voltage or current input signal to terminal A2. The default setting is for current input.
<6> Set DIP switch S4 to select between analog or PTC input for terminal A3.
<7> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
<8> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters. They are not intended for
use as a feedback-type of signal.

72 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

<9> Use jumper S5 to selection between voltage or current output signals at terminal AM and FM. Set parameters H4-07 and H4-08
accordingly.
<10> Use jumper S3 to select between Sink Mode, Source Mode or External Power supply for Hardwire Baseblock Inputs.
<11> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1-HC, H2-HC when utilizing the Hardwire Baseblock Inputs.

◆ Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions

Drive parameters determine which functions apply to the multi-function digital inputs (S1 to S8), multi-function digital
outputs (M1 to M6), multi-function analog inputs (A1 to A3), and multi-function analog monitor output (FM, AM). The
default setting is listed next to each terminal in Figure 3.23.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Always check the operation and wiring of control circuits after being wired. Operating a drive
with untested control circuits could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING! Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run. Setting parameter A1-06 may change the I/O
terminal function automatically from the factory setting. Refer to Application Selection on page 103. Failure to comply may result in
death or serious injury.

■ Input Terminals
Table 3.5 lists the input terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
input.
Table 3.5 Control Circuit Input Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
S1 Multi-function input 1 (Closed: Forward run, Open: Stop)
S2 Multi-function input 2 (Closed: Reverse run, Open: Stop)
S3 Multi-function input 3 (External fault, N.O.)
S4 Multi-function input 4 (Fault reset) Photocoupler
S5 Multi-function input 5 (Multi-step speed reference 1) 24 Vdc, 8 mA 351
Multi-Function
S6 Multi-function input 6 (Multi-step speed reference 2)
Digital Inputs
S7 Multi-function input 7 (Jog reference)
S8 Multi-function input 8 (External baseblock)
SC Multi-function input common Multi-function input common
SP Digital input power supply +24 Vdc 24 Vdc power supply for digital inputs, 150 mA max.
78
SN Digital input power supply 0 V Never short terminals SP and SN as doing so will damage the drive.
Input frequency range: 0 to 32 kHz
Signal Duty Cycle: 30 to 70% 124

Electrical Installation
RP Multi-function pulse train input (Frequency reference)
High level: 3.5 to 13.2 Vdc, low level: 0.0 to 0.8 Vdc 199
Input impedance: 3 kΩ
+V Power supply for analog inputs 10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) 123
-V Power supply for analog inputs -10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) –
123
A1 Multi-function analog input 1 (Frequency reference bias) -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
192
-10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ) 123
A2 Multi-function analog input 2 (Frequency reference bias) 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA (input impedance: 250 Ω) 123

Analog Inputs /
Voltage or current input must be selected by DIP switch S1 and H3-09 193 3
Multi-function analog input 3 (auxiliary frequency -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
Pulse Train Input A3 123
reference) / PTC Input Use DIP switch S4 on the terminal board to selection between analog or PTC input.
AC Frequency reference common 0V 123
24 Vdc, 8 mA
H1 Hardwire Baseblock inputs 1
One or both open: Output disabled
Both closed: Normal operation
H2 Hardwire Baseblock inputs 2 Internal impedance: 3.3 kΩ
Off time of at least 1 ms –
Disconnect the wire jumpers shorting terminals H1, H2, and HC to use the Hardwire
Baseblock inputs. Set the S3 jumper to select between sinking, sourcing mode, and
HC Hardwire Baseblock common
the power supply as explained for multi-function input terminals in Sinking/
Sourcing Mode Selection for Hardwire Baseblock Inputs on page 78. <1>
E (G) Ground for shielded lines and option cards – –

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 73
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

■ Output Terminals
Table 3.6 lists the output terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
output.
Table 3.6 Control Circuit Output Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
MA N.O.
30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Fault Relay MB N.C. output 183
Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
MC Fault output common
M1
Multi-function digital output (During run)
M2
Multi-Function M3 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Multi-function digital output (Zero Speed) 183
Digital Output <1> M4 Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA <2>

M5
Multi-function digital output (Speed Agree 1)
M6
MP Pulse train output (Output frequency) 32 kHz (max) 199
FM Analog monitor output 1 (Output frequency) -10 to +10 Vdc, 0 to +10 Vdc, or 4-20 mA
Use jumper S5 on the terminal board to select between voltage or current output 197
AM Analog monitor output 2 (Output current) signals.
Monitor Output
DM+ Outputs status of Safe Disable function. Closed when both Safe Disable
Hardwire Baseblock monitor output –
DM- channels are closed. Up to +48 Vdc 50 mA

AC Monitor common 0V –

<1> Refrain from assigning functions to digital outputs that involve frequent switching, as doing so may shorten relay performance life. Switching
life is estimated at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).
<2> Connect a flywheel diode as shown in the Figure 3.24 when driving a reactive load such as a relay coil. Make sure the diode rating is greater
than the circuit voltage.
Figure 3.25

C
A D
YEC_common

A – External power, 48 V max. C – Coil

B – Suppression diode D – 50 mA or less
Figure 3.24 Connecting a Suppression Diode

■ Serial Communication Terminals

Table 3.7 Control Circuit Terminals: Serial Communications
Type No. Signal Name Function (Signal Level)
R+ Communications input (+)
RS-485/422
MEMOBUS/Modbus R- Communications input (-) MEMOBUS/Modbus communication: Use a RS-485 or MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communication S+ Communications output (+) RS-422 cable to connect the drive. communication protocol
<1> 115.2 kbps (max.)
S- Communications output (-)
IG Shield ground 0V

<1> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. For more information on
the termination resistor, see Control I/O Connections on page 78.

74 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

◆ Terminal Configuration
Control circuit terminals should are arranged as shown in Figure 3.25.
Figure 3.26

YEC_TMonly

E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S- M3 M6 M4

M1 M2 M5
V+ AC V- A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC MP RP AC

MA MB MC
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP

Figure 3.25 Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement

■ Wire Size and Torque Specifications

Select appropriate wire type and gauges from Table 3.8. For simpler and more reliable wiring, use crimp ferrules on the
wire ends. Refer to Table 3.9 for ferrule terminal types and sizes.
Table 3.8 Wire Gauges and Torque Specifications
Tightening Bare Wire Terminal Ferrule-Type Terminal
Screw Torque Applicable wire Recommended Applicable wire Recommended
Terminal Wire Type
Size Nxm size wire size size wire size
(lb.in.) mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG)
S1-S8, SC, SP, SN, RP, +V, -V, A1, A2, Stranded wire:
A3, AC, M1-M6, MA, MB, MC, MP, 0.22 to 0.25 0.2 to 1.0 (24 to 16) 0.75 0.25 to 0.5 0.5
M2 Shielded line, etc.
AM, FM, AC, S+, S-, R+, R-, IG, HC, (1.9 to 2.2) Solid wire: (18) (24 to 20) (20)
H1, H2, DM+, DM- 0.2 to 1.5 (24 to 16)

Electrical Installation
■ Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals
Prepare wire ends with insulated sleeves before connecting to the drive. See Table 3.9 for dimensions. YASKAWA
recommends CRIMPFOX ZA-3, a crimping tool manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT.
Figure 3.27

d1

3
6 mm

YEC_common
L

d2

Figure 3.26 Ferrule Dimensions

Table 3.9 Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes
Size mm2 (AWG) Type L (mm) d1 (mm) d2 (mm) Manufacturer
0.25 (24) AI 0.25-6YE 10.5 0.8 2
0.34 (22) AI 0.34-6TQ 10.5 0.8 2 PHOENIX CONTACT
0.5 (20) AI 0.5-6WH 14 1.1 2.5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 75
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

◆ Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal

This section describes the proper procedures and preparations for wiring the control terminals.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not remove covers or touch the circuit boards while the power is on. Failure to comply could
result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE: Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, -, +1, +2) and
other high-power lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit lines. Improper
wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.

NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral
devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.

NOTICE: Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.

NOTICE: Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive
or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.

Wire the control circuit only after terminals have been properly grounded and main circuit wiring is complete. Refer to
Figure 3.26for details. Prepare the ends of the control circuit wiring as shown in Figure 3.29. Refer to Wire Size and
Torque Specifications on page 75.
NOTICE: Do not tighten screws beyond the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may result in erroneous operation, damage
the terminal block, or cause a fire.

NOTICE: Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or
equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.

Connect control wires as shown in the following figures:

Figure 3.28

A
YEC_common

Preparing wire D
terminal ends
C

A – Loosen screw to insert wire. C – Avoid fraying wire strands when stripping
insulation from wire. Strip length 5.5 mm.
B – Single wire or stranded wire D – Blade depth of 0.4 mm or less
Blade width of 2.5 mm or less
Figure 3.27 Terminal Board Wiring Guide

76 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.9 Control Circuit Wiring
Figure 3.29

YEC_common

Figure 3.28 Terminal Board Wiring

When setting the frequency by analog reference from an external potentiometer, use shielded twisted-pair wires (treating
wire ends as shown in Figure 3.29 and connect the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Figure 3.30

F C
A D

B E

A – Drive side D – Control device side

B – Connect shield to ground terminal of E – Shield sheath (insulate with tape)
drive.
C – Insulation F – Shield
Figure 3.29 Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables

NOTICE: The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50 meters when
using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the frequency reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system
performance.

◆ Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board

Electrical Installation
The terminal board is equipped with several switches used to adapt the drive I/Os to the external control signals.
Figure 3.30 shows the location of these switches. Refer to Control I/O Connections on page 78 for setting instructions.
Figure 3.31

DIP Switch S1 YEC_comon

Terminal A2 Signal
Selection

3
V I

Jumper S5
Terminal AM/FM Signal
Selection

Jumper S3 V I
Terminal H1/H2
Sink/Source Sel. AM

FM

DIP Switch S4
Terminal A3 Analog/
PTC Input Sel.
DIP Switch S2
RS-422/485 PTC
Termination Resistor
Off On

AI

Figure 3.30 Locations of Jumpers and Switches on the Terminal Board

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 77
3.10 Control I/O Connections

3.10 Control I/O Connections

◆ Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Hardwire Baseblock Inputs
Use jumper S3 on the terminal board to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the
HardWire Baseblock inputs H1 and H2 as shown in Table 3.15 (Default: Source mode, internal power supply.) Refer to
Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board on page 77 for locating jumper S3.
Table 3.10 Hardwire Baseblock Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply Selection
Drive Internal Power Supply External 24 Vdc Power Supply
Jumper S3 Jumper S3

24 Vdc 24 Vdc
HC HC

External
24 Vdc
Sinking Mode
H1 H1

H2 H2

Jumper S3 Jumper S3

24 Vdc 24 Vdc
HC HC

External
24 Vdc
Sourcing Mode
H1 H1

H2 H2

◆ Using the Contact Outputs

The example below illustrates the use of multi-function digital outputs and the fault relay. Refer to Figure 3.1 for
standard connection diagram.

Drive Controller

Relay SA

MA
MB
Fault
MC
Fault relay outputs and Relay SA

Multi-function relay outputs M1

250 Vac 10 mA to 1A During
Run M2 Max
30 Vac 10 mA to 1A
(Min. load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA) 250 Vac
Relay SA

M3
Zero
Speed M4
Relay SA
M5
Speed
Agree 1 M6 YEC_TMonly

Figure 3.31 Contact Outputs

78 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.10 Control I/O Connections

◆ Using the Pulse Train Output

The pulse train output terminal MP can either supply power but can also be used with external power supply. Peripheral
devices should be connected in accordance with the specifications listed below. Failure to do so can cause unexpected
drive operation, and can damage the drive or connected circuits.
■ Using Power from the Pulse Output Terminal (Source Mode)
The high voltage level of the pulse output terminal depends on the load impedance.
Load Impedance RL (kΩ) Output Voltage VMP (V) (insulated)
1.5 kΩ 5V
4 kΩ 8V
10 kΩ 10 V
Note: The load resistance needed in order to get a certain high level voltage VMP can be calculated by: RL = VMP 2 / (12 - VMP)
Figure 3.32

Load Impedance
MP

VMP RL

AC

Figure 3.32 Pulse Output Connection Using Internal Voltage Supply

■ Using External Power Supply (Sink Mode)
The high voltage level of the pulse output signal depends on the external voltage applied. The voltage must be between
12 and 15 Vdc. The load resistance must be adjusted so that the current is lower than 16 mA.

External Power Supply (V) Load Impedance (kΩ)

12 to 15 Vdc ±10% 1.0 kΩ or higher
Figure 3.33

External Power Supply

Load Impedance
MP
Sink Current

Electrical Installation
AC

Figure 3.33 Pulse Output Connection Using External Voltage Supply

◆ Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection 3

Terminal A2 can be used to input either a voltage or a current signal. Select the signal type using switch S1 as explained
in Table 3.17. Set parameter H3-09 accordingly as shown in Table 3.18. Refer to Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal
Board on page 77 for locating switch S1.
Note: If terminals A1 and A2 are both set for frequency bias (H3-02 = 0 and H3-10 = 0), both input values will be combined to create
the frequency reference.
Table 3.11 DIP Switch S1 Settings
Setting Description
V (left position) Voltage input (-10 to +10 V)
I (right position) (default) Current input (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA): default setting

Table 3.12 Parameter H3-09 Details

Setting Default
No. Parameter Name Description
Range Setting
Selects the signal level for terminal A2.
0: 0 to 10 Vdc
H3-09 Terminal A2 signal level selection 1: -10 to 10 Vdc 0 to 3 2
2: 4 to 20 mA
3: 0 to 20 mA

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 79
3.10 Control I/O Connections

◆ Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection

Terminal A3 can be configured either as multi-function analog input or as PTC input for motor thermal overload
protection. Use switch S4 to select the input function as described in Table 3.13. Refer to Switches and Jumpers on the
Terminal Board on page 77 for locating switch S4.
Table 3.13 DIP Switch S4 Settings
Setting Description
AI (lower position) (default) Analog input for the function selected in parameter H3-06
PTC (upper position) PTC input. Parameter H3-06 must be set to E (PTC input)

◆ Terminal AM/FM Signal Selection

The signal type for terminals AM and FM can be set to either voltage or current output using jumper S5 on the terminal
board as explained in Table 3.14. When changing the setting of jumper S5, parameters H4-07 and H4-08 must be set
accordingly. The default selection is voltage output for both terminals. Refer to Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal
Board on page 77 for locating jumper S5.
Table 3.14 Jumper S5 Settings
Voltage Output Current Output
V I V I

Terminal AM AM AM

FM FM

V I V I

Terminal FM AM AM

FM FM

Table 3.15 Parameter H4-07, H4-08 Details

No. Parameter Name Description Setting Default

Range Setting
H4-07 Terminal AM signal level selection 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
1: -10 to 10 Vdc 0 to 2 0
H4-08 Terminal FM signal level selection 2: 4 to 20 mA

◆ MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination
This drive is equipped with a built in termination resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port. DIP switch S2 enables
or disabled the termination resistor as shown in Table 3.16. The OFF position is the default. The termination resistor
should be placed to the ON position when the drive is the last in a series of slave drives. Refer to Switches and Jumpers
on the Terminal Board on page 77 for locating switch S2.
Table 3.16 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings
S2 Position Description
ON Internal termination resistor ON
OFF Internal termination resistor OFF (default setting)

Note: Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page 389 for details on MEMOBUS/Modbus.

80 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.11 Terminal A2 Analog Input Signal Selection

3.11 Terminal A2 Analog Input Signal Selection

◆ Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection
Terminal A2 can be used to input either a voltage or a current signal.
When using input A2 as a voltage input, set DIP switch S1 to “V” (left position) and set parameter H3-09 to 0 (0 to 10
Vdc) or to 1 (-10 to 10 Vdc).
To use current input at terminal A2, set the DIP switch S1 to “I” (default setting) and H3-09 = 2 or 3 (4 to 20 mA or 0 to
20 mA).
To set the DIP switch on the terminal board, use an appropriate sized tool with a tip of approximately 0.8 mm in width.
Figure 3.34

Dip Switch S1
V I

YEC_common

Figure 3.34 DIP Switch S1

Note: If terminals A1 and A2 are both set for frequency bias (H3-02 = 0 and H3-10 = 0), both input values will be combined to create
the frequency reference.
Table 3.17 DIP Switch S1 Settings

Electrical Installation
Setting Description
V (left position) Voltage input (-10 to +10 V)
I (right position) (default) Current input (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA): default setting

Table 3.18 Parameter H3-09 Details

Setting Default
No. Parameter Name Description
Range Setting
Selects the signal level for terminal A2. 3
0: 0 to 10 Vdc
H3-09 Terminal A2 signal level selection 1: -10 to 10 Vdc 0 to 3 2
2: 4 to 20 mA
3: 0 to 20 mA

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 81
3.12 Connect to a PC

3.12 Connect to a PC
This drive is equipped with a USB port (type-B).
The drive can connect to the USB port of a PC using a USB 2.0, AB type cable (sold separately). DriveWizard Plus can
then be used to monitor drive performance and manage parameter settings. Contact YASKAWA for more information on
DriveWizard Plus.
Figure 3.35

USB Cable
(Type-AB)

(Type-B) (Type-A)

PC

YEC_common
Figure 3.35 Connecting to a PC (USB)

82 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.13 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination

3.13 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination

This drive is equipped with a built in termination resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port. DIP switch S2 enables
or disabled the termination resistor as shown in Figure 3.36. The OFF position is the default. The termination resistor
should be placed to the ON position when the drive is the last in a series of slave drives.
Table 3.19 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings
S2 Position Description
ON Internal termination resistor ON
OFF Internal termination resistor OFF (default setting)

Figure 3.36

YEC_TMonly

DIP Switch S2

OFF ON

O
N

(OFF: default)

Figure 3.36 DIP Switch S2

Note: Refer to the MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page 389 for details on MEMOBUS/Modbus.

Electrical Installation
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 83
3.14 External Interlock

3.14 External Interlock

Systems that may be affected if the drive faults out should be interlocked with the drive’s fault output and ready signal.

◆ Drive Ready
When the “Drive ready” signal has been set to one of the multi-function contact outputs, that output will close whenever
the drive is ready to accept a Run command or is already running. Under the following conditions the Drive ready signal
will switch off and remain off, even if a Run command is entered:
• when the power supply is shut off.
• during a fault.
• when there is problem with the control power supply.
• when a parameter setting error makes the drive unable to run even if a Run command has been entered.
• when a fault such as overvoltage or undervoltage is triggered as soon as the Run command is entered.
• when the drive is in the Programming mode and will not accept a Run command even when entered.
■ Interlock Circuit Example
Two drives running a single application might interlock with the controller using the Drive ready and Fault output signals
as shown below. The figure illustrates how the application would not be able to run if either drive experiences a fault or
is unable to supply a Drive ready signal.

Terminal Output Signal Parameter Setting

MA, MB, MC Fault –
M1-M2 Drive Ready H2-01 = 06

Ready1 Ready2 Fault1 Fault2

Drive Ready
Operation
Circuit

Drive Ready
Stop
Run common_
TMonly
Figure 3.37

Drive 1 Controller

MA
Relay 1 SA Relay 1
Max
Run Fault MB 250 Vac Fault 1
S1
Output
SC MC

Relay 2
Relay 2 SA Ready 1
M1
Drive Ready M2

common_
Drive 2 Controller TMonly
MA
Relay 1 SA Relay 1
Max
Run Fault MB 250 Vac Fault 2
S1
Output
SC MC

Relay 2
Relay 2 SA Ready 2
M1
Drive Ready M2

Figure 3.37 Interlock Circuit Example

84 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 3.15 Wiring Checklist

3.15 Wiring Checklist

No. Item Page

Drive, peripherals, option cards

1 Check drive model number to ensure receipt of correct model. 31

2 Make sure you have the correct braking options, DC reactors, noise filters, and other peripheral devices. 313

3 Check the option card model number. 313

Installation area and physical setup
4 Ensure that the area surrounding the drive complies with specifications. 40
Power supply voltage, output voltage
5 The voltage from the power supply should be within the input voltage specification range of the drive. 163
29
6 The voltage rating for the motor should match the drive output specifications.
367
29
7 Verify that the drive is properly sized to run the motor.
367
Main circuit wiring
8 Confirm proper branch circuit protection as specified by national and local codes. 54

9 Properly wire the power supply to drive terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. 57
Properly wire the drive and motor together.
10 The motor lines and drive output terminals R/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 should match in order to produce the desired phase order. If the phase order 70
is incorrect, the drive will rotate in the opposite direction.
11 Use 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire for the power supply and motor lines. 67
Use the correct wire gauges for the main circuit. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 67. 67
• When using comparatively long motor cable, calculate the amount of voltage drop. 67

12 Motor rated voltage (V) x 0.02 ≥

3 x voltage resistance (Ω/km) x cable length (m) x motor rated current (A) x 10 -3

• If the cable between the drive and motor exceeds 50 m, adjust the carrier frequency set to C6-02 accordingly. 71
13 Properly ground the drive. Review page 71. 71
Tightly fasten all terminal screws (control circuit terminals, grounding terminals).
14 67
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 67.
Set up overload protection circuits when running multiple motors from a single drive.

Electrical Installation
Power supply Drive MC1 OL1
M1

MC2 OL2
15 MC1 - MCn ... magnetic contactor –
M2 OL 1 - OL n ... thermal relay

MCn OLn
Mn

Note: Close MC1 through MCn before operating the drive. (MC1 through MCn cannot be switched off during run.)

16
If using dynamic braking options, install a magnetic contactor. Properly install the resistor, and ensure that overload protection shuts off the
318
3
power supply.
17 Verify phase advancing capacitors, input noise filters, or ground fault circuit interrupters are NOT installed on the output side of the drive. –
Control circuit wiring
18 Use twisted-pair line for all drive control circuit wiring. 72

19 Ground the shields of shielded wiring to the GND terminal. 76

If using a 3-wire sequence, properly set parameters for multi-function contact input terminals S1 through S8, and properly wire control
20 –
circuits.
21 Properly wire any option cards. 75
Check for any other wiring mistakes.
22 –
Only use a multimeter to check wiring.
Properly fasten the control circuit terminal screws in the drive.
23 67
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 67.
24 Pick up all wire clippings. –

25 Ensure that no frayed wires on the terminal block are touching other terminals or connections. –

26 Properly separate control circuit wiring and main circuit wiring. –

27 Analog signal line wiring should not exceed 50 m. –

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 85
3.15 Wiring Checklist

86 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4
Start-Up Programming & Operation
This chapter explains the functions of the digital operator and how to program the drive for
initial operation.

4.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

4.2 USING THE DIGITAL OPERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.3 THE DRIVE AND PROGRAMMING MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.4 START-UP FLOWCHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.5 POWERING UP THE DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.6 APPLICATION SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4.7 AUTO-TUNING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4.8 NO-LOAD OPERATION TEST RUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.9 TEST RUN WITH LOAD CONNECTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.10 VERIFYING PARAMETER SETTINGS AND BACKING UP CHANGES . . . . . . . 114
4.11 TEST RUN CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 87
4.1 Section Safety

4.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may include drives without covers or safety shields to illustrate details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

88 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.2 Using the Digital Operator

4.2 Using the Digital Operator

Use the digital operator to enter run and stop commands, display data, edit parameters, as well as display fault and alarm
information.

◆ Keys and Displays

Figure 4.1

14 13 12

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM 11

REV DRV FOUT

YEC_common

10
LO
ESC
1 RE 8

2 RESET ENTER 7
9
RUN STOP

3 4 5 6
Figure 4.1 Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator

No. Display Name Function

• Returns to the previous display.
1 ESC ESC Key • Moves the cursor one space to the left.
• Pressing and holding this button will return to the Frequency Reference display.
• Moves the cursor to the right.
2 RESET Key
RESET • Resets the drive to clear a fault situation.
Starts the drive in the LOCAL mode.
The Run LED
• is on, when the drive is operating the motor.
3 RUN RUN Key
• flashes during deceleration to stop or when the frequency reference is 0.
• flashes quickly the drive is disabled by a DI, the drive was stopped using a fast stop DI or a run command
was active during power up.

4 Up Arrow Key Scrolls up to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.

Start-Up Programming
5 Down Arrow Key Scrolls down to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.

& Operation
6 STOP STOP Key <1> Stops drive operation.

• Enters parameter values and settings.

7 ENTER Key
ENTER • Selects a menu item to move between displays.

8 LO
RE
LO/RE Selection Key <2>
Switches drive control between the operator (LOCAL) and the control circuit terminals (REMOTE). The LED
is on when the drive is in the LOCAL mode (operation from keypad). 4

9 RUN Light Lit while the drive is operating the motor. Refer to page 91 for details.
RUN

10 LO LO/RE Light Lit while the operator is selected to run the drive (LOCAL mode). Refer to page 91 for details.
RE

11 ALM LED Light

12 FOUT LED Light

Refer to LED Screen Displays on page 90.
13 DRV LED Light

14 REV LED Light

<1> The STOP key has highest priority. Pressing the STOP key will always cause the drive to stop the motor, even if a Run command is active at
any external Run command source. To disable the STOP key priority, set parameter o2-06 to 0.
<2> The LO/RE key can only switch between LOCAL and REMOTE when the drive is stopped. To disable the LO/RE key to prohibit switching
between LOCAL and REMOTE, set parameter o2-01 to 0.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 89
4.2 Using the Digital Operator

◆ Digital Text Display

Text appears on the digital operator as shown below. This section explains the meaning of text as it appears on the display
screen.

Lit Flashing

Table 4.1 Digital Text Display

Text LED Text LED Text LED Text LED

0 9 I R

1 A J S

2 B K T

3 C L U

4 D M V
<1>

5 E N W
<1>

6 F O X none

7 G P Y

8 H Q Z none

<1> Displayed in two digits.

◆ LED Screen Displays

Table 4.2 LED Screen Displays
Display Lit Flashing Off

• When an alarm occurs

The drive has detected an alarm or error • oPE detected Normal state (no fault or alarm)
• When a fault or error occurs during Auto-Tuning

Motor is rotating in reverse – Motor is rotating forward

• The drive is in the Drive Mode • The drive is in the Programming Mode
When DriveWorksEZ is used <1>
• During Auto-Tuning • The drive will not accept a Run command

When a display other than the output frequency

When the display shows the output frequency –
monitor is shown.

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182

ALM
ALM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

As illustrated in this REV DRV

DRV FOUT REV DRV FOUT REV DRV FOUT
manual

<1> Refer to the DriveWorksEZ instruction manual for further information.

90 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.2 Using the Digital Operator

◆ LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications

Table 4.3 LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications
LED Lit Flashing Flashing Quickly <1> Off

When source of the Run command

Run command to be given from a device other
is assigned to the digital operator – –
than the digital operator (REMOTE)
(LOCAL)

• While the drive is set for LOCAL, a

Run command was entered to the
input terminals after which the drive
was then switched to REMOTE.
• A Run command was entered via
the input terminals while not in the
Drive Mode.
• During deceleration to stop • During deceleration when a Fast
During run • When a Run command is input and Stop command was entered. During stop
frequency reference is 0 Hz • The drive output is shut off by the
Safe Disable function.
• While the drive was running in the
REMOTE mode, the STOP key was
pushed.
• The drive was powered up with b1-
17 = 0 (default) while the Run
command is active.

Examples

<1> Refer to Figure 4.2 for the difference between “flashing” and “flashing quickly”.
Figure 4.2

1s

ON ON
Flashing
common_TM
only
Flashing ON ON ON ON
quickly

Figure 4.2 RUN LED Status and Meaning

Figure 4.3

Drive output frequency

during stop RUN STOP RUN
STOP
/ 6 Hz
common_TM

Start-Up Programming
0 Hz
Frequency setting
RUN LED OFF ON OFF OFF only

& Operation
Flashing

Figure 4.3 RUN LED and Drive Operation

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 91
4.2 Using the Digital Operator

◆ Menu Structure for Digital Operator

Figure 4.4

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV
DRV
DRV FOUT
Description of Key Operations

Turn the power on

<1>

Pressing RUN will start the motor. Forward Selection Reverse Selection
DRIVE MODE
DRV light is on.

Output Frequency

Output Current

Note: “XX” characters are shown in this manual.

Output Voltage The drive will display the actual setting values.

XX
Monitor Display

X XX XX

XX XX XX
Verify Menu
PROGRAMMING MODE

XX XX XX
Drive cannot operate the motor.

X
DRV light is on.

Set Up Mode

XX XX XX
YEC_common
XX
Parameter Setting Mode

XX XX XX

X XX XX
Auto-Tuning

X XX XX XX

Figure 4.4 Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure

<1> Reverse can only be selected when the drive is set for LOCAL. Details on switching between forward and reverse can be found in
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes on page 93.

92 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

The drive has a Programming Mode to program the drive for operation, and a Drive Mode used to actually run the motor.
Drive Mode: In the Drive Mode, the user can start the motor and observe operation status with the monitors that are
available. Parameter settings cannot be edited or changed when in the Drive Mode.
Programming Mode: The Programming Mode allows access to edit, adjust, and verify parameters, as well as perform
Auto-Tuning. Unless set to allow a Run command, the drive will not accept a Run command when the digital operator is
in the Programming Mode.
Note: If parameter b1-08 is set to 0 the drive will accept a Run command only in the Drive Mode. When editing parameters, the user
must first exit the Programming Mode and enter the Drive Mode before starting the motor.
Note: To allow the drive to run the motor while in the Programming Mode, set b1-08 to 1.

◆ Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes

The drive is set to operate in Drive Mode when it is first powered up. Switch between display screens by using the
and keys.

Mode Contents Operator Display Description

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
YEC_c This display screen allows the user to monitor and change the frequency reference while the drive is running. Refer
Frequency Reference REV DRV
DRV FOUT
ommon
Power Up to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 93.
(default)
Note: The user can select the data displayed when the drive is first powered up with parameter o1-02.

This display shows the direction that has been selected when the drive is controlled by a REMOTE source.
When the drive is set for LOCAL, the user can switch between FWD and REV as shown below.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

DRV
Forward/Reverse
REV DRV FOUT

- Forward rotation
- Reverse rotation
Note: For applications that should not run in reverse (fans, pumps, etc.), set parameter b1-04 = “1” to prohibit the
motor from rotating in reverse.

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

Drive Mode Output Frequency REV DRV FOUT

DRV FOUT

Displays the frequency that is output from the drive.

Display

Start-Up Programming
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

& Operation
Output Current REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Monitors the output current of the drive.
Display

Output Voltage
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
4
REV DRV
DRV FOUT Shows the data that selected for display by the user in parameter o1-01. The default setting displays drive output
Reference
voltage (o1-01 = 106). Refer to o1: Digital Operator Display Selection on page 365.
(default)

Drive Mode
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

YEC_
DRV
com -
REV DRV FOUT
Monitor Display Lists the monitor parameters (U†-†† parameters) available in the drive.
mon

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 93
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

Mode Contents Operator Display Description

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV FOUT YEC_ Lists all parameters that have been edited or changed from default settings. Refer to Verifying Parameter
Verify Menu com-
mon
Changes: Verify Menu on page 96.

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

YEC_
A select list of parameters necessary to get the drive operating quickly. Refer to Using the Setup Group on
Programming Setup Group
REV DRV FOUT
com- page 96.
Mode mon Note: Parameters listed in the Setup Group differ depending the Application Preset in parameter A1-06. Refer to
Application Selection on page 103.

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

Parameter Setting REV DRV FOUT

Mode Allows the user to access and edit all parameter settings. Refer to Parameter Table on page 338.

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

YEC_
com-
REV DRV FOUT
Auto-Tuning Mode Motor parameters are calculated and set automatically. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 105.
Programming mon
Mode

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

DRV
Drive Mode Frequency Reference Returns to the frequency reference display screen.
REV DRV FOUT

■ Drive Mode Details

The following actions are possible in the Drive Mode:
• Run and stop the drive
• Monitor the operation status of the drive (frequency reference, output frequency, output current, output voltage, etc.)
• View information on an alarm
• View a history of alarms that have occurred
Figure 4.5 illustrates how to change the frequency reference from F 0.00 (0 Hz) to F 6.00 (6 Hz) while in the Drive
Mode. This example assumes the drive is set to LOCAL.
Figure 4.5

Frequency reference
display at power up
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV
DRV FOUT

Press to select LOCAL Press to select the

digit to the right

Press until the frequency

reference becomes 6 Hz

YEC_TMonly
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV
DRV FOUT

Figure 4.5 Setting the Frequency Reference while in the Drive Mode
Note: The drive will not accept a change to the frequency reference until the ENTER key is pressed after the frequency reference is
entered. This feature prevents accidental setting of the frequency reference. To have the drive accept changes to the frequency
reference as soon as changes are made without requiring the ENTER key, set o2-05 to 1.

94 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

■ Programming Mode Details

The following actions are possible in the Programming Mode:
• Parameter Setting Mode: Access and edit all parameter settings
• Verify Menu: Check a list of parameters that have been changed from their original default values
• Setup Group: Access a list of commonly used parameters to simplify setup (see Simplified Setup Using the Setup
Group on page 96)
• Auto-Tuning Mode: Automatically calculates and sets motor parameters to optimize drive performance

◆ Changing Parameter Settings or Values

This example explains changing C1-02 (Deceleration Time 1) from 30.0 seconds (default) to 20.0 seconds.

Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. DRV
REV DRV FOUT

2.
Press the or key until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.

3.
Press the key to enter the parameter menu tree.

4.
Press or key to select the C parameter group.

5.
Press two times.

6.
Press or key to select the parameter C1-02.

7.
Press to view the current setting value (10.0 s). Left digit flashes.

8.
Press until the desired number is selected. “1” flashes.

9.
Press the key and enter 0020.0.

Start-Up Programming
10.
Press and the drive will confirm the change.

& Operation
11. The display automatically returns to the screen shown in Step 4.

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

DRV
12.
REV DRV FOUT

Press the key until back at the initial display.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 95
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

◆ Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu

The Verify Menu lists edited parameters from the Programming Mode or as a result of Auto-Tuning. It helps determine
which settings have been changed, and is particularly useful when replacing a drive. If no settings have been changed, the
Verify Menu will read . The Verify Menu also allows users to quickly access and re-edit any parameters settings
that have been changed.
Note: The Verify Menu will not display parameters from the A1 group (except for A1-02) even if those parameters have been changed
from their default settings.

The following example is a continuation of the steps above. Here, parameter C1-02 is accessed using the Verify Menu,
and is changed again from 30.0 s to 20.0 s.
To check the list of edited parameters:

Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. DRV
REV DRV FOUT

2. Press or until the display shows the top of the Verify Menu.

Press to enter the list of parameters that have been edited from their original default settings.
3.
If parameters other than C1-02 have been changed, use the or key to scroll until C1-02 appears.

4. Press the key to access the setting value. Left digit flashes.

◆ Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group

In the Setup Group, the drive lists the basic parameters needed to set up the drive for the application. It provides a
simplified way to get the application running right away by showing only the most important parameters.
■ Using the Setup Group
Figure 4.6 illustrates how to enter and how to change parameters in the Setup Group.
The first display shown when entering the Setup Group is the Application Selection menu. Skipping this display will
keep the current Setup Group parameter selection. The default setting for the Setup Group is a group of parameters most
commonly use in general-purpose applications. Pressing the ENTER key from the Application Selection display and
selecting an Application Preset will change the Setup Group to parameters optimal for the application selected. Refer to
Application Selection on page 103.
In this example, the Setup Group is accessed to change b1-01 from 1 to 0. This changes the source of the frequency
reference from the control circuit terminals to the digital operator.

96 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

Figure 4.6

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV
DRV FOUT REV DRV FOUT

Frequency reference Press until

appears when appears
powered up DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV FOUT

YEC_TMonly

<1> DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV FOUT

Parameter Display

ALM
Control Circuit <2>
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182

REV DRV FOUT

Terminal Select digit to edit
<2>

Operator
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
<2>
REV DRV FOUT

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV FOUT

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV FOUT

<1> Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the Setup Group. Press the ENTER key to view or change parameter settings.
<2> To return to the previous menu without saving changes, press the ESC key.

Figure 4.6 Setup Group Example

■ Setup Group Parameters

Start-Up Programming
Table 4.4 lists parameters available by default in the Setup Group. When an Application Preset has been selected in
parameter A1-06 or the Application Selection display of the Setup Group, the parameters selected for the Setup Group
will change automatically. Refer to Application Selection on page 103.

& Operation
If the desired parameter is not listed in the Setup Group, go to the Programming Mode.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 97
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

Table 4.4 Setup Group Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Name
A1-02 Control Method Selection E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1
b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection F6-01 Communications Error Operation Selection
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 H3-03 Terminal A1 Gain Setting
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting
d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit H3-12 Terminal A2 Bias Setting
d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride Thru Time
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
E1-05 Maximum Voltage L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
E1-06 Base Frequency L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts
E2-01 Motor Rated Current L5-03 Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts
E2-11 Motor Rate Power L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1
E5-01 Motor Code Selection L6-02 Torque Detection level 1
E5-03 Motor Rated Current L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles o2-03 User Parameter Default Value
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance

Note: Parameter availability depends on the control mode set in A1-02 that is used to run the drive and motor. Consequently, some of
the parameters listed above may not be accessible in certain control modes.

◆ Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE

When the drive is set to accept the Run command from the digital operator RUN key, this is referred to as LOCAL mode.
When the drive is set to accept the Run command from an external device (via the input terminals, serial
communications, etc.) this is referred to as REMOTE mode.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Be sure all personnel are clear of rotating
machinery.

The operation can be switched between LOCAL and REMOTE either by using the LO/RE key on the digital operator or
a digital input.
Note: 1. After selecting LOCAL, the LO/RE light will remain lit.
2. The drive will not allow the user to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE during run.

■ Using the LO/RE Key on the Digital Operator

Step Display/Result
YEC_c DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. ommon
DRV
REV DRV FOUT

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV
DRV FOUT

YEC_
Press . The LO/RE light will light up. The drive is now in LOCAL. com- LO

2.
ESC
RE

mon
RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

To set the drive for REMOTE operation, press the key again.

■ Using Input Terminals S1 through S8 to Switch between LO/RE

The user can also switch between LOCAL and REMOTE modes using one of the digital input terminals S1 through S8
(set the corresponding parameter H1-†† to “1”).
When setting the multi-function input terminals,
Note: 1. Refer to Parameter Table on page 338 for a list of digital input selections.
2. Setting H1-†† to 1 disables the LO/RE key on the digital operator.

98 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

The flowcharts in this section summarize basic steps required to start the drive. Use the flowcharts to determine the most
appropriate start-up method for a given application. The charts are intended as a quick reference to help familiarize the
user with start-up procedures.

Flowchart Subchart Objective Page

A – Basic startup procedure and motor tuning 99
A-1 Simple motor setup using V/f mode 100
–
A-2 Setting up the drive to run a permanent magnet (PM) motor 101

Note: To set up the drive using one of the Application Presets, refer to Application Selection on page 103.

◆ Flowchart A: Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning

Flowchart A in Figure 4.7 describes a basic start-up sequence. This sequence varies slightly depending on the
application. Use drive default parameter settings in simple applications that do not require high precision.
Figure 4.7

START

Install and wire the drive as explained in Chapters 1, 2, and 3

Apply main power on to the drive

Adhere to safety messages concerning application of power

Application Presets YES

A1-06 used ?

NO
Set the control mode in parameter A1-02. Refer to
Application
Selection section

Set the basic parameters

 b1-01/02 for frequency reference and run command source selection

 H1-,H2-,H3-,H4-,H6-for I/O terminal setting
 d1- for multi-speed references if used
 C1- and C2-for accel./decel. and S-curve time settings
 L3-04 if dynamic braking options are used

Start-Up Programming
Control Mode
A1-02 =

0: V/f 5: OLV/PM

& Operation
To To
Flowchart A-1 Flowchart A-2

4
From Flowchart A-1 or A-2

Fine tune parameters. Adjust application settings (PI, ...) if necessary.

Check the machine operation and verify parameter settings.

Drive is ready to run the application.

Figure 4.7 Basic Start-up

Note: When the motor cable length has changed for more than 50 m after Auto-Tuning has been performed (e.g., after the drive has
been set up and then later installed in a different location), execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for resistance between motor lines
once the drive is installed in its final installation location.
Note: Auto-Tuning should be performed again after installing an AC reactor or other such components to the output side of the drive.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 99
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

◆ Subchart A-1: Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control

Flowchart A1 in Figure 4.8 describes simple motor setup for V/f Control. V/f Control is suited for more basic
applications such as fans and pumps. This procedure illustrates Energy Savings and Speed Estimation Speed Search.
Figure 4.8

From
Flowchart
A

Set or verify the V/f pattern

settings E1-.

Energy Savings
(b8-01 = 1) or
Speed Estimation Speed Search NO
(b3-24 = 1) enabled
when b3-01 = 1
or L2-01 = 1,2 ?

YES
Perform Rotational YES
Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Is the motor cable longer than
(T1-01 = 3) 50 meters?

NO Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for

Stator Resistance (T1-01 = 2)

Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and operation.
Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.

Couple the load or machine to the motor.

Run the machine and check for desired operation.

Return to
Flowchart
A

Figure 4.8 Simple Motor Setup with Energy Savings or Speed Search

100 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

◆ Subchart A-2: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors

Flowchart A2 in Figure 4.9 describes the set-up procedure for running a PM motor in Open Loop Vector Control. PM
motors can be used for more energy-efficient operation in reduced or variable torque applications.
Figure 4.9

From
Flowchart
A

Motor test report/ data YES

sheet available?

NO

Perform PM Stationary <1> Input the motor data. <1>

Auto-Tuning (T2-01 = 1) (T2-01 = 0)

Is the motor cable longer YES

than 50 meters?

Perform PM Stationary
Auto-Tuning for Stator
NO Resistance (T2-01 = 2)

Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and
operation.Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.

Connect the load to the motor.

Run the machine and check for desired

operation.

Return to
Flowchart
A

<1> Enter the motor code to E5-01 when using a YASKAWA PM motor (SMRA Series, SSR1 Series). If using a motor from another manufacturer,

Start-Up Programming
enter FFFF.
Figure 4.9 Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors

& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 101
4.5 Powering Up the Drive

4.5 Powering Up the Drive

◆ Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display
■ Powering Up the Drive
Review the following checklist before turning the power on.

Item to Check Description

Ensure the power supply voltage is correct:
200 V class: 3-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz
Power supply voltage 400 V class: 3-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz
Properly wire the power supply input terminals (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3).
Check for proper grounding of drive and motor.
Drive output terminals and motor
Properly wire drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 with motor terminals U, V, and W.
terminals
Control circuit terminals Check control circuit terminal connections.
Drive control terminal status Open all control circuit terminals (off).
Status of the load and connected
Decouple the motor from the load.
machinery

■ Status Display
When the power supply to the drive is turned on, the digital operator lights will appear as follows:

No. Name Description

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

YEC_co REV DRV

DRV FOUT
Normal Operation The data display area displays the frequency reference. is lit.
mmon

ALM
ALM

YEC_
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182

REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Data displayed varies by the type of fault. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 252
Fault com-
for more information and possible solution. and are lit.
mon
External fault (example)

102 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.6 Application Selection

4.6 Application Selection

Several Application Presets are available to facilitate drive setup for commonly used applications. Selecting one of these
Application Presets automatically assigns functions to the input and output terminals, and sets certain parameters to
values appropriate for the application that was selected. In addition, the parameters most likely to be changed are
assigned to the group of User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-16. User Parameters are part of the Setup Group, and
provide quicker access to by eliminating the need to scroll through multiple menus.
An Application Preset can either be selected from the Application Selection display in the Setup Group (Refer to
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group on page 96) or in parameter A1-06. The following presets can be selected:
Note: An Application Preset can only be selected if all drive parameters are on at their original default settings. It may be necessary to
initialize the drive by setting A1-03 to “2220” or “3330” prior to selecting an Application Preset.

WARNING! Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before performing a test run. Setting parameter A1-06 may change
the I/O terminal function automatically from the default setting. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

0: Disabled
1: Water supply pump
A1-06 Application Presets 0
3: Exhaust fan
4: HVAC

◆ Setting 1: Water Supply Pump Application

Table 4.5 Water Supply Pump: Parameter Settings
No. Name Default Setting
A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse Prohibited
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 1.0 s
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 1.0 s
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection 0FH
E1-07 Mid Output Frequency 30.0 Hz
E1-08 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 50.0 V
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection 1: Enabled
L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 1: Enabled

Table 4.6 Water Supply Pump: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)

No. Parameter Name No. Parameter Name

Start-Up Programming
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection E1-08 Mid Output Frequency Voltage
b1-02 Run Command Selection E2-01 Motor Rated Current
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function Selection

& Operation
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function Selection
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts
E1-07 Mid Output Frequency − −

4
◆ Setting 3: Exhaust Fan Application
Table 4.7 Exhaust Fan: Parameter Settings
No. Parameter Name Default Setting
A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse Prohibited
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection 0FH
E1-07 Mid Output Frequency 30.0 Hz
E1-08 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 50.0 V
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection 1: Enabled
L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 1: Enabled

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 103
4.6 Application Selection

Table 4.8 Exhaust Fan: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)

No. Parameter Name No. Parameter Name
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection E1-07 Mid Output Frequency
b1-02 Run Command Selection E1-08 Mid Output Frequency Voltage
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection E2-01 Motor Rated Current
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function Selection
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function Selection
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts

◆ Setting 4: HVAC Fan Application

Table 4.9 HVAC Fan: Parameter Settings
No. Parameter Name Default Setting
A1-02 Control Method Selection 0: V/f Control
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse Prohibited
b1-17 Run Command at Power Up 1: Run command issued, motor operation start
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 3: 8.0 kHz
H2-03 Terminals M5,M6 Function Selection 39: Watt Hour Pulse Output
2: CPU Power Active - Drive will restart if power returns prior to control power
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
supply shut down.
L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection 4: Operation at lower speed
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction 2: Enabled across entire frequency range.

Table 4.10 HVAC Fan: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)

No. Parameter Name No. Parameter Name
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit
b1-02 Run Command Selection E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection E1-04 Max Output Frequency
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection E2-01 Motor Rated Current
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 H3-12 Terminal A2 Input Bias
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit o4-12 kWh Monitor Initial Value Selection

104 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.7 Auto-Tuning

4.7 Auto-Tuning
◆ Types of Auto-Tuning
The drive offers different types of Auto-Tuning for induction motors and permanent magnet motors. The type of Auto-
Tuning used differs further based on the control mode and other operating conditions. Refer to the tables below to select
the type of Auto-Tuning that bests suits the application. Directions on how to execute Auto-Tuning are listed in Start-Up
Flowcharts on page 99.
Note: The drive will only show Auto-Tuning parameters that are valid for the control mode that has been set to A1-02. If the control
mode is for an induction motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for PM motors will not be available. If the control mode is for a PM
motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for induction motors will not be available.

■ Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors of V/f control

This feature automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1-†† and E2-†† for an induction motor.
Table 4.11 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors of V/f control
Type Setting Application Conditions and Benefits
• The drive is used in V/f Control and other Auto-Tuning selections not possible.
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line • Drive and motor capacities differ.
T1-01 = 2
Resistance • Tunes the drive after the cable between the drive and motor has been replaced with a cable over 50 m long.
Assumes Auto-Tuning has already been performed.
• Recommended for applications using Speed Estimation Speed Search or using the Energy Saving function
in V/f Control.
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control T1-01 = 3
• Assumes motor can rotate while Auto-Tuning is executed. Increases accuracy for certain functions like
torque compensation, slip compensation, Energy Saving, and Speed Search.

Table 4.12 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure this data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 100 and 101 for details on Auto-Tuning process and selections.
Table 4.12 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T1-01)
Input Value Input Parameter Unit 2 3
Line-to-Line Resistance Rotational for V/f Control
Motor rated power T1-02 kW YES YES
Motor rated voltage T1-03 Vac N/A YES
Motor rated current T1-04 A YES YES
Motor rated frequency T1-05 Hz N/A YES

Start-Up Programming
Number of motor poles T1-06 - N/A YES
Motor rated Speed T1-07 r/min N/A YES
Motor iron loss T1-11 W N/A YES

& Operation
■ Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors of OLV control
Automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1-†† and E5-†† when a PM motor is used.
Table 4.13 Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors of OLV control 4
Type Setting Application Conditions and Benefits
• Motor does not rotate during Auto-Tuning
PM Motor Parameter Settings T2-01 = 0
• Motor test report or motor data like listed in Table 4.14 are available.
• A motor test report listing motor data is not available. Drive automatically calculates and sets motor
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 1
parameters.
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator • Useful to tune the drive when the motor data were set up manually or by motor code and the cable is longer
T2-01 = 2
Resistance than 50 m. Should also be performed if the cable has changed after earlier tuning.

Table 4.14 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure the data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 101 for details on the tuning mode selection and the tuning process.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 105
4.7 Auto-Tuning

Table 4.14 Auto-Tuning Input Data

Tuning Type (T2-01)
Input Value Input Parameter Unit 0 1 2
Parameter Calculation Stationary Phase
Resistance
Control Mode A1-02 - 5
Motor Code T2-02 - FFFFH FFFFH - -
Motor Type T2-03 - N/A N/A YES N/A
Motor rated power T2-04 kW N/A YES YES N/A
Motor rated voltage T2-05 Vac N/A YES YES N/A
Motor rated current T2-06 A N/A YES YES YES
Motor rated frequency T2-07 Hz N/A YES YES N/A
Number of motor poles T2-08 - N/A YES YES N/A
Stator 1 Phase resistance T2-10 Ω YES YES N/A N/A
d-axis inductance T2-11 mH YES YES N/A N/A
q-axis inductance T2-12 mH YES YES N/A N/A
Voltage constant <1> T2-13 mVs/rad (el.) YES YES N/A N/A
Voltage constant <1> T2-14 mVmin (mech.) YES YES N/A N/A
Tuning pull-in current T2-15 A N/A N/A YES N/A

<1> Only parameter T2-13 or T2-14 has to be input. Select one and leave the other empty.

◆ Before Auto-Tuning the Drive

Check the items below before Auto-Tuning the drive.
■ Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations
• Auto-Tuning requires the user to input data from the motor nameplate or motor test report. Make sure this data is
available before Auto-Tuning the drive.
• For best performance, the drive input supply voltage must be greater than the motor rated voltage.
Note: Better performance is possible when using a motor with a base voltage that is 20 V (40 V for 400 V class models) lower than the
input supply voltage.
• To cancel Auto-Tuning, press the STOP key on the digital operator.
• When using a motor contactor, make sure it is closed throughout the Auto-Tuning process.
• Table 4.15 describes digital input and output terminal operation while Auto-Tuning is executed.
Table 4.15 Digital Input and Output Operation During Auto-Tuning
Motor Type Auto-Tuning Type Digital Input Digital Output
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance Maintains the status at the start of Auto-Tuning
IM Motor
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Functions the same as during normal operation
PM Motor Parameter Settings Digital input functions are disabled. Digital output functions are disabled.
PM Motor PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
Maintains the status at the start of Auto-Tuning
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance

■ Notes on Rotational Auto-Tuning

• To achieve optimal performance from Rotational Auto-Tuning, the load should be decoupled from the motor.
Rotational Auto-Tuning is best suited for applications requiring high performance over a wide speed range.
• If motor and load can not be decoupled, reduce the load so that it is no greater than 30% of the rated load. Performing
Rotational Auto-Tuning with a higher load will set motor parameters incorrectly, and can cause irregular motor
rotation.
• Ensure the motor-mounted brake is fully released if installed.
• Connected machinery should be allowed to rotate the motor.
■ Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning
Stationary Auto-Tuning modes analyze motor characteristics by injecting current into the motor for about one minute.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When executing stationary Auto-Tuning, the motor does not rotate, however, power is applied.
Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed. Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If installed, do not release the mechanical brake during stationary Auto-Tuning. Inadvertent
brake release may cause damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Ensure that the mechanical brake release circuit is not
controlled by the drive multi-function digital outputs.

106 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.7 Auto-Tuning

Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance and PM Motor Stator Resistance

• Perform when entering motor data manually while using motor cables longer than 50 m.
• If the motor cables have been replaced with line over 50 m long after Auto-Tuning as already been performed, then
execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.

◆ Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes

If tuning results are abnormal or the STOP key is pressed before completion, Auto-Tuning will be interrupted and a fault
code will appear on the digital operator.
Figure 4.10

A B
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182
ALM
ALM

YEC_common REV DRV

DRV FOUT REV DRV FOUT

A – During Auto-Tuning B – Auto-Tuning Aborted

Figure 4.10 Auto-Tuning Aborted Display

◆ Auto-Tuning Operation Example

The following example demonstrates Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f control (T1-01 = 3).
■ Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning

Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. REV DRV
DRV FOUT

2.
Press the or key until the Auto-Tuning display appears.

3. Press to begin setting parameters.

4.
Press to display the value for T1-01.

5.
Save the setting by pressing .

Start-Up Programming
6. The display automatically returns to the display shown in Step 3.

& Operation
■ Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate
After selecting the type of Auto-Tuning, enter the data required from the motor nameplate.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 6 in “Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning”.
4
Step Display/Result

1.
Press to access the motor output power parameter T1-02.

2.
Press to view the default setting.

3.
Press to select the digit to edit.

4.
Press and enter the motor power nameplate data in kW.

5.
Press to save the setting.

6. The display automatically returns to the display in Step 1.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 107
4.7 Auto-Tuning

Step Display/Result

Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to set the following parameters:

• T1-03, Motor Rated Voltage
• T1-04, Motor Rated Current
7. • T1-05, Motor Base Frequency
• T1-06, Number of Motor Poles
• T1-07, Motor Base Frequency
• T1-11, Motor iron loss

Note: 1. For details on each setting, Refer to Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 on page 108.
2. To execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance only, set parameters T1-02 and T1-04.

■ Starting Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive and motor may start unexpectedly during Auto-Tuning, which could result in death
or serious injury. Ensure the area surrounding the drive motor and load are clear before proceeding with Auto-Tuning.

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. High voltage will be supplied to the motor when Stationary Auto-Tuning is performed even with
the motor stopped, which could result in death or serious injury. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning has been completed.

NOTICE: Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is engaged on the load. Failure to comply could result in
improper operation of the drive. Ensure the motor can freely spin before beginning Auto-Tuning.

Enter the required information from the motor nameplate. Press to proceed to the Auto-Tuning start display.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 7 in “Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate”.

Step Display/Result

1.
After entering the data listed on the motor nameplate, press to confirm.
ALM
Press to activate Auto-Tuning. flashes. The drive begins by injecting current into the motor for
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182

DRV
2. about 1 min, and then starts to rotate the motor.
REV DRV FOUT

Note: The first digit on the display always indicates 1. The second digit indicates the type of Auto-Tuning
being performed.

3. Auto-Tuning finishes in approximately one to two minutes.

◆ Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1

The T1-†† parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.
Note: For motors that are to be operated in the field weakening range, first perform the Auto-Tuning with the base data. After Auto-
Tuning is complete, change the maximum frequency E1-04 to the desired value.

■ T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors of V/f control on page 105 for
details on the different types of Auto-Tuning.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 2, 3 2

Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance

Setting 3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control
■ T1-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-02 Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Determined by o2-04

108 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.7 Auto-Tuning

■ T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. If the motor to be operated above its base speed,
enter the voltage at base speed here.
For better control precision around rated speed when using a vector control mode, it can be helpful to enter the no-load
voltage for the motor here. The motor’s “no-load voltage” refers to the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load
conditions at rated speed. The no-load voltage can usually be found in the motor test report available from the
manufacturer. If no data is available, enter approximately 90% of the rated voltage printed on the motor nameplate. Note
that this might increase the output current reducing the overload margin.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-03 <1> Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 255.5 V 200.0 V

<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class unit.

■ T1-04: Motor Rated Current

Sets the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. For optimal performance, the motor rated current
should be between 50 and 100% of the drive rated current. Enter the current at the motor base speed.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-04 Motor Rated Current 10 to 200% of drive rated current E2-11

■ T1-05: Motor Base Frequency

Sets the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used
or the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the maximum frequency to E1-04 after Auto-Tuning is complete.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-05 Motor Base Frequency 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 50.0Hz

■ T1-06: Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-06 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4

Start-Up Programming
■ T1-07: Motor Base Speed
Used to set the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is

& Operation
used or the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the speed at base frequency here.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-07 Motor Base Speed 0 to 24000 r/min 1450 r/min
4
■ T1-11: Motor Iron Loss
Provides iron loss information for determining the Energy Saving coefficient. T1-11 will first display a value for the
motor iron loss that the drive automatically calculated the when motor capacity was entered to T1-02. If the motor test
report is available, enter the motor iron loss value listed there.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-11 Motor Iron Loss 0 to 65535 W E2-11

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 109
4.7 Auto-Tuning

◆ Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2

The T2-†† parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for PM motor tuning.
■ T2-01: PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Selects the type of Auto-Tuning to be performed. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors of OLV control
on page 105 for details on different types of Auto-Tuning.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 0 to 2 0

0: PM Motor Parameter Settings

1: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
2: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance
■ T2-02: PM Motor Code Selection
If the drive is operating a YASKAWA PM motor from the SMRA or SSR1 series, enter the motor code for the motor in
parameter T2-02. This will automatically set parameters T2-03 through T2-14. If using a specialized motor or one
designed by a manufacturer other than YASKAWA, set T2-02 to FFFF. Data from the motor nameplate or the motor test
report will then need to be entered as prompted.
Only the designated PM motor codes may be entered. The PM motor codes accepted by the drive will differ by the
control mode that has been selected. Refer to E5: PM Motor Settings on page 169 for motor codes.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-02 PM Motor Code Selection 0000 to FFFF Depending on A1-02 and o2-04

■ T2-03: PM Motor Type

Selects the type of PM motor the drive will operate.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-03 PM Motor Type 0, 1 1

0: IPM motor
1: SPM motor
■ T2-04: PM Motor Rated Power
Specifies the motor rated power in kilowatts.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Depending on o2-04

■ T2-05: PM Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the motor rated voltage.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-05 <1> PM Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V 200.0 V

<1> The setting range and default value shown here is for a 200 V class drive. These values double when using a 400 V class unit.

■ T2-06: PM Motor Rated Current

Enter the motor rated current in amps.

No. Name Setting Range Default

10% to 200% of the drive rated
T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current Depending on o2-04
current.

110 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.7 Auto-Tuning

■ T2-07: PM Motor Base Frequency

Enter the motor base frequency in Hz.
Note: T2-07 will be displayed when in OLV/PM.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-07 PM Motor Base Frequency 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 87.5 Hz

■ T2-08: Number of PM Motor Poles

Enter the number of motor poles.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles 2 to 48 6

■ T2-10: PM Motor Stator Resistance

Enter the motor stator resistance per motor phase.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Depending on T2-02

■ T2-11: PM Motor d-Axis Inductance

Enter the d axis inductance per motor phase.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Depending on T2-02

■ T2-12: PM Motor q-Axis Inductance

Enter the q axis inductance per motor phase.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Depending on T2-02

■ T2-13: Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection

Selects the units used for setting the induced voltage coefficient.

Start-Up Programming
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection 0, 1 1

& Operation
0: mV (r/min)
1: mV (rad/sec)
Note: If T2-13 is set to 0, then the drive will use E5-24 (Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2), and will automatically set E5-09 (Motor
Induction Voltage Constant 1) to 0.0. If T2-13 is set to 1, then the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-25 to 0.0.
4
■ T2-14: PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant (Ke)
Enter the motor induced voltage constant (Ke).

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant 0.1 to 2000.0 Depending on T2-02

■ T2-15: Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning

Sets the amount of pull-in current used to tune the d-axis and q-axis inductance. Set as a percentage of the motor rated
current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning 0 to 120% 30%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 111
4.8 No-Load Operation Test Run

4.8 No-Load Operation Test Run

◆ No-Load Operation Test Run
This section explains how to operate the drive with the motor decoupled from the load during a test run.
■ Before Starting the Motor
Check the following items before operation:
• Ensure the area around the motor is safe.
• Ensure external emergency stop circuitry is working properly and other safety precautions have been taken.
■ During Operation
Check the following items during operation:
• The motor should rotate smoothly (i.e., no abnormal noise or oscillation).
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
■ No-Load Operation Instructions
The following example illustrates a test run procedure using the digital operator.
Note: Before starting the motor, set the frequency reference d1-01 to 6 Hz.

Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. REV DRV
DRV FOUT

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV
DRV FOUT

LO

2.
ESC
RE

Press the key to select LOCAL. The LO/RE light will turn on. RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

Off On
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV
DRV FOUT

LO
ESC
RE

3. Press to give the drive a Run command. RUN will light and the motor will rotate at 6 Hz.
RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

Off On

Motor

4. Ensure the motor is rotating in the correct direction and that no faults or alarms occur.

Forward

If there is no error in step 4, press to increase the frequency reference. Increase the frequency in
5.
increments of 10 Hz, verifying smooth operation at all speeds. For each frequency, check the drive output
current using monitor U1-03. The current should be well below the motor rated current.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV
DRV FOUT

LO
ESC
RE

6. The drive should operate normally. Press STOP to stop the motor. RUN flashes until the motor comes to a RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

complete stop.

Flashing Off

112 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.9 Test Run with Load Connected

4.9 Test Run with Load Connected

◆ Test Run with the Load Connected
After performing a no-load test run, connect the motor and proceed to run the motor and load together.
■ Notes on Connected Machinery
• Clear the area around the motor.
• The motor should come to a complete stop without problems.
• Connect the load and machinery to the motor.
• Fasten all installation screws properly. Check that the motor and connected machinery are held in place.
• Confirm that the Fast Stop circuit or mechanical safety measures operate correctly.
• Be ready to press the STOP button in case of emergency.
■ Checklist Before Operation
• The motor should rotate in the proper direction.
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
■ Operating the Motor under Loaded Conditions
Test run the application similarly to the no-load test procedure when connecting the machinery to the motor.
• Watch monitor parameter U1-03 during operation to ensure there is no overcurrent.
• If the application permits running the load in the reverse direction, try changing motor direction and the frequency
reference while watching for abnormal motor oscillation or vibration.
• Correct any problems that occur with hunting, oscillation, or other control-related issues.

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 113
4.10 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

4.10 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

Use the Verify Menu to check all changes to parameter settings as a result of Auto-Tuning. Refer to Verifying Parameter
Changes: Verify Menu on page 96.
Save the verified parameter settings. Change the access level or set a password to the drive to prevent accidental
modification of parameter settings.

◆ Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03

The following procedure saves all parameters settings to drive memory where they can later be recalled. Set o2-03 to “1”
to save parameter changes. This saves all parameter settings, and then returns o2-03 to 0. The drive can now “recall” the
saved parameters by performing a User Initialization (A1-03 = 1110).

No. Parameter Name Description Setting Range Default Setting

Lets the user create a set of default settings for a User Initialization.
0: Saved/Not set
User Parameter
o2-03 1: Set Defaults - Saves current parameter settings as the default values for a User Initialization. 0 to 2 0
Default Value
2: Clear All - Clears the currently saved user settings. After saving the user parameter set value, the items of
1110 (User Parameter Initialize) are displayed in A1-03 (User Parameter Default Value).
Selects a method to initialize the parameters.
0: No Initialize
1110: User Initialization (The user must first program and store desired settings using parameter o2-03)
A1-03 Initialize Parameters 0 to 5550 0
2220: 2-Wire Initialization (parameter initialized prior to shipment)
3330: 3-Wire Initialization
5550: oPE4 Fault reset

◆ Parameter Access Level: A1-01

Setting the Access Level for “Operation only” (A1-01 = 0) allows the user to access parameters A1-†† and U†-††
only. Other parameters are not displayed.
Setting the Access Level for “User Parameters” (A1-01 = 1) allows the user to access only the parameters that have been
previously saved as User Parameters. This is helpful when displaying only the relevant parameters for a specific
application.

No. Parameter Description Setting Default

Name Range
Selects which parameters are accessible via the digital operator.
0: Operation only. A1-01, A1-04, and A1-06 can be set and monitored, U†-†† parameters can also be viewed.
Access Level
A1-01 1: User Parameters. Only those recently changed among application parameters A2-01 to A2-16 and A2-17 to A2 -32 0 to 2 2
Selection
can be set and monitored.
2: Advanced Access Level. All parameters can be set and monitored.
Parameters selected by the user are saved as User Parameters. This includes recently viewed parameters or parameters
specifically selected for quick access.
A2-01
User Parameters If parameter A2-33 is set to 1, recently viewed parameters will be listed between A2-17 and A2-32. Parameters A2-01 b1-01 to
to –
1 to 32 through A2-16 must be manually selected by the user. o†-††
A2-32
If A2-33 is set to 0, then recently viewed parameters will not be saved to the group of User Parameters. A2-††
parameters are now available for manual programming.
0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User Parameters.
User Parameter
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17 through A2-32 for
A2-33 Automatic 0, 1 1
quick access. The most recently changed parameter is saved to A2-17. The second most recently changed parameter is
Selection
saved to A2-18.

◆ Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05

The user can set a password to the drive to restrict access. The password is selected via parameter A1-05. The password
must be entered to A1-04 to unlock parameter access (i.e., parameter setting A1-04 must match the value programmed
into A1-05). The following parameters cannot be viewed or edited until the value entered to A1-04 correctly matches the
value set to A1-05: A1-01, A1-02, A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through A2-33.
Note: Parameter A1-05 is hidden from view. To display A1-05, access parameter A1-04 and simultaneously press the key and the
key.

114 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 4.10 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

◆ Copy Function
Parameter settings can be copied to another drive to simplify parameter restoration or multiple drive setup. The drive
supports the following copy options:
• LED Operator (standard in all models)
The LED operator used to operate the drive also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer
to o3: Copy Function on page 237 for details.
• LCD Operator
The optional LCD operator also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer to the manual
supplied with the LCD operator for instructions.
• USB Copy Unit and CopyUnitManager
The copy unit is an external option connected to the drive to copy parameter settings from one drive and save those
settings to another drive. Refer to the manual supplied with the USB Copy Unit for instructions.
The CopyUnitManager is a PC software tool. It allows the user to load parameter settings from the Copy Unit onto a
PC, or from the PC onto a Copy Unit. This is useful when managing parameters for various drives or applications.
Refer to the manual supplied with the CopyUnitManager for instructions.
• DriveWizard Plus
DriveWizard is a PC software tool for parameter management, monitoring, and diagnosis. DriveWizard can load, store,
and copy drive parameter settings. For details, refer to Help in the DriveWizard software.

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 115
4.11 Test Run Checklist

4.11 Test Run Checklist

Review the checklist before performing a test run. Check each item that applies.

No. Checklist Page

1 Thoroughly read the manual before performing a test run. –

2 Turn the power on. 102

3 Set the voltage for the power supply to E1-01. 163

Check the items that correspond to the control mode being used.
WARNING! Ensure start/stop and Hardwire Baseblock circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment. When programmed for 3-Wire control, a momentary
closure on terminal S1 may cause the drive to start.

No. Checklist Page

V/f Control (A1-02 = 0)

Select the best V/f pattern according to the application and motor characteristics.
4 –
Example: If using a motor with a rated frequency of 50.0 Hz, set E1-03 to “1”.
5 Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control if using Energy Saving functions. 105
Open Loop Vector Control for PM (A1-02 = 5)
6 Perform Auto-Tuning as described. 110

Proceed to the following checklist after checking items 4 through 6.

No. Checklist Page

7 The should light after giving a Run command. –

8 To give a Run command and frequency reference from the digital operator, press to set to LOCAL. The LO/RE key will light. 98

If the motor rotates in the opposite direction during the test run, switch two of the drive output terminals (U/T1, V/T2, W/T3) or change
9 102
parameter b1-14.
10 Set the correct values for the motor rated current (E2-01, E5-03) and motor protection (L1-01) to ensure motor thermal protection. –
If the Run command and frequency reference are provided via the control circuit terminals, set the drive for REMOTE and be sure the LO/RE
11 98
light is out.
If the control circuit terminals should supply the frequency reference, select the correct voltage input signal level (0 to 10 V) or the correct
12 123
current input signal level (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA).
13 Set the proper voltage to terminal A1 and A3 (-10 to +10 V). 123
When current input is used, switch the drive’s built-in DIP switch S1 from the V-side to I-side. Set the level for current signal used to H3-09
14 123
(set “2” for 4 to 20 mA, or “3” for 0 to 20 mA).
15 Set the proper current to terminal A2. (-10 to +10 V, 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA). 123
If the frequency reference is supplied via one of the analog inputs, make sure the analog input produces the desired frequency reference. Make
the following adjustments if the drive does not operate as expected:
Gain adjustment: Set the maximum voltage/current signal and adjust the analog input gain (H3-03 for input A1, H3-11 for input A2, H3-07
16 –
for analog input A3) until the frequency reference value reaches the desired value.
Bias adjustment: Set the minimum voltage/current signal and adjust the analog input bias (H3-04 for input A1, H3-12 for input A2, H3-08 for
analog input A3) until the frequency reference value reaches the desired minimum value.

116 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5
Parameter Details

5.1 A: INITIALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

5.2 B: APPLICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
5.3 C: TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.4 D: REFERENCE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5.5 E: MOTOR PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
5.6 F: OPTION SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
5.7 H: TERMINAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5.8 L: PROTECTION FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
5.9 N: SPECIAL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
5.10 O: OPERATOR RELATED SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
5.11 U: MONITOR PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 117
5.1 A: Initialization

5.1 A: Initialization
The initialization group contains parameters associated with initial setup of the drive. Parameters involving the display
language, access levels, initialization, and password are located in this group.

◆ A1: Initialization
■ A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the digital operator.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-00 Language Selection 0 to 7 1

Setting 0: English
Setting 1: Japanese
Setting 2: German
Setting 3: French
Setting 4: Italian
Setting 5: Spanish
Setting 6: Portuguese
Setting 7: Chinese
■ A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-01 Access Level Selection 0 to 2 2

Setting 0: Operation only

Access is restricted to parameters A1-01, A1-04, A1-06, and all U monitor parameters.
Setting 1: User Parameters
Access to only a specific list of parameters set to A2-01 through A2-32. These User Parameters can be accessed using the
Setup Mode of the digital operator.
Setting 2: Advanced Access Level (A) and Setup Access Level (S)
All parameters can be viewed and edited.
Notes on Parameter Access
• If the drive parameters are password protected by A1-04 and A1-05, parameters A1-00 through A1-03, A1-06, and all
A2 parameters cannot be modified.
• If a digital input terminal programmed for “Program lockout” (H1-†† = 1B) is enabled, parameter values cannot be
modified, even if A1-01 is set to 1 or 2.
• If parameters are changed via serial communication, then it will not be possible to edit or change parameters settings
with the drive’s digital operator until an Enter command is issued to the drive from the serial communication.
■ A1-02: Control Method Selection
Selects the Control Method (also referred to as the “control mode”) the drive uses to operate the motor. If the drive is set
up to run two motors, then A1-02 determines the control mode.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0, 5 0

118 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.1 A: Initialization

Control Modes for Induction Motors (IM)

Setting 0: V/f Control for Induction Motors
V/f Control is for simple speed control and multiple motor applications with low demands to dynamic response or speed
accuracy. This control mode should be used when the motor parameters are unknown and Auto-Tuning cannot be
performed. The speed control range is 1:40.
Control Modes for Permanent Magnet Motors (SPM or IPM)
Setting 5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
Use this mode for variable torque applications and take advantage of the energy saving capabilities of a PM motor. Using
this mode, the drive can control an SPM or IPM motor with a speed range of 1:20.
■ A1-03: Initialize Parameters
Resets parameters back to the original default values. After initialization, the setting for A1-03 automatically returns to 0.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-03 Initialize Parameters 0, 1110, 2220, 3330, 5550 0

Setting 1110: User Initialize

Drive parameters are reset to values selected by the user as User Settings. User Settings are stored when parameter o2-03
is set to “1: Set defaults”.
Note: A “user-initialization” resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values that were previously saved to the drive. To
clear the user-defined default values, set parameter o2-03 to 2.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
Resets all parameters back to their original default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as Forward run and
Reverse run, respectively. For more on digital input functions, refer to Setting 40, 41: ForwarD Run, Reverse Run
Command for 2-wire Sequence on page 181.
Setting 3330: 3-Wire Initialization
The drive parameters are returned to factory default values with digital inputs S1, S2, and S5 configured as Run, Stop,
and Forward/Reverse respectively. Also refer to digital input functions, Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence on page 175.
Setting 5550: oPE04 Reset
If parameters on a certain drive have been edited and then a different terminal block is installed with different settings
saved in its built-in memory, an oPE04 error will appear on the display. To use the parameter settings saved to the
terminal block memory, set A1-02 to 5550.
Notes on Parameter Initialization

Parameter Details
The parameters shown in Table 5.1 will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220 or 3330.
Although the control mode in A1-02 is not reset when A1-03 is set to 2220 or 3330, it may change when an application
preset is selected.
Table 5.1 Parameters not Changed by Drive Initialization
No. Parameter Name 5
A1-00 Language Selection
A1-02 Control Method Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
E5-01 Motor Code Selection (for PM motors)
F6-08 Comm. Parameter Reset
L8-35 Installation Selection
o2-04 Drive/kVA Selection

■ A1-04, A1-05: Password and Password Setting

A1-04 is for entering the password when the drive is locked. A1-05 is a hidden parameter used to set the password.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-04 Password
0000 to 9999 0000
A1-05 Password Setting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 119
5.1 A: Initialization

How to use the Password

The user can set a password for the drive to restrict access. The password is set to A1-05 and must be entered to A1-04 to
unlock parameter access. Until the correct password is entered, the following parameters cannot be viewed or edited: A1-
01, A1-02, A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through A2-33.
The instructions below demonstrate how to set a new password. Here, the password set is “1234”. An explanation
follows on how to enter the password to unlock the parameters.
Table 5.2 Setting the Password for Parameter Lock
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. REV DRV
DRV FOUT

2.
Scroll to the Parameter Setup display and press .

3.
Scroll to the right by pressing .

4. Select the flashing digits by pressing .

5. Select A1-04 by pressing .

Press the key while holding down at the same time. A1-05 will appear.
6.
Note: Because A1-05 is hidden, it will not be displayed by simply pressing the key. “05” flashes

7. Press the key.

8.
Use , and to enter the password.

9.
Press to save what was entered.

10. The display automatically returns to the display shown in step 5.

Table 5.3 Check to see if A1-02 is locked (continuing from step 10 above)
Step Display/Result

1.
Press to display A1-02.
“02” flashes

2.
Press to display the value set to A1-02.

3.
Press and , making sure that the setting values cannot be changed.

4. Press to return to the first display.

Table 5.4 Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters (continuing from step 4 above)
Step Display/Result

1.
Press to enter the parameter setup display.

2.
Press to select the flashing digits as shown.
“01” flashes

3.
Press to scroll to A1-04.

4. Enter the password “1234”.

5.
Press to save the new password.

6. Drive returns to the parameter display.

120 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.1 A: Initialization

Step Display/Result

7.
Press and scroll to A1-02.

8.
Press to display the value set to A1-02. If the first “0” blinks, parameter settings are unlocked.

9.
Use and to change the value if desired (though changing the control mode at this point is not typically done).
OLV/PM

10.
Press to save the setting, or press to return to the previous display without saving changes.

11. The display automatically returns to the parameter display.

Note: Parameter settings can be edited after entering the correct password. Performing a 2-wire or 3-wire initialization resets the
password to “0000”. Reenter the password to parameter A1-05 after drive initialization.

■ A1-06: Application Preset

Several Application Presets are available to facilitate drive setup for commonly used applications. Selecting one of these
Application Presets automatically programs certain parameters to a new set default values and selects the functions for
the I/O terminals that best suit the application. All parameters changed when selecting an Application Preset are also
assigned to the list of User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-16. These can be edited more easily in the Setup Mode and
provide quicker access by eliminating the need to scroll through multiple menus.
Refer to Application Selection on page 103 for details on parameter A1-06.
■ A1-07: DriveWorksEZ Function Selection
DriveWorksEZ is a software package that can be used to customize the drive functionality or add PLC functionality by
the interconnection and configuration of basic software function blocks. The drive performs programs created by the user
in 1 ms cycles.
Parameter A1-07 can be used to enable or disable the DriveWorksEZ program inside the drive.
Note: 1. If DriveWorksEZ has assigned functions to any multi-function output terminals, those functions will remain set to those terminals
even after disabling DriveWorksEZ.
2. For more information on DriveWorksEZ, contact a YASKAWA representative or the YASKAWA sales department directly.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-07 DriveWorksEZ Function Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: DWEZ disabled

Setting 1: DWEZ enabled
Setting 2: Digital input

Parameter Details
If a digital input is programmed for DWEZ enable/disable (H1-†† = 9F), DWEZ will be enabled when the input is
disabled.

◆ A2: User Parameters

■ A2-01 to A2-32: User Parameters 1 to 32 5
The user can select 32 parameters and assign them to A2-01 through A2-32. This saves time later scrolling through the
parameter menu. The list of User Parameters can also track the most recently edited settings and save those parameters to
this list.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A2-01 to A2-32 User Parameters 1 to 32 b1-01 to o2-08 Determined by A1-06 <1>

<1> A1-06 determines how parameters edited by the user are saved to the list of Preferred Parameters, A2-01 through A2-32. Refer to Application
Selection on page 103 for details.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 121
5.1 A: Initialization

Saving User Parameters

To save specific parameters to A2-01 to A2-32, first set the access level to allow access to all parameters (A1-02 = 2).
Next assign the parameter number to the User Parameters list by entering it into one of the A2-†† parameters. If A1-01
is then set to 1, the access level can be restricted so that users can only set and refer to the specific parameters saved as
User Parameters.
■ A2-33: User Parameter Automatic Selection
A2-33 determines whether or not parameters that have been edited are saved to the User Parameters (A2-17 to A2-32) for
quick, easy access.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A2-33 User Parameter Automatic Selection 0 or 1 Determined by A1-06

Setting 0: Do not save list of recently viewed parameters.

To manually select the parameters listed in the User Parameter group, set A2-33 to 0.
Setting 1: Save history of recently viewed parameters.
By setting A2-33 to 1, all parameters that were recently edited will be automatically saved to A2-17 through A2-32. A
total of 16 parameters are saved with the most recently edited parameter set to A2-17, the second most recently to A2-18,
and so on. User Parameters can be accessed using the Setup Mode of the digital operator.

122 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

5.2 b: Application
◆ b1: Operation Mode Selection
■ b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1
Use parameter b1-01 to select the frequency reference source 1 for the REMOTE mode.
Note: 1. If a Run command is input to the drive but the frequency reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the RUN indicator
LED on the digital operator will light and the STOP indicator will flash.
2. Press the LO/RE key to set the drive to LOCAL and use the operator keypad to enter the frequency reference.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 0 to 4 1

Setting 0: Operator keypad

Using this setting, the frequency reference can be input by:
• switching between the multi-speed references in the d1-†† parameters.
• entering the frequency reference on the operator keypad.
Setting 1: Terminals (analog input terminals)
Using this setting, an analog frequency reference can be entered as a voltage or current signal from terminals A1, A2, or
A3.
Voltage Input
Voltage input can be used at any of the three analog input terminals. Make the settings as described in Table 5.5 for the
input used.
Table 5.5 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using Voltage Signals
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Notes
Signal Level Selection Function Selection Gain Bias
0 to 10 Vd H3-01 = 0 H3-02 = 0
A1 H3-03 H3-04 –
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-01 = 1 (Frequency Reference Bias)
0 to 10 Vd H3-09 = 0 H3-10 = 0 Make sure to set DIP switch S1 on the
A2 H3-11 H3-12
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-09 = 1 (Frequency Reference Bias) terminal board to “V” for voltage input.
0 to 10 Vd H3-05 = 0 H3-06 = 0 Make sure to set DIP switch S4 on the
A3 H3-07 H3-08
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-05 = 1 (Frequency Reference Bias) terminal board to “AI”.

Figure 5.1

Drive Drive
＋V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply ＋V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

Parameter Details
0 to 10 V -10 to 10 V
2 kΩ A1 Analog Input 1 4 kΩ A1 Analog Input 1

A2 Analog Input 2 A2 Analog Input 2

A3 Analog Input 3 A3 Analog Input 3

AC Analog input common AC Analog input common

5
-V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply -V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

Figure 5.1 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Voltage Signal at Terminal A1

Use the wiring example shown in Figure 5.1 for any other analog input terminals. When using input A2 make sure DIP
switch S1 is set for voltage input.
Current Input
Input terminal A2 can accept a current input signal. Refer to Table 5.6 to set terminal A2 for current input.
Table 5.6 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using a Current Signal
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Notes
Signal Level Selection Function Selection Gain Bias
4 to 20 mA H3-09 = 2 H3-10 = 0 Make sure to set DIP switch S1 on the
A2 H3-11 H3-12
0 to 20 mA H3-09 = 3 (Frequency Bias) terminal board to “I” for current input.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 123
5.2 b: Application
Figure 5.2

DIP switch S1
V I Drive
+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

A1 Analog Input 1
0 or 4 to 20 mA
A2 Analog Input 2

A3 Analog Input 3

AC Analog input common

-V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

Figure 5.2 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Current Signal to Terminal A2

DIP switch S1 must first be set for current input.
Switching between Main/Auxiliary Frequency References
The frequency reference input can be switched between the analog terminals A1, A2, and A3 using multi-speed inputs.
Refer to Multi-Step Speed Selection on page 158 for details on using this function.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
This setting requires that the frequency reference is entered via the RS-485/422 serial communications port (control
terminals R+, R-, S+, S-). For instructions, see MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page 389.
Setting 3: Option card
This setting requires that the frequency reference is entered via an option board plugged into connector CN5-A on the
drives control board. Consult the manual supplied with the option board for instructions on integrating the drive with the
communication system.
Note: If the frequency reference source is set for an option PCB (b1-01 = 3), but an option board is not installed, an OPE05 Operator
Programming Error will be displayed on the digital operator and the drive will not run.
Setting 4: Pulse Train Input
If b1-01 is set to 4, the frequency reference must be provided by a pulse train signal to terminal RP. Follow the directions
below to make sure the pulse signal is working properly.
Verifying Pulse Train is Working Properly
• Make sure that b1-04 is set to 4 and H6-01 is set to 0.
• Set the pulse input scaling H6-02 to the pulse train frequency value that equals 100% of the frequency reference.
• Enter a pulse train signal to terminal RP and check if the correct frequency reference is displayed.
■ b1-02: Run Command Selection 1
Parameter b1-02 determines the Run command source 1 in the REMOTE mode.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Operator
When the b1-02 = 0, the LO/RE light will switch on and the RUN key will enter a Run command to start the drive.
Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal
This setting requires that the Run and Stop commands are entered from the digital input terminals. The following
sequences can be used:
• 2-wire sequence 1:
Two inputs (FWD/Stop-REV/Stop). Initializing the drive by setting A1-03 = 2220, presets the terminals S1 and S2 to
these functions. This is the default setting of the drive. Also refer to Setting 40, 41: ForwarD Run, Reverse Run
Command for 2-wire Sequence on page 181.

124 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

• 2-wire sequence 2:
Two inputs (Start/Stop-FWD/REV). Also refer to Setting 42, 43: Run and Direction Command for 2-wire Sequence 2
on page 181.
• 3-wire sequence:
Three inputs (Start-Stop-FWD/REV). Initialize the drive by setting A1-03 = 3330 presets the terminals S1, S2, and S5
to these functions. Also refer to Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence on page 175.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
To issue a Run command via serial communications, set b1-02 to 2 and connect the RS-485/422 serial communication
cable to control terminals R+, R-, S+, and S- on the removable terminal block. For instructions, Refer to MEMOBUS/
Modbus Communications on page 389.
Setting 3: Option Card
To issue the Run command via the communication option board, set b1-02 to 3 and plug a communication option board
into the CN5-A port on the control PCB. Refer to the manual supplied with the option board for instructions on
integrating the drive into the communication system.
Note: If b1-02 is set to 3, but an option board is not installed in CN5-A, an oPE05 operator programming error will be displayed on the
digital operator and the drive will not run.

■ b1-03: Stopping Method Selection

Select how the drive stops the motor when the Run command is removed or when a Stop command is entered.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 0 to 3 0

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

When the Run command is removed, the drive will decelerate the motor to stop. The deceleration rate is determined by
the active deceleration time. The default deceleration time is set to parameter C1-02.
When the output frequency falls below the level set in parameter b2-01, the drive will start DC injection, Zero Speed
Control or Short Circuit Braking, depending on the selected control mode. Refer to b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start
Frequency on page 129 for details.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will shut off its output and the motor will coast (uncontrolled
deceleration) to stop. The stopping time is determined by the inertia and the friction in the driven system.
Figure 5.3

Run
command ON OFF

Parameter Details
Output
frequency
Drive output is shut off

Motor speed
5
Figure 5.3 Coast to Stop
Note: After a stop is initiated, any subsequent Run command entered will be ignored until the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) has
expired. Do not enter Run command until it has come to a complete stop. To start the motor back up before it has stopped
completely, use DC Injection at start (refer to b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start on page 130) or Speed Search (refer to
b3: Speed Search on page 131).
Setting 2: DC Injection Braking to stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will enter baseblock (turn off its output) for the minimum baseblock time
(L2-03). Once the minimum baseblock time has expired, the drive will brake the motor by injecting DC current into the
motor windings. The stopping time is significantly faster than when compared with simply coasting to stop. The level of
current used for DC Injection Braking is set by parameter b2-02 (default = 50%).
Note: This function is not available in the control modes for PM motors (A1-02 = 5, 6, 7).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 125
5.2 b: Application
Figure 5.4

Run
command ON OFF

DC Injection Braking
Output with the current set in
frequency b2-02

Motor speed

Motor coasts

Minimum Baseblock
Time (L2-03)
Figure 5.4 DC Injection Braking to Stop
The time for DC Injection Braking is determined by the value set to b2-04 and by the output frequency at the time the
Run command is removed. It can be calculated by:

(b2-04) × 10 × Output frequency

DC Injection brake time = Max. output frequency (E1-04)
Figure 5.5

DC Injection braking time

b2-04˜10

b2-04

Output frequency when 100%

10%
Stop command was entered (Maximum output
frequency)
Figure 5.5 DC Injection Braking Time Depending on Output Frequency
Note: If an overcurrent (oC) fault occurs during DC Injection Braking to stop, lengthen the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) until the
fault no longer occurs.
Setting 3: Coast to Stop with Timer
When the Run command is removed, the drive will turn off its output and the motor will coast to stop. If a Run command
is input before the time t (value of C1-02) has expired, the drive will not start. A Run command activated during time t
must be cycled after t has expired in order to start the drive.
Figure 5.6

Run command ON OFF ON OFF ON

Output Drive output shut off

frequency

Run wait time t

Figure 5.6 Coast to Stop with Timer
The wait time t is determined by the output frequency when the Run command is removed and by the active deceleration
time.

126 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application
Figure 5.7

Run wait time t

Active deceleration time

Min Baseblock Time (L2-03)

Min output Output frequency 100%

frequency when Stop command (Max output
was entered frequency)

Figure 5.7 Run Wait Time Depending on Output Frequency

■ b1-04: Reverse Operation Selection

For some applications, reverse motor rotation is not appropriate and may cause problems (e.g., air handling units, pumps,
etc.). Setting parameter b1-04 to 1 instructs the drive to ignore any Reverse run commands.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Reverse operation enabled

Possible to operate the motor in both forward and reverse directions.
Setting 1: Reverse operation disabled
Drive disregards a Reverse run command or a negative frequency reference.
■ b1-06: Digital Input Reading
This parameter defines how the digital inputs are read.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b1-06 Digital Input Reading 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Read once

The state of a digital input is read once. If the state has changed, the input command is immediately processed. With this
setting the drive responds more quickly to digital inputs, but a noisy signal could cause erroneous operation.
Setting 1: Read twice
The state of a digital input is read twice. Only if the state does not change during the double reading, the input command
is processed. This reading process is slower but more resistant against noisy signals.

Parameter Details
■ b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection
The drive has three separate control sources that can be switched using digital inputs (H1-†† = 1 (LOCAL/REMOTE
Selection) or 2 (External reference 1/2)) or the LO/RE key on the digital operator. Refer to Setting 1: LOCAL/REMOTE
Selection on page 175, Refer to Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection on page 176 and Refer to o2-01: LO/RE
(LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection on page 235 for details. 5
• LOCAL: Digital operator. The digital operator is used to set the frequency reference and Run command.
• REMOTE: External reference 1. The frequency reference and Run command source are set by b1-01 and b1-02.
• REMOTE: External reference 2. The frequency reference and Run command source are set by b1-15 and b1-16.
When switching from LOCAL to REMOTE, or between External reference 1 and External reference 2, the Run
command may already be present at the location the source was switched to. Parameter b1-07 can be used to determine
how the Run command is treated in this case.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-07 LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection 0 or 1 0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 127
5.2 b: Application

Setting 0: Run command must be cycled

When the Run command source is different in the old and new source (e.g., the old source was the terminals and the new
source is serial communication), and the Run command is active at the new source as the switch over occurs, the drive
will not start or will stop operation if it was running before. The Run command has to be cycled at the new source in
order to start the drive again.
Setting 1: Accept Run command at the new source
When the Run command is active at the new source, the drive starts or continues operation if it was running before.
WARNING! The drive may start unexpectedly if switching control sources when b1-07 = 1. Clear all personnel away from rotating
machinery and electrical connections prior to switching control sources. Failure to comply may cause death or serious injury.

■ b1-08: Run command selection while in Programming Mode

As a safety precaution, the drive will not normally respond to a Run command input when the digital operator is being
used to adjust parameters in the Programming Mode (Verify Menu, Setup Mode, Parameter Settings Mode, and Auto-
Tuning Mode). If required by the application, set b1-08 to allow the drive to run while in the Programming Mode.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-08 Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Disabled
A Run command is not accepted while the digital operator is in the Programming Mode.
Setting 1: Enabled
A Run command is accepted in any digital operator mode.
Setting 2: Prohibit programming during run
It is not possible to enter the Programming Mode as long as the drive output is active. The Programming Mode cannot be
displayed during Run.
■ b1-11: Drive Delay Time Setting
If a time is set into parameter b1-11, the drive will delay executing any run command until the b1-11 time has expired.
During Drive delay time execution, the digital operator will display WrUn.
Both the Alarm and Run indicators will blink while the drive waits to execute the Run command.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-11 Drive Delay Time Setting 0 to 600 s 0

■ b1-14: Phase Order Selection

Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.
Switching motor phases will reverse the direction of the motor.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-14 Phase Order Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Standard phase order

Setting 1: Switched phase order
■ b1-15: Frequency Reference Selection 2
Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1 on page 123.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-15 Frequency Reference Selection 2 0 to 4 0

128 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b1-16: Run Command Selection 2

Refer to b1-02: Run Command Selection 1 on page 124.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 0 to 3 0

■ b1-17: Run Command at Power Up

This parameter is used to determine whether an external Run command that is active during power up will start the drive
or not.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-17 Run Command at Power Up 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Run command at power up is not issued

The Run command has to be cycled to start the drive.
Note: For safety reasons, the drive is initially programmed not to accept a Run command at power up (b1-17 = 0). If a Run command is
issued at power up, the RUN indicator LED will flash quickly.
Setting 1: Run command and power up is issued
If an external Run command is active when the drive is powered up, then the drive will start to operate the motor as soon
as it gets ready for operation (i.e., once the internal start up process is complete).
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If b1-17 is set to 1 and an external Run command is active during power up, the motor will
begin rotating as soon as the power is switched on. Proper precautions must be taken to ensure that the area around the motor is safe
prior to powering up the drive. Failure to comply may cause serious injury.

◆ b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

These parameters determine how the DC Injection Braking, Zero Speed Control, and Short Circuit Braking features
operate.
■ b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Parameter b2-01 is active when “Ramp to stop” is selected as the stopping method (b1-03 = 0).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 Hz Determined by A1-02

The function triggered by parameter b2-01 depends on the control mode that has been selected.
V/f (A1-02 = 0)

Parameter Details
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for DC Injection Braking at stop. Once the output
frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, DC Injection Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-04.
Figure 5.8

DC Injection
Braking
E1-09 Min. Frequency
b2-01 Zero Speed Level 5
Output Time
frequency
b2-04
Figure 5.8 DC Injection Braking at Stop for V/f
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for Short-Circuit Braking at stop. Once the output
frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, Short-Circuit Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-13. If DC
Injection Braking time is enabled at stop, then DC Injection Braking is performed for the time set in b2-04 after Short-
Circuit Braking is complete.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 129
5.2 b: Application
Figure 5.9

Short Circuit DC Injection

E1-09 Min. Frequency Braking Braking
b2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
b2-13 b2-04
Figure 5.9 Short-Circuit Braking at Stop in OLV/PM
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.

■ b2-02: Motor Pre-Heat Current 1

Sets the Motor Pre-Heat Current 1 as a percentage of the drive rated current. If set larger than 50%, the carrier frequency
is automatically reduced to 1 kHz.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-02 Motor Pre-Heat Current 1 0 to 100% 50%

A DC current can be circulated within the motor windings while the motor is stopped. The current will produce heat
within the motor and prevent condensation. b2-02 determines the percentage of drive rated output current that will be
used for the motor pre-heat function. This function can be useful in applications where the motor sits for extended
periods of time in humid conditions. Motor pre-heating can only be initiated by closing a digital input programmed as a
Motor Pre-Heat 1 (H1-†† = 60). Check with the motor manufacturer to determine the maximum acceptable current
level the motor can withstand when stopped. Be sure not to exceed the motor manufacturers recommended level.
■ b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking at start. Used to stop a coasting motor before restarting it or to apply braking
torque at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-03 DC Injection Braking Time at Start 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s

Note: Before starting an uncontrolled rotating motor (e.g., a fan motor driven by windmill effect), DC Injection or Speed Search should
be used to either stop the motor or detect its speed before starting it. Otherwise motor stalling and other faults can occur.

■ b2-04: DC Injection Braking Time at Stop

This parameter sets the DC Injection Braking time at stop. Used to completely stop a motor with high inertia load after
ramp down. Increase the value if the motor still coasts by inertia after it should have stopped. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 s Determined by A1-02

■ b2-09: Motor Pre-Heat Current 2

b2-09 determines the percentage of motor rated output current that will be used for the motor pre-heat function. This
function can be useful in applications where the motor sits for extended periods of time in humid conditions. Motor pre-
heating can only be initiated by closing a digital input programmed as a Motor Pre-Heat 2 (H1-†† = 50).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-09 Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 0 to 100% 5

■ b2-12: Short Circuit Brake Time at Start

Short Circuit Braking can be used in OLV/PM. By shorting all three motor phases, it produces a braking torque in the
motor and can be used to stop a coasting motor before starting it again.
Parameter b2-12 sets the time for Short-Circuit Brake operation at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-12 Short Circuit Brake Time at Start 0.00 to 25.50 s 0.00 s

Note: Short Circuit Braking cannot prevent a PM motor from being rotated by an external force. To prevent the load from rotating the
motor, use DC Injection.

130 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b2-13: Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop

The Short Circuit Braking described for parameter b2-12 can also be applied at the end of deceleration in order to
completely stop high inertia loads. Short Circuit Braking is initiated for the time set in b2-13 when the output frequency
falls below the higher of the values b1-02 and E1-09. Parameter b2-13 sets the time for Short Circuit Braking at stop.
Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop 0.00 to 25.50 s 0.50 s

■ b2-18: Short Circuit Braking Current

Parameter b2-18 sets the current level for Short Circuit Braking operation as a percentage of the motor rated current.
Even though a higher current level can be set using b2-18, the Short Circuit Braking current will not be higher than the
drive rated current of 120%.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-18 Short Circuit Braking Current 0.0 to 200.0% 100.0%

◆ b3: Speed Search

The Speed Search function allows the drive to detect the speed of a rotating motor shaft that is driven by external forces
(e.g., a fan rotating by windmill effect or motor driven by load inertia). The motor operation can be directly started from
the speed detected without needing to stop the machine before.
Example: When a momentary loss of power occurs, the drive output shuts off. This results in a coasting motor. When
power returns, the drive can find the speed of the coasting motor and restart it directly.
For PM motors, only parameter b3-01 is needed to enable Speed Search.
For induction motors, the drive offers two types of Speed Search than can be selected by parameter b3-24 (Speed
Estimation and Current Detection). Both methods are explained below, then followed by a description of all relevant
parameters.
■ Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0)
Current Detection Speed Search is for use with IM motors. Current Detection Speed Search detects the motor speed by
looking at motor current. When Speed Search is started it reduces the output frequency starting either from the maximum
output frequency or the frequency reference while increasing the output voltage using the time set in parameter L2-04.
As long as the current is higher than the level set in b3-02, the output frequency is lowered using the time constant b3-03.
If the current falls below b3-02, the drive assumes that the output frequency and motor speed are the same and
accelerates or decelerates to the frequency reference.

Parameter Details
Be aware that sudden acceleration may occur when using this method of Speed Search with relatively light loads.
The following time chart illustrates how Current Detection Speed Search operates after a momentary power loss (L2-01
must be set to 1 or 2):

5
Figure 5.10

Output frequency before Decel time

Waits for twice
momentary power loss set to b3-03
as long as L2-04
AC power
supply ON OFF
Selected
Output frequency
reference
frequency
Speed Search operation common_TMonly
current set to b3-02
Output
current

Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) b3-05

Figure 5.10 Current Detection Speed Search after Power Loss

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 131
5.2 b: Application

Note: After power is restored, the drive waits until the time set to b3-05 has passed before performing Speed Search. Thereby the Speed
Search may start not at the end of L2-03 but even later.

When Speed Search is applied automatically with the Run command, the drive waits for the minimum baseblock time
L2-03 before Speed Search is started. If L2-03 is smaller than the time set in parameter b3-05, then b3-05 is used as the
wait time.
Figure 5.11

Decel time set Waits for twice

set to b3-03 as long as L2-04

OFF ON
Run command
Max. output frequency Selected
or the specified frequency
frequency reference reference
Output common_TMonly
frequency

b3-02

Output current

Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03)

Figure 5.11 Current Detection Speed Search at Start or Speed Search Command by Digital Input
Notes on Using Current Detection Type Speed Search
• Shorten the Speed Search deceleration time set to b3-03 if an oL1 fault occurs while performing Current Detection
Speed Search.
• Current Detection Speed Search is not available when using Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors.
• Increase the minimum baseblock time set to L2-03 if an overcurrent or overvoltage fault occurs when performing
Speed Search after power is restored following a momentary power loss.
■ Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1)
This method can be used for a single induction motor connected to a drive. It should not be used if the motor is one or
more frame sizes smaller than the drive or when using a single drive to operate more than one motor.
Speed Estimation is executed in two steps as described below.
Step 1: Back EMF Voltage Estimation
This method is used by Speed Search after short baseblock (e.g., a power loss where the drive’s CPU kept running and
the Run command was kept active). Here, the drive estimates the motor speed by analyzing the back EMF voltage. It
outputs the estimated frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set in parameter L2-04. After that, the
motor is accelerated or decelerated to the frequency reference starting from the detected speed. If there is not enough
residual voltage in the motor windings to perform the calculations described above, then the drive will automatically
proceed to step 2.
Figure 5.12

AC power
supply ON OFF Selected
Starts at the speed frequency
that was detected reference
Output
frequency

common_TMonly
Output
current

Several miliseconds

Min. Baseblock Time

b3 -05 <1>
(L2-03)

Figure 5.12 Speed Search after Baseblock

<1> Once AC power is restored, the drive will wait for at least the time set to b3-05. If the power interruption is longer than the minimum
baseblock time set to L2-03, the drive will wait until the time set to b3-05 has passed after power is restored before starting Speed
Search.

132 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

Step 2: Current Injection

Current Injection is performed when there is not enough residual voltage remaining in the motor. This might occur after
after longer power losses, when Speed Search is applied with the Run command (b3-01 = 1), or if an External search
command is used. It injects the DC current set in b3-06 to the motor and detects the speed by measuring the current
feedback. The drive outputs the detected frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set in parameter L2-
04 while looking at the motor current. If the current is higher than the level in b3-02, then the output frequency is
reduced. When the current falls below b3-02, the motor speed is assumed to be found and the drive starts to accelerate or
decelerate to the frequency reference.
Figure 5.13

Decelerates at the Speed Waits twice as long as L2-04

Search decel time set to b3-03

OFF ON
Run command Frequency reference
set to the drive
Starts at the speed
speed that was detected
Output
frequency
common_TMonly
b3-02

Output
current 1.0 s

Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) <1>

Figure 5.13 Speed Search at Start
<1> The wait time for Speed Search (b3-05) determines the lower limit.
Notes on Using Speed Estimation Speed Search
• Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control (T1-01 = 3) needs to be first performed if you plan to use Speed Estimation in
V/f Control. Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance (T1-01 = 2) again if the there is a change in
the cable length between the drive and motor.
• If the application is running multiple motors from the same drive, or if the motor is considerably smaller than the
capacity of the drive.
• Speed Estimation may have trouble finding the actual speed if the motor cable is very long. Current Detection should
be used in such situations.
• Use Current Detection instead of Speed Estimation when operating motors smaller than 1.5 kW. Speed Estimation can
end up stopping smaller motors, as it might not be able to detect the speed or rotation direction of such small motors.
• Short Circuit Braking is recommended instead of Speed Search when using OLV/PM along with a fairly long motor
cable.

Parameter Details
■ Activating of Speed Search
Speed Search can be activated as described below. Note that the Speed Search type must be selected in parameter b3-24
independent of the activation method.
1. Automatically activate Speed Search with every Run command. Here, external Speed Search commands are ignored.
2. Activate Speed Search using the digital input terminals. 5
The following input functions for H1-†† can be used.
Table 5.7 Speed Search Activation by Digital Inputs
Setting Description b3-24 = 0 b3-24 = 1
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed Search from the
61 External Search Command 1
maximum output frequency (E1-04).
Activate Speed Estimation Speed Search
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed Search from the
62 External Search Command 2
frequency reference.

To activate Speed Search by a digital input, the input must always be set together with the Run command, or the Run
command must be entered after the Speed Search command is given.
3. After automatic fault restart
When the number of maximum fault restarts in parameter L5-01 is set higher than 0, the drive will automatically
perform Speed Search as specified by b3-24 following a fault.
4. After momentary power loss

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 133
5.2 b: Application

This mode requires that the Power Loss Ride-Thru function be enabled always or at least enabled during CPU
operation (L2-01 = 1 or 2). Refer to L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection on page 205
5. After external baseblock is released
The drive will resume the operation starting with Speed Search if the Run command is present and the output
frequency is above the minimum frequency when the Baseblock command (H1-†† = 8 or 9) is released. For this
operation mode, set the operation during an external Baseblock command to hold the output frequency (H1-13 = 0).
■ b3-01: Speed Search Selection at Start
Determines if Speed Search is automatically performed when a Run command is issued or not.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
When the Run command is entered, the drive starts operating at the minimum output frequency. If external Speed Search
1 or 2 is already enabled by a digital input, the drive will start operating with Speed Search.
Setting 1: Enabled
Speed Search is performed whenever the Run command is entered. The drive begins running the motor once Speed
Search is complete.
■ b3-02: Speed Search Deactivation Current
Sets the operating current for Speed Search as a percentage of the drive rated current. Normally there is no need to
change this setting. If the drive has trouble restarting, try lowering this value.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current 0 to 200% Determined by A1-02

Note: When parameter A1-02 = 0 (V/f Control) the factory default setting is 120. When parameter A1-02 = 2 (Open Loop Vector) the
factory default setting is 100.

■ b3-03: Speed Search Deceleration Time

Parameter b3-03 sets the output frequency reduction ramp used by Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) and by
the Current Injection Method of Speed Estimation (b3-24 = 1). The time entered into b3-03 will be the time to decelerate
from maximum frequency (E1-04) to minimum frequency (E1-09).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-03 Speed Search Deceleration Time 0.1 to 10.0 s 2.0 s

■ b3-04: V/f Gain During Speed Search

During Speed Search, the output voltage calculated from the V/f pattern is multiplied with the value set in parameter b3-
04. Changing this setting can be useful in order to reduce the output current during Speed Search.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-04 V/f Gain During Speed Search 10 to 100% Determined by o2-04

■ b3-05: Speed Search Delay Time

In cases where an output contactor is used between the drive and the motor, the contactor must be closed before Speed
Search can be performed. This parameter can be used to delay the Speed Search operation, giving the contactor enough
time to close completely.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-05 Speed Search Delay Time 0.0 to 100.0 s 0.2 s

134 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b3-06: Output Current 1 During Speed Search

Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Estimation Speed Search as a factor of the motor rated
current set in E2-01. If the motor speed is relatively slow when the drive starts to perform Speed Search after a long
period of baseblock, it may be helpful to increase the setting value. The output current during Speed Search is
automatically limited by the drive rated current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search 0.0 to 2.0 Determined by o2-04

Note: If Speed Estimation is not working correctly even after adjusting b3-06, try using Current Detection Speed Search instead.

■ b3-10: Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain

This parameter sets the gain for the detected motor speed of the Speed Estimation Speed Search. The setting should be
increased only if an overvoltage fault occurs when the drive restarts the motor.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-10 Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain 1.00 to 1.20 1.05

■ b3-14: Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection

Sets how the drive determines the motor rotation direction when performing Speed Estimation Speed Search.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
The drive uses the frequency reference to determine the direction of motor rotation in order to restart the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The drive detects the motor rotation direction in order to restart the motor.
■ b3-17: Speed Search Restart Current Level
A large current can flow into the drive if there is a fairly large difference between the estimated frequency and the actual
motor speed when performing Speed Estimation. This parameter sets the current level at which Speed Estimation is
restarted, thus avoiding overcurrent and overvoltage problems. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-17 Speed Search Restart Current Level 0 to 200% 150%

Parameter Details
■ b3-18: Speed Search Restart Detection Time
Sets the time that the current must be greater than the level set in b3-17 before Speed Search can be restarted.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-18 Speed Search Restart Detection Time 0.00 to 1.00 s 0.10 s
5
■ b3-19: Number of Speed Search Restarts
Sets the number of times the drive should attempt to find the speed and restart the motor. If the number of restart attempts
exceeds the value set to b3-19, the SEr fault will occur and the drive will stop.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-19 Number of Speed Search Restarts 0 to 10 3

■ b3-24: Speed Search Method Selection

Sets the Speed Search method used.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b3-24 Speed Search Method Selection 0 or 1 0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 135
5.2 b: Application

Setting 0: Current Detection Speed Search

Setting 1: Speed Estimation Speed Search
Note: For explanations of the Speed Search methods, Refer to Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) on page 131 and Refer to
Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1) on page 132.

■ b3-25: Speed Search Wait Time

Sets the wait time between Speed Search restarts. Increase the wait time if problems occur with overcurrent, overvoltage,
or if the SEr fault occurs.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b3-25 Speed Search Wait Time 0.0 to 30.0 s 0.5 s

◆ b4: Delay Timers

The timer function is independent of drive operation and can be used to delay the switching of a digital output triggered
by a digital input signal. An on-delay and off-delay can be separately set. The delay timer can help to get rid of chattering
switch noise from sensors.
To enable the timer function, a multi-function input must be set to “Timer input” (H1-††=18) and a multi-function
output must be set to “Timer output” (H2-††=12). One timer can be used only.
■ b4-01, b4-02: Timer Function On-Delay, Off-Delay Time
b4-01 sets the on-delay time for switching the timer output. b4-02 sets the off-delay time for switching the timer output.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b4-01 Timer Function On-Delay Time 0.0 to 3000.0 s 0.0 s
b4-02 Timer Function Off-Delay Time 0.0 to 3000.0 s 0.0 s

■ Timer Function Operation

When the timer function input closes for longer than the value set in b4-01, the timer output switches on. When the timer
function input is open for longer than the value set in b4-02, the timer output function switches off. The following
diagram demonstrates the timer function operation.
Figure 5.14

Multi-function Contact On (Closed)

Input: Timer Function ON ON
Off (Open)
Multi-function Contact
On (Closed)
Output: Timer Function ON ON
Off (Open) common_TMonly
b4-01 b4-02 b4-01 b4-02

Figure 5.14 Timer Operation

◆ b5: PI Control
The drive has a built in PI (Proportional + Integral) controller that can be used for closed loop control of system variables
such as pressure, temperature, and so on. The difference between the target and the feedback value (deviation) is fed into
the PI controller. The PI controller adjusts the drive output frequency in order to minimize the deviation, providing
accurate control of system variables.
■ P Control
The output of P control is the product of the deviation and the P gain so that it follows the deviation directly and linearly.
With P control, only an offset between the target and feedback remains.
■ I Control
The output of I control is the integral of the deviation. It minimizes the offset between target and feedback value that
typically remains when pure P control is used. The integral time (I time) constant determines how fast the offset is
eliminated.

136 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ PI Operation
To better demonstrate how PI works, the diagram below shows how the PI output changes when the PI input (deviation)
jumps from 0 to a constant level.
Figure 5.15

PI input
Time

PI output

I control
common_TMonly
PI Output

P control

Time
Figure 5.15 PI Operation

■ Using PI Control
Applications for PI control are listed in the table below.

Application Description Sensors Used

Machinery speed is fed back and adjusted to meet the target value. Synchronous control is performed using speed data from
Speed Control Tachometer
other machinery as the target value
Pressure Maintains constant pressure using pressure feedback. Pressure sensor
Fluid Control Keeps flow at a constant level by feeding back flow data. Flow rate sensor
Temperature Control Maintains a constant temperature by controlling a fan with a thermostat. Thermocoupler, Thermistor

■ PI Setpoint Input Methods

The PI setpoint input depends on the PI function setting in parameter b5-01.
If parameter b5-01 is set to 1, the frequency reference in b1-01 (or b1-15) or one of the inputs listed in Table 5.8 becomes
the PI setpoint.
If b5-01 is set to 3, then the PI setpoint can be input from one of the sources listed in Table 5.8.
Table 5.8 PI Setpoint Sources
PI Setpoint Source Settings
Analog Input A1 Set H3-02 = C
Analog Input A2 Set H3-10 = C

Parameter Details
Analog Input A3 Set H3-06 = C
MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0006H Set bit 1 in register 000FH to 1 and input the setpoint to register 0006H
Pulse Input RP Set H6-01 = 2
Parameter b5-19 Set parameter b5-18 = 1 and input the PI setpoint to b5-19

Note: A duplicate allocation of the PI setpoint input will result in an oPE alarm.

■ PI Feedback Input Methods 5

Either one feedback signal can be input for normal PI control, or two feedback signals can be input for controlling a
differential process value.
Normal PI Feedback
The PI feedback signal can be input from one of the sources listed below.
Table 5.9 PI Feedback Sources
PI Feedback Source Settings
Analog Input A1 Set H3-02 = B
Analog Input A2 Set H3-10 = B
Analog Input A3 Set H3-06 = B
Pulse Input RP Set H6-01 = 1

Note: A duplicate allocation of the PI feedback input will result in an oPE alarm.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 137
5.2 b: Application

Differential Feedback
The second PI feedback signal for differential feedback can come from the sources listed below. The differential
feedback function is automatically enabled when a differential feedback input is assigned.
Table 5.10 PI Differential Feedback Sources
PI Differential Feedback Source Settings
Analog Input A1 Set H3-02 = 16
Analog Input A2 Set H3-10 = 16
Analog Input A3 Set H3-06 = 16

Note: A duplicate allocation of the PI differential feedback input will result in an oPE alarm.

138 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 Figure 5.16

b5-18 = 1 b5-21=0 additional parameter for Sleep

H3-05/H3-09 = C b5-01 = 0 reference selection
Setpoint used FWD or REV Jog multi-function input closed PI Disable 1:Fref 0:PI output
H6-02 = 2 PI Sleep Function
YEC_TMonly
MEMOBUS 000FH bit 1 = 1 PI Disable multi-function input closed
+ RUN ON/OFF
b5-21=1 additional parameter for Sleep
reference selection Timer
b5-15 -
1:Fref 0:PI output PI Sleep Function b5-16
PI Snooze Function
+
Timer RUN b5-22
b5-15 - ON/OFF - SNOOZE
b5-16 PI Snooze Timer
■ PI Block Diagram

+ Start
level b5-23
Setpoint used PI Snooze Delay Time
PI SFS Cancel multi-function input
b5-17
PI Accel/Decel Fmax x 110% <1> SFS
b1-01 = 4 Time
Pulse Input 3 + b5-11 = 0
b5-01 = 3
2
Option Card 1
0 b5-11 = 1
+ b5-01 = 1,2
Communication Fmax x 110% <1> PI Disable U5-03
Terminal PI Output
A1/A2/A3
b5-19
d1-01 PI Setpoint value
d1-02 -Fmax x 110% <2>
d1-03 b5-18 = 1
. b5-28=1
. Terminal A1/A2/A3
. H3-02/H3-10/
d1-17 H3-06 = C
b5-10
Pulse Input PI Output
H6-02 = 2
Gain
Setting
MEMOBUS Register 0006H Setpoint used
PI Setpoint b5-17 PI SFS Cancel multi-function input b5-07
MEMOBUS PI Accel/Decel +
register PI Offset
Time +
000FH Adjustment

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
bit 1 = 1 U5-04
PI Setpoint

z-1
b5-30 +

Figure 5.16 PI Block Diagram

Pulse Input PI Feedback +
H6-02 = 1 Offset PI Delay
PI 1
U5-01 b5-29 U5-06 Time
PI Square Root Positive Integral b5-08
PI PI Adjusted b5-35 integral Hold multi- PI Integral Upper Limit:
Feedback Gain Feedback PI Input function b5-04 Reset multi- ± b5-06
hold PI I Limit function input -
Limit input PI I Time PI Output Limit <1>
Terminal A1/A2/A3 b5-28=1 + PI P Gain +
H3-02/H3-10 + X - + b5-09 = 0 1 + + +
+
/H3-06 = B b5-02
- - b5-03 + +
-1 -1
Input Level b5-09 = 1 Lower Limit:
U5-02 Select multi- Negative z-1 b5-34
Terminal A1/A2/A3 function input PI Output Lower Limit <2>
H3-02/H3-10 PI Input integral hold
/H3-06 = 16 closed
Differential PI Feedback
U5-05 b5-24
PI Diff PI Snooze
Feedback - SNOOZE Stop
Deactivation Level
+ (Wake-up)
PI Snooze Function

<1> When limit is active, positive integral hold is applied

<2> When limit is active, negative integral hold is applied

139
5.2 b: Application

Parameter Details

5
5.2 b: Application

■ b5-01: PI Function Setting

Enables or disables the PI operation and selects the PI operation mode.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b5-01 PI Function Setting 0, 1, 3 0

Setting 0: PI disabled
Setting 1: Output frequency = PI output 1
The PI controller is enabled and the PI output builds the frequency reference.
Setting 3: Output frequency = frequency reference + PI output 1
The PI controller is enabled and the PI output is added to the frequency reference.
■ b5-02: Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Sets the P gain that is applied to the PI input. A large value will tend to reduce the error, but may cause instability
(oscillations) if set too high. A low value may allow too much offset between the setpoint and feedback.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-02 Proportional Gain Setting (P) 0.00 to 25.00 1.00

■ b5-03: Integral Time Setting (I)

Sets the time constant that is used to calculate the integral of the PI input. The smaller the integral time set to b5-03, the
faster the offset will be eliminated. If set too short, it can cause overshoot or oscillation. To turn off the integral time, set
b5-03 = 0.00.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-03 Integral Time Setting (I) 0.0 to 360.0 s 1.0 s

■ b5-04: Integral Limit Setting

Sets the maximum output possible from the integral block. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-04 Integral Limit Setting 0.0 to 100.0% 100.0%

Note: On some applications, especially those with rapidly varying loads, the output of the PI function may show a fair amount of
oscillation. To suppress this oscillation, a limit can be applied to the integral output by programming b5-04.

■ b5-06: PI Output Limit

Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PI controller. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-06 PI Output Limit 0.0 to 100.0% 100.0%

■ b5-07: PI Offset Adjustment

Sets the offset added to the PI controller output. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-07 PI Offset Adjustment -100.0 to 100.0% 0.0%

■ b5-08: PI Primary Delay Time Constant

Sets the time constant for the filter applied to the output of the PI controller. Normally, change is not required.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-08 PI Primary Delay Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s

Note: Useful when there is a fair amount of oscillation or when rigidity is low. Set to a value larger than the cycle of the resonant
frequency. Increasing this time constant may reduce the responsiveness of the drive.

140 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b5-09: PI Output Level Selection

Normally a positive PI input (feedback smaller than setpoint) leads to positive PI output. Parameter b5-09 can be used to
reverse the sign of the PI controller output signal.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b5-09 PI Output Level Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Normal Output

A positive PI input causes an increase in the PI output (direct acting).
Setting 1: Reverse Output
A positive PI input causes a decrease in the PI output (reverse acting).
■ b5-10: PI Output Gain Setting
Applies a gain to the PI output and can be helpful when the PI function is used to trim the frequency reference (b5-01 =
3).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-10 PI Output Gain Setting 0.00 to 25.00 1.00

■ b5-11: PI Output Reverse Selection

Determines whether a negative PI output reverses the direction of drive operation or not. When the PI function is used to
trim the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3), this parameter has no effect and the PI output will not be limited (same as b5-11
= 1).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b5-11 PI Output Reverse Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Reverse Disabled

Negative PI output will be limited to 0 and the drive output will be stopped.
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PI output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
■ PI Feedback Loss Detection
The PI feedback loss detection function can detect broken sensors or broken sensor wiring. It should be used whenever PI
control is enabled to prevent critical machine conditions (e.g., acceleration to max. frequency) caused by a feedback loss.

Parameter Details
Feedback loss can be detected in two ways:
• Feedback Low Detection
Detected when the feedback falls below a certain level for longer than the specified time. This function is set up using
parameters b5-12 to b5-14.
• Feedback High Detection
Detected when the feedback rises beyond a certain level for longer than the specified time. This function is set up using 5
parameters b5-12, b5-36, and b5-37.
The following figure explains the working principle of feedback loss detection when the feedback signal is too low.
Feedback high detection works in the same way.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 141
5.2 b: Application
Figure 5.17

PI feedback value

PI
Feedback
Detection
Loss Level
(b5-13) common_TMonly
time
no FbL
detection
FbL detection

PI Feedback PI Feedback
Loss Detection Time Loss Detection Time
(b5-14) (b5-14)

Figure 5.17 PI Feedback Loss Detection

■ b5-12: PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection

Enables or disables the feedback loss detection and sets the operation when a feedback loss is detected.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b5-12 PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection 0 to 5 0

Setting 0: Digital Output Only

A digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2-†† = 3E) will be triggered if the PI feedback value is below the detection
level set to b5-13 for the time set to b5-14 or longer. A digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2-†† = 3F) will be
triggered if the PI feedback value is beyond the detection level set to b5-36 for longer than the times set to b5-37. Neither
a fault nor an alarm is displayed on the digital operator. The drive will continue operation. When the feedback value
leaves the loss detection range, the output is reset.
Setting 1: Feedback Loss Alarm
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback Low”
alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2-†† = 3E) will be triggered. If the PI feedback
value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH - Feedback High” alarm will be
displayed and a digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2-†† = 3F) will be triggered. Both events trigger an alarm
output (H1-†† = 10). The drive will continue operation. When the feedback value leaves the loss detection range, the
alarm and outputs are reset.
Setting 2: Feedback Loss Fault
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FbL - Feedback Low”
fault will be displayed. If the PI feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a
“FbH - Feedback High” fault will be displayed. Both events trigger a fault output (H1-†† = E) and cause the drive to
stop the motor.
Setting 3: Digital output only, even if PI is disabled by digital input
Same as b5-12 = 0. Detection is still active even if PI is disabled by a digital input (H1-†† = 19).
Setting 4: Feedback loss alarm, even if PI is disabled by digital input
Same as b5-12 = 1. Detection is still active even if PI is disabled by a digital input (H1-†† = 19).
Setting 5: Feedback loss fault, even if PI is disabled by digital input
Same as b5-12 = 2. Detection is still active even if PI is disabled by a digital input (H1-†† = 19).
■ b5-13: PI Feedback Loss Detection Level
Sets the feedback level used for PI feedback low detection. The PI feedback has to fall below this level for longer than
the time b5-14 before feedback loss is detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-13 PI Feedback Low Detection Level 0 to 100% 0%

142 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b5-14: PI Feedback Loss Detection Time

Sets the time that the PI feedback has to fall below b5-13 before feedback loss is detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-14 PI Feedback Low Detection Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 1.0 s

■ b5-36: PI Feedback High Detection Level

Sets the feedback level used for PI feedback high detection. The PI feedback has to exceed this level for longer than the
time b5-37 before feedback loss is detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-36 PI Feedback High Detection Level 0 to 100% 100%

■ b5-37: PI Feedback High Detection Time

Sets the time for that the PI feedback has to exceed b5-36 before feedback loss is detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-37 PI Feedback High Detection Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 1.0 s

■ PI Sleep/Snooze
The PI Sleep function stops the drive when the PI output or the frequency reference falls below the PI Sleep operation
level for a certain time. The drive will resume operating once the PI output or frequency reference rises above the PI
Sleep operation level for the specified time. An example of PI Sleep operation appears in the figure below.
Figure 5.18

PI Output

PI Sleep Level ( b5-15)

Sleep Delay Time

b5-16 b5-16
common_TMonly
Internal Run Sleep Delay Time
command Run Stop
External Run Run command enabled
command Continues to output “During Run”
During Run

Figure 5.18 PI Sleep Operation

Notes on using the PI Sleep function
• The PI Sleep function is always active, even if PI control is disabled.
• The PI Sleep function stops the motor according to the stopping method in b1-03.

Parameter Details
The PI Snooze Function is a variation on the Sleep Function. The PI Snooze function must be selected by setting
parameter b5-21 = “2: Snooze”. Once the Snooze Function is selected, the drive monitors the output frequency. If the
output frequency drops below the PI Snooze Level (b5-22), and stays below that level for at least the PI Snooze Delay
Time (b5-23), the drive output shuts off. This is different from the PI Sleep Function because it is the feedback that must
drop below the PI Snooze Deactivation Level (b5-24) before normal drive output will begin again.
Just before the Snooze Function is activated, the PI Setpoint can be temporarily increased to create an overshoot of the
5
intended PI Setpoint. The temporary boost is determined by the PI Boost Setting Level (b5-25). Once the temporary
boost level is reached (or the PI Maximum Boost Time (b5-26) is exceeded), the drive output shuts off (snoozes) and the
intended PI Setpoint returns. From this point on, the Snooze Function operates normally and the drive output returns
when the feedback level drops below b5-24.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 143
5.2 b: Application

The parameters necessary that control the PI Sleep/Snooze function are explained below.

PI Setpoint common_TMonly

b5-25 PI Setpoint
Boost Setting

b5-26 PI Boost PI Setpoint+ b5-25 Time

PI Feedback Maximum Time

b5-27 Snooze b5-24

Feedback Level PI Snooze
Deactivation
Level
Time

SFS Output frequency

b5-23
t<b5-23 PI Snooze
Delay Time
b5-22
PI Snooze Level
Deceleration

Time

PI operation Boost Snooze mode PI operation

Snooze function activated

■ b5-15: PI Sleep Function Start Level

Sets the level that triggers PI Sleep.
The drive goes into Sleep mode if the PI output or frequency reference is smaller than b5-15 for longer than the time set
in b5-16. It resumes the operation when the PI output or frequency reference is above b5-15 for longer than the time set
in b5-16.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-15 PI Sleep Function Start Level 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz

■ b5-16: PI Sleep Delay Time

Sets the delay time to activate or deactivate the PI Sleep function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-16 PI Sleep Delay Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 0.0 s

■ b5-17: PI Accel/Decel Time

The PI acceleration/deceleration time is applied on the PI setpoint value.
As the normal acceleration times C1-†† are applied after the PI output, they reduce the responsiveness of the system
and can cause hunting or overshoot and undershoot when the setpoint changes quickly. Using the PI acceleration/
deceleration time instead helps to avoid such problems.

144 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

The PI acceleration/deceleration time can be canceled using a digital input programmed for “PI SFS cancel” (H1-†† =
34).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-17 PI Accel/Decel Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s 0.0 s

■ b5-18: PI Setpoint Selection

Enables or disables parameter b5-19 for PI setpoint.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b5-18 PI Setpoint Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter b5-19 is not used as the PI setpoint.
Setting 1: Enabled
Parameter b5-19 is used as PI setpoint.
■ b5-19: PI Setpoint Value
Used as the PI setpoint if parameter b5-18 = 1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-19 PI Setpoint Value 0.00 to 100.00% 0.00%

■ b5-20: PI Setpoint Scaling

Determines the units that the PI setpoint (b5-19) is set in and displayed. Also determines the units for monitors U5-01
and U5-04.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b5-20 PI Setpoint Scaling 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Hz
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed in Hz with a resolution of 0.01 Hz.
Setting 1: %
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed as a percentage with a resolution of 0.01%.
Setting 2: r/min
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed in r/min with a resolution of 1 r/min.

Parameter Details
Setting 3: User Defined
Parameters b5-38 and b5-39 determine the units and resolution used to display the values the setpoint in b5-19, and PI
monitors U1-01 and U1-04.
■ b5-21: PI Sleep Input Source
5
Parameter b5-21 selects the sleep function characteristic action.
When b5-21= 1, the sleep function start level (b5-15) is compared to the drive’s output (Speed Command after PI block).
This is the setting that should be used for open loop control.
It is also possible to have the sleep function start level (b5-15) compared to the drive input or setpoint. For this special
application set b5-21 = 0.
When b5-21= 2, a variation of the sleep function called “Snooze” is enabled, see parameter b5-22 to b5-27.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-21 PI Sleep input Source 0 to 2 1

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 145
5.2 b: Application

0: PI Setpoint
1: SFS input
2: Snooze
■ b5-22: PI Snooze Level
Sets the PI Snooze function start level as a percentage of maximum frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-22 PI Snooze Level 0 to 100% 0

■ b5-23: PI Snooze Delay Time

Sets the PI Snooze function delay time in terms of seconds.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-23 PI Snooze Delay Time 0 to 2600 s 0

■ b5-24: PI Snooze Deactivation Level

When the PI feedback drops below this level, normal operation starts again. Sets as a percentage of maximum frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-24 PI Snooze Wake-Up Level 0 to 100% 0

■ b5-25: PI Setpoint Boost Setting

Temporary increase of PI setpoint to create an overshoot of the intended PI setpoint

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-25 PI Boost Setting Level 0 to 100% 0

■ b5-26: PI Maximum Boost Time

Associated with the Snooze Function. In cases where the temporary PI Setpoint (intended PI setpoint + PI Setpoint
Boost) cannot be reached within the PI Maximum Boost Time (b5-26), the Setpoint Boost is interrupted and the Drive
output is turned off.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-26 PI Maximum Boost Time 0 to 2600 s 0

■ b5-27: PI Snooze Feedback Level

This is a second method of initiating the Snooze Function. If the PI feedback level exceeds the PI Snooze Feedback Level
(b5-27), then the drive output shuts off. Once the PI feedback drops below the PI Snooze Deactivation Level (b5-24) then
normal drive and PI operation return. Snooze activates if both b5-22 and b5-27 conditions are met. There is no time delay
for deactivation. Sets as a percentage of maximum frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-27 PI Snooze Feedback Level 0 to 100% 60

■ b5-28: PI Feedback Function Selection

If b5-28 = 1, the square root of the PI feedback is compared to the PI Setpoint in order to determine appropriate drive
output to properly regulate the system. This is helpful in cases where the measured feedback is pressure but the PI loop
needs to regulate flow.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-28 PI Feedback Function Selection 0,1 0

0: Disabled
1: Square Root

146 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b5-29: PI Square Root Gain

A multiplier applied to the square root of the feedback.
If the PI Function is regulating the flow of a closed loop system by using a pressure feedback, it may be convenient to
view the square root of the PI output using monitor U1-37.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-29 PI Square Root Gain 0.00 to 2.00 0.00

■ b5-30: PI Feedback Offset

Sets PI feedback Offset as a percentage of maximum frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-30 PI Feedback Offset 0.00 to 100.00% 0.00

■ b5-34: PI Output Lower Limit

Sets the minimum possible PI controller output as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). The lower
limit is disabled when set to 0.00%

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-34 PI Output Lower Limit -100.0 to 100.0% 0.00%

■ b5-35: PI Input Limit

Sets the maximum allowed PI input as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Parameter b5-35 acts as
a bipolar limit.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-35 PI Input Limit 0 to 1000.0% 1000.0%

■ b5-38, b5-39: PI Setpoint User Display, PI Setpoint Display Digits

When parameter b5-20 is set to 3, the parameters b5-38 and b5-39 can be used to set a user defined display for the PI
setpoint (b5-19) and PI feedback monitors (U5-01, U5-04).
Parameter b5-38 determines the display value when the maximum frequency is output. Parameter b5-39 determines the
number of digits. The setting value is equal to the number of decimal places.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-38 PI Setpoint User Display 1 to 60000 Determined by b5-20

Parameter Details
b5-39 PI Setpoint Display Digits 0 to 3 Determined by b5-20

■ b5-40: Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI

Sets the content of the frequency reference monitor display (U1-01) when PI control is active.

No. Name Setting Range Default 5

b5-40 Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Frequency Reference after PI

Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference increased or reduced for the PI output.
Setting 1: Frequency Reference
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference value.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 147
5.2 b: Application

■ Fine-Tuning PI
Once PI control parameters have been set, fine-tuning may be required. Follow the directions below.
Table 5.11 PI Fine Tuning
Goal Tuning Procedure Result

Response Before adjustment

Overshoot must be suppressed • Increase the integral time (b5-03)

After adjustment

Time

After adjustment
Response

Quickly achieve stability, and some

• Decrease the integral time (b5-03)
overshoot is permissible Before adjustment

Time

Before adjustment
Response

Suppress long cycle oscillations (longer than

• Increase the integral time (b5-03)
the integral time setting)
After adjustment

Time

Before adjustment
Response

• Reduce the proportional gain (b5-02) or increase After adjustment

Suppress short cycle oscillations
the PI primary delay time (b5-08)

Time

■ b5-41: PI Unit Selection

Sets the display units in b5-19, U5-14 and U5-15 when b5-20 = 3.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-41 PI Unit Selection 0 to 14 0

0: WC (Inch of Water)
1: PSI (ib/Sq inch)
2: GPM (Gallons/min)
3: F (Deg Fahrenheit)
4: CFM (Cubic ft/min)
5: CMH (Cubic M/h)
6: LPH (Liters/h)
7: LPS (Liters/s)
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa (Pascal)
10: C (Deg Celsius)

148 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

11: Mtr (Meters)

12: Ft (Feet)
13: LPN (Liters/min)
14: CMM (Cubic M/min)
■ b5-42: PI Output Monitor Calculation Method

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-42 PI Output Monitor Calculation Method 0 to 3 0

0: Linear unit
1: Square root unit
2: Quadratic unit
3: Cubic unit
U5-07
U5-08
common_TMonly

XXXXYY.YY b5-42
b5-43: upper 4 digits (XXXX)
b5-44: lower 4 digits (YYYY)

1:Square root

0:Linear

2:Quadratic

3:Cubic
b5-45 (ZZZ.Z)

PI Output
0 Fmax

■ b5-43/b5-44: Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 1/2

U5-14 and U5-15 show Custom PI output. U5-14 shows the upper 4 digits and U5-15 shows the lower 4 digits.
It shows 999999.99 maximum. b5-43 and b5-44 is used for setting maximum monitor value at maximum frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Parameter Details
b5-43 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 1 0 to 9999 0
b5-44 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 2 0.00 to 99.99 0

■ b5-45: Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 3

b5-14 shows Custom PI Output. b5-45 is used for setting the minimum display value at 0 speed. This function is effective
when b5-42 is set to 0 (Linear unit)
5
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-45 Custom PI output monitor setting 3 00.0 to 999.9 0

■ b5-46: PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection

Sets the Operator display units in U5-01 and U5-04 when b5-20 = 3.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-46 PI Setpoint Value Monitor Unit Selection 0 to 14 0

0: WC (Inch of Water)
1: PSI (ib/Sq inch)
2: GPM (Gallons/min)
3: F (Deg Fahrenheit)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 149
5.2 b: Application

4: CFM (Cubic ft/min)

5: CMH (Cubic M/h)
6: LPH (Liters/h)
7: LPS (Liters/s)
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa (Pascal)
10: C (Deg Celsius)
11: Mtr (Meters)
12: Ft (Feet)
13: LPN (Liters/min)
14: CMM (Cubic M/min)

◆ b6: Dwell Function

The Dwell function is used to temporarily hold the frequency reference at a predefined value for a set time, then continue
accelerating or decelerating.
If used with induction motors, the Dwell function can help prevent speed loss when starting and stopping a heavy load. If
running a PM motor in V/f control, the pause in acceleration allows the PM motor rotor to align with the stator field of
the motor, thus reducing the starting current.
The figure below shows how the Dwell function works.
Note: Using the Dwell function requires that the stopping method for the drive be set to “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0).
Figure 5.19

OFF ON OFF
Run Command

common_TMonly
b6-01 b6-03
Output Frequency
b6-02 b6-04

Figure 5.19 Dwell Function at Start and Stop

■ b6-01, b6-02: Dwell Reference, Dwell Time at Start

b6-01 determines the frequency that is held or the time set in b6-02 during acceleration.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
b6-02 Dwell Time at Start 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.0 s

■ b6-03, b6-04: Dwell Reference, Dwell Time at Stop

Parameter b6-03 determines the frequency that is held for the time set in b6-04 during deceleration.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b6-03 Dwell Reference at Stop 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
b6-04 Dwell Time at Stop 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.0 s

◆ b8: Energy Saving

The Energy Saving feature improves overall system operating efficiency by operating the motor at its most efficient
level.
Note: 1. Energy Saving is mainly designed for applications with variable torque but is not appropriate for applications where the load may
suddenly increase.
2. As the performance of the Energy Saving function strongly depends on the accuracy of the motor data, always perform Auto-Tuning
and make sure the motor data has been entered correctly before using this function.

150 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b8-01: Energy Saving Control Selection

Enables or disables the Energy Saving function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 or 1 Determined by A1-02

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ b8-04: Energy Saving Coefficient Value (V/f)
Parameter b8-04 is used to fine-tune Energy Saving control. The default setting depends on the capacity of the drive.
Adjust this setting while viewing the output power monitor (U1-08) and running the drive with a light load.
A low setting results in less output voltage and less energy consumption, but too small a value will cause the motor to
stall.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Determined by
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value 0.00 to 655.00
E2-11, and o2-04

Note: This default value changes if the motor rated capacity set to E2-11 is changed. The Energy Saving coefficient is set automatically
when Auto-Tuning for Energy Saving is performed (Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 105).

■ b8-05: Power Detection Filter Time (V/f)

The Energy Saving function continuously searches out the lowest output voltage in order to achieve minimum output
power. Parameter b8-05 determines how often the output power is measured in ms.
Reducing this setting will increase the response time. If the filter time is too short, the motor may become unstable with a
lighter load.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b8-05 Power Detection Filter Time 0 to 2000 ms 20 ms

■ b8-06: Search Operation Voltage Limit (V/f)

Sets the voltage limit for the optimal output voltage detection of Speed Search as a percentage of the maximum output
voltage. During the search operation, the drive will keep the output voltage above this level to prevent motor stalling.
Note: If set too low, the motor may stall with a sudden increase to the load. Disabled when b8-06 = 0. Setting this value to 0 does not
disable Energy Saving.

Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
b8-06 Search Operation Voltage Limit 0 to 100% 0%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 151
5.3 C: Tuning

5.3 C: Tuning
C parameters are used to set the acceleration and deceleration characteristics, as well as S-curves. Other parameters in
this group cover settings for torque compensation, and carrier frequency.

◆ C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times

■ C1-01 to C1-04: Accel, Decel Time 1/2
Two different sets of acceleration and deceleration times can be set in the drive. They can be selected by digital inputs, by
the motor selection, or can be switched automatically. Acceleration time parameters always set the time to accelerate
from 0 Hz to the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Deceleration time parameters always set the time to decelerate
from maximum output frequency to 0 Hz. C1-01 and C1-02 are the default active accel/decel settings.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1
0.0 to 6000.0 s 30 s
C1-03 Acceleration Time 2
C1-04 Deceleration Time 2

Switching Acceleration Times by Digital Input

Accel/decel time 1 are active by default if no input is set. The accel/decel time 2 can be activated by digital inputs (H1-
†† = 7) as explained in Table 5.12.
Table 5.12 Accel/Decel Time Selection by Digital Input
Accel/Decel Time Sel. 1 Active Times
H1-†† = 7 Acceleration Deceleration
0 C1-01 C1-02
1 C1-03 C1-04

Figure 5.20 shows an operation example for changing accel/decel. times. The example below requires that the stopping
method be set for “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0).
Figure 5.20

Decel Time 1
(C1-02) Decel Time 2
Accel Time 1 Accel Time 2 (C1-04)
Output (C1-01) (C1-03)
frequency
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)

ON OFF ON
FWD (REV)
Run command

ON
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
(Terminals S1 to S8, H1- = “7”)

Figure 5.20 Timing Diagram of Accel/Decel Time Change

152 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

Switching Accel/Decel Times by a Frequency Level

The drive can switch between different acceleration and deceleration times automatically. The drive will switch from
accel/decel time 2 in C1-03 and C1-04 to the default accel/decel time in C1-01 and C1-02 when the output frequency
exceeds the frequency level set in parameter C1-11. When it falls below this level, the accel/decel times are switched
back. Figure 5.21 shows an operation example.
Note: Acceleration and deceleration times selected by digital inputs have priority over the automatic switching by the frequency level
set to C1-11. For example, if accel/decel time 2 is selected, the drive will use this time only and not switch from accel/decel time
2 to the selected one.
Figure 5.21

Output Frequency

C1-11
Accel/Decel Time
Switch Frequency

C1-03 C1-01 C1-02 C1-04

setting setting setting setting
When the output frequency ≥ C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 1 (C1-01, -02)
When the output frequency < C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 2 (C1-03, -04)

Figure 5.21 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency

■ C1-11: Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency

Sets the frequency at which the drive switches between accel/decel time settings. Refer to Switching Accel/Decel Times
by a Frequency Level on page 153.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz

Note: Setting C1-11 to 0.0 Hz disables this function.

■ C1-09: Fast Stop Time

Parameter C1-09 will set a special deceleration that is used when certain faults occur or that can be operated by closing a
digital input configured as H1-†† = 15 (N.O. input) or 17 (N.C. input). The input does not have to be closed
continuously, even a momentary closure will trigger the Fast Stop operation. Unlike standard deceleration, once the Fast
Stop operation is initiated, the drive cannot be restarted until the deceleration is complete, the Fast Stop input is cleared,
and the Run command is cycled.
A digital output programmed for “During Fast Stop” (H2-†† = 4C) will be closed as long as Fast Stop is active.
A Fast Stop can be selected as the action the drive should take when certain faults occur, such as L8-03 (Overheat Pre-
Alarm Operation Selection).

Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C1-09 Fast Stop Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s 10.0 s

NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09.
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 153
5.3 C: Tuning

◆ C2: S-Curve Characteristics

Use S-curve characteristics to smooth acceleration and to minimize abrupt shock to the load. Set S-curve characteristic
time during acceleration at start and acceleration at stop. If the STo fault (Hunting Detection) occurs when starting a PM
motor, try increasing the value set to C2-01.
■ C2-01 and C2-02: S-Curve Characteristics
C2-01 and C2-02 set separate S-curves for each section of the acceleration.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start Determined by A1-02
0.00 to 10.00 s
C2-02 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End 0.20 s

Figure 5.22 explains how S-curves are applied.

Figure 5.22

FWD run

REV run

C2-02 0.20 s
0.20 s <1> common_TMonly
Output <1>
frequency C2-01
C2-01 0.20 s <1>

C2-02 0.20 s <1>

<1> S-Curve characteristic at Decel Start/End is fixed to 0.20 s.
Figure 5.22 S-Curve Timing Diagram - FWD/REV Operation
Setting the S-curve will increase the acceleration times.
Actual accel time = accel time setting + (C2-01 + C2-02) / 2

◆ C4: Torque Compensation

The torque compensation function compensates for insufficient torque production at start-up or when a load is applied.
Note: Make sure the motor parameters and V/f pattern are set properly before setting torque compensation parameters.

■ C4-01: Torque Compensation Gain

Sets the gain for the torque compensation function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 Determined by A1-02

Torque Compensation in V/f and OLV/PM:

The drive calculates the motor primary voltage loss using the output current and the termination resistor value (E2-05 for
IM, E5-05 for PM motors) and then adjusts the output voltage to compensate insufficient torque at start or when load is
applied. The effects of this voltage compensation can be increased or decreased using parameter C4-01.
Adjustment
Although this parameter rarely needs to be adjusted, changing the torque compensation gain in small steps of 0.05 may
help in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when using a long motor cable.
• Decrease this setting when motor oscillation occurs.
Adjust C4-01 so that the output current does not exceed the drive rated current.
Note: Refrain from adjusting this parameter in OLV/PM. Too high a value can cause overcompensation, resulting in motor oscillation.

154 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

■ C4-02: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time

Sets the delay time used for applying torque compensation.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 60000 ms Determined by A1-02

Adjustment
Although C4-02 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may help in the following situations:
• If the motor vibrates, increase C4-02.
• If the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load, decrease C4-02.

◆ C6: Carrier Frequency

■ C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection
Parameter C6-02 sets the switching frequency of the drive’s output transistors. Changes to the switching frequency helps
lower audible noise and also reduces leakage current.
Note: Increasing the carrier frequency above the default value automatically lowers the drive’s current rating. Refer to Rated Current
Depending on Carrier Frequency on page 156.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1 to F Determined by A1-02, o2-04.

Note: The default setting for the carrier frequency differs based on the type of motor. The default is “Swing PWM1”, when using a PM
motor.
Settings:

C6-02 Carrier Frequency C6-02 Carrier Frequency C6-02 Carrier Frequency

1 2.0 kHz 5 12.5 kHz 9 Swing PWM 3
2 5.0 kHz 6 15.0 kHz A Swing PWM 4
3 8.0 kHz 7 Swing PWM 1
F User defined (C6-03 to C6-05)
4 10.0 kHz 8 Swing PWM 2

Note: Swing PWM uses a carrier frequency of 2.0 kHz as a base, then applies a special PWM pattern to reduce the audible noise.

Guidelines for Carrier Frequency Parameter Setup

Symptom Remedy
Speed and torque are unstable at low speeds
Noise from the drive affects peripheral devices
Lower the carrier frequency.

Parameter Details
Excessive leakage current from the drive
Wiring between the drive and motor is too long <1>
Audible motor noise is too loud Increase the carrier frequency or use Swing PWM.
<1> The carrier frequency may need to be lowered if the motor cable is too long. Refer to the table below.

Wiring Distance Up to 50 m Up to 100 m Greater than 100 m

Recommended setting value for C6-02 1 to F (up to 15 kHz) 1 to 2 (up to 5 kHz), 7 (Swing PWM) 1 (up to 2 kHz), 7 (Swing PWM) 5
■ C6-03, C6-04, C6-05: Carrier Frequency Upper Limit, Lower Limit, Proportional Gain
Use these parameters to set a user defined or a variable carrier frequency. To set the upper and lower limits and the carrier
frequency proportional gain, first set C6-02 to F.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit 1.0 to 15.0 kHz
C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit (V/f Control only) 1.0 to 15.0 kHz Determined by C6-02
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain (V/f Control only) 0 to 99

Setting a Fixed User Defined Carrier Frequency

A carrier frequency between the fixed selectable values can be entered in parameter C6-03 when C6-02 is set to F. In V/f
Control, parameter C6-04 must also be adjusted to the same value as C6-03.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 155
5.3 C: Tuning

Setting a Variable Carrier Frequency (V/f Control)

In V/f Control, the carrier frequency can be set up to change linearly with the output frequency. To do this, set the upper
and lower limits for the carrier frequency and the carrier frequency proportional gain (C6-03, C6-04, C6-05) as shown in
Figure 5.23.
Figure 5.23

Carrier Frequency

C6-03

common_TMonly
Output
C6-04 Frequency x C6-05

Output Frequency
E1-04
Max Output Frequency

Figure 5.23 Carrier Frequency Changes Relative to Output Frequency

Note: 1. C6-03 takes priority when the carrier frequency proportional gain C6-05 > 27 and C6-03 < C6-04.
2. When C6-05 is set lower than 7, C6-04 is disabled and the carrier frequency will be fixed to the value set in C6-03.

■ C6-09: Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning

C6-09 determines what the carrier frequency should be while Rotational Auto-Tuning is performed.
This parameter rarely requires adjustment, but can be helpful solving problems with overcurrent when Auto-Tuning a
high frequency motor or a low impedance motor. In such cases, first set C6-03 to high value, then set C6-09 = 1.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-09 Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning 0, 1 0

Setting 0: 5 kHz
Setting 1: Same value set to C6-03
■ Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency
The tables below show the drive output current depending on the carrier frequency settings.
Use the data in Table 5.13 to linearly calculate output current values for carrier frequencies not listed in the tables.
Table 5.13 Carrier Frequency and Current Derating
Three-Phase 200 V Class Three-Phase 400 V Class

Model Rated Current (A) Model Rated Current (A)

CIMR-E† 2 kHz 8 kHz 15 kHz CIMR-E† 2 kHz 8 kHz 15 kHz
2A0004 3.5 3.2 2.56 4A0002 2.1 1.8 1.1
2A0006 6 5 4 4A0004 4.1 3.4 2
2A0008 8 6.9 5.5 4A0005 5.4 4.8 2.9
2A0010 9.6 8 6.4 4A0007 6.9 5.5 3.3
2A0012 12 11 8.8 4A0009 8.8 7.2 4.3
2A0018 17.5 14 11.2 4A0011 11.1 9.2 5.5
2A0021 21 17.5 14 4A0018 17.5 14.8 8.9
2A0030 30 25 20 4A0023 23 18 10.8
2A0040 40 33 26.4 4A0031 31 24 14.4
2A0056 56 47 37.6 4A0038 38 31 18.6
2A0069 69 60 48 4A0044 44 39 23.4
2A0081 81 75 53 4A0058 58 45 27
2A0110 110 85 60 4A0072 72 60 36
2A0138 138 115 81 4A0088 88 75 45
4A0103 103 91 55

Three-Phase 200 V Class Three-Phase 400 V Class

Model Rated Current (A) Model Rated Current (A)

CIMR-E† 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz CIMR-E† 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz
2A0169 169 145 116 4A0139 139 112 78
2A0211 211 180 144 4A0165 165 150 105
2A0250 250 215 172 4A0208 208 180 126

156 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

Three-Phase 200 V Class Three-Phase 400 V Class

Model Rated Current (A) Model Rated Current (A)

CIMR-E† 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz CIMR-E† 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz
2A0312 312 283 226 4A0250 250 216 151
2A0360 360 346 277 4A0296 296 260 182
2A0415 415 415 332 4A0362 362 304 213
4A0414 414 370 –
4A0515 515 397 –
4A0675 675 528 –

Parameter Details

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 157
5.4 d: Reference Settings

5.4 d: Reference Settings

The figure below gives an overview of the reference input, selections, and priorities.
Figure 5.24

b1-01
(Freq. Reference Source 1)
LO/RE Key on Digital Operator or common_TMonly
=4 Digital Input H1- = 1
Pulse Train Input
=3
Option Card
=2
MEMOBUS comm.
Digital Input 0
=1 Remote
Terminal A1/A2/A3 H1- = 2 1
MS 1

=0
d1-01 Local
(Freq.Ref 1)

Set to supply the

auxiliary frequency reference
Terminal A2
b1-15 H3-10 = 2
(Freq. Reference Source 2) MS 2
d1-02
H3-10 = 2
=4
Terminal A3 NetRef
Pulse Train Input 1 ComRef Frequency
=3 H3-06 = 3 1 Reference
MS 3
Option card Open
d1-03 0
=2 H3-06 = 3 Close 0
MEMOBUS comm. MS 4
d1-04 MEMOBUS Register 0001h, bit 4 if
=1
Terminal A1/A2/A3 standard 2 wire sequence selected,
=0 Jog usually 0
d1-01 Jog Frequency d1-17
Set from Communications
(Freq. Ref. 1) Multi-Step Speed
Option Card, usually 0
Digital Input (H1-)
Jog Reference (=6),
FJOG(=12), RJOG(=13)

Figure 5.24 Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy

◆ d1: Frequency Reference

■ d1-01 to d1-04 and d1-17: Frequency Reference 1 to 4 and Jog Frequency Reference
Up to 5 preset frequency references (including the Jog reference) can be programmed in the drive. The drive lets the user
switch between these frequency references during run by using the digital input terminals. The drive uses the acceleration
and deceleration times that have been selected when switching between each frequency reference.
The Jog frequency must be selected by a separate digital input and overrides all other frequency references.
The multi-speed references 1, 2, and 3 can be provided by analog inputs.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d1-01 to d1-04 Frequency Reference 1 to 4 0.00 to 200.00 Hz <1> <2> 0.00 Hz <2>
d1-17 Jog Frequency Reference 0.00 to 200.00 Hz <1> <2> 6.00 Hz <2>

<1> The upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and upper limit for the frequency reference (d2-01).
<2> Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. The default is “Hz” (o1-03 = 0) in V/f and OLV/PM control modes.

Multi-Step Speed Selection

To use several speed references for a multi-step speed sequence, set the H1-†† parameters to 3 and 4. To assign the Jog
reference to a digital input, set H1-†† to 6.
Notes on using analog inputs as Multi-Speed 1, 2, and 3:
• The first frequency reference (Multi-Speed 1) comes from the source specified in b1-01. When using an analog input
terminal to supply the frequency reference, the frequency reference source must be assigned to the control terminals
(b1-01 = 1).
• When an analog input is set to “Auxiliary frequency 1” (H3-02, H2-06, or H2-10 = 2), then the value set to this input
will be used as the Multi-Step Speed 2 instead of the value set to parameter d1-02. If no analog inputs are set for
“Auxiliary frequency 1”, then d1-02 becomes the reference for Multi-Step Speed 2.

158 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.4 d: Reference Settings

The different speed references can be selected as shown in Table 5.14. Figure 5.25 illustrates the multi-step speed
selection.
Table 5.14 Multi-Step Speed Reference and Terminal Switch Combinations
Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed 2 Jog Reference
Reference
H1-††=3 H1-††=4 H1-††=6
Frequency Reference 1 (set in b1-01) OFF OFF OFF
Frequency Reference 2 (d1-02 or input terminal A1, A2, A3) ON OFF OFF
Frequency Reference 3 (d1-03 or input terminal A1, A2, A3) OFF ON OFF
Frequency Reference 4 (d1-04) ON ON OFF
Jog Frequency Reference (d1-17) <1> − − ON

<1> The Jog frequency overrides whatever frequency reference is being used.
Figure 5.25

Frequency
reference d1-04
d1-01
(A3)
d1-02
(A2)
d1-01
(A1)
d1-17

Time
FWD (REV) Run/Stop

Multi-step Speed Ref. 1 ON ON

Multi-step Speed Ref. 2 ON

Jog Reference ON
Figure 5.25 Preset Reference Timing Diagram

◆ d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits

By entering upper or lower frequency limits, the user can keep motor speed from going above or below levels that may
cause resonance or equipment damage.
■ d2-01: Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Sets the maximum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all
frequency references.
Even if the frequency reference is set to a higher value, the drive internal frequency reference will not exceed this value.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

Parameter Details
d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 100.0%

■ d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit

Sets the minimum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all
frequency references.
If a lower reference than this value is entered, the drive will run at the limit set to d2-02. If the drive is started with a 5
lower reference than d2-02, it will accelerate up to d2-02.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%
Figure 5.26

Internal frequency
reference common_TMonly
d2-01
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Operating
range

Frequency Reference Lower Limit

d2-02

Set frequency reference

Figure 5.26 Frequency Reference: Upper and Lower Limits

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 159
5.4 d: Reference Settings

■ d2-03: Master Speed Reference Lower Limit

Unlike frequency reference lower limit (d2-02) that affects the all frequency references wherever they are sourced from
(i.e., analog input, preset speed, Jog speed, etc.), the master speed lower limit (d2-03) sets a lower limit that will only
affect a frequency reference entered from the analog input terminals (A1, A2, or A3).
Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Note: When lower limits are set to both parameters d2-02 and d2-03, the drive uses the greater of those two values as the lower limit.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%

◆ d3: Jump Frequency

■ d3-01 to d3-04: Jump Frequencies 1, 2, 3 and Jump Frequency Width
To avoid operating at a speed that causes resonance in driven machinery, the drive can be programmed with three
separate Jump frequencies. The Jump frequencies are frequency ranges that the drive will not operate at. If the speed
reference falls within a Jump frequency dead band, the drive will clamp the frequency reference just below the dead band
and only accelerate past it when the frequency reference rises above the upper end of the dead band.
Setting parameters d3-01 through d3-03 to 0.0 Hz disables the Jump frequency function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-04 Jump Frequency Width 0.0 to 20.0 Hz 1.0 Hz

Figure 5.27 shows the relationship between the Jump frequency and the output frequency.
Figure 5.27

Output
frequency

Frequency
reference
decreases Frequency
reference
increases
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
common_TMonly
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)

Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)

Jump Jump Jump Frequency

Frequency 3 Frequency 2 Frequency 1 reference
d3-03 d3-02 d3-01
Figure 5.27 Jump Frequency Operation
Note: 1. The drive will use the active accel/decel time to pass through the specified dead band range, but will not allow continuous operation
in that range.
2. When setting more than one Jump frequency, make sure that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.

◆ d4: Frequency Reference Hold Function

■ d4-01: Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection
This parameter is effective when either of the digital input functions listed below is used.
• Accel/decel ramp hold function (H1-††= A)
• Up/Down function (H1-†† = 10/11)

160 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.4 d: Reference Settings

Parameter d4-01 determines whether the frequency reference value is saved when the Stop command is entered or the
power supply is shut down.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d4-01 Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection 0 or 1 0

The operation depends on the function used with parameter d4-01.

Setting 0: Disabled
• Acceleration hold
The hold value will be reset to 0 Hz when the Stop command is entered or the drive power is switched off. The active
frequency reference will be the value the drive uses when it restarts.
• Up/Down
The frequency reference value will be reset to 0 Hz when the Stop command is entered or the drive power is switched
off. The drive will start from 0 Hz when it is turned back on again.
Setting 1: Enabled
• Acceleration hold
The last hold value will be saved when the Run command or the drive power is switched off. The drive will use the
value that was saved as the frequency reference when it restarts. The multi-function input terminal set for “Accel/decel
ramp hold” (H1-†† = A) must be enabled the entire time, or else the hold value will be cleared when the power is
switched on.
Figure 5.28

ON ON
Power supply
OFF

OFF ON OFF ON
Forward Run / Stop

OFF ON OFF ON
Hold Accel/Decel

Frequency reference
common_TMonly

Output frequency d4-01 = 1

d4-01 = 0

Hold Hold

Figure 5.28 Frequency Reference Hold with Accel/Decel Hold Function

• Up/Down
The frequency reference value will be saved when the Run command or the drive power is switched off. The drive will

Parameter Details
use the frequency reference that was saved when it restarts.
Clearing the Value that was Saved
Depending on which function is used, the frequency reference value that was saved can be cleared by:
• Releasing the input programmed for Acceleration hold.
• Setting an Up or Down command while no Run command is active. 5
■ d4-10: Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection
Selects how the lower frequency limit is set when the Up/Down function is used. Refer to Setting 10, 11: Up, Down
Command on page 177 for details on the Up/Down function in combination with frequency reference limits.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d4-10 Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Lower Limit is Determined by d2-02 or Analog Input

The lower frequency reference limit is determined by the higher value of either parameter d2-02 or an analog input (A1,
A2, A3) that is programmed for “Frequency bias”.
Note: For example, if the command to switch the external reference (H1-†† = 2) is used to switch between the Up/Down function and
an analog input as the reference source, then the analog value would become the lower reference limit when the Up/Down
command is active. Change d4-10 to 1 to make the Up/Down function independent of the analog input value.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 161
5.4 d: Reference Settings

Setting 1: Lower Limit is Determined by Parameter d2-02

Only parameter d2-02 sets the lower frequency reference limit.

◆ d6: Field Weakening and Field Forcing

Field Weakening
The Field Weakening function reduces the output voltage to a pre-defined level in order to reduce the energy
consumption of the motor. It can be activated using a digital input programmed for H1-†† = 63. Field Weakening
should only be used with a known and unchanging light load condition. Use the Energy Saving function (b8-††
parameters) when Energy Saving for various different load conditions is required.
Field Forcing
The Field Forcing function compensates the delaying influence of the motor time constant when changing the excitation
current reference. Field Forcing can improve the motor responsiveness. It is ineffective during DC Injection Braking.
■ d6-01: Field Weakening Level
Sets the level to what the output voltage is reduced when Field Weakening is activated. Set as percentage of the
maximum output voltage.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d6-01 Field Weakening Level 0 to 100% 80%

■ d6-02: Field Weakening Frequency Limit

Sets the minimum output frequency for that field weakening can be activated. For frequencies below d6-02, Field
Weakening cannot be activated.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d6-02 Field Weakening Frequency Limit 0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz

◆ d7: Offset Frequency

■ d7-01 to d7-03: Offset Frequency 1 to 3
Three different offset values can be added to the frequency reference. They can be selected using digital inputs
programmed for Offset frequency 1, 2, and 3 (H1-†† = 44, 45, 46). The selected offset values are added together if
multiple inputs are closed at the same time.
Note: This function can be used to replace the “Trim Control” function (H1-†† = 1C, 1D) of earlier YASKAWA drives.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d7-01 Offset Frequency 1 -100.0 to 100.0% 0%
d7-02 Offset Frequency 2 -100.0 to 100.0% 0%
d7-03 Offset Frequency 3 -100.0 to 100.0% 0%

Figure 5.29 illustrates the Offset frequency function.

Figure 5.29

Frequency
Frequency SFS reference after
reference
soft starter
Multi-function
input (44) = on
Offset Frequency 1 [d7-01]
(Signed)

Multi-function
input (45) = on
Offset Frequency 2 [d7-02]
(Signed)

Multi-function
input (46) = on
Offset Frequency 3 [d7-03]
(Signed)
common_TMonly
Figure 5.29 Offset Frequency Operation

162 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

5.5 E: Motor Parameters

E parameters cover V/f pattern and motor data settings.

◆ E1: V/f Pattern

■ E1-01: Input Voltage Setting
Set the input voltage parameter to the nominal voltage of the AC power supply. This parameter adjusts the levels of some
protective features of the drive (overvoltage, Stall Prevention, etc.).
NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for
the protective features to function properly. Failure to set the correct drive input voltage will result in improper drive operation.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E1-01 <1> Input Voltage Setting 155 to 255 V 200 V

<1> The setting range and default value shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double this for 400 V class units.

E1-01 Related Values

The input voltage setting determines the undervoltage detection level as well as DC bus levels used by the KEB function
and the overvoltage suppression function.

(Approximate Values)
Setting Value of ov Suppression /
Voltage E1-01 Uv Detection Level Desired DC Bus Voltage during
(L2-05) KEB (L2-11) Stall Prevention Level
(L3-17)
200 V Class All settings 190 V 260 V 375 V
setting ≥ 400 V 380 V 500 V 750 V
400 V Class
setting < 400 V 350 V 460 V 750 V

Note: The braking transistor operation levels are valid for the drive internal braking transistor. If an external CDBR braking chopper is
used, refer to the instruction manual of that unit.

■ V/f Pattern Settings (E1-03)

The drive uses the V/f pattern that has been set to adjust the output voltage relative to the frequency reference. There are
15 different preset V/f patterns (setting 0 to E) to select from, each with varying voltage profiles, saturation levels
(frequency at which maximum voltage is reached), and maximum frequencies. Additionally, one custom V/f pattern is
available (setting F). The custom V/f pattern requires the user to create the pattern using parameters E1-04 through E1-
10.
■ E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection

Parameter Details
The user can select the V/f pattern for the drive and motor from 15 predefined patterns, or create a custom V/f pattern.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection 0 to F <1> F <2>
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization (A1-03).
<2> Settings 0 through E are not available when using any of the vector control modes. 5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 163
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

Setting a Predefined V/f Pattern (Setting 0 to E)

Choose the V/f pattern that best meets the application demands from the table below. These settings are available only in
V/f Control modes. Set the correct value to E1-03. Parameters E1-04 to E1-13 can only be monitored, not changed.
Note: 1. Setting an improper V/f pattern may result in low motor torque or increased current due to overexcitation.
2. Parameter E1-03 is not reset when the drive is initialized.
Table 5.15 Predefined V/f Patterns
Setting Specification Characteristic Application
0 50 Hz
1 60 Hz For general purpose applications. Torque remains constant regardless of
Constant torque
2 60 Hz (with 50 Hz base) changes to speed.
3 72 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
4 50 Hz 2
5 50 Hz 1 For fans, pumps, and other applications that require torque derating
Derated torque
6 60 Hz 1 relative to the load.
7 60 Hz 2
8 50 Hz, mid starting torque
Select high starting torque when:
9 50 Hz, high starting torque • Wiring between the drive and motor exceeds 150 m
High starting torque
A 60 Hz, mid starting torque • A large amount of starting torque is required
• An AC reactor is installed
B 60 Hz, high starting torque
C 90 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
D 120 Hz (with 60 Hz base) Constant output Output voltage is constant when operating at greater than 60 Hz.
E 180 Hz (with 60 Hz base)

The following tables show details on predefined V/f patterns.

The following graphs are for 200 V class drives. Double the values when using a 400 V class drive.
Predefined V/f Patterns for models CIMR-E†2A0004 to 0021 and CIMR-E†4A0002 to 0011
Table 5.16 Constant Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0 50 Hz Setting = 1 60 Hz Setting = 2 60 Hz Setting = 3 72 Hz

200 200 200 200

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

15 15 15 15
9 9 9 9
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 50 60 0 1.5 3 60 72
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.17 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7

Setting = 4 50 Hz Setting = 5 50 Hz Setting = 6 60 Hz Setting = 7 60 Hz

200 200 200 200

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

50 50
35 35
9 9
8 8
0 1.3 25 50 0 1.3 25 50 0 1.5 30 60 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.18 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B

Setting = 8 50 Hz Setting = 9 50 Hz Setting = A 60 Hz Setting = B 60 Hz

200 200 200 200

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

24 24
19 19
13 15
11 11
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

164 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

Table 5.19 Rated Output Operation, Settings C to F

Setting = C 90 Hz Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz Setting = F 60 Hz

200 200 200 200

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
15 15 15 15
9 9 9 9
0 1.5 3 60 90 0 1.5 3 60 120 0 1.5 3 60 180 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Predefined V/f Patterns for Models CIMR-E†2A0030 to 0211 and CIMR-E†4A0018 to 0103
The following graphs are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class drive.
Table 5.20 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0 50 Hz Setting = 1 60 Hz Setting = 2 60 Hz Setting = 3 72 Hz

200 200 200 200

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

14 14 14 14
7 7 7 7
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 50 60 0 1.5 3 60 72
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.21 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7

Setting = 4 50 Hz Setting = 5 50 Hz Setting = 6 60 Hz Setting = 7 60 Hz

200 200 200 200

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
50 50
35 35
7 7
6 6
0 1.3 25 50 0 1.3 25 50 0 1.5 30 60 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.22 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B

Setting = 8 50 Hz Setting = 9 50 Hz Setting = A 60 Hz Setting = B 60 Hz

200 200 200 200

Parameter Details
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

23 23
18 18
11 13
9 9
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.23 Constant Output, Settings C to F

5
Setting = C 90 Hz Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz Setting = F 60 Hz

200 200 200 200

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

14 14 14 14
7 7 7 7
0 1.5 3 60 90 0 1.5 3 60 120 0 1.5 3 60 180 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 165
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

Predefined V/f Patterns for Models CIMR-E†2A0250 to 0415 and CIMR-E†4A0139 to 0675
The following graphs are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class drive.
Table 5.24 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0 50 Hz Setting = 1 60 Hz Setting = 2 60 Hz Setting = 3 72 Hz
200 200 200 200

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

12 12 12 12
6 6 6 6
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 50 60 0 1.5 3 60 72
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.25 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7

Setting = 4 50 Hz Setting = 5 50 Hz Setting = 6 60 Hz Setting = 7 60 Hz
200 200 200 200
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
50 50
35 35
6 6
5 5
0 1.3 25 50 0 1.3 25 50 0 1.5 30 60 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.26 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B

Setting = 8 50 Hz Setting = 9 50 Hz Setting = A 60 Hz Setting = B 60 Hz
200 200 200 200
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

20 20
15 15
9 11
7 7
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.27 Constant Output, Settings C to F

Setting = C 90 Hz Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz Setting = F 60 Hz
200 200 200 200
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

12 12 12 12
6 6 6 6
0 1.5 3 60 90 0 1.5 3 60 120 0 1.5 3 60 180 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Setting a Custom V/f Pattern (Setting F: Default)

Setting parameter E1-03 to F allows to set up a custom V/f pattern by changing parameters E1-04 to E1-13.
When initialized, the default values for parameters E1-04 to E1-13 will be equal to V/f pattern 1 of the predefined
patterns.

166 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to E1-13

If E1-03 is set to a preset V/f pattern (i.e., set to any value besides F), then the user can refer to parameters E1-04 through
E1-13 to monitor the V/f pattern. To create a new V/f pattern, set E1-03 to F. Refer to Figure 5.30 for an example custom
V/f pattern.
Note: Certain E1-†† parameters might not be visible depending on the selected control mode. Refer to Parameter Table on page 338
for details.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 200.0 Hz <1> <2>
E1-05 Maximum Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> <1> <3>
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <1> <2>
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <1>
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> <1> <3>
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <1> <2>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> <1> <3>
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 0.0 to [E1-04] 0.0 Hz <4>
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> 0.0 V <3> <4>
E1-13 Base Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <3> 0.0 V <3>

<1> Default setting is determined by the control mode.

<2> When using PM motors, the default setting is determined by the motor code set to E5-01.
<3> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class unit.
<4> Parameter ignored when E1-11 and E1-12 are set to 0.0.
Figure 5.30

Output Voltage (V)

Frequency (Hz)
Figure 5.30 V/f Pattern
Note: 1. The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line below E1-06, set E1-09 = E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
3. E1-03 is unaffected when the parameters are initialized using parameter A1-03, but the settings for E1-04 through E1-13 are returned
to their default values.
4. Parameters E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 should only be used to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters
rarely need to be changed.

◆ E2: Motor Parameters

Parameter Details
These parameters contain the motor data. They are set automatically when Auto-Tuning is performed (this includes
Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2). If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, then manually enter the
motor data directly to these parameters.
Note: As the motor parameters for a PM motor are set up in the E5-†† parameters, parameters for induction motors (E2-††) are
hidden when a PM motor control mode is selected for motor 1 (when A1-02 is set to 5).
5
■ E2-01: Motor Rated Current
Set E2-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the motor nameplate. This value is used for motor protection and to
calculate torque limits. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-04 will automatically be saved to
E2-01.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-01 Motor Rated Current 10% to 200% of the drive rated current. Determined by o2-04

Note: 1. This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model. The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set
for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.1 and Table A.2) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set
Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
Note: If the motor rated current in E2-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E2-03, than a parameter setting error will occur
(oPE02). E2-03 must be set correctly to prevent this error.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 167
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E2-02: Motor Rated Slip

Sets the motor rated slip in Hz. The setting in E2-02 is used for motor protection and to calculate torque limits.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-02 Motor Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz Determined by o2-04

Calculate the motor rated slip using the information written on the motor nameplate and the formula below:
E2-02 = f - (n × p)/120
(f: rated frequency (Hz), n: rated motor speed (r/min), p: number of motor poles)
■ E2-03: Motor No-Load Current
Set the no-load current for the motor in amperes when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage. The
motor no-load current listed in the motor test report can be entered to E2-03 manually. Contact the motor manufacturer to
receive a copy of the motor test report.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

0 to [E2-01]
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current Determined by o2-04
(unit: 0.01 A)

Note: This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model. The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive
is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.1 and Table A.2) and one decimal place (0.1 A)
if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW

■ E2-04: Number of Motor Poles

Set the number of motor poles to E2-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-06 will
automatically be saved to E2-04.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-04 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4

■ E2-05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance

Sets the line-to-line resistance of the motor stator winding. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is
automatically calculated. Remember that this value must be entered as line-to-line and not for each motor phase.
If Auto-Tuning is not possible, then contact the motor manufacturer to find out the line-to-line resistance or measure it
manually. When using the manufacturer motor test report, calculate E2-05 by the formulas below.
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115°C.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Determined by o2-04

■ E2-06: Motor Leakage Inductance

Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance 0.0 to 40.0% Determined by o2-04

■ E2-10: Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation

This parameter sets the motor iron loss in watts.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation 0 to 65535 W Determined by o2-04

168 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E2-11: Motor Rated Power

This parameter sets the motor rated power in kW. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will
automatically be saved to E2-11.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-11 Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Determined by o2-04

■ Setting Motor Parameters Manually

Follow the instructions below when setting motor-related parameters manually instead of using the Auto-Tuning feature.
Refer to the motor test report included with the motor to make sure the correct data is entered into the drive.
Setting the Motor Rated Current
Enter the motor rated current listed on the nameplate of the motor to E2-01.
Setting the Motor Rated Slip
Use the base speed listed on the motor nameplate to calculate the rated slip. Refer to the formula below, then enter that
value to E2-02.
Motor rated slip = rated frequency [Hz] –base speed [r/min] × (no. of motor poles) / 120
Setting the No-Load Current
Enter the no-load current at rated frequency and rated voltage to E2-03. The no-load current is not usually listed on the
nameplate. Contact the motor manufacturer if the data cannot be found.
The default setting of the no-load current is for performance with a 4-pole YASKAWA motor.
Setting the Line-to-Line Resistance
E2-05 is normally set during Auto-Tuning. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, contact the manufacturer of the motor to
find out what the correct resistance is between motor lines. The motor test report can also be used to calculate this value:
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115°C.
Setting the Motor Leakage Inductance
The motor leakage inductance set to E2-06 determines the amount of voltage drop relative to the motor rated voltage.
This value should be entered particularly for motors with a low degree of inductance, such as high-speed motors. As this
information is not listed on the motor nameplate, contact the motor manufacturer to find out the correct value for the
motor leakage inductance.
Setting the Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation

Parameter Details
This value only needs to be set when using V/f Control. Enter this value in watts to E2-10. The drive uses this setting to
improve the precision of torque compensation.

◆ E5: PM Motor Settings

These parameters set the motor data of a PM motor. 5
When YASKAWA motors are used, entering the motor code written on the motor nameplate will set up the E5-††
parameters.
For all other PM motors, Auto-Tuning can be performed. If motor data is known, it can also be entered manually.
Note: 1. E5-†† parameters are visible only when a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 5).
2. E5-†† parameters are not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 169
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E5-01: Motor Code Selection

When YASKAWA motors are used, set the motor code for the PM motor being used. Depending on the motor code
entered, the drive automatically sets several parameters to appropriate values. Refer to Parameters that Change with the
Motor Code Selection on page 381 for details on the supported motor codes and their parameter settings.
Setting parameter E5-01 to FFFF will allow to set the motor data manually using the E5-†† parameters.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-01 Motor Code Selection 0000 to FFFF Determined by o2-04

Note: 1. If E5-01 was set a value besides FFFF and is then changed to FFFF, the value of parameters E5-02 through E5-24 will not change.
2. If using a different motor other than YASKAWA’s SMRA or SSR1 series, then E5-01 should be set to FFFF.
3. The default setting is below:
•OLV/PM: YASKAWA SSR1 Series (1750 r/min)

Figure 5.31 explains the motor code setting.

Figure 5.31

0000
Motor Voltage Class
and Capacity

0: Pico Motor 0: 1800 r/min Series

(SMRA Series) 1: 3600 r/min Series
1: Derated Torque for IPM 2: 1750 r/min Series
Motors 3: 1450 r/min Series
(SSR 1 Series) 4: 1150 r/min Series
F: Special Motor
2: Rated Torque for IPM
Motors
YEC TMonly
Figure 5.31 PM Motor Code

■ E5-02: Motor Rated Power

Sets the rated power of the motor. Determined by the value set to T2-04 during Stationary Auto-Tuning for PM motors or
by entering the motor code to E5-01.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-02 Motor Rated Power 0.10 to 650.00 kW Determined by E5-01

■ E5-03: Motor Rated Current

Sets the motor rated current in amps. This parameter is automatically set when the value is entered to T2-06 during the
Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-03 Motor Rated Current 10 to 200% of drive rated current Determined by E5-01

Note: This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model. The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive
is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.1 and Table A.2) and one decimal place (0.1 A)
if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.

■ E5-04: Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles. This parameter is automatically set when the value is entered to T2-08 during the Auto-
Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-04 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 Determined by E5-01

170 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E5-05: Motor Stator Resistance (r1)

Set the resistance for one motor phase. When measuring the resistance manually, make sure not to enter the line-to-line
resistance into E5-05.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Determined by E5-01

■ E5-06: Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld)

Sets the d-axis inductance in 0.01 mH units. This parameter is set during the Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 300.00 mH Determined by E5-01

■ E5-07: Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq)

Sets the q-axis inductance in 0.01 mH units. This parameter is set during the Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Determined by E5-01

■ E5-09: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke)

Set the induced peak voltage per phase in units of 0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using an
SSR1 series IPM motor with derated torque.
When E5-01 is set to FFFF, use either E5-09 or E5-24 for setting the voltage constant. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(rad/s) Determined by E5-01

Note: Ensure that E5-24 = 0 when setting parameter E5-09. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or
if neither parameter is set to 0. When E5-01 = FFFF, then E5-09 = 0.0.

■ E5-24: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke)

Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set this parameter when using
an SMRA Series SPM Motor.
When E5-01 is set to FFFF, use either E5-09 or E5-24 for setting the voltage constant. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 to 6500.0 mV/(r/min) Determined by E5-01

Note: Ensure that E5-09 = 0 when setting parameter E5-24. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or
if neither parameter is set to 0. When E5-01 = FFFF, then E5-09 = 0.0.
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 171
5.6 F: Option Settings

5.6 F: Option Settings

◆ F6: Communication Option Card
These parameters are to configure communication option cards and communication fault detection methods.
Some parameters apply to all communication option cards, while some parameters are used only for certain network
options.

Communication Protocol
Parameter
CC-Link <1> MECHATROLINK-II <1> PROFIBUS-DP <1> CANopen <1> DeviceNet <1>
F6-01 to F6-03 to F6-08 { { { { {
F6-04, -10, -11, -14 { – – – –
F6-20 to F6-26 – { – – –
F6-30 to F6-32 – – { – –
F6-35 to F6-36 – – – { –
F6-50 to F6-63 – – – – {
<1> Under development

■ F6-01: Communications Error Operation Selection

Determines drive operation if a communication error occurs.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-01 Communications Error Operation Selection 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)

Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)
■ F6-02: External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
Determines the detection method of an external fault initiated by a communication option (EF0).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Always detected

Setting 1: Detection during run only
■ F6-03: External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Determines the operation when an external fault is initiated by a communication option (EF0).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)
■ F6-07: Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable when NetRef/ComRef is Selected
Selects how multi-step speed inputs are treated when the NetRef command is set.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-07 NetRef/ComRef Function Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Multi-step speed operation disabled

If the NetRef command is selected, multi-step speed input frequency references are disabled (like YASKAWA E7
drives).

172 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.6 F: Option Settings

Setting 1: Multi-step speed operation enabled

Even if the NetRef command is selected, multi-step speed inputs are still active and can override the frequency reference
from the communications option (like YASKAWA V7 drives).
■ F6-08: Reset Communication Parameters
Determines whether communication-related parameters (F6- ) are reset when the drive is initialized using parameter
A1-03.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-08 Reset Communication Parameters 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Do not reset parameters F6- when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Setting 1: Reset F6- when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Note: F6-08 is not reset when the drive is initialized, but does determine whether initializing the drive with A1-03 resets the other
communication parameters, F6- .

◆ CC-Link Parameters
Parameters F6-04, F6-10, F6-11, and F6-14 set up the drive to operate on a CC-Link network.
For details on parameter settings, refer to the YASKAWA AC Drive-Option Card CC-Link Installation Manual and
Technical Manual.

◆ MECHATROLINK Parameters
Parameters F6-20 through F6-26 set up the drive to operate on a MECHATROLINK network.
For details on parameter settings, refer to the YASKAWA AC Drive-Option Card MECHATROLINK-II Installation
Manual and Technical Manual.

◆ PROFIBUS-DP Parameters
Parameters F6-30 through F6-32 set up the drive to operate on a PROFIBUS-DP network.
For details on parameter settings, refer to the YASKAWA AC Drive-Option Card PROFIBUS-DP Installation Manual
and Technical Manual.

◆ CANopen Parameters
Parameters F6-35 and F6-36 set up the drive to operate on a CANopen network.

Parameter Details
For details on parameter settings, refer to the YASKAWA AC Drive-Option Card CANopen Installation Manual and
Technical Manual.

◆ DeviceNet Parameters
Parameters F6-50 through F6-63 set up the drive to operate on a DeviceNet network. 5
For details on parameter settings, refer to the YASKAWA AC Drive-Option Card DeviceNet Installation Manual and
Technical Manual.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 173
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

5.7 H: Terminal Functions

H parameters are used to assign functions to the external terminals.

◆ H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs

■ H1-01 to H1-08: Functions for Terminals S1 to S8
These parameters assign functions to the multi-function digital inputs. The various functions and their settings are listed
below in Table 5.28.

Setting
No. Parameter Name Default
Range
H1-01 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function Selection 1 to 9F 40 (F) <1>: Forward Run Command (2-wire sequence)
H1-02 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function Selection 1 to 9F 41 (F) <1>: Reverse Run Command (2-wire sequence)
H1-03 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function Selection 0 to 9F 24: External Fault
H1-04 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function Selection 0 to 9F 14: Fault Reset
H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function Selection 0 to 9F 3 (0) <1>: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function Selection 0 to 9F 4 (3) <1>: Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection 0 to 9F 6 (4) <1>: Jog Reference Selection
H1-08 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S8 Function Selection 0 to 9F 8: External Baseblock Command
<1> Number appearing in parenthesis is the default value after performing a 3-Wire initialization.

Table 5.28 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings

Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
0 3-wire Sequence 175 35 PI Input Level Selection 180
1 LOCAL/REMOTE Selection 175 36 External Reference 1/2 Selection 2 180
2 External Reference 1/2 Selection 176 40 Forward Run Command (2-wire Sequence)
181
3 Multi-step Speed Reference 1 41 Reverse Run Command (2-wire Sequence)
176
4 Multi-step Speed Reference 2 42 Run Command (2-wire Sequence 2)
181
6 Jog Reference Selection 176 43 FWD/REV Command (2-wire Sequence 2)
7 Accel/Decel Time Selection 1 176 44 Offset Frequency 1
8 Baseblock Command (N.O.) 45 Offset Frequency 2 181
176
9 Baseblock Command (N.C.) 46 Offset Frequency 3
A Accel/Decel Ramp Hold 176 47 Node Setup 181
B Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2) 176 50 Motor Pre-Heat 2 181
C Analog Terminal Input Selection 177 60 Motor Pre-Heat 1 181
F Through Mode 177 61 External Speed Search Command 1 182
10 Up Command 62 External Speed Search Command 2 182
177
11 Down Command 63 Field Weakening 182
12 Forward Jog 65 KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.)
178 182
13 Reverse Jog 66 KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.)
14 Fault Reset 178 67 Communications Test Mode 182
15 Fast Stop (N.O.) 178 68 High Slip Braking 182
17 Fast Stop (N.C.) 178 69 JOG 2 182
18 Timer Function Input 179 6A Drive Enable 182
19 PI Disable 179 70 Bypass/Drive Enable 182
1B Program Lockout 179 7A Keb Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.)
183
1E Reference Sample Hold 179 7B Keb Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.)
20 to 2F External Fault 179 7C Short Circuit Braking (N.O.)
183
30 PI Integral Reset 180 7D Short Circuit Braking (N.C.)
31 PI Integral Hold 180 90 to 97 DriveWorksEZ Digital Input 1 to 8 183
34 PI Soft Starter Cancel 180 9F DriveWorksEZ Disable 183

174 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence

When one of the digital inputs is programmed for 3-wire control, that input becomes a forward/reverse directional input,
S1 becomes the Run command input, and S2 becomes the Stop command input.
The drive will start the motor when the input S1 set for the Run command is closed for longer than 2 ms. The drive will
stop the operation when the Stop input S2 is released for a brief moment. Whenever the input programmed for 3 wire
sequence is open, the drive will be set for forward direction. If the input is closed, the drive is set for reverse direction.
Note: When 3-wire sequence is selected, the Run and Stop commands must be input via S1 and S2.
Figure 5.32

Stop Switch Run Switch DRIVE

(N.C.) (N.O.)
S1
Run Command (Runs when Closed)
S2
Stop Command (Stops when Open)
S5
FWD/REV (Multi-Function Input)
(H1-05 = 0)
SC
Sequence Input Common

Figure 5.32 3-Wire Sequence Wiring Diagram

Figure 5.33

2 ms min.

Can be either ON or OFF

Run command

Stop command OFF (stopped)

Forward/reverse OFF (forward) ON (reverse)

command

Motor speed
TIME

Stop Forward Reverse Stop Foward

Figure 5.33 3-Wire Sequence

Note: 1. The Run command must be closed for more than 2 ms.
2. If the Run command is active at power up and b1-17 = 0 (Run command at power up not accepted), the Run LED will flash to
indicate that protective functions are operating. If required by the application, set b1-17 to 1 to have the Run command issued
automatically as soon as the drive is powered up.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and Hardwire Baseblock circuits are wired properly and in the correct state
before energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

WARNING! The drive may start unexpectedly in reverse direction after power up if it is wired for 3-wire sequence but set up for 2-wire

Parameter Details
sequence (default). Make sure b1-17 is set to “0” (drive does not accept a Run command active at power up). When initializing the
drive use 3-wire initialization. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

Setting 1: LOCAL/REMOTE Selection

This setting allows the input terminal to determine if the drive will run in LOCAL mode or REMOTE mode.

Status Description
5
Closed LOCAL: Frequency reference and Run command are input from the digital operator.
REMOTE: Frequency reference and Run command are input from the external reference that has been selected. If a digital input set to H1-†† = 2 is active, they will
Open
be read from external reference source 2 (b1-15 and b1-16). Otherwise they will be read from external reference source 1 (b1-01 and b1-02).

Note: 1. If one of the multi-function input terminals is set to for LOCAL/REMOTE, then the LO/RE key on the operator will be disabled.
2. When the drive is set to LOCAL, the LO/RE LED will light.
3. The default setting of the drive is not to allow switching between LOCAL and REMOTE during run. To allow the drive to switch
between LOCAL and REMOTE during run, Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection on page 127.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 175
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection

This function can be used to switch the Run command and frequency reference source between External reference 1 and
2 if the drive is in the REMOTE mode.

Status Description
Open External reference 1 is used (defined by parameters b1-01 and b1-02)
Closed External reference 2 is used (defined by parameters b1-15 and b1-16)

Note: With default settings the drive is not to allow switching between External reference 1 and 2 during run. Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/
REMOTE Run Selection on page 127 if this feature is required by the application.
Setting 3 and 4: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1/2
Used to switch multi-step speed frequency references d1-01 to d1-08 by digital inputs. Refer to d1: Frequency
Reference on page 158 for details.
Setting 6: Jog Reference Selection
The Jog frequency set in parameter d1-17 becomes the frequency reference when the input terminal closes.
Refer to d1: Frequency Reference on page 158 for details.
Setting 7: Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
Used to switch between accel/decel times 1 (C1-01 and C1-02) and 2 (C1-03 and C1-04). Refer to C1-01 to C1-04:
Accel, Decel Time 1/2 on page 152 for details.
Setting 8, 9: Baseblock Command (N.O., N.C.)
When the drive receives a Baseblock command, the output transistor stop switching and the motor coasts to stop. During
this time, the alarm “bb” will flash on the digital operator to indicate baseblock. When baseblock ends and a Run
command is active, the drive performs Speed Search to get the motor running again.

Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 8 (N.C.) Baseblock (Interrupt output) Normal operation
Setting 9 (N.O.) Normal operation Baseblock (Interrupt output)
Figure 5.34

OFF ON
Run command

Baseblock
ON release
Baseblock input

Frequency
reference
Begin Speed Search from the
common_
previous frequency reference TMonly

Output frequency
Output off, motor coasts

Figure 5.34 Baseblock Operation During Run

Setting A: Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
When the digital input programmed for the Accel/decel ramp hold function closes, the drive will lock (“hold”) the output
frequency. Acceleration or deceleration will resume once the input is opened again.
If the Accel/decel ramp hold function is enabled (d4-01 = 1), the drive will save the output frequency to memory
whenever the Ramp Hold input is closed. When the drive is restarted after stop or after power supply interruption, the
output frequency that was saved will become the frequency reference (provided that the Accel/decel ramp hold input is
still closed). Refer to d4-01: Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection on page 160 for details.
Setting B: Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
Triggers an oH2 alarm when the contact closes. Because this is an alarm, drive operation is not affected.

176 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting C: Analog Terminal Input Selection (terminal A1, A2, A3)

When closed, the terminals specified in H3-14 are enabled. When open, the drive disregards the input signal to the analog
terminals.
Setting F: Through Mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an input does not trigger any function
in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the input status to be read out by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 10, 11: Up, Down Command
Using the Up/Down function allows the frequency reference to be set by two push buttons. One digital input must be
programmed as the Up input (H1-††= 10) to increase the frequency reference, and the other one must be programmed
as the Down input (H1-††= 11) to decrease the frequency reference.
The Up/Down function has priority over the frequency references from the digital operator, the analog inputs, and the
pulse input (b1-01 = 0, 1, 4). If the Up/Down function is used, then references provided by these sources will be
disregarded.
The inputs operate as shown in the table below.

Status
Drive Operation
Up (10) Down (11)
Open Open Hold current frequency reference
Closed Open Increase frequency reference
Open Closed Decrease frequency reference
Closed Closed Hold current frequency reference

Note: 1. An oPE03 alarm will occur when only one of the functions Up/Down is programmed for a digital input.
2. An oPE03 alarm will occur if the Up/Down function is assigned to the terminals while another input is programmed for the Accel/
decel ramp hold function. For more information on alarms, Refer to Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors on page 248.
3. The Up/Down function can only be used for External reference 1. Consider this when using Up/Down and the external reference
switching command (H1-†† = 2).

Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Hold (d4-01)

• When the frequency reference hold function is disabled (d4-01 = 0), the Up/Down frequency reference will be reset to
0 when the Run command is cleared or the power is cycled.
• When d4-01 = 1, the drive will save the frequency reference set by the Up/Down function. When the Run command or
the power is cycled, the drive will restart with the reference value that was saved. The value that was saved can be reset
by closing either the Up or Down input without having a Run command active. Refer to d4-01: Frequency Reference
Hold Function Selection on page 160.

Parameter Details
Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Limits
The upper frequency reference limit is determined by parameter d2-01.
The value for the lower frequency reference limit depends on the setting of parameter d4-10, and can be set by an analog
input or parameter d2-02. Refer to d4-10: Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection on page 161 for details.
When a Run command is applied, the lower limits work as follows:
5
• If the lower limit is set by d2-02 only, the drive will accelerate to this limit as soon as a Run command is entered.
• If the lower limit is determined by an analog input only, the drive will accelerate to the limit as long as the Run
command and an Up or Down command are active. It will not start running if only the Run command is on.
• If the lower limit is set by both an analog input and d2-02, and the analog limit is higher than the d2-02 value, then the
drive will accelerate to the d2-02 value when a Run command is input. Once the d2-02 value is reached, it will
continue acceleration to the analog limit only if an Up or Down command is set.
Figure 5.35 shows an Up/Down function example with a lower frequency reference limit set by d2-02, and the frequency
reference hold function both enabled and disabled.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 177
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.35

Output frequency
upper limit
Accelerates to
lower limit d4-01 = 1
Same
frequency
d4-01 = 0
Lower limit

FWD run/stop ON

ON
common_
Up command
ON Frequency TMonly
reference
reset
Down command

ON ON
Power supply

Figure 5.35 Up/Down Command Operation

Setting 12, 13: Forward Jog, Reverse Jog
Digital inputs programmed as Forward Jog (H1-†† = 12) and Reverse Jog (H1-†† = 13) will be Jog inputs that do not
require a Run command. Closing the terminal set for Forward Jog input will cause the drive to ramp to the Jog frequency
reference (d1-17) in the forward direction. The Reverse Jog will cause the same action in the reverse direction. The
Forward Jog and Reverse Jog command can be set independently.
Note: The Forward Jog and Reverse Jog commands override all other frequency references. However, if the drive is set to prohibit
reverse rotation (b1-04 = 1), then activating Reverse Jog will have no effect. If both the Forward Jog and Reverse Jog are input
simultaneously for 500 ms or more, an alarm will occur and the drive will ramp to stop.
Figure 5.36

d1-17

Output
Frequency

d1-17

ON
FJOG common_
RJOG
ON TMonly
Figure 5.36 FJOG/RJOG Operation
Setting 14: Fault Reset
Whenever the drive detects a fault condition, the fault output contact will close and the drive’s output will shut off. The
motor then coasts to stop (specific stopping methods can be selected for some faults such as L1-04 for motor overheat).
Once the Run command is removed, the fault can be cleared by either the RESET key on the digital operator or by
closing a digital input configured as a Fault Reset (H1-†† = 14).
Note: Fault Reset commands are ignored as long as the Run command is present. To reset a fault, first remove the Run command.
Setting 15, 17: Fast Stop (N.O., N.C.)
The Fast Stop function operates much like an emergency stop input to the drive. If a Fast Stop command is input while
the drive is running, the drive will decelerate to a stop by the deceleration time set to C1-09 (Refer to C1-09: Fast Stop
Time on page 153). The drive can only be restarted after is has come to a complete stop, the Fast Stop input is off, and
the Run command has been switched off.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with a N.O. switch, set H1-†† = 15.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with a N.C. switch, set H1-†† = 17.

178 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Figure 5.37 shows an operation example of Fast Stop.

Figure 5.37

Run/Stop

ON ON

Fast-Stop
H1- = 17 ON ON

Decelerates at C1-09

Output Frequency
common_
TIME TMonly
Figure 5.37 Fast Stop Sequence

NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09.

Setting 18: Timer Function Input

This setting configures a digital input terminal as the input for the timer function. Use this setting combination with the
timer function output (H2-†† = 12). Refer to b4: Delay Timers on page 136 for details.
Setting 19: PI Disable
When the PI function has been enabled by parameter b5-01, it can be indefinitely disabled by closing a digital input.
When the input is released, the drive resumes PI operation. Also refer to PI Block Diagram on page 139.
Setting 1B: Program Lockout
When an input is programmed for Program Lockout, parameters values cannot be changed as long as this input is open (it
is still possible to view and monitor parameter settings).
Setting 1E: Reference Sample Hold
This function allows the user to sample an analog frequency reference signal being input to terminal A1, A2, or A3 and
hold the frequency reference at the sampled level. Once the Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold function is held
for at least 100 ms, the drive reads the analog input and changes the frequency reference to the newly sampled speed as
illustrated in Figure 5.38.
When the power is shut off and the sampled analog frequency reference is cleared, the frequency reference is reset to 0.
Figure 5.38

Frequency

Parameter Details
reference
l
na
g sig
alo
An

Time
common_
Referenece OFF ON TMonly 5
Sample Hold Input
100 ms 100 ms
Figure 5.38 Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold
An oPE03 error will occur when one of the following functions is used simultaneously with the Analog frequency
reference sample/hold command.
• Hold accel/decel stop (setting: A)
• Up command, Down command (setting: 10, 11)
• Offset frequency (setting: 44 to 46)
• Up or Down functions (setting: 75, 76)
Setting 20 to 2F: External Fault
By using the External fault command, the drive can be stopped when problems occur with external devices.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 179
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

To use the External fault command, set one of the multi-function digital inputs to any value between 20 to 2F. The digital
operator will display EF† where † is the number of the terminal to which the external fault signal is assigned.
For example, if an external fault signal is input to terminal S3, “EF3” will be displayed.
Select the value to be set in H1-†† from a combination of any of the following three conditions:
• Signal input level from peripheral devices (N.O., N.C.)
• External fault detection method
• Operation after external fault detection
The following table shows the relationship between the conditions and the value set to H1-††:

Terminal Status <1> Detection Conditions <2> Stopping Method

Setting Detected during Ramp to Stop Coast to Stop Fast Stop Alarm Only
N.O. N.C. Always Detected
Run only (fault) (fault) (fault) (continue running)
20 O O O
21 O O O
22 O O O
23 O O O
24 O O O
25 O O O
26 O O O
27 O O O
28 O O O
29 O O O
2A O O O
2B O O O
2C O O O
2D O O O
2E O O O
2F O O O
<1> Determine the terminal status for each fault, i.e., whether the terminal is normally open or normally closed.
<2> Determine whether detection for each fault should be enabled only during run or always detected.

Setting 30: PI Integral Reset

By configuring one of the digital inputs for PI integral reset (H1-†† = 30), the value of the integral component in PI
control will be reset to 0 whenever the terminal is closed. Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 139 for more details.
Setting 31: PI Integral Hold
By configuring a digital input for Integral Hold (H1-0† = 31), the value of the integral component of the PI control is
locked as long as the input is active. The PI controller resumes integral operation from the hold value as soon as the
integral hold input is released. Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 139 for more information on this function.
Setting 34: PI Soft Starter Cancel
A digital input configured as a PI soft starter cancel input (H1-0† = 34) can be used to enable or disable the PI soft
starter and thereby canceling the PI accel/decel time (b5-17). Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 139.
Setting 35: PI Input Level Selection
Allows and input terminal to switch the sign of the PI input. Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 139 for details.
Setting 36: Alternative Reference 2
The Alternative Reference 2 function allows the user to switch the source of the Run and speed command between the
drive's terminals and optional communication card. When a digital input is programmed for the Alternative Reference 2
function (H1-0† = 36) that input will function as follows:

Alternative Reference 2 Run and Speed Command Source

CLOSED Communications option card
OPEN Operator or Analog input terminal A1/A2

To switch the command source between the option card and the terminals be sure to program the following parameters:
• b1-01 = 1 (Analog input terminal A1/A2).
• b1-02 = 1 (Analog input terminal A1/A2).
• H1-0† = 36 (Alternative Reference 2)

180 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 40, 41: ForwarD Run, Reverse Run Command for 2-wire Sequence
Configures the drive for a 2-wire sequence.
When an input terminal set to 40 closes, the drive operates in the forward direction. When an input set for 41 closes, the
drive will operate in reverse. Closing both inputs at the same time will result in an external fault.
Note: 1. This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 42 and 43.
2. The same functions are assigned to terminals S1 and S2 when the drive is initialized for 2-wire sequence.
Figure 5.39

Drive
Forward Run
S1

Reverse Run
S2

SC Digital Input Common common_

TMonly
Figure 5.39 Example Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence
Setting 42, 43: Run and Direction Command for 2-wire Sequence 2
Sets the drive for 2-wire sequence 2.
When an input terminal programmed for 42 is closed, the drive will operate in the direction selected. When the input
opens, the drive will stop. The input programmed for 43 selects the direction. If it is open, forward direction is selected.
If it is closed, reverse direction is selected.
Note: This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 40 and 41.
Setting 44, 45, 46: Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3
These inputs can be used to add offset frequencies d7-01, d7-02, and d7-03 to the frequency reference. Refer to d7-01 to
d7-03: Offset Frequency 1 to 3 on page 162 for details.
Setting 47: Node Setup
If the SI-S3 option card is connected, closing this terminal will set a node address for operation on a CANopen network.
Setting 50: Motor Pre-Heat 2
Sets the DC preheat current for multi-function input setting 50 as a percentage of motor rated current (E2-01). Refer to
setting 60: Motor Pre-Heat 1 for detail.
Setting 60: Motor Pre-Heat 1
In order to prevent condensation on the motor windings, a DC current can be circulated through the windings. The heat
produced by the current in the windings will prevent the moisture from condensation on the wire. Motor Pre-Heating can

Parameter Details
only be initiated by closing a digital input programmed as a Motor Pre-Heat input (H1-0† = 60). The level of the DC
current used by the Motor Pre-Heat function is determined by b2-09.
A Run input will be given priority over a Motor Pre-Heat input. When the Run command is removed, if the Motor Pre-
Heat input is still closed, the motor pre-heating will resume.
Figure 5.40
5
DC Injection braking OFF ON OFF
command

OFF ON OFF
FWD Run command

Motor
Motor Pre-Heat 1
Pre-Heat 1 Motor Pre-Heat 1
Start Frequency common_
Output frequency
(b2-01) TMonly

Figure 5.40 DC Injection Braking Input Timing Diagram

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 181
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 61, 62: External Speed Search Command 1, 2

These input functions can be used to enable Speed Search even if parameter b3-01 = 0 (no Speed Search at start). Refer
to Activating of Speed Search on page 133 for details on how to use the input signals. Refer to b3: Speed Search on
page 131 for more about Speed Search.
Note: Operator error oPE03 will result if both Speed Search 1 and Speed Search 2 are set to the input terminals at the same time.
Setting 63: Field Weakening
Enabled in V/f Control. When closed, Field Weakening is performed. For details, Refer to d6: Field Weakening and
Field Forcing on page 162.
Setting 65, 66: KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.), 2 (N.O.)
Used to enable the KEB Ride-Thru function selected in parameter L2-29. Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on
page 206 for more information on this function.

Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 65 (N.C.) KEB Ride-Thru Deceleration Normal operation
Setting 66 (N.O.) Normal operation KEB Ride-Thru Deceleration

Note: Both KEB Ride-Thru 1 and 2 cannot be assigned to the input terminals at the same time. This will trigger setting error oPE03.
Setting 67: Communication test mode
The drive has a built-in function for self-diagnosing serial communications operation. The test involves wiring the send
and receive terminals of the RS-485/422 port together. The drive transmits data and then confirms that the
communications are received normally. Refer to Self-Diagnostics on page 414 for details on how to use this function.
Setting 68: High Slip Braking
Closing an input programmed for this function triggers High Slip Braking (available only in V/f control mode). Once
HSB is started, the drive has to come to a complete stop and the HSB command must be removed before a restart can be
performed. Refer to n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking on page 229.
Setting 69: JOG 2
The JOG 2 function applies to 3-Wire control only. If a digital input is configured as JOG 2 (H1-†† = 69) when the
drive is not in 3-Wire Control, an oPE03 fault will occur. The JOG 2 input will cause the drive to ramp to the Jog
Frequency Reference (d1-17) in the direction dictated by the Fwd/Rev input of the 3-Wire Control mode. Accelerating to
and from the Jog Frequency Reference will be determined by the active Accel/Decel parameters.
Setting 6A: Drive Enable
A digital input configured as a “Drive enable” (H1-†† = 6A) will prevent the drive from executing a Run command
until the input is closed. When the input is open, the digital operator will display “dnE” to indicate that the drive is
disabled.
If a Run command is enabled before the terminal set for “Drive enable” closes, then the drive will not run until the Run
command is cycled (i.e., a new Run command is required). If the input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will
stop according to the stop method set to b1-03 (Refer to b1-03: Stopping Method Selection on page 125).
Setting 70: Bypass/Drive Enable
A digital input configured as a Bypass/Drive Enable input (H1-†† = 70) will prevent the Drive from executing a Run
command until the Bypass/Drive Enable input is closed. When the Bypass/Drive Enable input is open and a Run
command is closed, the digital operator will display: dnE.
Unlike the Drive Enable digital input function (H1-†† = 6A) that requires the run command to be cycled (removed then
reapplied) if the Run command was applied prior to the drive enable input, the Run command does not need to be cycled
after the Bypass/Drive Enable input is closed. The drive will run anytime both the Run and Bypass/Drive Enable inputs
are both closed.
If the Bypass/Drive Enable input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will stop, using the method set by
parameter b1-03.

182 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 7A, 7B: KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C., N.O.)

An input terminal set to 7A or 7B can trigger Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru during deceleration. If enabled, L2-29 is
disregarded. Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 206 for details.

Drive Operation
Digital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 7A (N.C.) Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2 Normal operation
Setting 7B (N.O.) Normal operation Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2

Note: KEB Ride-Thru 1 and 2 cannot both be assigned to the input terminals at the same time. Doing so will trigger an oPE3 error.
Setting 7C, 7D: Short Circuit Braking (N.O., N.C.) (OLV/PM)
An input programmed for this function can be used to activate Short Circuit Braking in Open Loop Vector control modes
for PM motors. By linking all three phases of a PM motor, Short Circuit Braking creates a braking torque that can be used
to stop a rotating motor or prevent a motor from coasting due to external forces (such as the windmill effect in fan
applications). Parameter b2-18 can be used to limit the current during Short Circuit Braking.

Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 7C (N.O.) Normal operation Short Circuit Braking
Setting 7D (N.C.) Short-Circuit Braking Normal operation

Setting 90 to 97: DriveWorksEZ Digital Input 1 to 8

These settings are for digital inputs functions used in DriveWorksEZ. Normally there is no need to change these settings.
Setting 9F: DriveWorksEZ Disable
This function is used to enable or disable a DriveWorksEZ program in the drive. An input programmed for this function
is effective only if A1-07 = 2.

Status Description
Open DriveWorksEZ enabled
Closed DriveWorksEZ disabled

◆ H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs

■ H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, M3-M4, and M5-M6 Function Selection
The drive has three multi-function output terminals. Table 5.29 lists the functions available for theses terminals using
H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03.

Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
H2-01 Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection (relays) 0 to 192 0: During run
H2-02 Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection (relays) 0 to 192 1: Zero Speed
H2-03 Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection (relays) 0 to 192 2: Speed agree 1

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 183
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Table 5.29 Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings

Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
0 During Run 184 19 Torque Detection 2 (N.C.) 187
1 Zero Speed 184 1B During Baseblock (N.C.) 189
2 Speed Agree 1 185 1F Motor Overload Alarm (oL1) 189
3 User-set Speed Agree 1 185 20 Drive Overheat Pre-alarm (oH) 189
4 Frequency Detection 1 185 2F Maintenance Period 189
5 Frequency Detection 2 186 37 During Frequency Output 190
6 Drive Ready 186 38 Drive Enable 190
7 Dc Bus Undervoltage 186 39 Watt Hour Pulse Output 190
8 During Baseblock (N.O.) 187 3C LOCAL/REMOTE Status 190
9 Frequency Reference Source 187 3D During Speed Search 190
A Run Command Source 187 3E PI Feedback Low 190
B Torque Detection 1 (N.O.) 187 3F PI Feedback High 190
C Frequency Reference Loss 187 4A During KEB Operation 190
E Fault 187 4B During Short Circuit Braking 190
F Through Mode 187 4C During Fast Stop 190
10 Minor Fault 187 4D OH Pre-alarm Time Limit 190
11 Fault Reset Command Active 187 50 Waiting to Run 191
12 Timer Output 188 58 Underload Detection 191
13 Speed Agree 2 188 60 Internal Cooling Fan Alarm 191
14 User-set Speed Agree 2 188 90 Driveworksez Digital Output 1
15 Frequency Detection 3 188 91 Driveworksez Digital Output 2 191
16 Frequency Detection 4 189 92 Driveworksez Digital Output 3
17 Torque Detection 1 (N.C.) 100 to 192 Functions 0 to 92 with Inverse Output 191
187
18 Torque Detection 2 (N.O.)

Setting 0: During Run

Output closes when the drive is outputting a voltage.

Status Description
Open Drive is stopped.
Closed A Run command is input or the drive is during deceleration or during DC injection.
Figure 5.41

Run command OFF ON

Baseblock OFF ON
command

Output
frequency

common_
During Run OFF ON TMonly
Figure 5.41 During Run Time Chart
Setting 1: Zero Speed
Terminal closes whenever the output frequency or motor speed falls below the minimum output frequency set to E1-09
or b2-01.

Status Description
Open Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
Closed Output frequency is less than the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
Figure 5.42

Output frequency
or
E1-09 (Max. Output Frequency) or
motor speed
b2-01 (Zero Speed Level)

common_
OFF
Zero Speed
ON
TMonly
Figure 5.42 Zero-Speed Time Chart

184 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 2: Speed Agree 1 (fref / fout Agree 1)

Closes whenever the actual output frequency is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02) of the current frequency reference
regardless of the direction.

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-02.

Note: Detection works in both directions, forward and reverse.

Figure 5.43

Frequency
reference

Output Frequency L4-02

or Motor Speed

L4-02
Speed agree 1 OFF ON
Figure 5.43 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 217 for more details.
Setting 3: User-set Speed Agree 1 (fref / fset Agree 1)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency and the frequency reference are within the speed agree width (L4-02) of the
programmed speed agree level (L4-01).

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed and frequency reference are not both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.

Note: Frequency detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.44

Output Frequency
or Motor Speed

Frequency L4-01 Output

reference frequency
+/- L4-02

L4-01

Parameter Details
Frequency
reference +/- L4-02
User Set
OFF ON OFF ON
Speed Agree 1

Figure 5.44 User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart

Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 217 for more instructions.
5
Setting 4: Frequency Detection 1
Output opens when the output frequency rises above the detection level set in L4-01 plus the detection width set in L4-
02. The terminal remains open until the output frequency falls below the level set in L4-01.

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-01 or has not exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.

Note: Frequency detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 185
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.45

Output Frequency
or Motor Speed
L4-02
L4-01

L4-01
L4-02
common_
Frequency
detection 1 ON OFF TMonly
Figure 5.45 Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 217 for more details.
Setting 5: Frequency Detection 2
Output closes whenever the output frequency is above the detection level set in L4-01. The terminal remains closed until
the output frequency falls below L4-01 minus the setting of L4-02.

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-01 minus L4-02 or has not exceeded L4-01.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-01.

Note: Frequency detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.46

Output Frequency
or Motor Speed L4-02
L4-01

L4-01

L4-02
common_
Frequency
Detection 2
OFF ON TMonly
Figure 5.46 Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 217 for more details.
Setting 6: Drive Ready
Output closes whenever the drive is ready to operate the motor. The terminal will not close under the conditions listed
below, and any Run commands will be disregarded.
• When the power is shut off
• During a fault
• When the drive’s internal power supply has malfunctioned
• When a parameter setting error makes it impossible to run
• Although stopped, an overvoltage or undervoltage situation occurs
• While editing a parameter in the Programming Mode (when b1-08 = 0)
Setting 7: DC bus Undervoltage
Output closes whenever the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply drops below the trip level set in L2-05. A
fault in the DC bus circuit will also cause the terminal to set for “DC bus undervoltage” to close.

Status Description
Open DC bus voltage is above the level set to L2-05
Closed DC bus voltage has fallen below the trip level set to L2-05.

186 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 8: During Baseblock (N.O.)

Output closes to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While in baseblock, output transistors do not switch and no
main circuit voltage is output.

Status Description
Open Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Closed Baseblock is being executed.

Setting 9: Frequency Reference Source

A digital output programmed for this function shows the frequency reference source that is currently selected.

Status Description
Open Frequency reference is provided from External reference 1 (b1-01) or External reference 2 (b1-15)
Closed Frequency reference is being sourced from the digital operator.

Setting A: Run Command Source

A digital output programmed for this function shows the Run command source that is currently selected.

Status Description
Open Run command is provided from External reference 1 (b1-02) or 2 (b1-16).
Closed Run command is being sourced from the digital operator.

Setting B, 17, 18, 19: Torque Detection 1 (N.O., N.C.), Torque Detection 2 (N.O., N.C.)
These digital output functions can be used to signal an overtorque or undertorque situation to an external device.
Set up the torque detection levels and select the output function from the table below. Refer to L6: Torque Detection on
page 221 for details.

Setting Status Description

Torque detection 1 (N.O.):
B Closed Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer than
the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque detection 1 (N.C.):
17 Open Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer than
the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque detection 2 (N.O.):
18 Closed Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-05 for longer than
the time specified in parameter L6-06.
Torque detection 2 (N.C.):
19 Open Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-05 for longer than
the time specified in parameter L6-06.

Setting C: Frequency Reference Loss

Parameter Details
An output set for this function will be closed if frequency reference loss is detected. Refer to L4-05: Frequency
Reference Loss Detection Selection on page 218 for details.
Setting E: Fault
The digital output will close whenever the drive experiences a fault (this excludes faults CPF00 and CPF01).
Setting F: Through Mode
5
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an output does not trigger any function
in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the output status to be read by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 10: Minor Fault
Output closes when a minor fault condition is present.
Setting 11: Fault Reset Command Active
Output closes whenever there is an attempt to reset a fault situation from the control circuit terminals, via serial
communications, or using a communications option card.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 187
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 12: Timer Output

This setting configures a digital output terminal as output for the timer function. Refer to b4: Delay Timers on page 136
for details.
Setting 13: Speed Agree 2 (fref / fout agree 2)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency or motor speed is within the speed agree width (L4-04) of the current
frequency reference, regardless of the direction.

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-04.

Note: Detection works in both forward and reverse.

Figure 5.47

Frequency
reference common_
Output Frequency L4-04 TMonly
or Motor Speed

L4-04
Speed Agree 2 OFF ON

Figure 5.47 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart

Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 218 for more details.
Setting 14: User-set Speed Agree 2 (fref / fset agree 2)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are within the speed agree
width (L4-04) of the programmed speed agree level (L4-03). As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, detection
works in the specified direction only.

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed and frequency reference are both outside the range of L4-03 ±L4-04
Closed Output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are both with in the range of L4-03 ±L4-04
Figure 5.48

Output Frequency
or Motor Speed
Frequency L4-03
reference Output Frequency
+/- L4-04 or Motor Speed

Frequency
reference common_
User Set
OFF ON TMonly
Speed Agree 2
Figure 5.48 User Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 218 for more details.
Setting 15: Frequency Detection 3
Output opens when the output frequency or motor speed rises above the detection level set in L4-03 plus the detection
with set in L4-04. The terminal remains open until the output frequency or motor speed falls below the level set in L4-03.
As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, the detection works in the specified direction only.

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-03 or has not exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04 yet.

188 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.49

Output Frequency
or Motor Speed L4-04 common_
L4-03 TMonly

Frequency
ON OFF
detection 3
Figure 5.49 Frequency Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 218 for more details.
Setting 16: Frequency Detection 4
Output closes whenever the output frequency or motor speed is above the detection level set in L4-03. The terminal
remains closed until the output frequency or motor speed falls below L4-03 minus the setting of L4-04. As the detection
level L4-03 is a signed value, frequency detection works in the specified direction only.

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-03 minus L4-04 or has not exceeded L4-03 yet.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-03.
Figure 5.50

Output Frequency
L4-04 common_
or Motor Speed
L4-03 TMonly

Frequency
OFF ON
Detection 4
Figure 5.50 Frequency Detection 4 Example with Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 218 for more details.
Setting 1B: During Baseblock (N.C.)
Output opens to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While Baseblock is executed, output transistors do not

Parameter Details
switch and no main circuit voltage is output.

Status Description
Open Baseblock is being executed.
Closed Drive is not in a baseblock state.

Setting 1F: Motor Overload Alarm (oL1) 5

An output programmed for this function will close when the motor overload level estimated by the oL1 fault detection
exceeds 90% of the oL1 detection level. Refer to L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection on page 201.
Setting 20: Drive Overheat Pre-alarm (oH)
Output closes whenever the drive heatsink temperature reaches the level specified by parameter L8-02. Refer to L8-02:
Overheat Alarm Level on page 223 for details on drive overheat detection.
Setting 2F: Maintenance Period
Output closes when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay may require maintenance as
determined by the estimated performance life span of those components. Components performance life is displayed as a
percentage on the digital operator screen. Refer to Periodic Maintenance on page 287.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 189
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 37: During Frequency Output

Output closes when the drive is outputting a frequency.

Status Description
Open Drive is stopped or one of the following functions is being performed: baseblock, DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking.
Closed Drive is outputting frequency.
Figure 5.51

run command OFF ON

baseblock OFF ON
command

output
frequency

during run OFF ON

during frequency OFF ON

common_
output TMonly
Figure 5.51 During Frequency Output Time Chart
Setting 38: Drive Enable
A digital output set for “Drive enable” will reflect the status of a digital input configured as a “Drive enable” input (H1-
†† = 6A). If that digital input closes, then the digital output set for “Drive enable” will also close.
Setting 39: Watt Hour Pulse Output
Outputs a pulse to indicate the watt hours. Refer to H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection on page 191 for details.

Setting 3C: LOCAL/REMOTE Status

Output terminal closes while the drive is set for LOCAL and opens when in REMOTE.

Status Description
Open REMOTE: The external reference that has been selected (either b1-01 and b1-02 or b1-15 and b1-16) is used as frequency reference and Run command source
Closed LOCAL: The digital operator is used as frequency reference and Run command source

Setting 3D: During Speed Search

Output terminal closes while Speed Search is being performed. Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 131 for details.
Setting 3E: PI Feedback Low
Output terminal closes when a PI feedback loss is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it falls below the level
set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14. Refer to PI Feedback Loss Detection on page 141 for details.
Setting 3F: PI Feedback High
Output terminal closes when a PI feedback loss is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it rises beyond the
level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Refer to PI Feedback Loss Detection on page 141 for details.
Setting 4A: During KEB Operation
Output terminal closes while KEB is being performed. Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 206 for a KEB
function description.
Setting 4B: During Short Circuit Braking
Output terminal closes while Short Circuit Braking is being executed.
Setting 4C: During Fast Stop
Output terminal closes when a Fast Stop is being executed. Setting 15, 17: Fast Stop (N.O., N.C.) on page 178.
Setting 4D: oH Pre-alarm Time Limit
Output terminal closes when the drive is reducing the speed due to a drive overheat alarm (L8-03 = 4) and the overheat
alarm has not disappeared after ten frequency reduction operation cycles. Refer to L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm
Operation Selection on page 223 for a more detailed description.

190 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 50: Waiting to Run (WrUn)

The Drive will delay executing any run command until the time set in b1-11 has expired.
Setting 58:Underload Detection
Underload is detected when the output current falls below the underload detection level defined by L6-14 and L6-02.
Setting 60: Internal Cooling Fan Alarm
Output closes when the drive’s internal cooling fan has failed.
Setting 90 to 92: DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 1 to 3
These settings are for output functions used in DriveWorksEZ. Normally there is no need to change these settings.
Setting 100 to 192: Functions 0 to 92 with Inverse Output
These settings have the same function as settings 0 to 92 but with inverse output. Set as 1††, where the “1” indicates
inverse output and the last two digits specify the setting number of the function.
Examples:
• For inverse output of “8: During baseblock”, set 108.
• For inverse output of “4A: During KEB” set 14A.
■ H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
When one of the multi-function terminals is set to output the number of watt hours (H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 = 39),
parameter H2-06 determines the units for the output signal.
This output function provides a watt hour meter or a PLC input by a 200 ms pulse signal. H2-06 determines the
frequency that pulses are issued to keep track of the kWh for the drive.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

0: 0.1 kWh units
1: 1 kWh units
H2-06 Watt Hour Output Unit Selection 2: 10 kWh units 0
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units

Note: 1. A negative power output (i.e., regeneration) does not subtract from the total watt hours.
2. The drive keeps track of the watt hours as long as the control circuit has power. The value is reset when the power supply is shut off.
Figure 5.52

H2-06
(Pulse Output Unit)

Parameter Details
Integral Power (every 100 ms)
H2-01 to 03
㧔Multi-function Output) ON
OFF OFF

0.2 s common_TMonly
Figure 5.52 Watt Hour Output Example
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 191
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

◆ H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs

The drive is equipped with three multi-function analog input terminals: A1, A2, and A3. See Table 5.30 for a listing of
the functions that can be set to these terminals.
■ H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection 0 to 1 0

Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal due to gain and
bias settings will be simply read as 0%.
Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. If the resulting voltage is negative after being adjusted by gain and bias settings, then
the motor will rotate in reverse.
■ H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A3. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings on page 195
for instructions on how to adjust the signal level.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection 0 to 31 0

■ H3-03, H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain and Bias Settings

Parameter H3-03 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A1 (gain).
Parameter H3-04 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A1 (bias).
Both can be used to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-03 Terminal A1 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-04 Terminal A1 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

Setting Examples
• Gain H3-03 = 200%, bias H3-04 = 0, terminal A1 as frequency reference input (H3-02 = 0):
An input 10 Vdc will be equivalent to a 200% frequency reference and 5 Vdc will be equivalent to a 100% frequency
reference. Since the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the frequency reference will
be equal to E1-04 above 5 Vdc.
Figure 5.53

H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1

Gain = 200 % Gain = 200 %

Frequecny 100%
reference E1-04

-10 V -5 V
100 % 0V 5V 10 V
E1-04
-100%
E1-04

Bias = 0 % Gain = -200 %

0V 5V 10 V

Figure 5.53 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain

192 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

• Gain H3-03 = 100%, bias H3-04 = -25%, terminal A1 as frequency reference input:
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% frequency reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0, the frequency reference is 0% between 0 and 2 Vdc input.
When parameter H3-01 = 1, the motor will rotate in reverse between -10 and 2 Vdc input.
Figure 5.54

H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1

100 %
100%

Frequency H3-01 = 0
reference -10 V -6.0 V
2.0 V 10 V
-25% Analog Input
Voltage
0
2.0 V 10 V
Analog Input -100%
-25% Voltage E1-04
H3-01 = 1 -150%
Figure 5.54 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias

■ H3-05: Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection

Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A3. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
on page 195 for a list of functions and descriptions.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. See the explanation provided for H3-01. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 192.
Setting 1: –10 V to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. See the explanation provided for H3-01. Refer to Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc on page 192.
■ H3-06: Terminal A3 Function Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A3. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
on page 195 for a list of functions and descriptions.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-06 Terminal A3 Function Selection 0 to 31 2

■ H3-07, H3-08: Terminal A3 Gain and Bias Setting

Parameter Details
Parameter H3-07 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A3 (gain).
Parameter H3-08 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A3 (bias).

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-07
H3-08
Terminal A3 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
100.0%
0.0%
5
Terminal A3 Bias Setting

■ H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection

Selects the input signal level for analog input A2. Be sure to also set DIP switch S1 on the terminal board accordingly for
a voltage input or current input.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection 0 to 3 2

Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 192
Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc on page 192.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 193
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input

The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
■ H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A2. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
on page 195 for a list of functions and descriptions.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Selection 0 to 31 0

■ H3-11, H3-12: Terminal A2 Gain and Bias Setting

Parameter H3-11 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 10 Vdc input or 20 mA input to terminal A2.
Parameter H3-12 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 0 V, 4 mA or 0 mA input at terminal A2.
Both can be used to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A2. The setting works in the same
way as parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for analog input A1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-12 Terminal A2 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

■ H3-13: Analog Input Filter Time Constant

Parameter H3-13 sets the time constant for a first order filter that will be applied to the analog inputs.
An analog input filter can be used to prevent erratic drive control when a “noisy” analog reference is used. The drive
operation becomes more stable the longer the time programmed, but it becomes less responsive to rapidly changing
analog signals.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-13 Analog Input Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 2.00 s 0.03 s

■ H3-14: Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection

When one of the multi-function digital input parameters is set for “Analog input enable” (H1-†† = C), the value set to
H3-14 determines which analog input terminals are enabled and which terminals are disabled when the input is closed.
All analog input terminals will be enabled all of the time if H1-†† is not set to C.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection 1 to 7 7

Setting 1: A1 only enabled

Setting 2: A2 only enabled
Setting 3: A1 and A2 only enabled
Setting 4: A3 only enabled
Setting 5: A1 and A3 only enabled
Setting 6: A2 and A3 only enabled
Setting 7: All analog input terminals enabled

194 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

■ Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings

See Table 5.30 for information on how H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 determine functions for terminals A1, A2, and A3.
Note: The scaling of all input functions depends on the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs. Set these to appropriate values
when selecting and adjusting analog input functions.
Table 5.30 Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
0 Frequency Bias 195 C PI Setpoint 196
1 Frequency Gain 195 D Frequency Bias 196
2 Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1 195 E Motor Temperature (PTC input: A3 only) 196
3 Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2 195 F Through Mode 197
4 Output Voltage Bias 195 14 Torque Compensation 197
5 Accel/Decel Time Gain 195 16 Differential PI Feedback 197
6 DC Injection Braking Current 196 1F Through Mode 197
7 Torque Detection Level 196 30 DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 1
8 Stall Prevention Level During Run 196 31 DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 2 197
9 Output Frequency Lower Limit Level 196 32 DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 3
B PI Feedback 196 – – –

Setting 0: Frequency Bias

The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the analog frequency reference value. When the
frequency reference is supplied by a different source other than the analog inputs, this function will have no effect. Use
this setting also when only one of the analog inputs is used to supply the frequency reference.
By default, analog inputs A1 and A2 are set for this function. Using A1 and A2 at the same time increases the frequency
reference by the total of all inputs.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 50% and a bias of 20% is applied by analog
input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 70% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 1: Frequency Gain
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be multiplied with the analog frequency reference value.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 80% and a gain of 50% is applied from
analog input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 40% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 2: Auxiliary Reference 1
Sets the auxiliary frequency reference 1 when multi-step speed operation is selected. Refer to Multi-Step Speed
Selection on page 158 for details.
Setting 3: Auxiliary Reference 2

Parameter Details
Sets the auxiliary frequency reference 2 when multi-step speed operation is selected. Refer to Multi-Step Speed
Selection on page 158 for details.
Setting 4: Output Voltage Bias
Voltage bias boosts the output voltage of the V/f curve as a percentage of the maximum output voltage (E1-05). Available
only when using V/f Control.
5
Setting 5: Accel/Decel Time Gain
Adjusts the gain level for the acceleration and deceleration times set to parameters C1-01 through C1-04.
The acceleration time used by the drive is calculated by multiplying the this gain level to C1-†† as follows:
C1-†† × Accel/decel time gain = Drive accel/decel time
Figure 5.55

100%
Acceleration/deceleration gain from 1 to 10 V
(10 V)
= × 10 (%)
50% Input Voltage (V)

20%
10%
0 1V 2V 5V 10 V
common_TMonly
Figure 5.55 Accel/Decel Time Gain with Analog Input Terminal

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 195
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 6: DC Injection Braking Current

The current level used for DC Injection Braking. Set as a percentage of the maximum output current using.
Figure 5.56

DC Injection Braking Current Level

100%
Drive Rated
Current

common_TMonly
0 10 V
(4) (20 mA)

Figure 5.56 DC Injection Braking Current Using an Analog Input Terminal

Setting 7: Torque Detection Level
Using this setting, the overtorque/undertorque detection level for torque detection 1 (L6-01) can be set by an analog
input. The analog input will replace the level set to L6-02. An analog input of 100% (10 V or 20 mA) will set a torque
detection level equal to 100% drive rated current / motor rated torque. Adjust the analog input gain if higher detection
level settings are required. Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 221 for details on torque detection.
Setting 8: Stall Prevention Level During Run
This setting allows an analog input signal to adjust the Stall Prevention level. Figure 5.57 shows the setting
characteristics. The drive will use either the Stall Prevention level set to L3-06 or the level coming from the analog input
terminal that has been selected, whichever value is lower.
Figure 5.57

Stall Prevention Level during Run

common_TMonly
100%

30%

Analog Input Level

0 30% 100%
Figure 5.57 Stall Prevention During Run Using an Analog Input Terminal
Setting 9: Output Frequency Lower Limit Level
The user can adjust the lower limit of the output frequency using an analog input signal.
Setting B: PI Feedback
An input set for this function supplies the PI feedback value. This setting requires PI operation to be enabled in b5-01.
Refer to PI Feedback Input Methods on page 137.
Setting C: PI Setpoint
An input set for this function supplies the PI setpoint value, and the frequency reference selected in parameter b1-01 is no
longer the PI setpoint. PI operation to be enabled in b5-01 to use this setting. Refer to PI Setpoint Input Methods on
page 137.
Setting D: Frequency Bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the frequency reference. This function can be used
with any frequency reference source.
Setting E: Motor Temperature (PTC input: A3 only)
In addition to motor overload fault detection oL1, it is possible to use a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient)
thermistor for motor insulation protection. Connect the PTC to analog input terminal A3, and set switch S4 on the
terminal board to PTC. Refer to Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection on page 125 for details on setting S4. Refer to
Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) on page 203 for further explanation.

196 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting F, 1F: Through Mode

When set to F or 1F, an input does not affect any drive function, but the input level can still be read out by a PLC via a
communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 14: Torque Compensation
Used to set a torque compensation value.
Setting 16: Differential PI Feedback
If an analog value is set for this function, the PI controller is set for differential feedback. The subtraction of the PI
feedback input value and the differential feedback input value builds the feedback value that is used to calculate the PI
input. Refer to PI Feedback Input Methods on page 137.
Setting 30, 31, 32: DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 1, 2, 3
These settings are for functions used in DriveWorksEZ. Normally there is no need to change or apply these settings.

◆ H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs

These parameters assign functions to analog output terminals FM and AM for monitoring a specific aspect of drive
performance.
■ H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection
Sets the desired drive monitor parameter U†-†† to output as an analog value via terminal FM and AM. Refer to U:
Monitor Parameters on page 241 for a list of all monitors. The “Analog Output Level” column indicates if a monitor can
be used for analog output.
Example: Enter “103” for U1-03.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H4-01 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor Selection 000 to 999 102
H4-04 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor Selection 000 to 999 103

A setting of 031 or 000 applies no drive monitor to the analog output. With this setting, terminal functions as well as FM
and AM output levels can be set by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus (through mode).
■ H4-02, H4-03: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain and Bias
H4-05, H4-06: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain and Bias
Parameter H4-02 and H4-05 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level equal to 100% of the monitor (gain).
Parameter H4-03 and H4-06 set the bias added to the monitor output for terminals FM and AM. Both are set as a
percentage, where 100% equals 10 Vdc analog output. The output voltage of both terminals is limited to 10 Vdc.

Parameter Details
The output signal range can be selected between 0 to +10 Vdc or -10 to +10 Vdc using parameter H4-07 and H4-08.
Figure 5.58 illustrates how gain and bias settings work.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H4-02 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H4-03 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0% 5
H4-05 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 50.0%
H4-06 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

Using Gain and Bias to Adjust Output Signal Level

When viewing a gain setting parameter (H4-02 or H4-05) on the digital operator, the analog output will supply a voltage
signal equal to 100% of the monitor value (including changes made from bias and gain settings). When viewing a bias
setting parameter (H4-03 or H4-06), the analog output voltage will supply a signal equal to 0% monitor value (including
changes made from bias and gain settings).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 197
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Example 1: To have an output signal of 5 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 100%, set H4-02 to 50%.
Example 2: To have an output signal of 10 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 76.7%, set H4-02 to 150%.
Figure 5.58

H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1

15V
Gain = 150%
Output Voltage
Bias = 0%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Bias = 0%
Gain 150% 5V
Bias 0% Gain = 50%
Output Voltage Bias = 0%
-100%
Gain 100%
5V Bias 0% 100%
Monitor Value
-5 V
Gain 50%
Bias 0%
0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
-15 V
Figure 5.58 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 1 and 2
Example 3: To have an output signal of 3 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 0%, set H4-03 to 30%.
Figure 5.59

H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1

15 V
Gain = 100%
Output Voltage
Bias = 30%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Bias = 0%
5V
Bias 30%
Output Voltage Gain 100% -100%
100%
Bias 0% Monitor Value
3V Gain 100% -5 V

0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
-15 V
YEC_common
Figure 5.59 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 3

■ H4-07, H4-08: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Signal Level Selection
Sets the voltage output level of U parameter (monitor parameter) data to terminal FM and terminal AM using parameters
H4-07 and H4-08.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H4-07 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level Selection 0 to 2 0
H4-08 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 V to 10 V
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA

◆ H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication

Through the drives built in RS-422/485 port (terminals R+, R-, S+, S-), serial communication is possible using
programmable logic controllers (PLCs) or similar devices running the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
The H5-†† parameters are used to set up the drive for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications. Refer to MEMOBUS/
Modbus Serial Communication on page 394 for detailed descriptions of the H5-†† parameters.

198 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

◆ H6: Pulse Train Input/Output

A one track pulse train signal with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz can be input to the drive at terminal RP. This pulse
train signal can be used as the frequency reference, for PI functions, or as the speed feedback signal in V/f Control.
The pulse output monitor terminal MP can output drive monitor values as a pulse train signal with a maximum frequency
of 32 kHz. It can be used in sinking or sourcing mode. Refer to Using the Pulse Train Output on page 79 for details.
Use parameters H6-†† to set the scale and other aspects of the pulse input terminal RP and pulse output terminal MP.
■ H6-01: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
Selects the function of pulse train input terminal RP.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Frequency reference

If the pulse input is set for this function and the frequency reference source is set to pulse input (b1-01, b1-15 = 4), the
drive reads the frequency value from terminal RP.
Setting 1: PI feedback value
Using this setting, the feedback value for PI control can be supplied as a pulse signal at terminal RP. Refer to b5: PI
Control on page 136 for details on PI control.
Setting 2: PI setpoint value
Using this setting, the setpoint value for PI control can be supplied as a pulse signal at terminal RP. Refer to b5: PI
Control on page 136 for details on PI control.
■ H6-02: Pulse Train Input Scaling
This parameter sets the pulse signal frequency that is equal to 100% of the input value selected in parameter H6-01.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-02 Pulse Train Input Scaling 100 to 32000 Hz 1440 Hz

■ H6-03: Pulse Train Input Gain

Sets the level of the input value selected in H6-01 when a pulse train signal with the frequency set in H6-02 is input to
terminal RP.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Parameter Details
H6-03 Pulse Train Input Gain 0.0 to 1000.0% 100.0%

■ H6-04: Pulse Train Input Bias

Sets the level of the input value selected in H6-01 when no signal (0 Hz) is input to terminal RP.

No. Name Setting Range Default 5

H6-04 Pulse Train Input Bias -100.0 to 100.0% 0.0%

■ H6-05: Pulse Train Input Filter Time

Sets the pulse train input filter time constant in seconds.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-05 Pulse Train Input Filter Time 0.00 to 2.00 s 0.10 s

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 199
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

■ H6-06: Pulse Train Monitor Selection

Selects the monitor to output as a pulse train signal via terminal MP. Indicate which monitor to output entering the three
digits in U†-††. Refer to U: Monitor Parameters on page 241 for a complete list of monitors. Monitors that can be
selected by H6-06 appear in the table below.

No. Name Setting Range Default

000 <1>, 031, 101, 102, 105, 116, 501,
H6-06 Pulse Train Monitor Selection 102
502, 702 to 711, 801 to 809
<1> Set “000” when the terminal is not used, or when using the terminal in the through mode.

■ H6-07: Pulse Train Monitor Scaling

Pulse train monitor scaling sets the output frequency at terminal MP when the specified monitor item is at 100%. Set H6-
06 to 102 and H6-07 to 0 to make the pulse train monitor output synchronous to the output frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-07 Pulse Train Monitor Scaling 0 to 32000 Hz 1440 Hz

■ H6-08: Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency

Sets the minimum output frequency that can be detected by the pulse train input. Decreasing this setting reduces the time
the drive needs to react to changes in the input signal.
• If the pulse input frequency falls below this level, the pulse input value will be 0.
• Enabled when H6-01 = 0, 1, or 2.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency 0.1 to 1000.0 Hz 0.5 Hz

200 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

5.8 L: Protection Functions

◆ L1: Motor Protection
■ L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function that estimates the motor overload level based on output current,
output frequency, thermal motor characteristics, and time. An oL1 fault will be triggered when motor overload is
detected and drive output will be shut off.
L1-01 sets the overload protection function characteristics according to the motor being used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection 0, 1, 4 Determined by A1-02

Note: 1. When the motor protection function is enabled (L1-01≠ 0), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function outputs by
setting H2-01 to 1F. The output will close when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2. Select a method to protect the motor from overheat by setting L1-01 when running a single motor from the drive. An external thermal
relay is not needed.
Setting 0: Disabled (motor overload protection is not provided)
This setting should be used if no motor overheat protection is desired or if multiple motors are connected to a single
drive. In this case it is recommended that you install a thermal relay for each motor as shown in Figure 5.60
Figure 5.60

Drive
Power M1
supply MC1 L10

M2
MC2 L20

common_TMonly MC1, MC2: Magnetic contactors

L10, L20: Thermal relays

Figure 5.60 Example of Protection Circuit Design for Multiple Motors

NOTICE: Thermal protection cannot be provided when running multi-motors simultaneously with the same drive, or when using
motors with a current rating that is relatively high when compared with other standard motors (such as a submersible motor). Failure to
comply could result in motor damage. Disable the electronic overload protection of the drive (L1-01 = “0: Disabled”) and protect each
motor with individual motor thermal overloads.
NOTICE: Close MC1 and MC2 before operating the drive. (MC1 and MC2 cannot be switched off during run.)

Parameter Details
Setting 1: Standard Fan Cooled (< 10:1 motor)
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately
adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from
overheat throughout the entire speed range.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

5

150 Rated Speed=100% Speed

60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)

100
90 Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
60 specifications). motor will coast to stop.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 201
5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 4: PM motor with variable torque

This setting is for operating a PM motor. PM motors for derated torque have a self-cooling design, so the overload
tolerance drops as the motor slows. Electronic thermal overload is triggered in accordance with the motor overload
characteristics, providing overheat protection across the entire speed range.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150
120 60 s
Torque (%)

100 Reaching 100% when operating at below the base

80 Motor is designed to produce 100% torque at base frequency will cause a motor overload fault (oL1).
Continuous speed. Built with effective cooling capabilities. The drive fault output closes and the motor coasts to
50
stop.

0.0 10 33 100
Motor Speed (%)

Setting 6: General-purpose motor (50 Hz)

Because the motor (50 Hz) is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive
appropriately adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the
motor from overheat throughout the entire speed range.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150 Rated Speed=100% Speed

60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)

100
90 Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
specifications). motor will coast to stop.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)

■ L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time

Sets the time it takes the drive to detect motor overheat due to overload. This setting rarely requires adjustment, but
should correlate with the motor overload tolerance protection time for performing a hot start.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time 0.1 to 5.0 minutes 1.0 minutes

Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start.
Figure 5.61 shows an example of the electrothermal protection operation time using a general-purpose motor operating
at 60 Hz with L1-02 set to one minute.
During normal operation, motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
• Cold start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached when
starting a stationary motor.
• Hot start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred during sustained
operation at rated current.

202 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.61

Operation time (minutes)

common_TMonly
10
7

3
Cold start

0.4
Hot start

0.1
Motor current (%)
0 100 150 200 E2-01 = 100% motor current

Figure 5.61 Motor Protection Operation Time

■ Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC)

A motor PTC can be connected to an analog input of the drive. This input is used by the drive for motor overheat
protection.
When the motor overheat alarm level is reached, an oH3 alarm will be triggered and the drive will continue operation as
selected in L1-03. When the overheat fault level is reached, an oH4 fault will be triggered, a fault signal will be output,
and the drive will stop the motor using the stop method determined in L1-04.
Connect the PTC between terminals AC and A3 and set jumper S4 on the terminal board to “PTC” like shown in
Figure 5.62. Set parameter H3-05 to 0 and parameter H3-06 to E.
Figure 5.62

Multi-function input Drive

MA
+V Fault output
MB
MC

M1
M2
DIP Switch S4
A3 M3 Multi-function
(0-10 V) M4 digital outputs

M5
PTC
M6
thermistor

Parameter Details
AC

YEC_TMonly
Figure 5.62 Connection of a Motor PTC

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 203
5.8 L: Protection Functions

The PTC must have the following characteristics for one motor phase. The drives motor overload detection expects 3 of
these PTCs to be connected in series.
Figure 5.63

common_TMonly

Tr’

Tr - 5K (oH3 Alarm Level) Tr + 5K (oH4 Fault Level)

Figure 5.63 Motor PTC Characteristics

Overheat detection using a PTC can be set up by parameters L1-03, L1-04, and L1-05 as explained below.
■ L1-03: Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input)
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat alarm level (oH3).

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-03 Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input) 0 to 3 3

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time 1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast Stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm only
The operation is continued and an oH3 alarm is displayed on the digital operator.
■ L1-04: Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input)
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat fault level (oH4).

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-04 Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input) 0 to 2 1

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time 1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast Stop time set in parameter C1-09.
■ L1-05: Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input)
Used to set a filter on the PTC input signal in order to prevent a motor overheat fault from being mistakenly detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-05 Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input) 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.20 s

204 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L1-13: Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection

Determines whether or not to hold the current value of the electrothermal motor protection (L1-01) when the power
supply is interrupted.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled

◆ L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru

■ L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
When a momentary power loss occurs (DC bus voltage falls below the level set in L2-05), the drive can be set to
automatically return to the operation it was performing when the power went out based on certain conditions.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection 0 to 5 0

Setting 0: Disabled (default)

If power is not restored within 15 ms, a Uv1 fault will result and the drive will stop the motor. The motor coasts to stop.
Setting 1: Recover within L2-02
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. Should the power return within the time set to
parameter L2-02, the drive will perform Speed Search and attempt to resume operation. If power is not restored within
this time (i.e., DC bus voltage level remains below Uv1 detection level L2-05), then a Uv1 fault is triggered.
Setting 2: Recover as long as CPU has power
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. Should the power return as long as the drive
control circuit has power, the drive will attempt to perform Speed Search and resume the operation. A Uv1 fault is not
triggered.
Setting 3: KEB Ride-Thru operation within L2-02
The drive decelerates using regenerative energy from the motor until the time set in L2-02 has expired. It then tries to
accelerate back to the frequency reference. If the power does not returned within the time set in L2-02, an Uv1 fault is
triggered and the drive output shuts off. The type of KEB operation is determined by the setting of L2-29.
Setting 4: KEB Ride-Thru as long as CPU has power

Parameter Details
The drive decelerates using regenerative energy from the motor until the power returns and then restarts. If the motor has
come to a stop before, the power returns. If the drive control power gets lost, the drive output will shut off. A Uv1 fault is
not triggered. The type of KEB operation is determined by the setting of L2-29.
Setting 5: Ramp to stop with KEB deceleration
The drive ramps to stop using the regenerative energy from the motor. Even if the power is restored, the drive will
continue decelerating until it brings the motor to a complete stop. The type of KEB operation is determined by the setting 5
of parameter L2-29. Note that if an input terminal set for KEB 1 (H1-†† = 65, 66) is triggered while the drive is
decelerating, then it will accelerate back up to speed when the input is released.
Notes on Settings 1 through 5
• “Uv” will flash on the operator while the drive is attempting to recover from a momentary power loss. A fault signal is
not output at this time.
• A Momentary Power Loss Unit is available to allow for a longer momentary power loss ride through time in the drive
model CIMR-E†2A0004 through 2A0056 and CIMR-E†4A0002 through 4A0031. This option makes it possible to
continue running after up to two seconds of power loss.
• When a magnetic contactor between motor and drive is used, be sure that the magnetic contactor remains closed as
long as the drive performs KEB operation or attempts to restart with Speed Search.
• Make sure the Run command is kept active during KEB operation. Otherwise the drive cannot accelerate back to the
frequency reference when the power returns.
• When L2-01 is set to 3, 4, or 5, KEB Ride-Thru will be executed as specified in L2-29.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 205
5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ KEB Ride-Thru Function

When power loss is detected, the Kinetic Energy Backup Ride-Thru function (KEB Ride-Thru) decelerates the motor and
uses regenerative energy to keep the main circuit operating. Despite power loss, the drive output is not interrupted.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-29 KEB Ride-Thru Function 0, 1 0

Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1 (L2-29 = 0)

Once KEB Ride-Thru begins, the drive uses regenerative energy from the motor to keep the DC bus voltage at the level
set to L2-11 while adjusting the rate of deceleration based on the time set to L2-06.
Note: If undervoltage occurs in the DC bus (Uv1), shorten the KEB deceleration time (L2-06). If overvoltage occurs (oV), increase the
KEB deceleration time.
Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2 (L2-29 = 1)
The drive uses information about the inertia of the connected machinery to determine the deceleration rate necessary to
keep the DC bus voltage at the level set in parameter L2-11. The resulting deceleration time is calculated based on the
system inertia and cannot be adjusted.
■ KEB Ride-Thru Start
KEB operation is always triggered in the same way, independent of the selected KEB operation mode. When the KEB
function is selected as the function to be executed when power loss operation occurs (L2-01 = 3, 4, or 5), then KEB Ride-
Thru will be activated if one of the following conditions becomes true:
• A digital input programmed for H1-†† = 65 or 66 is activated. This will start KEB operation using the mode selected
in parameter L2-29.
• A digital input programmed for H1-†† = 7A or 7B is activated. This will automatically select Single KEB Ride-Thru
2, disregarding the setting of L2-29.
• The DC bus voltage fell below the level specified in L2-05. The KEB operation will start as specified in L2-29.
Note: KEB Ride-Thru 1 and 2 cannot both be assigned to input terminals at the same time. Attempting this will trigger an oPE3 error.

If a digital input is used for triggering the KEB operation and the device that controls the input acts relatively slow,
parameter L2-10 can be used to set a minimum KEB operation time. In the example below, KEB operation is triggered
by the DC bus voltage and the Hold command is triggered by a digital input.
Figure 5.64

Main Power Supply Power loss

0V
L2-10
KEB digital input is
set with in L2-10

KEB Digital Input

DC bus voltage
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)

L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)

0V
Input holds KEB operation,
even though voltage has
returned
Output Frequency

KEB deceleration is
triggered by DC bus voltage common_TMonly
0 Hz

Figure 5.64 KEB Operation Using a KEB Input

206 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ KEB Ride-Thru End Detection

The KEB function end detection depends on the setting of parameter L2-01 and if a digital input programmed for KEB
(H1-†† = 65, 66, 7A, 7B) is used or not.
KEB Ride-Thru Operation in L2-02, Input Terminals Not Used
Here, L2-01 = 3 and the input terminals have not been set for KEB Ride-Thru (H1-†† does not equal 65, 66, 7A, 7B).
After decelerating for the time set in parameter L2-02, the drive ends KEB operation and attempts to accelerate back to
the frequency reference. If the power has not returned within L2-02, an Uv1 fault occurs and the drive output shuts off.
Figure 5.65

Power Loss shorter than L2-02 Power Loss longer than L2-02
Main Power Supply Power Loss Power Loss
0V 0V

DC Bus Voltage

L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage) L2-11 (Desired DC

Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level) L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
0V 0V
L2-02 L2-02
common_TMonly (Powe Loss
Acceleration using L2-07 or
(Powe Loss
Ride-Thru Time) Ride-Thru Time)
C1-01/03/05/07 if L2-07 = 0
Output Frequency
Drive attempts to restart but
power has not returned
An Uv1 fault is triggered
KEB Deceleration KEB Deceleration
0 Hz 0 Hz

Figure 5.65 KEB Operation Using L2-02, Without KEB Input

KEB Ride-Thru Operation Within L2-02, Input Terminals Used
Here, L2-01 = 3 and an input terminal is set to issue KEB Ride-Thru (H1-†† = 65, 66, 7A, 7B). After decelerating for
the time set in parameter L2-02, the drive checks the DC bus voltage and the status of the digital input. If the DC bus
voltage is still below the level set in L2-11 or if the KEB digital input is still active, KEB deceleration continues. If the
voltage level has risen above the value set to L2-11, then normal operation is resumed.
Note: The time set in L2-02 has priority over L2-10. Even if L2-10 is set to a longer time than L2-02, once the time in L2-02 passes, the
drive will check the DC bus voltage level and the status of the terminal assigned to KEB Ride-Thru, then try to restart.
Figure 5.66

Power loss shorter than L2-02 Power loss longer than L2-02
Main Power Supply Power Loss Power Loss
0V 0V
L2-10 L2-10

KEB Digital Input

Parameter Details
DC bus voltage
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage) L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level) L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
0V 0V

common_TMonly L2-02
(Powe Loss
KEB restart after
L2-02 has passed
L2-02
KEB restart triggered by
(Powe Loss
digital input release
5
Ride-Thur Time) Ride-Thur Time)
Output Frequency

KEB deceleration is KEB deceleration is

triggered by DC bus voltage triggered by DC bus voltage
0 Hz 0 Hz

Figure 5.66 KEB Operation Using L2-02 and KEB Input

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 207
5.8 L: Protection Functions

KEB Ride-Thru Operation as Long as CPU Has Power, KEB Input Not Used
Here, L2-01 = 4 and the input terminals have not been set for KEB Ride-Thru (H1-†† does not equal 65, 66, 7A, 7B).
After decelerating for the time set in parameter L2-10, the drive checks the DC bus voltage level. If the DC bus voltage is
lower than the level set in L2-11, then deceleration continues. Once the DC bus voltage rises above the value of L2-11,
normal operation is resumed.
Figure 5.67

Power Loss Shorter than L2-10 Power Loss Longer than L2-10
Main Power Supply Power Loss Power Loss
0V 0V

DC Bus Voltage

L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage) L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)

L2-05 (Uv Detection Level) L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)

0V 0V
L2-10
common_TMonly (Min. KEB Operation
L2-10
(Min. KEB
Acceleration using L2-07 or Acceleration using L2-07 or
Time Op. Time
C1-01/03/05/07 if L2-07 = 0 C1-01/03/05/07 if L2-07 = 0
Output Frequency

KEB Deceleration KEB Deceleration

0 Hz 0 Hz

Figure 5.67 KEB Operation Using L2-10, Without KEB Input

KEB Ride-Thru Operation as Long as CPU Has Power, KEB Input Used
Here, L2-01 = 3 and an input terminal is set to issue KEB Ride-Thru (H1-†† = 65, 66, 7A, 7B). After decelerating for
the time set in parameter L2-10, the drive checks the DC bus voltage and the status of the digital input. If the DC bus
voltage is still below the level set in L2-11 or if the digital input assigned to KEB Ride-Thru is still active, then the drive
continues to decelerate. If the DC bus voltage has risen above L2-11 and the terminal that initiated KEB Rid-Thru is
released, then operation resumes.
Figure 5.68

Power loss shorter than L2-10 Power loss longer than L2-10
Main Power Supply Power Loss Power Loss
0V 0V

KEB Digital Input

DC bus voltage
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage) L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)

L2-05 (Uv Detection Level) L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)

0V 0V
L2-10 (Min.
KEB restart after KEB KEB restart after
common_TMonly L2-10 (Minimum KEB
L2-02 has passed Operation L2-02 has passed
Operation Time) Time)
Output Frequency

KEB deceleration is KEB deceleration is

triggered by DC bus voltage triggered by DC bus voltage
0 Hz 0 Hz

Figure 5.68 KEB Operation Using L2-10 and KEB Input

L2-01 = 5
KEB operation ends when the motor has come to a stop, even if the power returns and the digital input terminal that
initiated KEB Ride-Thru is cleared.

208 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ KEB Operation Wiring Example

Figure 5.69 shows a wiring example for triggering the KEB Ride-Thru at power loss using an undervoltage relay. If
power loss occurs, the undervoltage relay triggers KEB Ride-Thru at terminal S6 (H1-06 = 65, 66, 7A, 7B).
Note: Make sure the Run command is not switched off during momentary power loss. If the Run command is shut off, the drive will
not accelerate back to speed when the power is restored.
Figure 5.69

L1 R/L1 U/T1

L2 S/L2 V/T2 M
L3 T/L3 W/T3

UV Detection
Relay

S6 - KEB command 1 or 2

S1 - Start command

SC common_TMonly

Figure 5.69 KEB Function Wiring Example

■ Parameters for KEB Ride-Thru

Table 5.31 lists parameters needed to set up KEB Ride-Thru depending the type of KEB Ride-Thru selected in L2-29.
Table 5.31 KEB Function Related Adjustments
KEB Mode
Parameter Name Setting Instructions (L2-29)
0 1
• Increase if an overvoltage fault (ov) occur during KEB deceleration.
C1-09 Fast Stop Time YES NO
• Decrease if an undervoltage fault (Uv1) occurs during KEB deceleration.
Increase if an undervoltage fault (Uv1) fault occurs at KEB operation start in order to let the drive detect
L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Level YES YES
power loss more quickly.
• Increase if an overvoltage fault (ov) occur during KEB deceleration
L2-06 KEB Deceleration Time NO NO
• Decrease if an undervoltage fault (Uv1) occurs during KEB deceleration
L2-07 KEB Acceleration Time Adjust to the desired acceleration time. If set to 0, standard acceleration times are used (C1-01, C1-03). YES YES
• Increase if an undervoltage fault occurs right after KEB operation starts.
L2-08 Frequency Gain at KEB Start YES NO
• Decrease if an overvoltage fault occurs right after KEB operation starts.
• Increase when a digital input is set for KEB Ride-Thru and an undervoltage fault occurs after power was lost
because the device that controls the input does not react quickly enough.
L2-10 KEB Detection Time YES YES
• If the DC bus voltage overshoots after KEB Ride-Thru begins (and no input terminal is set to KEB Ride-
Thru), increase L2-10 to longer than the overshoot.
Desired DC Bus Voltage • Set to around 1.22 times the input voltage for Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2.
L2-11 YES YES

Parameter Details
during KEB • Set to around 1.4 times the input voltage for Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1.
• Increase this setting slowly in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage (ov) or undervoltage (Uv1) occurs at the beginning
L3-20 Main Circuit Adjustment Gain of deceleration NO YES
• Reduce if torque ripple occurs during deceleration while executing KEB Ride-Thru.
• Reduce L3-21 in steps of 0.05 if there is a fairly large speed or current ripple.
Accel/Decel Rate
L3-21 • Decreasing this setting too much can result in a slow DC bus voltage control response, and may lead to NO YES
Calculation Gain
problems with overvoltage or undervoltage.
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time Set the motor acceleration time as described on page 216. NO YES
L3-25 Load Inertia Ratio Set the load/inertia ratio as described on page 217. NO YES 5
■ L2-02: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Sets the maximum time allowed to ride through a power loss. If power loss operation exceeds this time, the drive will
attempt to accelerate back to frequency reference. This parameter is valid if L2-01 = 1 or 3.
Note: The amount of time the drive is capable of recovering after a power loss is determined by the capacity of the drive. Drive
capacity determines the upper limit for L2-02.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time 0.0 to 25.5 s Determined by o2-04

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 209
5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L2-03: Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time

Sets the minimum baseblock time when power is restored following a momentary power loss. This determines the time
the drive waits for the residual voltage in the motor to dissipate. Increase this setting if overcurrent or overvoltage occurs
at the beginning of Speed Search, after a power loss, or during DC Injection Braking.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time 0.1 to 5.0 s Determined by o2-04

■ L2-04: Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time

Sets the time for the drive to restore the output voltage to the level specified by the V/f pattern after Speed Search. The
setting value determines the time for the voltage to go from 0 V to the maximum voltage.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time 0.0 to 5.0 s Determined by o2-04

■ L2-05: Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv)

Determines the voltage at which a Uv1 fault is triggered or at which the KEB function is activated. This setting rarely
needs to be changed.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Determined by A1-02,
L2-05 <1> Undervoltage Detection Level 150 to 210 Vdc
E1-01 and o2-04 <2>
<1> Values are for 200 V class drives and must be doubled for 400 V class drives.
<2> The default setting for 400 V class drives will vary depending on if the drive input voltage is over or under 400 V.

Note: 1. When setting L2-05 below the default value, an AC reactor option should be installed to the input side of the power supply to prevent
damage to drive circuitry.
2. If using KEB Ride-Thru and L2-05 is set too low, then undervoltage in the DC bus (uv1) will be triggered before KEB Ride-Thru can
be executed. Take caution not to set this value too low.

■ L2-06: KEB Deceleration Time

Sets the time to decelerate from the frequency reference at the time KEB Ride-Thru was initiated down to zero speed.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-06 KEB Deceleration Time 0.00 to 6000.0 s <1> 0.00 s
<1> Setting range is determined by the accel/decel time units set in C1-10. If the time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range
becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s.

■ L2-07: KEB Acceleration Time

Sets the time to reaccelerate from the speed when KEB was deactivated to the frequency reference.
When set to 0.0 s, the drive will accelerate back up to speed according to the active deceleration time set by C1-01, C1-
03.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-07 KEB Acceleration Time 0.00 to 6000.0 s 0.00 s

■ L2-08: Frequency Gain at KEB Start

When the KEB Ride-Thru command is input, the output frequency is reduced in a single step in order to quickly get the
motor into a regenerative state. The amount of this frequency reduction can be calculated using the formula below. Note
that L2-08 can only be used with induction motors.
Amount of reduction = Slip frequency prior to KEB × (L2-08) × 2

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-08 Frequency Gain at KEB Start 0 to 300% 100%

210 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L2-10: KEB Detection Time (Minimum KEB Time)

Parameter L2-10 determines how long KEB Ride-Thru must operate once it is triggered. Also refer to KEB Ride-Thru
End Detection on page 207.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-10 KEB Detection Time 0 to 2000 ms 50 ms

■ L2-11: DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB

Determines the setpoint (target value) for the DC bus voltage during Single KEB Ride-Thru 2. For Single KEB Ride-
Thru 1, parameter L2-11 defines the voltage level to end KEB Ride-Thru.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-11 DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB 150 to 400 Vdc <1> <2>

<1> Values are for 200 V class drives and must be doubled for 400 V class drives.
<2> Default setting is determined by E1-01.

■ L2-29: KEB Method Selection

Selects the way the Kinetic Energy Buffering function operates.
Note: If a multi function input is set for Single KEB Ride-Thru 2 (H1-†† = 7A, 7B) the setting of L2-29 is disregarded and the KEB
mode equal to L2-29 = 1 is automatically selected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L2-29 KEB Method Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1

Setting 1: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2
Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 206 for detailed explanations.

◆ L3: Stall Prevention

When the load is too high or acceleration and deceleration times are too short, the motor may be unable to keep up with
the frequency reference, resulting in excessive slip. During acceleration, this usually causes an overcurrent fault (oC),
drive overload (oL2), or motor overload (oL1). During deceleration, it can cause excessive regenerative power to flow
back into the DC bus capacitors, eventually causing the drive to fault out from overvoltage (oV). The drive can prevent
the motor from stalling and still reach the desired speed without the user needing to change the acceleration or
deceleration time settings. The Stall Prevention function can be set separately for acceleration, operating at constant
speeds, and deceleration.
■ L3-01: Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration

Parameter Details
Stall Prevention during acceleration (L3-01) prevents tripping with overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive
overload (oL2) faults common when accelerating with heavy loads.
L3-01 determines the type of Stall Prevention the drive should used during acceleration.

No. Name Setting Range Default 5

L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration 0 to 2 1

Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration time is too short, the drive may not be able to get the motor up to
speed fast enough, thus tripping an overload fault.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration. Operation varies, depending on the control mode.
• V/f Control:
If the output current rises above the Stall Prevention level set in L3-02, then the drive stops accelerating. Acceleration
will not resume until the output current falls 15% below the setting in L3-02.
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced in the constant power range. Refer to L3-03: Stall Prevention
Limit during Acceleration on page 213.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 211
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.70

Output current

Stall Prevention Level

During Acceleration
L3-02

L3-02
-15%

Time
Output frequency

Controls the output frequency

to prevent the motor from stalling
Time

Figure 5.70 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Induction Motors

• Open Loop Vector Control for PM:
If the output current remains above the Stall Prevention level set in L3-02 for the time set in L3-27, then the drive will
begin to decelerate using the deceleration time set in L3-22. (Refer to L3-22: Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention
during Acceleration on page 213.) Acceleration will not resume until the output current falls 15% below the setting in
L3-02.
Figure 5.71

Output current
L3-02 15 % of L3-02

Time
Output frequency

L3-27
L3-27
Time
Deceleration
using L3-22

Figure 5.71 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Permanent Magnet Motors
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
When L3-02 = 2, the drive will disregard the selected acceleration time and try to accelerate in the minimum time. The
acceleration rate is adjusted so that the current does not exceed the value set in parameter L3-02.
■ L3-02: Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention during acceleration is activated.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration 0 to 150% <1> <1>

<1> The upper limit and default value is determined by the carrier frequency derating selection (L8-38).

• Stalling may occur when the motor is rated at a smaller capacity than the drive and the Stall Prevention default settings
are used. Set L3-02 as appropriate if stalling occurs.
• When operating the motor in the constant power range, also set parameter L3-03.

212 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration

The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced when the motor is operated in the constant power range. L3-03 sets
the lower limit for this reduction as a percentage of the drive rated current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration 0 to 100% 50%
Figure 5.72

Stall Prevention level during Acceleration

L3-02

L3-03

Output frequency
E1-06
Base frequency
Figure 5.72 Stall Prevention Level and Limit During Acceleration

■ L3-22: Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration

Sets the brief deceleration time used when stalling occurs while accelerating a PM motor. When set to 0, this function is
disabled and the drive will decelerate at the selected deceleration time when stalling occurs.
The function is effective only in Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors and if parameter L3-01 is set to 1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-22 Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention During Acceleration 0 to 6000.0 s 0.0 s

■ L3-04: Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration

Stall Prevention during deceleration can control the deceleration based on the DC bus voltage and prevent an overvoltage
fault caused by high inertia or rapid deceleration.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection During Deceleration 0 to 2, 4, 5 <1> 1
<1> Settings 4 and 5 are not available in OLV/PM.

Setting 0: Disabled

Parameter Details
When this setting is used, the drive decelerates according to the set deceleration time. With high inertia loads or rapid
deceleration, an overvoltage (ov) fault may occur. In this case use braking options or switch to another L3-04 selection.
Setting 1: General-purpose Stall Prevention
With this setting the drive tries to decelerate within the set deceleration time. When the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall
Prevention level, the drive pauses deceleration. Deceleration continues as soon as the DC bus voltage drops below that 5
level. Stall Prevention may be triggered repeatedly to avoid an overvoltage fault. The DC bus voltage level for Stall
Prevention depends on the input voltage setting E1-01.

Drive Input Voltage Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration

200 V Class 377 Vdc
400 V Class 754 Vdc

Note: 1. This setting should not be used in combination with a Dynamic Braking Resistor or other braking options. If Stall Prevention during
deceleration is enabled, it will be triggered before the braking resistor option can operate.
2. This method may lengthen the total deceleration time compared to the set value. If this is not appropriate for the application consider
using a braking option.

Figure 5.73 illustrates the function of Stall Prevention during deceleration.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 213
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.73

Output Frequency

Deceleration characteristics
when Stall Prevention was
triggered during deceleration

Time

specified deceleration time

Figure 5.73 Stall Prevention During Deceleration

Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
With this setting, the drive adjusts the deceleration rate so that the DC bus voltage is kept at the level set in parameter L3-
17. This way the shortest possible deceleration time is achieved while the motor is protected from stalling. The
deceleration time that has been selected is disregarded, but the achievable deceleration time cannot be smaller than 1/10
of the set deceleration time.
This function uses the following parameters for adjusting the deceleration rate:
• DC bus voltage gain (L3-20)
• Deceleration rate calculations gain (L3-21)
• Inertia calculations for motor acceleration time (L3-24)
• Load inertia ratio (L3-25)
Note: As the deceleration time is not constant, Intelligent Stall Prevention should not be used in applications where stopping accuracy
is a concern. Use braking options instead.
Setting 4: Overexcitation Deceleration 1
Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (increasing the motor flux) is faster than deceleration with no Stall Prevention (L3-04 = 0).
Refer to Overexcitation Deceleration (Induction Motors) on page 230 for details.
Setting 5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2
Overexcitation Deceleration 2 slows down the motor while trying to maintain the DC bus voltage at the level set in
parameter L3-17. By doing this, the achievable deceleration time can even be shorter than with Overexcitation
Deceleration 1. Refer to Overexcitation Deceleration (Induction Motors) on page 230 for details.
■ L3-05: Stall Prevention Selection during Run
Stall Prevention during run can prevent a motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient
overload occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
This parameter determines how Stall Prevention works during run.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection During Run 0 to 2 1

Note: 1. This function is available in V/f and OLV/PM.

2. When output frequency is 6 Hz or less, Stall Prevention during run is disabled regardless of the setting in L3-05 and L3-06.
Setting 0: Disabled
Drive runs at the set frequency reference. A heavy load may cause the motor to stall and trip the drive with an oC or oL
fault.
Setting 1: Decelerate using C1-02
If the current exceeds the Stall Prevention level set in parameter L3-06, then the drive will decelerate at decel time 1 (C1-
02). Once the current level drops below the value of L3-06 minus 2% for 100 ms, the drive accelerates back to the
frequency reference at the active acceleration time.
Setting 2: Decelerate using C1-04
Same as setting 1 except the drive decelerates at decel time 2 (C1-04).

214 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-06: Stall Prevention Level during Run

Sets the current level to trigger Stall Prevention during run. Depending on the setting of parameter L3-23, the level is
automatically reduced in the constant power range (speed beyond base speed).
The Stall Prevention level can be adjusted using an analog input. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal
Settings on page 195 for details.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-06 Stall Prevention Level During Run 30 to 150 <1> <1>

<1> The upper limit and default for this setting is determined by L8-38.

■ L3-23: Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during Run

This function reduces the Stall Prevention during run level in the constant power range.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-23 Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention During Run 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
The level set in L3-06 is used throughout the entire speed range.
Setting 1: Enabled
The Stall Prevention level during run is reduced in the constant power range. The lower limit will be 40% of L3-06.
■ Overvoltage Suppression Function
This function suppresses overvoltage faults by decreasing the regenerative torque limit and slightly increasing the output
frequency when the DC bus voltage rises. It can be used to drive loads with cyclic regenerative operation, such as a
punch press or other applications that involve repetitive crank movements.
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are adjusted during ov suppression so that the DC bus voltage
does not exceed the level set in parameter L3-17. In addition to the parameters explained below, ov suppression also uses
these settings for frequency adjustment:
• DC bus voltage gain (L3-20)
• Deceleration rate calculations gain (L3-21)
• Inertia calculations for motor acceleration time (L3-24)
• Load inertia ratio (L3-25)
Note: 1. The motor speed will exceed the frequency reference when overvoltage suppression is triggered. Consequently, overvoltage
suppression is not appropriate in applications that require a perfect match between the frequency reference and the motor speed.
2. Disable overvoltage suppression when using a braking resistor.

Parameter Details
3. Overvoltage may still occur if there is a sudden increase to a regenerative load.
4. This function is enabled only when operating just below the maximum frequency. Overvoltage suppression does not increase the
output frequency beyond the maximum frequency. If this is required by the application, increase the maximum frequency and change
the base frequency setting.

■ L3-11: Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection

5
Enables or disables the overvoltage suppression function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are not adjusted. A regenerative load may trip the drive with an
overvoltage fault. Use this setting if braking options are installed.
Setting 1: Enabled
When the DC bus voltage rises due to regenerative load, an overvoltage fault is prevented by decreasing the regenerative
torque limit and increasing the output frequency.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 215
5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-17: Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
Sets the target DC bus voltage target level used by the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1), Intelligent Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-17 Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention 150 to 400 Vdc <1> 370 Vdc <1> <2>

<1> Values are for 200 V class drives and must be doubled for 400 V class drives.
<2> This value is initialized when E1-01 is changed.

■ L3-20: DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain

Determines the proportional gain used by overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1), Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1), KEB
Ride Thru 2 (H1-†† = 7A or 7B) and Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2) in order to control the
DC bus voltage.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-20 DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain 0.00 to 5.00 Determined by A1-02

Adjustment for Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1) and Intelligent Stall Prevention During Deceleration
• Increase this setting slowly in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage or undervoltage occurs at the beginning of deceleration.
• If this setting is too high, then a fair amount of speed or torque ripple can result.
Adjustment for Overvoltage Suppression
• Increase this setting slowly in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage suppression is enabled (L3-11 = 1) and a sudden increase in a
regenerative load results in an overvoltage (ov) fault.
• If this setting is too high, excessive speed or torque ripple can result.
■ L3-21: Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain
Determines the proportional gain used by overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1), Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1), and
Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2) in order to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-21 Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain 0.10 to 10.00 <1>

<1> This value is reset to its default value when the control mode is changed (A1-02).

Adjustment for Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1) and Intelligent Stall Prevention During Deceleration
• Reduce L3-21 in steps of 0.05 if there is a fairly large speed or current ripple.
• Small reductions of L3-21can also help solve problems with overvoltage and overcurrent.
• Decreasing this setting too much can result in a slow DC bus voltage control response and may also lengthen
deceleration times beyond optimal levels.
Adjustment for Overvoltage Suppression
• Increase this setting in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage occurs as a result of a regenerative load when overvoltage
suppression is enabled (L3-11 = 1).
• If there is a fairly large speed ripple when overvoltage suppression is enabled, then decrease L3-21 in steps of 0.05.
■ L3-24: Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
Sets the time it takes to accelerate the motor from stop to the maximum speed at motor rated torque. This parameter
should be set when using Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1), Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L2-04 = 2),
or the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1).

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations 0.001 to 10.000 s Determined by o2-04, E2-11, and E5-01 <1>
<1> Parameter L3-24 is defaulted for a YASKAWA standard 4-pole motor. During Auto-Tuning, L3-24 will be initialized to a YASKAWA standard
4-pole motor if parameter E2-11 is changed. This value also changes based on the motor code set to E5-01 when using the Open Loop Vector
Control Mode for PM motors.
Automatic Parameter Setup
In Closed Loop Vector Control for induction motors or PM motors, the Inertia Auto-Tuning function can be used to let
the drive automatically adjust this parameter. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 105.

216 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

Manual Parameter Setup

Calculations are made as follows:

2 J [kgm2] n rated [r/min]

L3-24 =
60 Trated [Nm] common_TMonly
The rated torque can be calculated as follows:

60 P Motor[kW] 103
T rated[Nm] =
2 n rated [r/min] common_TMonly
■ L3-25: Load Inertia Ratio
Determines the ratio between the rotor inertia and the load. Set this parameter when using Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 =
1), Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2), or the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1).

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-25 Load Inertia Ratio 1.0 to 1000.0 1.0

When set incorrectly, a fairly large current ripple can result during Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1) and overvoltage
suppression (L3-11 = 1) or other faults such as ov, Uv1, and oC may occur.
Automatic Parameter Setup
In Closed Loop Vector Control for induction motors or PM motors the Inertia Auto-Tuning function can be used to let the
drive automatically adjust this parameter. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 105.
Manual Parameter Setup
Parameter L3-25 can be calculated by:

Machine Inertia
L3-25 =
Motor Inertia common_TMonly
■ L3-26: Additional DC Bus Capacitors
Sets the capacity of any additional DC bus capacitors that have been installed. This data is used in calculations for Single
Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2. This setting needs to be adjusted only if external capacity is connected to the drives DC bus and
Single Drive KEB 2 is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-26 Additional DC Bus Capacitors 0 to 65000 μF 0 μF

Parameter Details
■ L3-27: Stall Prevention Detection Time
Sets a delay time from when the Stall Prevention level is reached and the actual Stall Prevention function is activated.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-27 Stall Prevention Detection Time 0 to 5000 ms 50 ms
5
◆ L4: Speed Detection
These parameters set up the speed agree and speed detection functions which can be assigned to the multi-function
output terminals.
■ L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width
Parameter L4-01 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed agree 1,” “User-set speed agree 1,”
“Frequency detection 1,” and “Frequency detection 2.”
Parameter L4-02 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level 0.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width 0.0 to 20.0 Hz 2.0 Hz

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 217
5.8 L: Protection Functions

Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, M3-M4, and M5-M6 Function Selection on page 183, Settings 2, 3, 4, and
5.
■ L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-)
Parameter L4-03 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed agree 2,” “User-set speed agree 2,”
“Frequency detection 3,” and “Frequency detection 4.”
Parameter L4-04 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) -200.0 to 200.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) 0.0 to 20.0 Hz 2.0 Hz

Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, M3-M4, and M5-M6 Function Selection on page 183, Settings 13, 14, 15,
and 16.
■ L4-05: Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
The drive can detect a loss of an analog frequency reference from input A1, A2, or A3. Frequency reference loss is
detected when the frequency reference drops below 10% of the reference before or below 5% of the maximum output
frequency within 400 ms.
Figure 5.74

Analog 100%
frequency
reference 10%

400 ms

Loss of
Reference OFF ON
output
time
common_TMonly
Figure 5.74 Loss of Reference Function
To have a digital output trigger when frequency reference loss occurs, set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to C. Refer to Setting
C: Frequency Reference Loss on page 187 for details on setting the output function.
Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a frequency reference loss is detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Stop
Drive follows the frequency reference (which is no longer present) and simply stops the motor.
Setting 1: Continue operation with reduced frequency reference
The drive will continue operation at the frequency reference value set in parameter L4-06. When the external frequency
reference value is restored, the operation is continued with the frequency reference.
■ L4-06: Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the frequency reference level the drive runs with when L4-05 = 1 and a reference loss was detected. The value is set
as a percentage of the frequency reference before the loss was detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss 0.0 to 100.0% 80.0%

■ L4-07: Speed Agreement Detection Selection

Determines when frequency detection is active using parameters L4-01 through L4-04.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: No detection during baseblock

Setting 1: Detection always enabled

218 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

◆ L5: Fault Restart

After a fault has occurred, this function attempts to automatically restart the motor and continue operation instead of
stopping.
The drive can be set up to perform a self-diagnostic check and resume the operation after a fault has occurred. If the self-
check is successful and the cause of the fault has disappeared, the drive restarts by first performing Speed Search (Refer
to b3: Speed Search on page 131 for details).
The drive can attempt to restart itself following the faults listed below.

Fault Name Fault Name

GF Ground Fault oL3 Overtorque 1
LF Output Open Phase ov DC Bus Overvoltage
oC Overcurrent PF Input Phase Loss
oH1 Drive Overheat Uv1 DC Bus Undervoltage <1>
oL1 Motor Overload Sto Pull-Out Detection
oL2 Drive Overload
<1> When L2-01 is set to 1 through 4 (continue operation during momentary power loss)

Use parameters L5-01 to L5-05 to set up automatic fault restart.

To output a signal during fault restart, set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to 1E.
■ L5-01: Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Sets the number of times that the drive may attempt to restart itself.
The method of incrementing the restart counter is determined by the setting of parameter L5-05. When the counter
reaches the number set in L5-01, the operation stops and the fault has to be reset manually after correcting the cause.
The restart counter is incremented at each restart attempt, regardless of whether the attempt was successful. When the
counter reaches the number set in L5-01, the operation stops and the fault has to be reset manually after correcting the
cause.
The number of fault restarts is reset back to zero when:
• The drive operates normally for ten minutes following a fault restart.
• A fault is cleared manually after protective functions are triggered.
• The power supply is cycled.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 0 to 10 Times 0 Time

Parameter Details
■ L5-02: Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Determines if a fault output is triggered (H2-†† = E) when the drive attempts to restart.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L5-02 Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection 0 or 1 0
5
Setting 0: No fault output
Setting 1: Fault output is set
■ L5-03: Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts (enabled only when L5-05 = 0)
Although the drive will continue to execute fault restarts, this parameter will cause a fault if a fault restart cannot occur
after the time in L5-03 passes.
All major faults will cause the drive to stop. For some faults it is possible to configure the drive to attempt a restart
automatically. After the fault occurs, the drive baseblocks for L2-03 seconds. After the baseblock is removed the drive
checks if a fault condition still exists. If no fault condition exists the drive will attempt to restart the motor. If the restart is
successful, the drive performs a Speed Search (Regardless of the status of b3-01 "Speed Search Selection") from the set
speed command and the Auto Restart Attempts count is increased by one. Even if the restart fails the restart count is
increased by one as long as the drive attempted to rotate the motor. The restart count will not be incremented if the restart

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 219
5.8 L: Protection Functions

is not attempted due to a continuing fault condition, (i.e. an ov fault). The drive waits L5-03 seconds before attempting
another restart.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L5-03 Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts 0.5 to 600.0 s 10.0
Figure 5.75

Run

ov oC oC

Fault
trying each try but
L5-03 seconds successful failed successful

Attempts L2-03 L2-03 L2-03

1 2 3
L5-03
Time
Count
Voltage Drive trips on oC, oC condition
remains high resets (2) and tries gone, resets (3)
for a long time, again but motor still and runs.
then reset (1) shorted, trips again.
common_TMonl
Figure 5.75 Automatic Restart Timing Diagram
The auto restart count is reset back to 0 if any of the following occur:
• No further faults for ten minutes after the last retry.
• The drive's power is turned off (the drive must be without power long enough to let control power dissipate).
• The RESET key is pushed after the last reset attempt.
The setting of parameter L5-02 determines whether the fault output (MA-MB) will be closed during an auto restart
attempt.
The setting of L5-02 can be important when interfacing the drive with other equipment.
The following faults will allow the Auto Restart function to initiate:
• oC (Overcurrent)
• LF (Output Phase Loss)
• PF (Input Phase Loss)
• oL1 (Motor Overload)
• oL3 (Overtorque Detection 1)
• oL2 (Drive Overload)
• ov (Overvoltage)
• GF (Ground Fault)
• Uv1 (Undervoltage)
• oH1 (Heatsink Overheat)
In order for auto restart after a Uv1 fault, Momentary Power Loss Ride-thru must be enabled (L2-01= “1: Power Loss
Ridethru Time”, or “2: CPU Power Active”). Setting H2-01, H2-02 or H2-03 equal to “1E” configures a digital output as
“Restart Enabled” to signal if an impending auto restart is possible.
■ L5-04: Fault Reset Interval Time
Determines the amount of time to wait between restart attempts when parameter L5-05 is set to 1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Time 0.5 to 600.0 s 10.0 s

■ L5-05: Fault Reset Operation Selection

No. Name Setting Range Default

L5-05 Fault Reset Operation Selection 0 or 1 0

220 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 0: Count successful restarts

The drive will continuously attempt to restart. If it restarts successfully, the restart counter is increased. This operation is
repeated each time a fault occurs until the counter reaches the value set in L5-01.
Setting 1: Count restart attempts
The drive will try to restart using the time interval set in parameter L5-04. A record is kept of the number of attempts to
restart to the drive, regardless of whether or not those attempts were successful. When the number of attempted restarts
exceeds the value set to L5-01, the drive gives up trying to restart.

◆ L6: Torque Detection

The drive provides two independent torque detection functions that trigger an alarm or fault signal when the load is too
heavy (oL), or suddenly drops (UL). They are set up using the L6-†† parameters. To indicate the underload or overload
condition to an external device, digital outputs should be programmed as shown below.
Note: When overtorque occurs in the application, the drive may stop due to overcurrent (oC) or overload (oL1). To prevent this, an
overload situation should be indicated to the controller before oC or oL1 occur in the drive. Use the torque detection for this
purpose. Use undertorque detection to discover application problems like a torn belt, a pump shutting off, or other similar
trouble.

H2-01, H2-02, H2-03

Description
Setting
B Torque detection 1, N.O. (output closes when overload or underload is detected)
17 Torque detection 1, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected
18 Torque detection 2, N.O. (output close when overload or underload is detected)
19 Torque detection 2, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected)

Figure 5.76 and Figure 5.77 show the function of overtorque and undertorque detection.
Figure 5.76

Motor current / torque common_TMonly

10 % hysteresis 10 % hysteresis

L6-02

L6-03 L6-03
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON

Figure 5.76 Overtorque Detection Operation

Figure 5.77

Motor current / torque 10 % hysteresis

common_TMonly

Parameter Details
L6-02

L6-03 L6-03
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
ON ON
5
Torque detection 2 (NO)

Figure 5.77 Undertorque Detection Operation

Note: 1. The torque detection function uses a hysteresis of 10% of the drive rated output current and motor rated torque.
2. In V/f, and OLV/PM, the level is set as a percentage of the drive rated output current.

■ L6-01: Torque Detection Selection

The torque detection function is triggered when the current or torque exceeds the levels set in L6-02 for longer than the
time set in L6-03. L6-01 selects the conditions for detection and the operation that follows.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1 0 to 8 0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 221
5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: oL3 at speed agree (alarm)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3 alarm is triggered.
Setting 2: oL3 at run (alarm)
Overtorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and an oL3
alarm is triggered.
Setting 3: oL3 at speed agree (fault)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 fault is triggered.
Setting 4: oL3 at run - (fault)
Overtorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 fault is triggered.
Setting 5: UL3 at speed agree (alarm)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3 alarm is triggered.
Setting 6: UL3 at Run - Alarm
Undertorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and an oL3
or alarm is triggered.
Setting 7: UL3 at Speed Agree - Fault
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 fault is triggered.
Setting 8: UL3 at run - fault
Undertorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 fault is triggered.
■ L6-02: Torque Detection Level
This parameter sets the detection level for the torque detection function 1. In V/f and OLV/PM control modes this level is
set as a percentage of the drive rated output current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1 0 to 300% 150%

Note: The torque detection level 1 (L6-02) can also be supplied by an analog input terminal set to H3-†† = 7. Here, the analog value
has priority and the setting in L6-02 is disregarded.

■ L6-03: Torque Detection Time

This parameter determines the time required to trigger an alarm or fault after exceeding the level in L6-02.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1 0.0 to 10.0 s 10.0 s

■ L6-13: Motor Underload Protection Selection

Sets the Motor Underload Protection (UL6) based on motor load.
Selects the operation of underload detection function UL6. Underload is detected when the output current falls below the
underload detection level defined by L6-14 and L2-02. Parameter L6-13 defines what the level of L6-02 refers to, either
fbase or fmax.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L6-13 Motor Underload Protection Selection 0 to 2 0

222 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

0: Overtorque/Undertorque detection Enabled

1: Fbase Motor load Enabled
2: Fmax base Motor load Enabled
Figure 5.78

UL Detection Level

L6-02
(0~300%)

1/f

L6-14
Motor Under-Load common_TMon
Protection Level at Fmin
ly

Output Frequency
0 Fmin Fbase Fmax
Figure 5.78 Motor Underload Protection

■ L6-14: Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency

Sets the UL6 detection level at minimum frequency by percentage of drive rated current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L6-14 Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency 0 to 300 15

◆ L8: Drive Protection

■ L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level
Sets the overheat alarm (oH) detection level.
The drive will output an alarm when the heatsink temperature exceeds the alarm level set in parameter L8-02. If the
operation when this alarm occurs is set for continued operation (L8-03 = 4) and the temperature reaches the overheat

Parameter Details
fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 fault and stop operation.
When an output terminal is set for the oH pre-alarm (H2-†† = 20), the switch will close when the heatsink temperature
rises above L8-02.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level 50 to 150 °C Determined by o2-04 5
■ L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Sets the operation when an overheat pre-alarm is detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection 0 to 4 3

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the deceleration time currently selected. If a digital output
is programmed for “fault” (H2-†† = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
If heatsink overheat (oH) occurs, the drive switches off the output and the motor coasts to stop. If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2-†† = E), this output will be triggered.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 223
5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 2: Fast Stop

If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the Fast Stop time (C1-09). If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2-†† = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 3: Alarm only
If an overheat alarm occurs, an alarm is output and the drive continues operation.
Setting 4: Operation with reduced speed
If an overheat alarm occurs, the operation is continued but the speed is reduced to the level set in parameter L8-19. If
after 10 s the oH alarm is still present, the speed is reduced once more. The amount of reduction depends on how often
the alarm repeats. If the oH alarm disappears while the drive is operating at a reduced speed, then the drive will switch
back to the previous speed it was reduced to before. Figure 5.79 explains the operation with reduced speed during an oH
alarm. A digital output programmed for 4D is switched when the oH alarm is still active after ten reduction cycles.
Figure 5.79

Output frequency common_TMonly

10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s

fref

oH
Alarm
fref × (L8-19) Reset oH
Alarm Reset oH
oH Alarm
Alarm
fref × (L8-19)2
oH etc. oH
3
Alarm Alarm
fref × (L8-19)
fref × (L8-19)4

time
oH alarm number

Digital output (4D)

Figure 5.79 Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm

■ L8-19: Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm

Specifies how much the output frequency is reduced when L8-03 is set to 4 and an oH alarm is present. Set as a factor of
the maximum output frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-19 Frequency Reduction Rate During Overheat Pre-Alarm 0.1 to 0.9 0.8

224 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Selection

Enables or disables the input phase loss detection.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables input phase loss detection. As detection is performed by measuring the DC bus ripple, a phase loss fault (PF) can
also be triggered by a power supply voltage imbalance or main circuit capacitor deterioration. Detection is disabled if:
• The drive is decelerating.
• No Run command is active.
• Output current is less than or equal to 30% of the drive rated current.
■ L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the output phase loss detection, which is triggered when the output current falls below 5% of the
drive rated current.
Note: 1. Output phase loss detection can mistakenly be triggered if the motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating. Disable
this parameter in such cases.
2. Output phase loss detection is not possible when the drive is running a PM motor with light load.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when one phase is lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when one output phase is lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
Setting 2: Fault when two phases are lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when two output phases are lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
■ L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Parameter Details
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases. 5
■ L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Run with timer

The fan is switched on when a Run command is active. It is switched off with the delay set in parameter L8-11 after the
Run command has been released. Using this setting extends the fan lifetime.
Setting 1: Run always
The fan runs whenever power is supplied to the drive.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 225
5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-11: Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time

Sets the cooling fan switch off-delay time if parameter L8-10 is set to 0.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time 0 to 300 s 60 s

■ L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting

If the temperature where the drive is mounted is above the specified values, the drive rated current must be reduced for
optimal performance life. By setting the ambient temperature to parameter L8-12 and adjusting the installation method
setting in L8-35, the drive rating automatically adapts to safe values.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting -10 to 50 °C 40 °C

■ L8-15: oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds

Selects whether the drive overload capability (oL fault detection level) is reduced at low speeds in order to prevent
premature output transistor failures.
Note: Contact YASKAWA for consultation first before disabling this setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speed 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Protection disabled at low speed

The overload protection level is not reduced. Frequently operating the drive with high output current at low speed can
lead to premature drive faults.
Setting 1: protection enabled at low speed
The overload protection level (oL2 fault detection level) is automatically reduced at speeds below 6 Hz.
■ L8-18: Software Current Limit Selection
The Software Current Limit (CLA) is a drive protection function that prevents main circuit transistor failures caused by
high current. Parameter L8-18 enables or disables this function.
Note: This setting should not be changed unless absolutely necessary. For proper drive protection and operation leave the Software
CLA function enabled.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-18 Software Current Limit Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Software CLA disabled (gain = 0)

The drive may trip on an oC fault if the load is too heavy or the acceleration is too short.
Setting 1: Software CLA enabled
When the soft CLA current level is reached, the drive reduces the output voltage in order to reduce the current. If the
current level drops below the Software CLA level, then normal operation will continue.
■ L8-27: Overcurrent Detection Gain
Adjusts the overcurrent detection level when running in OLV/PM. A setting of 100% is equal to the motor rated current.
When the drive rated current is considerably higher than the motor rated current, use this parameter to decrease the
overcurrent level in order to prevent motor demagnetization by too high current.
Overcurrent detection will use whichever value is the lowest: the overcurrent level for the drive, or the motor rated
current multiplied by L8-27.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain 0.0 to 300.0% 300.0%

226 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-29: Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)

Enables or disables output current imbalance detection when running in OLV/PM. Current unbalance can heat up a PM
motor and lead to demagnetization of the magnets. The current imbalance detection function prevents such motor
damage by monitoring output current and triggering the LF2 fault when current unbalance occurs.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
No current unbalance protection is provided to the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LF2 fault is triggered if an output current imbalance is detected. Drive output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
■ L8-32: Stopping Method for Contactor and Fan Power Supply Fault
Set the operation when an MC, FAn alarm is detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-32 Stopping Method for Contactor and Fan Power Supply Fault 0 to 4 1

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

If an MC or a FAn alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the deceleration time currently selected. If a digital
output is programmed for “fault” (H2- = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
If an MC or a FAn alarm occurs, the drive switches off the output and the motor coasts to stop. If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2- = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
If an MC or a FAn alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the Fast Stop Time (C1-09). If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2- = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 3: Alarm only
If an MC or a FAn alarm occurs, an alarm is output and the drive continues operation.
Setting 4: Operation with reduced speed
If an MC or a FAn alarm occurs, the operation is continued but the speed is reduced to the level set in parameter L8-19. If
after 10 s the MC/FAn alarm is still present, the speed is reduced once more. The amount of reduction depends on how
often the alarm repeats.

Parameter Details
If the MC/FAn alarm disappears while the drive is operating at a reduced speed, then the drive will switch back to the
previous speed it was reduced to before.
■ L8-35: Installation Method Selection
Selects the type of installation for the drive and changes the drive overload (oL2) limits accordingly. 5
Note: 1. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized.
2. The value is preset to the appropriate value when the drive is shipped. Change the value only when using Side-by-Side installation or
when mounting a standard drive with the heatsink outside the cabinet.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-35 Installation Method Selection 0 to 3 Determined by o2-04

Setting 0: IP00 enclosure

For an IP00 enclosure drive installed with at a minimum of 30 mm space to the next drive or a cabinet wall.
Setting 1: Side-by-Side mounting
For drives mounted according to YASKAWA’s Side-by-Side specifications (requires 2 mm between drives).
Setting 2: IP20 or NEMA Type 1 enclosure
For drives compliant with IP20 or NEMA Type 1 enclosure specifications.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 227
5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 3: Finless drive or external heatsink Installation

For finless drives or a standard drive mounted with the heatsink outside the cabinet or enclosure panel.
■ L8-38: Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Lets the drive reduce the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain level. This temporarily increases the
overload capability (oL2 detection), allowing the drive to run through transient load peaks without tripping.
L8-38 selects the operation of the carrier frequency reduction function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Determined by A1-02,
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2
o2-04

Setting 0: Disabled
No carrier frequency reduction at high current.
Setting 1: Enabled for output frequencies below 6 Hz
The carrier frequency is reduced at speeds below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current. The
drive returns to its normal carrier frequency when the current falls below 88% or the output frequency exceeds 7 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled for entire frequency range
The carrier frequency is reduced at the following speeds:
• Below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current.
• Above 7 Hz when the current exceeds 112% of the drive rated current.
The drive uses the delay time set in parameter L8-40 and a hysteresis of 12% when switching the carrier frequency back
to the set value.
■ L8-40: Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
Sets a hold time before returning to the original carrier frequency setting after the carrier frequency has been temporarily
derated as determined by L8-38. The carrier frequency reduction function is disabled if this value is 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 s Determined by A1-02

■ L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection

Triggers a high current alarm (HCA) when the output current rises too much.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
No alarm is detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
An alarm is triggered when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current. A digital output set for an alarm
(H2-†† = 10) will close.

228 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.9 n: Special Adjustments

5.9 n: Special Adjustments

These parameters handle a variety of specialized adjustments and functions, including Hunting Prevention, High Slip
Braking, and PM motor control functions.

◆ n1: Hunting Prevention

Hunting Prevention keeps the drive from hunting as a result of low inertia and operating with light load. Hunting often
occurs with a high carrier frequency and an output frequency below 30 Hz.
■ n1-01: Hunting Prevention Selection
Enables or disables the Hunting Prevention function.
Note: This function is available only when using V/f Control. Hunting Prevention should be disabled when drive response is more
important than suppressing motor oscillation. This function can also be disabled without any problems in applications with high
inertia loads or relatively heavy loads.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n1-01 Hunting Prevention Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ n1-02: Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Sets the gain for the Hunting Prevention Function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting 0.00 to 2.50 1.00

Normally, n1-02 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:
• If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded and n1-01 = 1, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases.
• If the motor stalls while n1-01 = 1, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
■ n1-03: Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Determines how responsive the Hunting Prevention function is (affects the primary delay time for Hunting Prevention).

No. Name Setting Range Default

n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant 0 to 500 ms Determined by o2-04

Normally, n1-03 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:

Parameter Details
• Increase this value for applications with a large load inertia. A higher setting leads to slower response, though, which
can result in oscillation at lower frequencies.
• Lower this setting if oscillation occurs at low speed.
■ n1-05: Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
5
This parameter is the same as n1-02, except that it is used when rotating in reverse. See the explanation for n1-02.
Note: When set to 0 ms, n1-02 is enabled even when the drive is operating in reverse.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n1-05 Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse 0.00 to 2.50 0.00

◆ n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking

■ High Slip Braking (V/f)
HSB works in V/f Control only and is used to decrease the stopping time compared to normal deceleration without using
braking resistor options. HSB stops the motor by reducing the output frequency in large steps, thus producing a high slip.
Regenerative energy created from decelerating the load is dissipated in the motor windings through increased motor slip.
Because of the increased temperature of the motor windings, HSB should not be used for frequently stopping the motor.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 229
5.9 n: Special Adjustments

Notes on using High Slip Braking:

• The deceleration time that has been set is ignored during HSB. Use Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (L3-04 = 4) or a
dynamic braking options if the motor has to be stopped in a defined time.
• Braking time varies based on the load inertia and motor characteristics.
• HSB and KEB Ride-Thru cannot be used simultaneously. If enabled at the same time, an oPE03 will occur.
• HSB must be triggered by a digital input set to H1-†† = 68. Once the HSB command is given, it is not possible to
restart the drive until the motor has stopped completely and the Run command is cycled.
• Use parameters n3-01 through n3-04 for adjusting HSB.
■ n3-01: High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width
Sets the step width for frequency reduction during HSB. Increase n3-01 if DC bus overvoltage (ov) occurs during HSB.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n3-01 High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width 1 to 20% 5%

■ n3-02: High Slip Braking Current Limit

Sets the maximum current to be output during an HSB stop as a percentage of motor rated current (E2-01). Reducing the
current limit increases the deceleration time. Make sure that this value does not exceed the drive’s current rating.
• Lower this setting if overvoltage occurs during HSB.
• Lower this setting if motor current is too high during HSB. High current can damage the motor due to overheat.
• The default setting is 120%.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n3-02 High Slip Braking Current Limit 100 to 200% Determined by L8-38

■ n3-03: High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop

When the motor reaches a relatively low speed at the end of HSB, the output frequency is kept at the minimum output
frequency E1-09 for the time set in n3-03. Increase this time if the inertia is very high and the motor is still coasting after
HSB is complete.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n3-03 High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop 0.0 to 10.0 s 1.0 s

■ n3-04: High Slip Braking Overload Time

Sets the time required for an HSB overload fault (oL7) to occur when the drive output frequency does not change for
some reason during an HSB stop. This can be caused by the load rotating the motor or by excessive load inertia, resulting
in a high current. To protect the motor from overheat, the drive trips with an oL7 fault if such these conditions lasts
longer than the time set in n3-04.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n3-04 High Slip Braking Overload Time 30 to 1200 s 40 s

■ Overexcitation Deceleration (Induction Motors)

Overexcitation Deceleration increases the flux during deceleration and allows shorter deceleration time settings without
the use of a braking resistor. Enabled by setting L3-04 to 4 or 5. See L3-04: Stall Prevention Selection during
Deceleration on page 213.
Notes on Overexcitation Deceleration
• As regenerative energy is mainly dissipated as heat in the motor, the motor temperature will rise if Overexcitation
Deceleration is applied frequently. In such cases, make sure the motor temperature does not exceed the maximum
allowable value or consider using a braking resistor option instead.
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 2, Hunting Prevention in V/f Control is disabled.
• Do not use Overexcitation Deceleration in combination with a braking resistor option.
• Overexcitation Deceleration can be most efficiently used in a V/f Control.
• Overexcitation Deceleration cannot be used with PM motors.
Parameter Adjustments
• Use parameters n3-13 through n3-23 for adjusting Overexcitation Deceleration.

230 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.9 n: Special Adjustments

• When repetitive or long Overexcitation Deceleration results in motor overheat, lower the overexcitation gain (n3-13)
and reduce the overslip suppression current level (n3-21).
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (L3-04 = 4), the drive decelerates at the active deceleration time (C1-02 or C1-
04). Make sure to set this time so that no overvoltage (ov) fault occurs.
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 2 (L3-04 = 5), the drive decelerates using the active deceleration time while
adjusting the deceleration rate in order to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set in L3-17. The actual stopping time
will be longer or shorter than the set deceleration time, depending on the motor characteristics and the load inertia. If
overvoltage occurs (ov), try increasing the deceleration time.
• When a Run command is entered during Overexcitation Deceleration, overexcitation operation is cancelled and the
drive will reaccelerate to the specified speed.
■ n3-13: Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
Multiplies a gain to the V/f pattern output value during Overexcitation Deceleration, thereby determining the level of
overexcitation. The drive returns to the normal V/f value after the motor has stopped or when it is accelerating to the
frequency reference.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n3-13 Overexcitation Deceleration Gain 1.00 to 1.40 1.10

The optimum setting for n3-13 depends on the motor flux saturation characteristics.
• Increase the gain gradually by 1.25 to 1.30 to improve the braking power of Overexcitation Deceleration.
• If flux saturation characteristics cause overcurrent, try lowering n3-13. A high setting sometimes causes overcurrent
(oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive overload (oL2). Lowering n3-21 can also help remedy these problems.
■ n3-14: High Frequency Injection during Overexcitation Deceleration
Enables High Frequency Injection while Overexcitation Deceleration is executed. Injecting high frequency into the
motor increases loss, which in turn shortens deceleration time. This function tends to increase audible noise from the
motor, and might not be desirable in environments where motor noise is a concern.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n3-14 High Frequency Injection During Overexcitation Deceleration 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ n3-21: High Slip Suppression Current Level
If the motor current exceeds the value set to n3-21 during Overexcitation Deceleration due to flux saturation, the drive
will automatically reduce the overexcitation gain. Parameter n3-21 is set as a percentage of the drive rated current.

Parameter Details
This parameter should be set to a relatively low value to optimize deceleration. If overcurrent, oL1, or oL2 occur during
Overexcitation Deceleration, reduce the overslip suppression current level.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n3-21 High Slip Suppression Current Level 0 to 150% 100%
5
■ n3-23: Overexcitation Operation Selection
Limit the Overexcitation Deceleration operation selected in parameter L3-04 to forward only or reverse only.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n3-23 Overexcitation Operation Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward and Reverse Direction

Setting 1: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward Direction Only
Setting 2: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Reverse Direction Only

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 231
5.9 n: Special Adjustments

◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

These parameters are available in the vector control modes for permanent magnet motors and can be used to adjust the
control performance.
■ n8-45: Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain (OLV/PM)
Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control. Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment
may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting if motor oscillation or hunting occurs.
• Decrease this setting in increments of 0.05 to decrease drive responsiveness.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-45 Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain 0.00 to 10.00 0.80

■ n8-47: Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant (OLV/PM)

Sets the time constant for the actual current and the pull-in current to match one another.
Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting when it takes too long for the reference value of the pull-in current to match the target value.
• Decrease this setting if motor oscillation occurs.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-47 Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant 0.0 to 100.0 s 5.0 s

■ n8-48: Pull-In Current (OLV/PM)

Sets the d-axis current during no-load operation at a constant speed. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current.
• Increase this setting when hunting occurs or the motor speed is unstable while running at a constant speed.
• If there is too much current when driving a light load at a constant speed, then slightly increasing this value.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-48 Pull-In Current 20 to 200% 30%

■ n8-49: d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control (OLV/PM)

Sets the d-axis current reference when running with high load at constant speed. When using an IPM motor, setting this
parameter will increase the efficiency by using the motors reluctance torque and thereby reduce the energy consumption.
This parameter should be set to 0 when using an SPM motor.
Although this setting seldom needs to be changed, please note the following:
• If motor operation is unstable when driving heavy loads, try lowering this setting.
• If motor parameters (E5-††) have been changed, this value will be reset to 0 and will need to be readjusted.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-49 d Axis Current for High Efficiency Control -200.0 to 0.0% Determined by E5-01

■ n8-51: Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current (OLV/PM)

Sets the pull-in current during acceleration and deceleration as a percentage of the motor rated current (E5-03).
Adjustments to this setting may help in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when a large amount of starting torque is required.
• Lower this setting if there is excessive current during acceleration.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-51 Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current 0 to 200% 50%

232 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.9 n: Special Adjustments

■ n8-54: Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant (OLV/PM)

Sets the time constant for voltage error compensation. Make changes to this parameter under the following conditions:
• Adjust the value when hunting occurs at low speed.
• Increase the value in steps of 0.1 when hunting occurs with sudden load changes. Try to disable the compensation by
setting n8-51 = 0 if increasing n8-54 does not help.
• Increase the value when oscillations occur at start.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-54 Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 1.00

■ n8-55: Load Inertia (OLV/PM)

Sets the ratio between motor inertia and the inertia of the connected machinery. If this value is set too low, the motor may
not start very smoothly, and the STo fault (Motor Step-Out) may occur.
For large inertia loads or to improve speed control response, increase this setting from 0. Oscillations may occur if this
value is set too high with low inertia load.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-55 Load Inertia 0 to 3 0

■ n8-62: Output Voltage Limit

Sets the output voltage limit to prevent voltage saturation. Never set this value higher than the actual input voltage.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-62 <1> Output Voltage Limit 0.0 to 230.0 Vac 200 Vac
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class unit.

■ n8-65: Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression (OLV/PM)

Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control when overvoltage suppression is active. Although this setting
rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting if motor oscillation or hunting occurs when ov suppression is active.
• Decrease this setting in increments of 0.05 to decrease the drive responsiveness during ov suppression.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-65 Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression (OLV/PM) 0.00 to 10.00 1.50

Parameter Details

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 233
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

These parameters are for controlling the various functions, features, and display of the digital operator.

◆ o1: Digital Operator Display Selection

These parameters determine how data appears on the operator display.
■ o1-01: Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
The frequency reference display appears when the drive is powered up. Pressing the up arrow key will display the
following data: frequency reference → rotational direction → output frequency → output current → o1-01 selection.
Parameter o1-01 lets the user select the content of the last monitor in this sequence.

No. Name Setting Range Default

104 to 813
o1-01 Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection U1-04 (Control Mode) to U8-13 106 (U1-06)
(DWEZ Version Control Monitor 3) <1>
<1> U2-†† and U3-†† parameters cannot be selected.

■ o1-02: User Monitor Selection after Power Up

Selects which monitor parameter is displayed upon power up. This is done by entering the 1†† part of U1-††. Certain
monitors are not available in some control modes. Refer to U: Monitor Parameters on page 241 for a list of monitors.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-02 User Monitor Selection after Power Up 1 to 5 1

Setting 1: Frequency reference (U1-01)

Setting 2: Motor direction
Setting 3: Output frequency (U1-02)
Setting 4: Output current (U1-03)
Setting 5: User-selected monitor (set by o1-01)
■ o1-03: Digital Operator Display Selection
Sets the units used to display the frequency reference and output frequency. Set o1-03 to 3 for user-set units, then set
parameters o1-10 and o1-11.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection 0 to 3 0

Setting 0: 0.01 Hz units

Setting 1: 0.01% units (100% = max. output frequency)
Setting 2: r/min units (calculated by the max output frequency and the no. of motor poles)
Setting 3: User-set units (use o1-10, o1-11)
Set the value use for the maximum frequency reference to o1-10. The placement of the decimal point in this number
should be set to o1-11.
For example, to have the maximum output frequency displayed as “100.00”, set the o1-10 = 1000 and o1-11 = 2 (i.e.,
1000 with 2 decimal points).
Note: 1. Parameter o1-03 allows the programmer to change the units used in the following parameters and monitors:
x U1-01: frequency reference
x U1-02: output frequency
x U1-16: output frequency after softstarter (accel/decel ramp generator)
x d1-01 to d1-17: frequency references
2. Setting o1-03 to 2 requires that the number of motor poles be entered to E2-04 and E5-04.

234 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

■ o1-06: User Monitor Selection Mode

Normally the monitors shown directly below the active monitor are the next two sequential monitors. If o1-06 (User
Monitor Selection Mode) is set to “1: 3 Mon Selectable”, those two monitors are locked as specified by parameters o1-07
and o1-08 and will not change as the top parameter is scrolled with the Up/Down Arrow keys.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-06 User Monitor Selection Mode 0, 1 0

0: 3 Monitor Sequential (Displays the next 2 sequential monitor)

1: 3 Monitor Selectable: o1-07, and o1-08 selected monitor is shown
■ o1-07: Second Line Monitor Selection
Selects which monitor will be displayed in the second line. The monitor parameter number is entered into the spaces
provided: U†-††.
For example, set “403” to display monitor parameter U4-03.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-07 Second Line Monitor Selection 101 to 825 102

■ o1-08: Third Line Monitor Selection

Selects which monitor will be displayed in the third line. The monitor parameter number is entered into the spaces
provided: U†-††.
For example, set “403” to display monitor parameter U4-03.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-08 Third Line Monitor Selection 101 to 825 103

■ o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value

Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value 1 to 60000 Determined by o1-03

■ o1-11: User-Set Display Units Decimal Display

Determines how many decimal points should be used to set and display the frequency reference.

Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display 0 to 3 Determined by o1-03

Setting 0: No decimal point

Setting 1: One decimal point
Setting 2: Two decimal points
Setting 3: Three decimal points 5
◆ o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions
These parameters determine the functions assigned to the operator keys.
■ o2-01: LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection
Parameter o2-01 determines whether the LO/RE key on the digital operator will be enabled or not for switching between
LOCAL and REMOTE.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-01 LO/RE Key Function Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
The LO/RE key is disabled.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 235
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

Setting 1: Enabled
The LO/RE switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation. Switching is possible during stop only. When LOCAL
is selected, the LED indicator on the LO/RE key will light up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Check all mechanical or electrical connections
thoroughly before making any setting changes to o2-01 and b1-07. Table 5.32 lists the setting combinations for o2-01 and b1-07.

Table 5.32 LO/RE Key and b1-07

o2-01 b1-07 Switch from LOCAL to REMOTE Switch from REMOTE to LOCAL
0 Not possible Not possible
0
1 Not possible Not possible
0 Will not run until a new Run command is entered. Run not possible
1 If a Run command is entered, the drive will start running as
1 soon as the LO/RE key is pushed to change from LOCAL to Run not possible
REMOTE.

■ o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection

Determines if the STOP key on the digital operator can still be used to stop drive operation when the drive is being
controlled from a remote source (i.e., not from digital operator).

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
The STOP key can be used to terminate drive operation, even if the Run command source is not assigned to the digital
operator. If the drive is stopped by pressing the STOP key, the Run command must be cycled to restart the drive.
■ o2-03: User Parameter Default Value
Once drive parameters are set up completely, the values set can be saved as user-set default values using parameter o2-
03. Once this has been done, the “Initialize Parameters” parameter (A1-03) will offer the choice of “1110: User
Initialize”. Choosing A1-03 = “1110: User Initialize” will reset all parameters to the values saved as user-set defaults.
Refer to A1-03: Initialize Parameters on page 119 for details on drive initialization.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-03 User Parameter Default Value 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: No change (awaiting command)

Setting 1: Set User Initialize values
The current parameter settings are saved as user-set default for a later User Initialize. Once o2-03 is set to 1 and the
ENTER key is pressed, the values are saved and the display returns to 0.
Setting 2: Clear User Initialize Values
All user-set defaults for “User Initialize” are cleared. Once o2-03 is set to 2 and the ENTER key is pressed, the values are
erased and the display returns to 0.
■ o2-04: Drive Model Selection
This parameter must be set when replacing the control board or the terminal board for any reason.
NOTICE: Drive performance will suffer if the correct drive capacity is not set to o2-04, and protective functions will fail to operate
properly.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Determined by drive
o2-04 Drive Model Selection -
capacity

236 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

■ o2-05: Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection

Determines if the ENTER key must be pressed after changing the frequency reference using the digital operator while in
the Drive Mode.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: ENTER key required

Every time the frequency reference is changed using the digital operator, the ENTER key must be pressed for the drive to
accept the change.
Setting 1: ENTER key not required
The output frequency changes immediately when the reference is changed by the up or down arrow keys on the digital
operator. The ENTER key does not need to be pressed. The frequency reference is saved for 5 s after it is changed.
■ o2-06: Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Disconnected
Determines if the drive will stop when the digital operator is removed in LOCAL mode or when b1-02 or b1-16 is set to
0. When the operator is reconnected, the display will indicate that it was disconnected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-06 Digital Operator Disconnection Operation 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Continue operation

The operation is continued.
Setting 1: Trigger a fault
The operation is stopped and an “oPr” fault is triggered. The motor coasts to stop.
■ o2-07: Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Determines the direction the motor will rotate after the drive is powered up and the Run command is given from the
digital operator.
Note: This parameter is effective only when the Run command is set to be given from the digital operator (b1-02, b1-16 = 0).

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Forward
Setting 1: Reverse

Parameter Details
◆ o3: Copy Function
These parameters control the digital operator’s Copy function. The Copy function lets the user store all parameter
settings into the memory of the digital operator, and easily transfer those settings to other drives (requires that the other
drives be the same model, capacity, and have the same control mode setting). See Copy Function Related Displays on
page 271 for a description of errors and displays.
5
■ o3-01 Copy Function Selection
Setting o3-01 will instruct the drive to Read, Write, or Verify parameters settings.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o3-01 Copy Function Selection 0 to 3 0

0: Copy Select (no function)

1: INV --> OP READ
All parameters are copied from the drive to the digital operator.
Note: The copy protection for the digital operator is enabled by default. To unlock copy protection, set o3-01 = 1.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 237
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

2: OP --> INV WRITE

All parameters are copied from the digital operator to the drive.
3: OP<-->INV VERIFY
Parameters in the drive are compared with the parameter settings saved on the digital operator to see if they match.
■ o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection
Restricts or allows the use of the Copy function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection 0 or 1 0

0: Disabled
1: Enabled

◆ o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings

■ o4-01: Cumulative Operation Time Setting
Parameter o4-01 sets the cumulative operation time of the drive. The user can also manually set this parameter to begin
keeping track of operation time from some desired value. Total operation time can be viewed in monitor U4-01.
Note: The value in o4-01 is set in 10 h units. For example, a setting of 30 will set the cumulative operation time counter to 300 h. 300 h
will also be displayed in monitor U4-01.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting 0 to 65535 H 0H

■ o4-02: Cumulative Operation Time Selection

Selects the conditions for how the drive keeps track of its total operation time. This time log can be viewed in U4-01.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Power on time

The drive logs the time it is connected to a power supply, regardless if the motor is running or not.
Setting 1: Run time
The drive logs the time that the output is active. This includes whenever the Run command is active (even if the motor is
not rotating) and when there is voltage output.
■ o4-03: Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Sets the value for how long the cooling fan has been operating. This value can be viewed in monitor U4-03. Parameter
o4-03 also sets the base value used for the cooling fan maintenance, which is displayed in U4-04. Be sure to reset this
parameter back to 0 if the cooling fan is replaced.
Note: 1. The value in o4-03 increases after every 10 hours of use. A setting of 30 will set the cooling fan operation time counter to 300 h.
“300” will be displayed in monitor U4-03.
2. The cooling fan may require maintenance at an earlier date in harsher environments.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting 0 to 65535 H 0H

■ o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting

Sets value of the maintenance monitor for the DC bus capacitors displayed in U4-05 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. This value should be reset to 0 when the DC bus capacitors have been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%

238 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

■ o4-07: DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting

Sets the value of the softcharge bypass relay maintenance time displayed in U4-06 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. This value should be reset to 0 when the bypass relay has been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%

■ o4-09: IGBT Maintenance Setting

Sets the value of the IGBT maintenance time displayed in U4-07 as a percentage of the total expected performance life.
This value should be reset to 0 when the IGBTs have been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%

■ o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization

When the drive is initialized, the fault trace and fault history monitors (U2-†† and U3-††) are not reset. Parameter
o4-11 can be used to reset them.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-11 U2, U3 Initialization 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: No action
The drive keeps the record already saved concerning fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset fault data
Resets the data for the U2-†† and U3-†† monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, fault data is
erased and the display returns to 0.
■ o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
The kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11 are not initialized when power is shut off or the drive is initialized. Use o4-12 to
manually reset them.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: No Action

Parameter Details
The kWh data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display “0” after they are initialized. Once o4-12 is set to 1
and the ENTER key is pressed, kWh data is erased and the display returns to 0.
■ o4-13: Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization 5
The Run command counter displayed in U4-02 is not reset when the power is cycled or the drive is initialized. Use o4-13
to reset U4-02.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-13 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: No Action
The Run command data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Number of Run Commands Counter
Resets the Run command counter. The monitor U4-02 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed,
the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 239
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

◆ q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters
These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ manual for more information.

◆ r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters

These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ manual for more information.

◆ T: Motor Tuning
Auto-Tuning automatically sets and tunes parameters required for optimal motor performance.
Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 105 for details on Auto-Tuning parameters.

240 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 U: Monitor Parameters

5.11 U: Monitor Parameters

Monitor parameters let the user view various aspects of drive performance using the digital operator display. Some
monitors can be output from terminals FM and AM by assigning the specific monitor parameter number (U†-††) to
H4-01 and H4-04. Refer to H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection on
page 197 for details on assigning functions to an analog output.

◆ U1: Operation Status Monitors

Status monitors display drive status data such as output frequency and output current. Refer to U1: Operation Status
Monitors on page 369 for a complete list of U1-†† monitors and descriptions.

◆ U2: Fault Trace

These monitor parameters are used to view the status of various drive aspects when a fault occurs.
This information is helpful for finding out why a fault occurred. Refer to U2: Fault Trace on page 370 for a complete list
of U2-†† monitors and descriptions.
U2-†† monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 239 for
instructions on how to reset these monitor values.

◆ U3: Fault History

These parameters display faults that have occurred during operation as well as the drive operation time when those faults
occurred. Refer to U3: Fault History on page 371 for a complete list of U3-†† monitors and descriptions.
U3-†† monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 239 for
instructions on how to reset these monitor values.

◆ U4: Maintenance Monitors

Maintenance monitors show:
• Runtime data of the drive and cooling fans, and number of Run commands issued
• Maintenance data and replacement information for various drive components
• kWh data
• Highest peak current that has occurred and output frequency at the time the peak current occurred
• Motor overload status information
• Detailed information about the present Run command and frequency reference source selection

Parameter Details
Refer to U4: Maintenance Monitors on page 371 for a complete list of U4-†† monitors and descriptions.

◆ U5: PI Monitors
These monitors display various aspects of PI control. Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 139 for details on how these
monitors display PI data. 5
U5: PI Monitors on page 373 has a complete list of U5-†† monitors and descriptions.

◆ U6: Operation Status Monitors

Control monitors show:
• Reference data for the output voltage and vector control
• Data on PM motor rotor synchronization, forward phase compensation, and flux positioning
• The offset value added to the frequency reference by the frequency offset function. Refer to Setting 44, 45, 46: Offset
Frequency 1, 2, 3 on page 181.
Refer to U6: Operation Status Monitors on page 373 for a complete list of U6-†† monitors and descriptions.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 241
5.11 U: Monitor Parameters

◆ U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors

These monitors are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ.
A complete description of the U8-†† monitors can be found in the DriveWorksEZ instruction manual.

242 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides descriptions of the drive faults, alarms, errors, related displays, and
guidance for troubleshooting. This chapter can also serve as a reference guide for tuning the
drive during a trial run.

6.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

6.2 MOTOR PERFORMANCE FINE-TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
6.3 DRIVE ALARMS, FAULTS, AND ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
6.4 FAULT DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
6.5 ALARM DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
6.6 OPERATOR PROGRAMMING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
6.7 AUTO-TUNING FAULT DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
6.8 COPY FUNCTION RELATED DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
6.9 DIAGNOSING AND RESETTING FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
6.10 TROUBLESHOOTING WITHOUT FAULT DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 243
6.1 Section Safety

6.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may illustrate drives without covers or safety shields to display details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
drive input power is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming drive input power before applying power.

244 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a dynamic braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
YASKAWA is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user.
Check all the wiring after installing the drive and connecting other devices to ensure that all connections are
correct.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 245
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

This section offers helpful information for counteracting oscillation, hunting, or other problems that occur while
performing a trial run. Refer to the section below that corresponds to the motor control method used.
Note: This section describes parameters that are commonly edited and may be set incorrectly. Consult YASKAWA for more
information on detailed settings and fine-tuning the drive.

◆ Fine-Tuning V/f Control

Table 6.1 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in V/f
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default
Setting
• If insufficient motor torque relative to the size of the load causes hunting,
reduce the setting.
• When motor hunting and oscillation occur with a light load, increase the
Motor hunting and oscillation at speeds Hunting Prevention Gain
setting. 1.00 0.10 to 2.00
between 10 and 40 Hz (n1-02)
• Lower this setting if hunting occurs when using a motor with a relatively
low inductance, such as a high-frequency motor or a motor with a larger
frame size.
• If the motor noise is too loud, increase the carrier frequency.
• Motor noise • When motor hunting and oscillation occur at speeds up to 40 Hz, lower
Carrier Frequency Selection
• Motor hunting and oscillation at the carrier frequency. 1 (2 kHz) 1 to max. setting
(C6-02)
speeds up to 40 Hz • The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the drive
capacity (o2-04).
Torque Compensation Primary
• Poor torque or speed response • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting.
Delay Time 200 ms <1> 100 to 1000 ms
• Motor hunting and oscillation • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting.
(C4-02)
• Poor motor torque at speeds below 10 • If motor torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz, increase the setting.
Torque Compensation Gain
Hz • If motor hunting and oscillation with a relatively light load, decrease the 1.00 0.50 to 1.50
(C4-01)
• Motor hunting and oscillation setting.
• If torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz, increase the setting.
Mid Output Voltage A (E1-08) E1-08: 15.0 V
• Poor motor torque at low speeds • If motor instability occurs at motor start, decrease the setting. Default setting
Minimum Output Voltage E1-10: 9.0 V
• Motor instability at motor start Note: The recommended setting value is for 200 V class drives. Double this ±5 V
(E1-10) <2>
value when using a 400 V class drive.
<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default settings change when the Control Method is changed (A1-02) or a different V/f pattern is selected using parameter E1-03.

◆ Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors

Table 6.2 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in OLV/PM
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default
Setting
• Check the settings for base and maximum frequency in the E1-††
parameters
Motor parameters • Check E5-†† parameters and make sure all motor data has been set
Motor performance not as desired - -
(E1-††, E5-††) correctly. Be careful not to enter line to line data where single-phase data
is required, and vice versa.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
Close to the actual
Load Inertia Ratio (n8-55) Adjust parameter n8-55 to meet the load inertia ratio of the machine. 0
load inertia ratio
Poor motor torque and speed response Speed Feedback Detection Gain Increase in
Increase the speed feedback detection gain (n8-45). 0.8
(n8-45) increments of 0.05
Torque Compensation (C4-01) Enable torque compensation. 0 1
Pull-In Current during Accel/ Increase in steps
Increase the pull-in current set in n8-51 50%
Decel (n8-51) of 5%
DC Injection Braking Current b2-03 = 0.5 s
Use DC Injection Braking at start to align the rotor. Be aware that this b2-02 = 50%
Oscillation at start or the motor stalls (b2-02), DC Injection Time at Increase b2-02 if
operation can cause a short reverse rotation at start. b2-03 = 0.0 s
Start (b2-03) needed
Close to the actual
Load Inertia Ratio (n8-55) Increase the load inertia ratio. 0
load inertia ratio
Pull-In Current Compensation Reduce in
Decrease n8-47 if hunting occurs during constant speed 5.0 s
Time Constant (n8-47) increments of 0.2 s
Stalling or oscillation occur when load Increase in
Pull-In Current (n8-48) Increase the pull-in current in n8-48. 30%
is applied during constant speed increments of 5%
Close to the actual
Load Inertia Ratio (n8-55) Increase the load inertia ratio. 0
load inertia ratio
Speed feedback Detection Gain Increase in
Hunting or oscillation occur Decrease the speed feedback detection gain in n8-45. 0.8
(n8-45) increments 0.05
• Check and adjust the induced voltage constant. dep. on drive Refer to the motor
STO fault trips even if the load is not Induced Voltage Constant (E5-09
• Check the motor name plate, the data sheet or contact the motor capacity and data sheet or the
too high or E5-24)
manufacturer for getting data. motor code nameplate.
Stalling or STO occurs at high speed as 200 Vac or 400 Set equal to input
Output Voltage Limit (n8-62) Set the value of the input voltage to parameter n8-62
the output voltage becomes saturated. Vac voltage

246 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

◆ Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation

In addition to the parameters discussed on page 246, the following parameters indirectly affect motor hunting and
oscillation.
Table 6.3 Parameters that Affect Control Performance in Applications
Name (Parameter No.) Application
Prevents motor speed loss by maintaining the output frequency when working with heavy loads or when there is powerful
Dwell Function (b6-01 through b6-04)
backlash on the machine side.
Accel/Decel Time (C1-01 through C1-04) Adjusting accel and decel times will affect the torque presented to the motor during acceleration or deceleration.
S-Curve Characteristics (C2-01 and C2-02) Prevents shock at the beginning and end of acceleration.
Jump Frequency (d3-01 through d3-04) Skips over the resonant frequencies of connected machinery.
Analog Filter Time Constant (H3-13) Prevents fluctuation in the analog input signal due to noise.
• Prevents motor speed loss and overvoltage. Used when the load is too heavy and also during sudden acceleration/
deceleration.
Stall Prevention (L3-01 through L3-06, L3-11)
• Adjustment is not normally required because Stall Prevention is enabled as a default. Disable Stall Prevention during
deceleration (L3-04 = “0”) when using a braking option.

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 247
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

◆ Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Check the digital operator for information about possible faults if the drive or motor fails to operate. Refer to Using the
Digital Operator on page 89.
If problems occur that are not covered in this manual, contact the nearest YASKAWA representative with the following
information:
• Drive model
• Software version
• Date of purchase
• Description of the problem
Table 6.4 contains descriptions of the various types of alarms, faults, and errors that may occur while operating the drive.
Contact YASKAWA in the event of drive failure.
Table 6.4 Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Type Drive Response
When the drive detects a fault:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific fault and the ALM indicator LED remains lit until the fault is reset.
• The fault interrupts drive output and the motor coasts to a stop.
Faults
• Some faults allow the user to select how the drive should stop when the fault occurs.
• Fault output terminals MA-MC will close, and MB-MC will open.
The drive will remain inoperable until that fault has been cleared. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 274.
When the drive detects an alarm or a minor fault:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific alarm or minor fault, and the ALM indicator LED flashes.
• The drive generally continues running the motor, although some alarms allow the user to select a stopping method when the alarm occurs.
Minor Faults and Alarms
• One of the multi-function contact outputs closes if set to be tripped by a minor fault (H2- †† = 10), but not by an alarm.
• The digital operator displays text indicating a specific alarm and ALM indicator LED flashes.
To reset the a minor fault or alarm, remove whatever is causing the problem.
When parameter settings conflict with one another or do not match hardware settings (such as with an option card), it results in an operation error. When the
drive detects an operation error:
Operation Errors • The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific error.
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
The drive will not operate the motor until the error has been reset. Correct the settings that caused the operation error to clear the error.
Tuning errors occur while performing Auto-Tuning. When the drive detects a tuning error:
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
Tuning Errors • Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
• Motor coasts to stop.
Remove the cause of the error and repeat the Auto-Tuning process.
These are the types of errors that can occur when using the optional digital operator or the USB Copy Unit to copy, read, or verify parameter settings.
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
Copy Function Errors
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
Pressing any key on the operator will clear the fault. Find out what is causing the problem (such as model incompatibility) and try again.

248 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

◆ Alarm and Error Displays

■ Faults
Table 6.5 gives an overview of possible fault codes. As conditions such as overvoltage can trip both a fault and an alarm,
it is important to distinguish between faults and alarms in order to find the right corrective action.
When the drive detects a fault, the ALM indicator LEDs lights and the fault code appears on the display. The drive fault
contact MA-MB-MC will be triggered. If the ALM LED blinks and the code appearing on the operator screen is flashes,
then an alarm has been detected. See Minor Faults and Alarms on page 250 for a list of alarm codes.
Table 6.5 Fault Displays

Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page

bUS Option Communication Error 252 oFA01 Option Card Fault (CN5-A) 256

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
CE 252
Error to
oFA03 to oFA06 Option Card Error (CN5-A) 256
,
CPF00, CPF01 Control Circuit Error 252
<1>
,
oFA10, oFA11 Option Card Error (CN5-A) 256
CPF02 A/D Conversion Error 252

CPF03 Control Board Connection Error 252

to
oFA12 to oFA17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 256
CPF06 EEPROM Memory Data Error 252

, CPF07, to
Terminal Board Connection Error 253 oFA30 to oFA43 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 256
CPF08

oFb00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-B) 257

,
CPF20, CPF21 Control Circuit Error 253
<1> oFC00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-C) 257

CPF22 Hybrid IC Error 253 oH Heatsink Overheat 257

CPF23 Control Board Connection Error 253 oH1 Heatsink Overheat 257

CPF24 Drive Unit Signal Fault 253 oH3 Motor Overheat 1 (PTC input) 257

to oH4 Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) 257

CPF26 to CPF34 Control Circuit Error 253
oL1 Motor Overload 258

dWFL DriveWorksEZ Fault 253 oL2 Drive Overload 258

E5 SI-T3 Watchdog Timer Error 253 oL3 Overtorque Detection 1 258

EF0 Option Card External Fault 253 oL7 High Slip Braking oL 258

oPr Operator Connection Fault 258

to
EF1 to EF8 External Fault (input terminal S1 to S8) 254

Troubleshooting
ov Overvoltage 259

Err EEPROM Write Error 254 PF Input Phase Loss 259

FAn Internal Fan Fault 254 SEr Too Many Speed Search Restarts 259

FbH Excessive PI Feedback 254 STo Pull-Out Detection 259

6
FbL PI Feedback Loss 254 UL3 Undertorque Detection 1 260

GF Ground Fault 255 UL6 Motor Underload 260

LF Output Phase Loss 255 Uv1 Undervoltage 260

LF2 Current Imbalance 255 Uv2 Control Power Supply Undervoltage 260

nSE Node Setup Error 255 Uv3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault 260

oC Overcurrent 256 voF Output Voltage Detection Fault 260

oFA00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 256

<1> Displayed as or when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the
display will show or .

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 249
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

■ Minor Faults and Alarms

Table 6.6 give an overview of possible alarm codes. As conditions such as overvoltage can trip both a fault and alarm, it
is important to distinguish between faults and alarms in order to find the right corrective action.
If an alarm is detected, the ALM LED will blink and the alarm code display flashes. The majority of alarms will trigger a
digital output programmed for alarm output (H2-†† = 10). If the ALM LED lights without blinking, this means that a
fault has been detected (not an alarm). Information on fault codes can be found in Faults on page 249.
Table 6.6 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays
Minor Fault Output
Digital Operator Display Name Page
(H2-†† = 10)
AEr Station Number Setting Error (CC-Link, CANopen, MECHATROLINK-II) YES 261

bb Drive Baseblock No output 261

bUS Option Card Communications Error YES 261

CALL Serial Communication Transmission Error YES 261

CE MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error YES 261

CrST Cannot Reset YES 262

dnE Drive Disabled YES 262

dWAL DriveWorksEZ Alarm YES 253

E5 SI-T3 Watchdog Timer Error YES 253

EF Run Command Input Error YES 262

EF0 Option Card External Fault YES 262

to EF1 to EF8 External Fault (input terminal S1 to S8) YES 262

FbH Excessive PI Feedback YES 262

FbL PI Feedback Loss YES 262

Hbb Hardwire Baseblock Signal Input YES 263

HbbF Hardwire Baseblock Signal Input YES 263

HCA Current Alarm YES 263

LT-1 Cooling Fan Maintenance Time No output <1> 263

LT-2 Capacitor Maintenance Time No output <1> 263

LT-3 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time No output <1> 263

LT-4 IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) No output <1> 263

oH Heatsink Overheat YES 263

oH2 Drive Overheat YES 264

oH3 Motor Overheat YES 264

oL3 Overtorque 1 YES 264

ov Overvoltage YES 264

PASS MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Complete No output 264

SE MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault YES 264

TrPC IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) YES 264

UL3 Undertorque 1 YES 265

UL6 Motor Underload YES 260

Uv Undervoltage YES 265

voF Output Voltage Detection Fault YES 265

WrUn Waiting to Run YES 265

<1> Output when H2- = 2F.

250 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

■ Operation Errors
Table 6.7 Operation Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page

oPE01 Drive Unit Setting Error 266 oPE08 Parameter Selection Error 267

oPE02 Parameter Setting Range Error 266 oPE09 PI Control Selection Error 267

oPE03 Multi-Function Input Setting Error 266 oPE10 V/f Data Setting Error 267

oPE04 Terminal Board Mismatch Error 267 oPE11 Carrier Frequency Setting Error 267

oPE05 Run Command Selection Error 267 oPE13 Pulse Train Monitor Selection Error 267

Multi-Function Analog Input Selection

oPE07 267 oPE16 Energy Saving Constants Error 268
Error

■ Auto-Tuning Errors
Table 6.8 Auto-Tuning Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page

End1 Excessive V/f Setting 269 Er-03 STOP button Input 269

End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm 269 Er-04 Line-to-Line Resistance Error 270

Adjusted Slip Value Fell Below Lower

End4 269 Er-05 No-Load Current Error 270
Limit

End5 Resistance Between Lines Error 269 Er-08 Rated Slip Error 270

End7 No-Load Current Alarm 269 Er-09 Acceleration Error 270

Er-01 Motor Data Error 269 Er-11 Motor Speed Error 270

Er-02 Alarm 269 Er-12 Current Detection Error 270

■ Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function

Table 6.9 Copy Errors
Digital Operator Display Name Page
CoPy Writing parameter settings (flashing) 271

CPEr Control mode of the drive does not match 271

CPyE Error writing data 271

CSEr Error occurred in the copy function 271

dFPS Drive models do not match. 271

End Task completed 271

iFEr Communication error 271

Troubleshooting
ndAT Model, voltage class, capacity, and/or control mode differ 271

rdEr Error reading data 272

rEAd Reading parameter settings (flashing) 272

vAEr Voltage class and/or drive capacity does not match 272

vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same 272

vrFy Comparing parameter settings (flashing) 272

6

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 251
6.4 Fault Detection

6.4 Fault Detection

◆ Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Faults are detected for drive protection, and cause the drive to stop. When a fault occurs, the fault output terminal MA-
MB-MC is triggered. Faults have to be cleared manually after removing the cause to start running the drive again.
Table 6.10 Detailed Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Communication Error
bUS • After establishing initial communication, the connection was lost.
• Only detected when the run command frequency reference is assigned to an option card.
Cause Possible Solution
No signal received from the PLC. • Check for faulty wiring.
• Correct the wiring.
Faulty communications wiring or a short circuit exists. • Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
A communications data error occurred due to noise. • Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge suppressors if necessary.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
The option card is damaged. • Replace the option card if there are no problems with the wiring and the error continues to occur.
• The connector pins on the option card are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
The option card is not properly connected to the drive.
• Reinstall the option card.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
CE
Control data was not received for the CE detection time set to H5-09.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring.
Faulty communications wiring or a short circuit exists. • Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
Communication data error occurred due to noise. • Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise and use surge suppressors if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
or CPF00 or CPF01
Control Circuit Error
<1> <1>
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
There is a self diagnostic error in control circuit. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Connector on the operator is damaged. • Replace the operator.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
A/D Conversion Error
CPF02
An A/D conversion error or control circuit error occurred.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Control circuit is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Board Connection Error
CPF03
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is a connection error.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference. • Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise and use surge suppressors if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
EEPROM Memory Data Error
CPF06
There is an error in the data saved to EEPROM.
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is an error in EEPROM control circuit. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
The power supply was switched off when parameters
Reinitialize the drive (A1-03).
were being saved to the drive.

252 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

CPF07
Terminal Board Connection Error
CPF08

Cause Possible Solution

• Turn the power off and reconnect the control circuit terminal board.
There is a fault connection between the terminal board
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
and control board.
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

or <1> CPF20 or CPF21 <1> Control Circuit Error

Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

CPF22 Hybrid IC Error

Cause Possible Solution

• Cycle power to the drive. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 273.
Hybrid IC on the main circuit is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Board Connection Error
CPF23
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
Hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Drive Unit Signal Fault
CPF24
The drive capacity cannot be detected correctly (drive capacity is checked when the drive is powered up).
Cause Possible Solution
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Circuit Error
to CPF26 to CPF34
CPU error
Cause Possible Solution
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

dWAL
DriveWorksEZ Fault
dWFL

Cause Possible Solution

Fault output by DriveWorksEZ • Correct whatever caused the fault.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
SI-T3 Watchdog Timer Error
E5
The watchdog has timed out.

Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solution
Data has not been received from the PLC, triggering the
⇒ Execute DISCONNECT or ALM_CLR, then issue a CONNECT command or SYNC_SET command and proceed to phase 3.
watchdog timer.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card External Fault
EF0
An external fault condition is present.
Cause Possible Solution 6
An external fault was received from the PLC with other
• Remove the cause of the external fault.
than F6-03 = 3 “alarm only” (the drive continued to run
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
after external fault).
Problem with the PLC program. Check the PLC program and correct problems.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 253
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

External Fault (input terminal S1)
EF1
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External Fault (input terminal S2)
EF2
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External Fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External Fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External Fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External Fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External Fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7
External Fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8
Cause Possible Solution
An external device has tripped an alarm function. Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the fault.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection (H1-†† = 20 to 2F).
Wiring is incorrect.
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the any unused terminals are set for H1-†† = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
Incorrect setting of multi-function contact inputs.
• Change the terminal settings.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
EEPROM Write Error
Err
Data cannot be written to the EEPROM.
Cause Possible Solution

• Press the button.

Noise has corrupted data while writing to the EEPROM. • Correct the parameter setting.
• Cycle power to the drive. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 273.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
nearest sales representative.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Hardware problem.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Internal Fan Fault
FAn
Fan or magnetic contactor failed.
Cause Possible Solution
Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault is still present.
Check if the fan is operating or not.
Internal cooling fan has malfunctioned (models 2A0360,
Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan using monitor U4-03, and the fan maintenance timer in U4-04.
2A0415, 4A0362 to 4A0675).
If the cooling fan has passed its expected performance life or is damaged in some way, follow the instructions in this manual to
replace it.
Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault is still present.
Fault detected in the internal cooling fan or magnetic
If the fault still occurs, either replace the control circuit board or the entire unit.
contactor to the power supply (models 2A0250 to
For instructions on replacing the power board, contact the YASKAWA sales office directly or your nearest YASKAWA
2A0415, 4A0165 to 4A0675).
representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Excessive PI Feedback
FbH PI feedback input is greater than the level set b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. To enable fault detection, set b5-12 = 2
or 5.
Cause Possible Solution
Parameters are not set appropriately. Check the settings of parameters b5-36 and b5-37.
Wiring for PI feedback is incorrect. Correct the wiring.
• Check the sensor on the control side.
There is a problem with the feedback sensor.
• Replace the sensor if damaged.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
PI Feedback Loss
FbL This fault occurs when PI feedback loss detection is programmed to trigger a fault (b5-12 = 2) and the PI feedback level is below
the detection level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14.
Cause Possible Solution
Parameters are not set appropriately. Check the settings of parameters b5-13 and b5-14.
Wiring for PI feedback is incorrect. Correct the wiring.
There is a problem with the feedback sensor. Check the sensor on the controller side. If damaged, replace the sensor.

254 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Ground Fault
GF • A current short to ground exceeded 50% of rated current on the output side of the drive.
• Setting L8-09 to 1 enables ground fault detection in models 2A0030 through 2A0415 and 4A0018 through 4A0675.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the insulation resistance of the motor.
Motor insulation is damaged.
• Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cable.
• Remove the short circuit and turn the power back on.
A damaged motor cable is creating a short circuit.
• Check the resistance between the cable and the ground terminal .
• Replace the cable.
• Reduce the carrier frequency.
The leakage current at the drive output is too high.
• Reduce the amount of stray capacitance.
• The value set exceeds the allowable setting range while the drive automatically adjusts the current offset (this happens only
when attempting to restart a PM motor that is coasting to stop).
The drive started to run during a current offset fault or
• Enable Speed Search at start (b3-01 = 1).
while coasting to a stop.
• Perform Speed Search 1 or 2 (H1-†† = 61 or 62) via one of the external terminals.
Note: Speed Search 1 and 2 are the same when using PM OLV.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Hardware problem.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output Phase Loss
LF • Phase loss on the output side of the drive.
• Phase Loss Detection is enabled when L8-07 is set to 1 or 2.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors and ensure the output cable is connected properly.
The output cable is disconnected.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check the resistance between motor lines.
The motor winding is damaged.
• Replace the motor if the winding is damaged.
• Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size and Torque Specifications on
The output terminal is loose.
page 75.
The rated current of the motor being used is less than 5%
Check the drive and motor capacities.
of the drive rated current.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
An output transistor is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
A single-phase motor is being used. The drive cannot operate a single phase motor.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output current imbalance (detected when L8-29 = 1)
LF2
One or more of the phases in the output current is lost.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring or poor connections on the output side of the drive.
Phase loss has occurred on the output side of the drive.
• Correct the wiring.
Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size and Torque Specifications on
Terminal wires on the output side of the drive are loose.
page 75.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
The output circuit is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
• Measure the line-to-line resistance for each motor phase. Ensure all values are the same.
Motor impedance or motor phases are uneven.
• Replace the motor.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Node Setup Error
nSE
A terminal assigned to the node setup function closed during run.
Cause Possible Solution

Troubleshooting
The node setup terminal closed during run.
A run command was issued while the node setup Stop the drive when using the node setup function.
function was active.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 255
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Overcurrent
oC
Drive sensors have detected an output current greater than the specified overcurrent level.
Cause Possible Solution
The motor has been damaged due to overheating or the • Check the insulation resistance.
motor insulation is damaged. • Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cables.
• Remove the short circuit and power the drive back up.
One of the motor cables has shorted out or there is a
grounding problem. • Check the resistance between the motor cables and the ground terminal .
• Replace damaged cables.
• Measure the current flowing into the motor.
• Replace the drive with a larger capacity unit if the current value exceeds the rated current of the drive.
The load is too heavy.
• Determine if there is sudden fluctuation in the current level.
• Reduce the load to avoid sudden changes in the current level or switch to a larger drive.
Calculate the torque needed during acceleration relative to the load inertia and the specified acceleration time. If the right amount
of torque cannot be set, make the following changes:
The acceleration or deceleration times are too short. • Increase the acceleration time (C1-01, -03, -05, -07)
• Increase the S-curve characteristics (C2-01 and C2-02)
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
The drive is attempting to operate a specialized motor or • Check the motor capacity.
a motor larger than the maximum size allowed. • Ensure that the rated capacity of the drive is greater than or equal to the capacity rating found on the motor nameplate.
Magnetic contactor (MC) on the output side of the drive
Set up the operation sequence so that the MC is not tripped while the drive is outputting current.
has turned on or off.
• Check the ratios between the voltage and frequency.
V/f setting is not operating as expected. • Set parameter E1-04 through E1-10 appropriately.
• Lower the voltage if it is too high relative to the frequency.
• Check the amount of torque compensation.
Excessive torque compensation.
• Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss and less current.
• Review the possible solutions provided for handling noise interference.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference.
• Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Check if fault occurs simultaneously to overexcitation function operation.
Overexcitation gain is set too high.
• Consider motor flux saturation and reduce the value of n3-13 (Overexcitation Deceleration Gain).
• Enable Speed Search at start (b3-01 = 1).
Run command applied while motor was coasting.
• Program the Speed Search command input through one of the multi-function contact input terminals (H1-†† = 61 or 62).
The wrong motor code has been entered for PM Open • Enter the correct motor code to E5-01.
Loop Vector (YASKAWA motors only) or the motor • If a non-YASKAWA PM motor is used, enter “FFFF” to E5-01. Set the correct motor data to the E5-†† parameters or perform
data are wrong. Auto-Tuning.
• Check which motor control method the drive is set to (A1-02).
The motor control method and motor do not match. • For IM motors, set A1-02 = “0”.
• For PM motors, set A1-02 = “5”.
The drives rated output current is too small. Use a larger drive.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-A
oFA00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
Check if the drive supports the option card that you are attempting to install. The port CN5-A supports communication option
The option card installed into port CN5-A is cards only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
incompatible with the drive. The following option cards are not available for this drive:
PG-X3, PG-B3, DI-A3, AI-A3, DO-A3, AO-A3
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A
oFA01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-A is faulty.
• If the option is not a communication option card, try to use the card in another option port. If it works there, replace the drive. If
the error persists (oFb01 or oFC01 occur), replace the option board.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

to oFA03 to oFA06

, oFA10, oFA11
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A
to oFA12 to oFA17

to oFA30 to oFA43

Cause Possible Solution

• Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.

256 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
oFb00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
Check if the drive supports the option card that you are attempting to install.
The option card installed into port CN5-B is
The following option cards are not available for this drive:
incompatible with the drive.
PG-X3, PG-B3, DI-A3, AI-A3, DO-A3, AO-A3
A communication option card has been installed in
Communication option cards are supported by option port CN5-A only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
option port CN5-B.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C
oFC00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
Check if the drive supports the option card that you are attempting to instal.
The option card installed into port CN5-C is
The following option cards are not available for this drive:
incompatible with the drive.
PG-X3, PG-B3, DI-A3, AI-A3, DO-A3, AO-A3
A communication option card has been installed in
Communication option cards are supported by option port CN5-A only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
option port CN5-C.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02. Default value for L8-02 is determined by
drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. • Decrease the load.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Component Names on page 290.
Internal cooling fan is stopped.
• After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter (o4-03 = 0).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat)
oH1
The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the drive overheat level. The overheat level is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. • Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Reduce the load.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input)
oH3 • The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 exceeded the alarm detection level.
• Detection requires multi-function analog input H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 be set to “E”.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times, and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10.

Troubleshooting
Motor has overheated • Be careful not to lower E1-08 and E1-10 too much, as this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)
oH4 • The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 exceeded the fault detection level.
• Detection requires that multi-function analog input H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = “E”.
6
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times, and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10. Be careful not to
Motor has overheated. lower E1-08 and E1-10 too much because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 257
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Motor Overload
oL1
The electronic motor overload protection tripped.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy. Reduce the load.
Cycle times are too short during acceleration and
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
deceleration.
• Reduce the load.
A general purpose motor is driven below the rated speed • Increase the speed.
with too high load. • If the motor is supposed to operate at low speeds, either increase the motor capacity or use a motor specifically designed to
operate in the desired speed range.
Adjust the user-set V/f patterns (E1-04 through E1-10). Parameters E1-08 and E1-10 may need to be reduced. Be careful not to
The output voltage is too high.
lower E1-08 and E1-10 too much because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
The wrong motor rated current is set to E2-01.
• Enter the value written on the motor nameplate to parameter E2-01.
• Check the rated frequency indicated on the motor nameplate.
The maximum output frequency is set incorrectly.
• Enter the rated frequency to E1-06 (Base Frequency).
Multiple motors are running off the same drive. Disable the motor protection function (L1-01 = 0) and install a thermal relay to each motor.
• Check the motor characteristics.
The electrical thermal protection characteristics and
• Correct the type of motor protection that has been selected (L1-01).
motor overload characteristics do not match.
• Install an external thermal relay.
The electrical thermal relay is operating at the wrong • Check the current rating listed on the motor nameplate.
level. • Check the value set for the motor rated current (E2-01).
• Overexcitation increases the motor losses and the motor temperature. If applied too long, motor damage can occur. Prevent
excessive overexcitation operation or apply proper cooling to the motor.
Motor overheated by overexcitation operation.
• Reduce the excitation deceleration gain (n3-13).
• Set L3-04 (Stall Prevention during Deceleration) to a value other than 4.
• Check values set to Speed Search related parameters.
Speed Search related parameters are set incorrectly. • Adjust the Speed Search current and Speed Search deceleration times (b3-02 and b3-03 respectively).
• After Auto-Tuning, enable Speed Estimation Speed Search (b3-24 = 1).
Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss Check the power supply for phase loss.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Drive Overload
oL2
The thermal sensor of the drive triggered overload protection.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy. Reduce the load.
Acceleration or deceleration times are too short. Increase the settings for the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
The output voltage is too high.
• Be careful not to lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
Drive capacity is too small. Replace the drive with a larger model.
• Reduce the load when operating at low speeds.
Overload occurred when operating at low speeds. • Replace the drive with a model that is one frame size larger.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive torque compensation. Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss but less current.
• Check the settings for all Speed Search related parameters.
Speed Search related parameters are set incorrectly. • Adjust the current used during Speed Search and the Speed Search deceleration time (b3-03 and b3-02 respectively).
• After Auto-Tuning the drive, enable the Speed Estimation Speed Search (b3-24 = 1).
Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss Check the power supply for phase loss.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 1
oL3
The current has exceeded the value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Fault on the machine side (e.g., machine is locked up). Check the status of the load. Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
High Slip Braking oL
oL7
The output frequency stayed constant for longer than the time set in n3-04 during High Slip Braking.
Cause Possible Solution
Excessive load inertia.
• Reduce deceleration times in parameters C1-02, C1-04, for applications that do not use High Slip Braking.
Motor is driven by the load.
• Use dynamic braking options to shorten deceleration time.
Something on the load side is restricting deceleration.
• Increase parameter n3-04 (High-slip Braking Overload Time).
The overload time during High Slip Braking is too short.
• Install a thermal relay and increase the setting of n3-04 to the maximum value.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
External Digital Operator Connection Fault
• The external operator has been disconnected from the drive.
oPr Note: An oPr fault will occur when all of the following conditions are true:
• Output is interrupted when the operator is disconnected (o2-06 = 1).
• The Run command is assigned to the operator (b1-02 = 0 and LOCAL has been selected).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the connection between the operator and the drive.
External operator is not properly connected to the drive. • Replace the cable if damaged.
• Turn off the drive input power and disconnect the operator. Next reconnect the operator and turn the drive input power back on.

258 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Overvoltage
ov Voltage in the DC bus has exceeded the overvoltage detection level.
• For 200 V class: approximately 410 V
• For 400 V class: approximately 820 V
Cause Possible Solution
• Increase the deceleration time (C1-02, C1-04).
Deceleration time is too short and regenerative energy is • Install dynamic braking options.
flowing from the motor into the drive. • Enable stall prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 1).
Stall Prevention is enabled as the default setting.
• Check if sudden drive acceleration triggers an overvoltage alarm.
• Increase the acceleration time.
Fast acceleration time causes the motor to overshoot the
• Use longer S-curve acceleration and deceleration times.
speed reference.
• Enable the Overvoltage Suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
• Lengthen the S-curve at acceleration end.
The braking torque was too high, causing regenerative energy to charge the DC bus. Reduce the braking torque, use a dynamic
Excessive braking load.
braking option, or lengthen decel time.
Install a DC reactor.
Surge voltage entering from the drive input power.
Note: Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and phase advancing capacitor using the same input power supply.
Ground fault in the output circuit causing the DC bus • Check the motor wiring for ground faults.
capacitor to overcharge. • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
• Check the settings for Speed Search-related parameters.
Improper Setting of Speed Search related parameters.
• Enable Speed Search restart function (b3-19 greater than or equal to 1 to 10).
(Includes Speed Search after a momentary power loss
• Adjust the current level during Speed Search and the deceleration time (b3-02 and b3-03 respectively).
and after a fault restart.)
• Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance and then enable Speed Estimation Speed Search (b3-24 = 1).
• Check the voltage.
Drive input power voltage is too high.
• Lower drive input power voltage within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Review the list of possible solutions provided for controlling noise.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference.
• Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Check the load inertia settings when using KEB, overvoltage suppression, or Stall Prevention during deceleration.
Load inertia has been set incorrectly.
• Adjust the load inertia ratio in L3-25 to better match the load.
• Adjust the parameters that control hunting.
Motor hunting occurs. • Set the gain for Hunting Prevention (n1-02).
• Adjust the speed feedback detection suppression gain for PM motors (n8-45) and the time constant for pull-in current (n8-47).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Input Phase Loss
PF
Drive input power has an open phase or has a large imbalance of voltage between phases. Detected when L8-05 = 1 (enabled).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power.
There is phase loss in the drive input power.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals are tightened properly.
There is loose wiring in the drive input power terminals.
• Apply the tightening torque as specified in this manual. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 67
There is excessive fluctuation in the drive input power • Check the voltage from the drive input power.
voltage. • Review the possible solutions for stabilizing the drive input power.
There is poor balance between voltage phases. • Stabilize drive input power or disable phase loss detection.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
• Replace the capacitor if U4-05 is greater than 90%. For instructions on replacing the capacitor, contact YASKAWA or your
nearest sales representative.
The main circuit capacitors are worn.
Check for anything problems with the drive input power. If drive input power appears normal but the alarm continues to occur,
replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Too Many Speed Search Restarts
SEr
The number of Speed Search restarts exceeded the number set to b3-19.

Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solution
• Reduce the detection compensation gain during Speed Search (b3-10).
• Increase the current level when attempting Speed Search (b3-17).
Speed Search parameters are set to the wrong values.
• Increase the detection time during Speed Search (b3-18).
• Repeat Auto-Tuning.
The motor is coasting in the opposite direction of the
Enable Bi-Directional Speed Search (b3-14 = 1).
Run command.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name 6
Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection
STo
Motor pull out or step out has occurred. Motor has exceeded its pull-out torque.
Cause Possible Solution
• Enter the correct motor code for the PM being used into E5-01.
The wrong motor code is set (YASKAWA motors only).
• For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the test report provided for the motor.
• Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
• Increase the pull-in current during accel/decel (n8-51).
Load is too heavy.
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the motor or drive capacity.
Load inertia is too heavy. Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short.
• Increase the S-curve acceleration and deceleration times (C2-01).
Speed response is too slow. Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 259
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Undertorque Detection 1
UL3
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side. Check the load for any problems.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Motor Underload
UL6
The weight of the load has fallen below the underload curve defined in L6-14.
Cause Possible Solution
The output current has fallen below the motor underload
curve defined in L6-14 for longer than the time set to Adjust the value set to L6-14 so that output current remains above the motor underload curve during normal operation.
L6-03.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
DC Bus Undervoltage
One of the following conditions occurred while the drive was stopped:
Uv1 • Voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage detection level (L2-05)
• For 200 V class: approximately 190 V
• For 400 V class: approximately 380 V (350 V when E1-01 is less than 400) The fault is output only if L2-01 = 0 or L2-01 = 1
and the DC bus voltage has fallen below the level set to L2-05 for longer than the time set to L2-02.
Cause Possible Solution
• The main circuit drive input power is wired incorrectly.
Input power phase loss.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure there are no loose terminals.
One of the drive input power wiring terminals is loose. • Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on
page 67
• Check the voltage.
There is a problem with the voltage from the drive input
• Correct the voltage to be within the range listed in drive input power specifications.
power.
• If there is no problem with the power supply to the main circuit, check for problems with the main circuit magnetic contactor.
The power has been interrupted. Correct the drive input power.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
The main circuit capacitors are worn. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass circuit contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
is damaged. • Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault
Uv2
Voltage is too low for the control drive input power.
Cause Possible Solution
For models CIMR-E†2A0004 through 2A0056 and
CIMR-E†4A0002 through 4A0031: L2-02 was
Correct the setting to L2-02 or install an optional Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru unit.
changed from its default value without installing a
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru unit.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Control power supply wiring is damaged.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board, the entire drive, or the control power supply.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Internal circuitry is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault)
Uv3
The soft-charge bypass circuit has failed.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass circuit contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
is damaged. • Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output Voltage Detection Fault
voF
Problem detected with the voltage on the output side of the drive.
Cause Possible Solution
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.

<1> Displayed as or when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the
display will show or .

260 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.5 Alarm Detection

6.5 Alarm Detection

◆ Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Alarms are drive protection functions that do not necessarily cause the drive to stop. Once the cause of an alarm is
removed, the drive will return to the same status is was before the alarm occurred.
When an alarm has been triggered, the ALM light on the digital operator display blinks and the alarm code display
flashes. If a multi-function output is set for an alarm (H2-†† = 10), that output terminal will be triggered.
Note: If a multi-function output is set to close when an alarm occurs (H2-†† = 10), it will also close when maintenance periods are
reached, triggering alarms LT-1 through LT-4 (triggered only if H2-†† = 2F).
Table 6.11 Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Communication Option Station Number Setting Error (CC-Link, CANopen, MECHATROLINK-II)
AEr
Option card node address is outside the acceptable setting range.
Cause Possible Solutions
Station number is set outside the possible setting • Set parameter F6-10 to the proper value if a CC-Link option card is used.
range. • Set parameter F6-35 to the proper value if a CANopen option card is used.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Baseblock
bb
Drive output interrupted as indicated by an external baseblock signal.
Cause Possible Solutions
External baseblock signal was entered via one of the
Check external sequence and baseblock signal input timing.
multi-function input terminals (S1 to S8).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Option Communication Error
bUS • After initial communication was established, the connection was lost.
• Assign a Run command frequency reference to the option card.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check for faulty wiring.
Connection is broken or master controller stopped
• Correct the wiring.
communicating.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Option card is damaged. If there are no problems with the wiring and the fault continues to occur, replace the option card.
The option card is not properly connected to the • The connector pins on the option card are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
drive. • Reinstall the option card.
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
• Try to reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise.
• Use surge absorbers on magnetic contactors or other equipment causing the disturbance.
• Use recommended cables or some other type of shielded line. Ground the shield to the controller side or on the input power side.
• All wiring for comm. devices should be separated from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive input power.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Serial Communication Transmission Error
CALL
Communication has not yet been established.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check for wiring errors.
Communications wiring is faulty, there is a short
• Correct the wiring.
circuit, or something is not connected properly.

Troubleshooting
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Programming error on the master side. Check communications at start-up and correct programming errors.
• Perform a self-diagnostics check.
Communications circuitry is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
A termination resistor must be installed at both ends of a communication line. Slave drives must have the internal termination resistor
Termination resistor setting is incorrect.
switch set correctly. Place DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name 6
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
CE
Control data was not received correctly for two seconds.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise.
• Use surge absorbers for the magnetic contactors or other components that may be causing the disturbance.
• Use only recommended shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Separate all wiring for comm. devices from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive input power supply.
• Check the H5 parameter settings as well as the protocol setting in the controller.
Communication protocol is incompatible.
• Ensure settings are compatible.
The CE detection time (H5-09) is set shorter than the • Check the PLC.
time required for a communication cycle to take • Change the software settings in the PLC.
place. • Set a longer CE detection time (H5-09).
Incompatible PLC software settings or there is a • Check the PLC.
hardware problem. • Remove the cause of the error on the controller side.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 261
6.5 Alarm Detection

• Check the connector to make sure the cable has a signal.

Communications cable is disconnected or damaged.
• Replace the communications cable.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

CrST Cannot Reset

Cause Possible Solutions

A fault reset command was entered while the Run • Ensure that a Run command cannot be entered from the external terminals or option card during fault reset.
command was still present. • Turn off the Run command.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

dnE Drive Disabled

Cause Possible Solutions

“Drive Enable” is set to a multi-function contact
input (H1-†† = 6A) and that signal was switched
off.
Check the operation sequence.
An input set for "Bypass/Drive enable 2" (H1- =
70) is open while another input terminal that enables
the Run command is closed.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error
EF
Both forward run and reverse run closed simultaneously for over 0.5 s.
Cause Possible Solutions
Check the forward and reverse command sequence and correct the problem.
Sequence error
Note: When minor fault EF detected, motor ramps to stop.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Option Card External Fault
EF0
An external fault condition is present.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external fault was received from the PLC with
• Remove the cause of the external fault.
F6-03 = 3 (causing the drive to continue running
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
when an external fault occurs).
There is a problem with the PLC program. Check the PLC program and correct problems.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
External fault (input terminal S1)
EF1
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External fault (input terminal S2)
EF2
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
External fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device has tripped an alarm function. Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the multi-function input value.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection (H1-†† = 20 to 2F).
Wiring is incorrect.
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the unused terminals have been set for H1-†† = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
Multi-function contact inputs are set incorrectly.
• Change the terminal settings.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Excessive PI Feedback
FbH
The PI feedback input is higher than the level set in b5-36 for longer than the time set in b5-37, and b5-12 is set to 1 or 4.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters settings for b5-36 and b5-37 are
Check parameters b5-36 and b5-37.
incorrect.
PI feedback wiring is faulty. Correct the wiring.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned. Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Feedback input circuit is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
PI Feedback Loss
FbL
The PI feedback input is lower than the level set in b5-13 for longer than the time set in b5-14, and b5-12 is set to 1 or 4.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters settings for b5-13 and b5-14 are
Check parameters b5-13 and b5-14.
incorrect.

262 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.5 Alarm Detection

PI feedback wiring is faulty. Correct the wiring.

Feedback sensor has malfunctioned. Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Feedback input circuit is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Hardwire Baseblock Signal Input
Hbb
Both Hardwire Baseblock Input channels are open.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check signal status at the input terminals H1 and H2.
Both Hardwire Baseblock Inputs H1 and H2 are
• Check the Sink/Source Selection for the digital inputs.
open.
• If the Hardwire Baseblock function is not utilized, check if the terminals H1-HC, and H2-HC are linked.
Internally, both Hardwire Baseblock channels are Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
broken. nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Hardwire Baseblock Signal Input
HbbF
One Hardwire Baseblock channel is open while the other one is closed.
Cause Possible Solutions
The signals to the Hardwire Baseblock inputs are Check signal status at the input terminals H1 and H2. If the Hardwire Baseblock function is not utilized, the terminals H1-HC, and
wrong or the wiring is incorrect. H2-HC must be linked.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
One of the Hardwire Baseblock channels is faulty.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Current Alarm
HCA
Drive current exceeded overcurrent warning level (150% of the rated current).
Cause Possible Solutions
Load is too heavy. Either reduce the load for applications with repetitive operation (repetitive stops and starts, etc.), or replace the drive.
• Calculate the torque required during acceleration and for the inertia moment.
• If the torque level is not right for the load, take the following steps:
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
A special-purpose motor is being used, or the drive is
• Check the motor capacity.
attempting to run a motor greater than the maximum
• Use a motor appropriate for the drive. Ensure the motor is within the allowable capacity range.
allowable capacity.
The current level increased due to Speed Search after
a momentary power loss or while attempting to The alarm will appear only briefly. There is no need to take action to prevent the alarm from occurring in such instances.
perform a fault restart.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time
LT-1 The cooling fan has reached its expected maintenance period and may need to be replaced.
Note: An alarm output (H2-†† = 10) will only be triggered if H2-†† = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The cooling fan has reached 90% of its expected
Replace the cooling fan and reset the Maintenance Monitor by setting o4-03 to 0.
performance life.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Capacitor Maintenance Time
LT-2 The main circuit and control circuit capacitors are nearing the end of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-†† = 10) will only be triggered if H2-†† = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors have Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
reached 90% of their expected performance life. nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

Troubleshooting
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time
LT-3 The DC bus soft charge relay is nearing the end of its expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-†† = 10) will only be triggered if H2-†† = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The DC bus soft charge relay has reached 90% of Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
their expected performance life. nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%)
Minor Fault Name
6
LT-4 IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-†† = 10) will only be triggered if H2-†† = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected
Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.
performance life.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02 (90-100°C). Default value for L8-02 is
determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the surrounding temperature.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool surrounding area.
• Remove anything near drive that may cause extra heat.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 263
6.5 Alarm Detection

• Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Component Names on page 290.
Internal cooling fan has stopped.
• After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter to (o4-03 = “0”).
• Provide proper installation space around the drive as indicated in the manual. Refer to Installation Orientation and Spacing on
page 40.
Airflow around the drive is restricted. • Allow for the specified space and ensure that there is sufficient circulation around the control panel.
• Check for dust or foreign materials clogging cooling fan.
• Clear debris caught in the fan that restricts air circulation.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Drive Overheat Warning
oH2
“Drive Overheat Warning” was input to a multi-function input terminal, S1 through S8 (H1-††= B)
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device triggered an overheat warning in • Search for the device that tripped the overheat warning.
the drive. • Solving the problem will clear the warning.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Motor Overheat
oH3
The motor overheat signal entered to a multi-function analog input terminal exceeded the alarm level (H3-02, H3-06 or H3-10 = E).
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor thermostat wiring is fault (PTC input). Repair the PTC input wiring.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
• Check the load size, accel/decel times, and cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase accel and decel times (C1-01 to C1-04).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
Motor has overheated. Note: Do not lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively, because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
• Enter motor-rated current on motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 1
oL3
Drive output current was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set in L6-03.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
DC Bus Overvoltage
ov The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.
For 200 V class: approximately 410 V
For 400 V class: approximately 820 V
Cause Possible Solutions
• Install a DC reactor or an AC reactor.
Surge voltage present in the drive input power. • Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and a phase advancing capacitor operating on the same drive input power
system.
The motor is short-circuited.
• Check the motor power cable, relay terminals and motor terminal box for short circuits.
Ground current has over-charged the main circuit • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
capacitors via the drive input power.
• Review possible solutions for handling noise interference.
Noise interference causes the drive to operate • Review section on handling noise interference and check control circuit lines, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
incorrectly. • If the magnetic contactor is identified as a source of noise, install a surge protector to the MC coil.
Set number of fault restarts (L5-01) to a value other than 0.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

PASS MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete

Cause Possible Solutions

MEMOBUS/Modbus test has finished normally. This verifies that the test was successful.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error
SE
Note: This alarm will not trigger a multi-function output terminal that is set for alarm output (H2-†† = 10).
Cause Possible Solutions
A digital input set to 67H (MEMOBUS/Modbus
Stop the drive and run the test again.
test) was closed while the drive was running.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)
TrPC
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.
Cause Possible Solutions
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected
Replace the drive.
performance life.

264 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.5 Alarm Detection

Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

Undertorque Detection 1
UL3
Drive output current less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03 time.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Load has dropped or decreased significantly. Check for broken parts in the transmission system.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Undervoltage
One of the following conditions was true when the drive was stopped and a Run command was entered:
Uv • DC bus voltage dropped below the level specified in L2-05.
• Contactor to suppress inrush current in the drive was opened.
• Low voltage in the control drive input power. This alarm outputs only if L2-01 is not 0 and DC bus voltage is under L2-05.
Cause Possible Solutions
Phase loss in the drive input power. Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power. Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals have been properly tightened.
Loose wiring in the drive input power terminals.
• Apply the tightening torque to the terminals as specified. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 67
There is a problem with the drive input power • Check the voltage.
voltage. • Lower the voltage of the drive input power so that it is within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
Drive internal circuitry is worn. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
YASKAWA or your nearest sales representative.
The drive input power transformer is too small and • Check for an alarm when the magnetic contactor, line breaker, and leakage breaker are closed.
voltage drops when the power is switched on. • Check the capacity of the drive input power transformer.
Air inside the drive is too hot. • Check the temperature inside the drive.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
The CHARGE light is broken or disconnected.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Output Voltage Detection Fault
voF
There is a problem with the output voltage.
Cause Possible Solutions
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Waiting to run
WrUn
A Run command has been issued and the drive is waiting to begin running the motor.
Cause Possible Solutions
Once a Run command has been entered, the drive
must wait for the time set in b1-11 to pass before it Not an error.
can begin to operate the motor.

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 265
6.6 Operator Programming Errors

6.6 Operator Programming Errors

◆ oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
An Operator Programming Error (oPE) occurs when a contradictory parameter is set or an individual parameter is set to
an inappropriate value.
The drive will not operate until the parameter or parameters causing the problem are set correctly. An oPE, however, does
not trigger an alarm or fault output. If an oPE occurs, investigate the cause and Refer to oPE Codes, Causes, and
Possible Solutions on page 266 for the appropriate action. When an oPE appears on the operator display, press the
ENTER button to view U1-18 and see the parameter that is causing the oPE error (U1-18).
Table 6.12 oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Drive Capacity Setting Fault
oPE01
Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match.
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive model selection (o2-04) and the actual capacity of the drive are not the same. Correct the value set to o2-04.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Parameter Range Setting Error
oPE02
Use U1-18 to find parameters set outside the range.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters were set outside the possible setting range. Set parameters to the proper values.
Note: When multiple errors occur at the same time, other errors are given precedence over oPE02.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Multi-Function Input Selection Error
oPE03
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-01 to H1-08.
Cause Possible Solutions
The same function is assigned to two multi-function inputs. (excludes “Not used” and • Ensure all multi-function inputs are assigned to different functions.
“External Fault.”) • Re-enter the multi-function settings to ensure this does not occur.
The Up command was set but the Down command was not, or vice versa (settings 10 vs. 11). Correctly set functions that need to be enabled in combination with other functions.
• Run/Stop command for a Three-wire sequence was set (H1-†† = 42), but Forward/
Reverse command (H1-†† = 43) was not.
• “Drive Enable” is not selected but H2-†† is selected during DriveEnable status.
Correctly set functions that need to be enabled in combination with other functions.
• “Drive Enable” is set to multi-function input S1 or S2 (H1-01 = 6A or H1-02 = 6A).
• Although the drive has not been set for 3-wire operation, an input terminal is set for Jog 2
(H1-†† = 69).
Two of the following functions are set at the same time:
• Up/Down Command (10 vs. 11)
• Hold Accel/Decel Stop (A)
• Check if contradictory settings have been assigned to the multi-function input terminals at
• Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold (1E)
the same time.
• Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3 Calculations (44, 45, 46)
• Correct setting errors.
• Alternative reference N.O. and Alternative reference N.C.(2 vs. 70)
• External reference 1/2 and Alternative reference 2 (2 vs. 36)
• Motor pre-heat 2 and Motor pre-heat 1 (50 vs. 60)
The Up/Down command (10, 11) is enabled at the same time as PI control (b5-01). Disable control PI (b5-01 = 0) or disable the Up/Down command.
Settings for N.C. and N.O. input for the following functions were selected at the same time:
• External Search Command 1 and External Search Command 2 (61 vs. 62)
• Fast Stop N.O. and Fast Stop N.C. (15 vs. 17)
• KEB for Momentary Power Loss and High Slip Braking (65, 66, 7A, 7B vs. 68) Check for contradictory settings assigned to the multi-function input terminals at the same
• Motor Switch Command and Accel/Decel Time 2 (16 vs. 1A) time. Correct setting errors.
• KEB Command 1 and KEB Command 2 (65, 66 vs. 7A, 7B)
• FWD Run Command (or REV) and FWD/REV Run Command (2-wire) (40, 41 vs. 42, 43)
• External DB Command and Drive Enable (60 vs. 6A)
One of the following settings was entered while H1-†† = 2 (External Reference 1/2):
• b1-15 = 4 (Pulse Train Input) but the pulse train input selection is not set for the frequency
reference (H6-01 > 0)
• b1-15 or b1-16 set to 3 but no option card is connected Correct the settings for the multi-function input terminal parameters.
• Although b1-15 = 1 (Analog Input) and H3-02 or H3-10 are set to 0 (Frequency Bias)
H2-†† = 38 (Drive Enabled) but H1-†† is not set to 6A (Drive Enable).
Digital Operator Display Error Name

oPE04 Initialization required.

Cause Possible Solutions

The drive, control board, or terminal board has been replaced and the parameter settings To load the parameter settings to the drive that are stored in the terminal board, set A1-03 to
between the control board and the terminal board no longer match. 5550. Initialize parameters after drive replacement by setting A1-03 to 1110 or 2220.

266 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.6 Operator Programming Errors

Digital Operator Display Error Name

oPE05 Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error

Cause Possible Solutions

Frequency reference is assigned to an option card (b1-01 = 3) but an input option card is not
connected to the drive.
Reconnect the input option card to the drive.
The Run command is assigned to an option card (b1-02 = 3) but an input option card is not
connected to the drive.
Frequency reference is assigned to the pulse train input (b1-01 = 4), but terminal RP is not set
Set H6-01 to “0”.
for frequency reference input (H6-01 > 0)
Although a communication option card is not connected to the drive, b1-16 is set to 3 while
H1-†† is set to 4 or 36.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error
oPE07 A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function analog inputs H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10
and PI functions conflict.
Cause Possible Solutions
Change the settings to H3-02, H3-06, and H3-10 so that functions no longer conflict.
At least two analog input terminals are set to the same function (i.e., at least two of these
Note: Both 0 (frequency reference bias) and F (not used) can be set to H3-02, H3-06, and
parameters has the same setting: H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10).
H3-10 at the same time.
The following simultaneous contradictory settings:
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = B (PI Feedback) while H6-01 (Pulse Train Input) = 1 (PI
Feedback)
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = C (PI Target Value) while H6-01 = 2 (pulse train input sets the
Disable one of the PI selections.
PI target value)
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = C (PI Target Value) while b5-18 = 1 (enables b5-19 as the target
PI value)
• H6-01 = 2 (PI target) while b5-18 = 1 (enables b5-19 as the target PI value)
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Parameter Selection Error
oPE08
A function has been set that cannot be used in the motor control method selected.
Cause Possible Solutions
Attempted to use a function that is not valid for the selected control mode. Check the motor control method and the functions available.
• Set the correct motor code in accordance with the motor being used (E5-01).
In OLV/PM, parameters E5-02 to E5-07 are set to 0. • When using a special-purpose motor, set E5-†† in accordance with the test report
provided.
The following settings have occurred in OLV/PM:
• Set E5-09 or E5-24 to the correct value, and set the other to “0”.
• E5-03 does not equal 0
• Set the motor rated current for PM to “0” (E5-03).
• E5-09 and E5-24 are both equal to 0, or neither equals 0
Note: Use U1-18 to find which parameters are set outside the specified setting range. Other errors are given precedence over oPE08 when multiple errors occur at the same time.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
PI Control Selection Fault
oPE09
PI control function selection is incorrect. Requires that PI control is enabled (b5-01 = 1 or 3).
Cause Possible Solutions
The following simultaneous contradictory settings have occurred:
• b5-15 is not set to 0.0 (PI Sleep Function Operation Level) • Set b5-15 to another value besides 0.
• The stopping method is set to either DC Injection Braking or coast to stop with a timer (b1- • Set the stopping method to coast to stop or ramp to stop (b1-03 = 0 or 1).
03 = 2 or 3).
PI control is set to b5-01 = 1, but the lower limit for the frequency reference (d2-02) is not set
Correct the parameter settings.
to 0 while reverse output is enabled (b5-11 = 1).
PI control is set to b5-01 = 3, but the lower limit for the frequency reference (d2-01) is not 0. Correct the parameter settings.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
V/f Data Setting Error

Troubleshooting
oPE10 The following setting errors have occurred where:
• E1-04 is greater than or equal to E1-06, E1-06 is greater than or equal to E1-07, E1-07 is
greater than or equal to E1-09, or E1-09 is greater than or equal to E1-11.
Cause Possible Solutions
— Correct the settings for E1-04, E1-06, E1-07, E1-09, and E1-11.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

oPE11
Carrier Frequency Setting Error
Correct the setting for the carrier frequency.
6
Cause Possible Solutions
The following simultaneous contradictory settings: C6-05 is greater than 6 and C6-04 is
greater than C6-03 (carrier frequency lower limit is greater than the upper limit). If C6-05 is
less than or equal to 6, the drive operates at C6-03. Correct the parameter settings.
Upper and lower limits between C6-02 and C6-05 contradict each other.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Pulse Monitor Selection Error
oPE13
Incorrect setting of monitor selection for pulse train (H6-06).
Cause Possible Solutions
Scaling for the pulse train monitor is set to 0 (H6-07 = 0) while H6-06 is not set to 101, 102,
Change scaling for the pulse train monitor or set H6-06 to 101, 102, 105, or 116.
105, or 116.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 267
6.6 Operator Programming Errors

Digital Operator Display Error Name

oPE16 Energy Savings Constants Error

Cause Possible Solutions

In AOLV/PM the automatically calculated energy saving coefficients are out of the allowable
Check and correct the motor data in E5 parameters.
range.

268 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

Auto-Tuning faults are shown below. When the following faults are detected, the fault is displayed on the digital operator
and the motor coasts to a stop. Auto-Tuning faults do not trigger an multi-function terminal set for fault or alarm output.
An End† error indicates that although Auto-Tuning has completely successful, there is some discrepancy in the
calculations the drive made. If an End† error occurs, check for what might be causing the error using the table below,
and perform Auto-Tuning again once the problem has been taken care of. If there appears to be no problem despite the
End† error being displayed, go ahead and start the application.

◆ Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Table 6.13 Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Excessive V/f Setting (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f control (T1-01 = 3), and displayed after Auto-Tuning is
End1
complete)
Cause Possible Solutions
The torque reference exceeded 20% during • Before Auto-Tuning the drive, verify the information written on the motor nameplate and enter that data to T1-03 through T1-05.
Auto-Tuning. • Enter proper information to parameters T1-03 to T1-05 and repeat Auto-Tuning.
The results from Auto-Tuning the no-load current • If possible, disconnect the motor from the load and perform Auto-Tuning. If the load cannot be uncoupled, simply use the Auto-
exceeded 80%. Tuning results as they are.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm (displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)

Cause Possible Solutions

The correct current rating printed on the nameplate • Check the setting of parameter T1-04.
was not entered into T1-04. • Check the motor data and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End4 Adjusted Slip Calculation Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The slip that was calculated is outside the allowable
• Make sure the data entered for Auto-Tuning is correct.
range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End5 Resistance Tuning Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The resistance value that was calculated is outside • Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
the allowable range. • Check the motor and motor cable connection for faults.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End7 No-Load Current Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
The entered no-load current value was outside the
Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
allowable range.
Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the motor
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
rated current.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-01 Motor Data Error

Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor data or data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Check that the motor data entered to T1 parameters matches motor nameplate input before Auto-Tuning.
incorrect. • Start Auto-Tuning over again and enter the correct information.
Motor output power and motor-rated current settings • Check the drive and motor capacities.
(T1-02 and T1-04) do not match. • Correct the settings of parameters T1-02 and T1-04.
Base frequency and motor rated speed (T1-05 and • Set T1-05 and T1-07 to the correct value.
T1-07) do not match. • Check if the correct pole number was entered to T1-06. 6
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-02 Minor Fault

Cause Possible Solutions

An alarm was triggered during Auto-Tuning. Exit the Auto-Tuning menu, check the alarm code, remove the alarm cause, and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-03 STOP Button Input

Cause Possible Solutions

Auto-Tuning canceled by pressing STOP button. Auto-Tuning did not complete properly and will have to be performed again.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 269
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-04 Line-to-Line Resistance Error

Cause Possible Solutions

Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter
setting range or the tuning process took too long. Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
Motor cable or cable connection faulty.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-05 No-Load Current Error

Cause Possible Solutions

Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter • Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
setting range or the tuning process took too long. • Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during Rotational Auto-tuning was too
than 30%.
high.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-08 Rated Slip Error

Cause Possible Solutions

Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Drive-calculated values outside parameter setting • Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
range or the tuning process took too long. • Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f control (T1-01 = 3).
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during rotational Auto-tuning was too high. than 30%.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-09 Acceleration Error

Cause Possible Solutions

The motor did not accelerate for the specified • Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
acceleration time. • Check if it is possible to disconnect the machine from the motor.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f
than 30%.
control (T1-01 = 3) was too high.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-11 Motor Speed Fault

Cause Possible Solutions

• Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
Torque reference is too high.
• Disconnect the machine from the motor, if possible.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-12 Current Detection Error

Cause Possible Solutions

One of the motor phases is missing:
Check motor wiring and correct any problems.
(U/T1, V/T2, W/T3).
Current exceeded the current rating of the drive. • Check the motor wiring for a short between motor lines.
• If a magnetic contactor is used between motors, make sure it is closed.
The current is too low. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
nearest sales representative.
Attempted Auto-Tuning without motor connected to
Connect the motor and perform Auto-Tuning.
the drive.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact YASKAWA or your
Current detection signal error.
nearest sales representative.

270 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.8 Copy Function Related Displays

6.8 Copy Function Related Displays

◆ Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting
The table below lists the messages and errors that may appear when using the Copy function.
When executing the tasks offered by the Copy function, the operator will indicate the task being performed. When an
error occurs, a code appears on the operator to indicate the error. Note that errors related to the Copy function do not
trigger a multi-function output terminal that has been set up to close when a fault or alarm occurs. To clear an error,
simply press any key on the operator and the error display will disappear.
Table 6.14 lists the corrective action that can be taken when an error occurs.
Note: 1. Whenever using the copy function, the drive should be fully stopped.
2. The drive will not accept a Run command while the Copy function is being executed.
3. Parameters can only be saved to a drive when the voltage class, capacity, control mode, and software version match.
Table 6.14 Copy Function Task and Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Task
CoPy Writing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters are being written to the drive. Not an error.
Digital Operator Display Task
CPEr Control Mode Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
Control mode of the parameters to be loaded onto the drive Check the control mode for the parameters that are to be loaded onto the drive and the control mode set to the drive
and the control mode already set to the drive don’t match. those parameters will be written to. Set the same control mode using parameter A1-02 and try again.
Digital Operator Display Task
CPyE Error Writing Data
Cause Possible Solutions
Failed writing parameters. Try writing parameters again.
Digital Operator Display Task
CSEr Copy Unit Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Hardware fault Replace the operator or the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
dFPS Drive Model Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive from which the parameter were copied and the
Check the model number of the drive that the parameters were copied from and the model of the drive you are
drive you are attempting to write to are not the same model.
attempting to write those parameters to.
• The drive the parameters were copied from is a different
Make sure the drive from which the parameter are copied and the drive to be written to have the same model numbers
model drive.
and software versions.
• The drive you attempting to write to is a different model.
Digital Operator Display Task
End Task Complete

Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions
Finished reading, writing, or verifying parameters. Not an error.
Digital Operator Display Task
iFEr Communication Error
Cause Possible Solutions
A communication error occurred between the drive and the
operator or the USB copy unit.
Check the cable connection.
6
A non-compatible cable is being used to connect the USB
Use the cable originally packaged with the USB Copy Unit.
Copy Unit and the drive.
Digital Operator Display Task
ndAT Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive the parameters were copied from and the drive
you are attempting to write to have different electrical
Make sure model numbers and specifications are the same for both drives.
specifications, a different capacity, is set to a different
control mode, or is a different model number.
The device being used to write the parameters is blank and
Making sure all connections are correct, and copy the parameter settings onto the USB Copy Unit or the operator.
does not have any parameters saved on it.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 271
6.8 Copy Function Related Displays

Digital Operator Display Task

rdEr Error Reading Data
Cause Possible Solutions
Failed while attempting to read parameter settings from the Press and hold the READ key on the USB Copy Unit for at least one second to have the unit read parameters from the
drive. drive.
Digital Operator Display Task
rEAd Reading Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
Displayed while the parameter settings are being read onto
Not an error.
the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
vAEr Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive the parameters were copied from and the drive
you performing the Verify mode on have different electrical Make sure electrical specifications and capacities are the same for both drives.
specifications or are a different capacity.
Digital Operator Display Task
vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same
Cause Possible Solutions
Indicates that parameter settings that have been Read and To have parameters be the same, either write the parameters save on the USB Copy Unit or LCD digital operator onto
loaded onto the Copy Unit or Digital Operator are different. the drive, or Read the parameter settings on the drive onto the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
vrFy Comparing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
The Verify mode has confirmed that parameters settings on
the drive and parameters read to the copy device are Not an error.
identical.

272 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

When a fault occurs and the drive stops, follow the instructions below to remove whatever conditions triggered the fault,
then restart the drive.

◆ Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or
between the ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and
will cause damage to equipment.

1. Turn on the drive input power.

2. Use monitor parameters U2-†† to display data on the operating status of the drive just before the fault
occurred.
3. Remove the cause of the fault and reset.
Note: 1. To find out what faults were triggered, check the fault history in U2-02. Information on drive status when the fault occurred such as
the frequency, current, and voltage can be found in U2-03 through U2-20. Refer to Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault on
page 273 for information on how to view fault data.
2. When the fault continues to be displayed after cycling power, remove the cause of the fault and reset.

◆ If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs

1. Look at the digital operator for information on the fault that occurred.
2. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 252
3. Reset the fault. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 274.

◆ Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault

Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

1. Turn on the drive input power. The first screen displays. REV DRV
DRV FOUT

2. Press until the monitor screen is displayed.

3. Press to display the parameter setting screen.

4. Press and until U2-02 (Fault History) is displayed.

5. Press to view the most recent fault (oC in this example).

6.

Troubleshooting
Press to go back to the U2-02 display.

Press to view drive status information when fault occurred.

7.
Parameters U2-03 through U2-20 help determine the cause of a fault.
Parameters to be monitored differ depending on the control mode.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 273
6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

◆ Fault Reset Methods

When a fault occurs, the cause of the fault must be removed and the drive must be restarted. The table below lists the
different ways to restart the drive.

After the Fault Occurs Procedure

YEC_
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM

REV DRV FOUT

Fix the cause of the fault, restart the drive, and common
reset the fault Press on the digital operator.
LO
ESC
RE

RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

Drive
Close then open the fault signal digital input via terminal S4. Fault Reset Switch
Resetting via Fault Reset Digital Input S4 S4 Fault Reset Digital Input
S4 is set for “Fault Reset” as default (H1-04 = 14).
SC Digital Input Common

2 ON
If the above methods do not reset the fault, turn off the drive main power supply. Reapply power after the digital
operator display is out.

1 OFF

Note: If the Run command is present, the drive will disregard any attempts to reset the fault. The Run command must first be removed
before a fault situation can be cleared.

274 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

This section describes troubleshooting problems that do not trip an alarm or fault.
The following symptoms indicate that the drive is not set correctly for proper performance with the motor. Refer to
Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 246 for guidance on troubleshooting.
• Motor hunting and oscillation
• Poor motor torque
• Poor speed precision
• Poor motor torque and speed response
• Motor noise

◆ Common Problems
Common Problems Page
Cannot Change Parameter Settings 275
Motor Does Not Rotate 276
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command 276
External Run Command
Motor Rotates in One Direction Only 277
Motor is Too Hot 277
Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode 277
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting 277
Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads 277
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command 278
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation 278
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled 278
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On 278
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) Trips During Run 278
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery 279
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates
Oscillation or Hunting 279
PI Output Fault 279
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection Braking) 279
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference 279
Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz 279
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM or IPM 280
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss 280

◆ Cannot Change Parameter Settings

Cause Possible Solutions
• Stop the drive and switch over to the Programming Mode.
The drive is running the motor (i.e., the Run command is present).
• Most parameters cannot be edited during run.
The Access Level is set to restrict access to parameter settings. • Set the Access Level to allow parameters to be edited (A1-01 = 2).
• See what mode the operator is currently set for.

Troubleshooting
The operator is not in the Parameter Setup Mode (the screen will
• Parameters cannot be edited when in the Setup Mode (“STUP”). Switch modes so that “PAr” appears on the screen.
display “PAr”).
Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 93.
A multi-function contact input terminal is set to allow or restrict • When the terminal is open, parameters cannot be edited.
parameter editing (H1-01 through H1-08 = 1B). • Turn on the multi-function contact input set to 1B.
• If the password entered to A1-04 does not match the password saved to A1-05, then drive settings cannot be
changed.
• Reset the password.
The wrong password was entered. If you cannot remember the password: 6
• Scroll to A1-04. Press the STOP button and press at the same time. Parameter A1-05 will appear.
• Set a new password to parameter A1-05.
• Check the drive input power voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).
Undervoltage was detected.
• Check all main circuit wiring.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 275
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

◆ Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
External Run Command
■ Motor Does Not Rotate

Cause Possible Solutions

• Check if the DRV light on the digital operator is lit.
The drive is not in the Drive Mode.
• Enter the Drive Mode to begin operating the motor. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 93.
Stop the drive and check if the correct frequency reference source is selected. If the operator keypad shall be the source, the LO/RE button
LED must be on. If the source is REMOTE, it must be off.
Take the following steps to solve the problem:
The button was pushed.
• Push the button.
• If o2-01 is set to 0, then the LO/RE button will be disabled.
• When Auto-Tuning completes, the drive is switched back to the Programming Mode. The Run command will not be accepted unless the
Auto-Tuning has just completed. drive is in the Drive Mode.
• Use the digital operator to enter the Drive Mode. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 93.
A Fast Stop was executed and has not yet
Reset the Fast Stop command.
been reset.
Check parameter b1-02 (Run Command Selection).
Set b1-02 so that it corresponds with the correct Run command source.
Settings are incorrect for the source that 0: Digital operator
provides the Run command. 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
• Check the wiring for the control terminal.
There is faulty wiring in the control circuit
• Correct wiring mistakes.
terminals.
• Check the input terminal status monitor (U1-10).
Check parameter b1-01 (Frequency Reference Selection 1).
Set b1-01 to the correct source of the frequency reference.
The drive has been set to accept the 0: Digital operator
frequency reference from the incorrect 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
source. 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
4: Pulse train input (RP)
The terminal set to accept the main speed
If the frequency reference is set at terminal A1, check parameter H3-01 for the correct signal level selection. If terminal A2 is used, check DIP
reference is set to the incorrect voltage and/
switch S1 parameter H3-08. If terminal A3 is used, check parameter H3-08. Refer to Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection on page 81.
or current.
Selection for the sink/source mode and the
Check jumper S3. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Hardwire Baseblock Inputs on page 78.
internal/external power supply is incorrect.
• Check the frequency reference monitor (U1-01).
Frequency reference is too low.
• Increase the frequency by changing the maximum output frequency (E1-09).
• Check the multi-function analog input settings.
Multi-function analog input is set up to • Check if analog input A1, A2, or A3 is set for frequency reference gain (H3-02, H3-10, H3-06 = 1). If so, check if the correct signal is
accept gain for the frequency reference, but applied to the terminal. The gain and the frequency reference will be 0 if no signal is applied to the gain input.
no voltage (current) has been provided. • Check if H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 have been set to the proper values.
• Check if the analog input value has been set properly. (U1-13 to U1-15)

• When the STOP button is pressed, the drive will decelerate to stop.
The STOP button was pressed when
• Switch off the Run command and then re-enter a new Run command.
the drive was started from a REMOTE
source. • The STOP button can be disabled when o2-02 is set to 0.

Motor starting torque is too low. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 246
Frequency reference value is too low or the
Enter a value that is above the minimum output frequency determined by E1-09.
drive does not accept the value entered.
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 2-wire sequence, then ensure parameters H1-03 through H1-08 are not set to 0.
The sequence Start/Stop sequence is set up
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 3-wire sequence, then one of the parameters H1-03 through H1-08 must be set to 0. Terminal S1
incorrectly.
will become the Start, terminal S2 will become the Stop input.

■ Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command

Cause Possible Solutions

• Check the motor wiring.
• Switch two motor cables (U, V, and W) to reverse motor direction.
Phase wiring between the drive and motor is incorrect.
• Connect drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 in the right order to match motor terminals U, V, and W.
• Change the setting of parameter b1-14.
Typically, forward is designated as being counterclockwise when looking from the motor shaft (see figure below).

The forward direction for the motor is setup incorrectly.

2
1. Forward Rotating Motor (looking down the motor shaft)
2. Motor Shaft

276 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

Cause Possible Solutions

The motor is running at almost 0 Hz and the Speed Search estimated
• Disable bi-directional search (b3-14 = “0”) so that Speed Search is performed only in the specified direction.
the speed to be in the opposite direction.

Note: Check the motor specifications for the forward and reverse directions. The motor specifications will vary depending on the
manufacturer of the motor.

■ Motor Rotates in One Direction Only

Cause Possible Solutions

• Check parameter b1-04.
The drive prohibits reverse rotation.
• Set the drive to allow the motor to rotate in reverse (b1-04 = 0).
A Reverse run signal has not been entered, although 3-wire
• Make sure that one of the input terminals S3 to S8 used for the 3-wire sequence has been set for reverse.
sequence is selected.

◆ Motor is Too Hot

Cause Possible Solutions
If the load is too heavy for the motor, the motor will overheat as it exceeds its rated torque value for an extended
period of time.
Keep in mind that the motor also has a short-term overload rating in addition to the possible solutions provided below:
The load is too heavy. • Reduce the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
• Check the values set for the motor protection (L1-01, L1-02) as well as the motor rated current (E2-01).
• Increase motor capacity.
• Check the ambient temperature.
The air around the motor is too hot.
• Cool the area until it is within the specified temperature range.
When the motor cable is long, high voltage surges occur between the motor coils and drive switching.
Normally, surges can reach up to three times the drive input power supply voltage (600 V for 200 V class, and 1200 V
for 400 V class).
Insufficient voltage insulation between motor phases. • Use a motor with a voltage tolerance higher than the max voltage surge.
• Use a motor designed to work specifically with a drive when using a 400 V class unit.
• Install an AC reactor on the output side of the drive. The carrier frequency should be set to 2 kHz when installing
an AC reactor.
The motor fan has stopped or is clogged. Check the motor fan.

◆ Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode

Cause Possible Solutions
The desired Auto-Tuning mode is not available for the selected • Check if the desired tuning mode is available for the selected control mode. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 105.
control mode. • Change the motor control method by setting A1-02.

◆ oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting
Cause Possible Solutions
• The user is trying to set the motor rated current in E2-01 to a value lower than the no-load current set in E2-03.
Motor rated current and the motor no-load current setting in the • Make sure that value set in E2-01 is higher than E2-03.
drive are incorrect. • If it is necessary to set E2-01 lower than E2-03, first lower the value set to E2-03, then change the setting in E2-01
as needed.

◆ Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long

Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions

Current suppression keeps the drive from accelerating. Take the following steps to resolve the problem:
• Reduce the load.
• Increase motor capacity.
Load is too heavy.
Note: Although the drive has a Stall Prevention function and a Torque Compensation Limit function, accelerating too
quickly or trying to drive an excessively large load can exceed the capabilities of the motor. 6
• Check the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
• Increase E1-04 if it is set too low.
Frequency reference is too low. Check U1-01 for proper frequency reference.
Check if a frequency reference signal switch has been set to one of the multi-function input terminals.
Check for low gain level set to terminals A1, A2, or A3 (H3-03, H3-11, H3-07).
• Reduce the load so that the output current remains within the motor rated current.
• In extruder and mixer applications, the load will sometimes increase as the temperature drops.
Load is too heavy.
• Increase the acceleration time.
• Check if the mechanical brake is fully releasing as it should.
Acceleration time has been set too long. Check if the acceleration time parameters have been set too long (C1-01, C1-03).
• Set the correct V/f pattern so that it matches the characteristics of the motor being used.
Motor characteristics and drive parameter settings are incompatible
• Check the V/f pattern set to E1-03.
with one another.
• Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 277
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

Cause Possible Solutions

• Check the multi-function analog input settings. Multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 is set for
frequency gain (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 is set to “1”), but there is no voltage or current input provided.
Incorrect frequency reference setting.
• Make sure H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set to the proper values.
• See if the analog input value is set to the right value (U1-13 to U1-15).
• Check the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
The Stall Prevention level during acceleration and deceleration set
• If L3-02 is set too low, acceleration may be taking too long.
too low.
• Increase L3-02.
• Check the Stall Prevention level during run (L3-06).
The Stall Prevention level during run has been set too low. • If L3-06 is set too low, speed will drop as the drive outputs torque.
• Increase the setting value.
• The motor cable may be long enough (over 50 m) to require Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
Drive reached the limitations of the V/f motor control method. • Be aware that V/f Control is comparatively limited when it comes to producing torque at low speeds.
• Consider switching to Open Loop Vector Control.

◆ Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference

Command
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs that are used to set the frequency reference. Check parameters
The analog input gain and bias for the frequency reference input H3-03 and H3-04 for input A1, check parameters H3-11 and H3-12 for input A2, and check parameters H3-07 and
are set to incorrect values. H3-08 for input A3.
• Set these parameters to the appropriate values.
• If more than one of multi-function analog inputs A1 to A3 is set for frequency reference bias (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06
A frequency bias signal is being entered via analog input terminals is set to “0”), then the sum of all signals builds the frequency reference.
A1 to A3. • Make sure that H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set appropriately.
• Check the input level set for terminals A1 to A3 (U1-13 to U1-15).
PI control is enabled, and the drive is consequently adjusting the
output frequency to match the PI setpoint. The drive will only
If PI control is not necessary for the application, disable it by setting b5-01 to “0”.
accelerate to the maximum output frequency set in E1-04 while PI
control is active.

◆ Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation

Cause Possible Solutions
Poor balance between motor phases. Check drive input power voltage to ensure that it provides stable power.
Hunting prevention function is disabled. Enable Hunting Prevention (n1-01 = 1).

◆ Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled

Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the Stall Prevention level during deceleration (L3-04).
L3-04 is set incorrectly.
• If a dynamic braking option has been installed, disable Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 0).
The deceleration time is set too long. Set deceleration to more appropriate time (C1-02).
• Assuming parameter settings are normal and that no overvoltage occurs when there is insufficient torque, it is likely
Insufficient motor torque. that the demand on the motor has exceeded the motor capacity.
• Use a larger motor.
• If multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 is set to torque limit (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 equals 10, 11, 12,
or 15), ensure that the analog input levels are set to the correct levels.
Reaching the torque limit.
• Ensure H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set to the right levels.
• Ensure the analog input is set to the correct value (U1-13 to U1-15).
Load exceeded the internal torque limit determined by the drive
Switch to a larger capacity drive.
rated current.

◆ Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On

Cause Possible Solutions
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power.
• Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive.
Relay switching in the drive generates excessive noise. • Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.
• Ground the drive and motor properly.
• Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines.
• Make sure wires and the motor have been properly grounded.

◆ Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) Trips During Run

Cause Possible Solutions
• Increase the ELCB sensitivity or use ELCB with a higher threshold.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive leakage current trips ELCB. • Reduce the length of the cable used between the drive and the motor.
• Install a noise filter or reactor on the output side of the drive. Set the carrier frequency to 2 kHz when connecting a
reactor.

278 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

◆ Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates

■ Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery

Cause Possible Solutions

The carrier frequency is at the resonant frequency of the connected
Adjust the carrier frequency using parameters C6-02 through C6-05.
machinery.
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump frequency function (d3-01 through d3-04) to skip the problem-causing
The drive output frequency is the same as the resonant frequency
bandwidth.
of the connected machinery.
• Place the motor on a rubber pad to reduce vibration.

Note: The drive may have trouble assessing the status of the load due to white noise generated from using Swing PWM (C6-02 = 7 to A).

■ Oscillation or Hunting

Cause Possible Solutions

Perform Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient tuning.
Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 246.
Gain is too low when using PI control. Refer to b5: PI Control on page 136 for details.
• Ensure that noise is not affecting the signal lines.
The frequency reference is assigned to an external source and the • Separate main circuit wiring and control circuit wiring.
signal is noisy. • Use twisted-pair cables or shielded wiring for the control circuit.
• Increase the analog input time filter constant (H3-13).
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
The cable between the drive and motor is too long.
• Reduce the length of the cable.

◆ PI Output Fault
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the multi-function analog input terminal settings.
• Set multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 for PI feedback (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = “B”).
• A signal input to the terminal selection for PI feedback is needed.
No PI feedback input. • Check the connection of the feedback signal.
• Check the various PI-related parameter settings.
• No PI feedback input to the terminal causes the value detected to be 0, causing a PI fault and the drive to operate at
max frequency.
• PI control keeps the difference between target and detection values at 0. Set the input level for the values relative to
The level of detection and the target value do not correspond with
one another.
each other.
• Use analog input gains H3-03 and H3-11 to adjust PI target and feedback signal scaling.
Reverse drive output frequency and speed detection. When output
Set PI output for reverse characteristics (b5-09 = 1).
frequency rises, the sensor detects a speed decrease.
Adjustment made to PI parameter settings are insufficient. Refer to b5: PI Control on page 136 for details.

◆ Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection
Braking)
Cause Possible Solutions
• Adjust the DC Injection braking settings.
DC Injection Braking is set too low and the drive cannot decelerate
• Increase the current level for DC Injection Braking (b2-02).
properly.
• Increase the DC Injection Braking time at stop (b2-04).

Troubleshooting
The stopping method is set so that the drive coasts to stop. Set b1-03 (Stopping Method Selection) to 0 or 2.

◆ Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference

Cause Possible Solutions

Frequency reference is set within the range of the Jump frequency.

• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump frequency function (d3-01, d3-02, d3-03). 6
• Enabling the Jump frequency prevents the drive from outputting the frequencies specified in the Jump range.
• Set the maximum output frequency and the upper limit for the frequency reference to more appropriate values (E1-
Upper limit for the frequency reference has been exceeded. 04, d2-01).
• The following calculation yields the upper value for the output frequency = E1-04 × d2-01 / 100
• Reduce the load.
Large load triggered Stall Prevention function during acceleration.
• Adjust the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).

◆ Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz

Cause Possible Solutions
• If the output current rises too high at low speeds, the carrier frequency is automatically reduced and causes a whining
or buzzing sound.
Exceeded 110% of the rated output current of the drive while
• If the sound is coming from the motor, disable carrier frequency derating (L8-38 = 0).
operating at low speeds.
• Disabling the automatic carrier frequency derating increases the chances of an overload fault (oL2). Switch to a larger
capacity motor if oL2 faults occur too frequently.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 279
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

◆ Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM

Cause Possible Solutions
The motor code for the PM motor (E5-01 or T2-02) is set
Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 246 for details.
incorrectly (YASKAWA motors only).
Drive is attempting to operate the motor beyond the speed control
Check the speed control range and adjust the speed accordingly.
range listed in the specifications.
Motor hunting occurs. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 246 for details.
Hunting occurs at start. Increase the S-curve time at the start of acceleration (C2-01).
• Enter the correct motor code for the PM motor being used into E5-01.
Too much current is flowing through the drive. • For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the test report provided for the
motor.

◆ Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss

Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the sequence and wiring that has been set up to enter the Run command.
The Run command was not issued again when power was restored.
• A relay should be set up to make sure the Run command remains enabled throughout any power loss.
The relay that is supposed to maintain the Run command has been
Check wiring and circuitry for the relay intended to keep the Run command enabled.
switched off.

280 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
This chapter describes the periodic inspection and maintenance of the drive to ensure that it
receives the proper care to maintain overall performance.

7.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

7.2 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
7.3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
7.4 COOLING FAN AND CIRCULATION FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
7.5 DRIVE REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 281
7.1 Section Safety

7.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent
electric shock, wait for at least the time specified on the warning label once all indicators are OFF, and then measure
the DC bus voltage level to confirm it has reached a safe level.
Never connect or disconnect wiring, remove connectors or option cards, or replace the cooling fan while the
power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.

282 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when it is installed
incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive.
Follow the instructions in this manual to replace the cooling fan, making sure that the label is on top before inserting
the cooling fan into the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace both cooling fans when performing
maintenance.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
Periodic Inspection &
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Maintenance

Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
YASKAWA is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be
modified.
7
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Comply with proper wiring practices.
The motor may run in reverse if the phase order is backward.
Connect motor input terminals U, V and W to drive output terminals U/T1,V/T2, and W/T3. The phase order for the
drive and motor should match.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 283
7.1 Section Safety

NOTICE
Frequently switching the drive power supply to stop and start the motor can damage the drive.
To get the full performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive
power supply off and on more than once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop
and start the motor.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.

284 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.2 Inspection

7.2 Inspection
Power electronics have limited life and may exhibit changes in characteristics or performance deterioration after years of
use under normal conditions. To help avoid such problems, it is important to perform preventive maintenance and
periodic inspection on the drive.
Drives contain a variety of power electronics such as power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and
relays. The electronics in the drive serve a critical role in maintaining proper motor control.
Follow the inspection lists provided in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program.
Note: The drive will require more frequent inspection if it is placed in harsh environments, such as:
• High ambient temperatures
• Frequent starting and stopping
• Fluctuations in the AC supply or load
• Excessive vibrations or shock loading
• Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine atmospheres
• Poor storage conditions.
Perform the first equipment inspection one to two years after installation.

◆ Recommended Daily Inspection

Table 7.1 outlines the recommended daily inspection for YASKAWA drives. Check the following items on a daily basis
to avoid premature deterioration in performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column
after each inspection.
Table 7.1 General Recommended Daily Inspection Checklist
Inspection Category Inspection Points Corrective Action Checked
• Check the load coupling.
Motor • Inspect for abnormal oscillation or noise coming from the motor. • Measure motor vibration.
• Tighten all loose components.
• Check for excessive load.
• Inspect for abnormal heat generated from the drive or motor and • Loose connections
visible discoloration. • Check for dirty heatsink or motor.
Cooling • Ambient temperature
• Check for clogged or dirty fan.
• Inspect drive cooling fan and circulation fan operation.
• Check fan operation drive parameter.
• Verify the drive environment complies with the specifications • Eliminate the source of contaminants or correct poor
Environment
listed in Installation Environment on page 40. environment.
• The drive output current should not be higher than the motor or • Check for excessive load.
Load
drive rating for an extended period of time. • Check the motor parameter settings of the drive.
• Correct the voltage or power supply to within nameplate
Power Supply Voltage • Check main power supply and control voltages. specifications.
• Verify all main circuit phases.

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 285
7.2 Inspection

◆ Recommended Periodic Inspection

Table 7.2 outlines the recommended periodic inspections for YASKAWA drive installations. Although periodic
inspections should generally be performed once a year; the drive may require more frequent inspection in harsh
environments or with rigorous use. Operating and environmental conditions, along with experience in each application,
will determine the actual inspection frequency for each installation. Periodic inspection will help to avoid premature
deterioration in performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each
inspection.
■ Periodic Inspection
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not inspect, connect, or disconnect any wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can
result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains
charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.

Table 7.2 Periodic Inspection Checklist

Inspection Area Inspection Points Corrective Action Checked
Main Circuit Periodic Inspection
• Inspect equipment for discoloration from overheating or • Replace damaged components as required.
deterioration. • The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
• Inspect for damaged or deformed parts. drive replacement.
General • Inspect enclosure door seal if used.
• Inspect for dirt, foreign particles, or dust collection on • Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
components. 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• Replace components if cleaning is not possible.
• Inspect wiring and connections for discoloration, damage, or heat
Conductors and Wiring stress. • Repair or replace damaged wiring.
• Inspect wire insulation and shielding for wear.
• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
Terminals • Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections.
terminals.
• Inspect contactors and relays for excessive noise during operation. • Check coil voltage for over or under voltage conditions.
Relays and Contactors • Inspect coils for signs of overheating such as melted or cracked • Replace damaged removable relays contactors or circuit
insulation. board.
• Minor discoloration may be acceptable.
Braking Resistors • Inspect for discoloration of heat stress on or around resistors.
• If discoloration exists check for loose connections.
• Inspect for leaking, discoloration, or cracks.
• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
Electrolytic Capacitor • Check if the cap has come off, for any swelling, or if the sides
drive replacement.
have burst open.
Diode, IGBT (Power • Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
• Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.
Transistor) 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
Motor Periodic Inspection
• Stop the motor and contact qualified maintenance personnel
Operation Check • Check for increased vibration or abnormal noise.
as required.
Control Circuit Periodic Inspection
• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
• Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections. terminals.
General
• Make sure all terminals have been properly tightened. • If terminals are integral to a circuit board, then board or drive
replacement may be required.
• Fix any loose connections.
• If an antistatic cloth or vacuum plunger can't be used, replace
the board.
• Check for any odor, discoloration, and rust. Make sure
• Do not use any solvents to clean the board.
Circuit Boards connections are properly fastened and that no dust or oil mist has
• Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
accumulated on the surface of the board.
39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
drive replacement.
Cooling System Periodic Inspection
• Replace as required.
Cooling Fan, • Check for abnormal oscillation or unusual noise.
Refer to Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan on page 289 for
Circulation Fan • Check for damaged or missing fan blades.
information on cleaning or replacing the fan.
• Use dry air to clear away foreign matter.
Heatsink • Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.
Use a pressure of 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• Inspect air intake and exhaust openings. They must be free from • Visually inspect the area.
Air Duct
obstruction and properly installed. • Clear obstructions and clean air duct as required.
Display Periodic Inspection
• Make sure data appears on the operator properly. • Contact your YASKAWA representative if there is any trouble
Digital Operator • Inspect for dust or other foreign material that may have collected with the display or keypad.
on surrounding components. • Clean the digital operator.

286 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.3 Periodic Maintenance

7.3 Periodic Maintenance

The drive has Maintenance Monitors that keep track of component wear. This feature provides advance maintenance
warning and eliminates the need to shut down the entire system for unexpected problems. The drive allows the user to
check predicted maintenance periods for the components listed below.
• Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan
• Electrolytic Capacitors
• Inrush Prevention Circuit
• IGBTs
For replacement parts, contact the distributor where the drive was purchased or contact YASKAWA directly.

◆ Replacement Parts
Table 7.3 contains the estimated performance life of components that require replacement during the life of the drive.
Only use YASKAWA replacement parts for the appropriate drive model and revision.
Table 7.3 Estimated Performance Life
Component Estimated Performance Life
Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan 10 years
Electrolytic Capacitors 10 years <1>
<1> The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.

NOTICE: Estimated performance life based on specific usage conditions. These conditions are provided for the purpose of replacing
parts to maintain performance. Some parts may require more frequent replacement due to poor environments or rigorous use. Usage
conditions for estimated performance life:
• Ambient temperature: Yearly average of 40°C (IP00 enclosure)
• Load factor: 80% maximum
• Operation time: 24 hours a day

■ Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors

The drive calculates the maintenance period for components that may require replacement during the life of the drive. A
percentage of the maintenance period is displayed on the digital operator by viewing the appropriate monitor parameter.
When the maintenance period reaches 100%, there is increased risk that the drive may malfunction. YASKAWA
recommends checking the maintenance period regularly to ensure maximum performance life.
Refer to Recommended Periodic Inspection on page 286 for more details.
Table 7.4 Performance Life Monitors Used for Component Replacement
Parameter Component Contents
Displays the accumulated operation time of the fan, from 0 to 99999 hours. This value is automatically reset to 0 once it
U4-03
Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan reaches 99999.
U4-04 Displays the accumulated fan operation time as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-05 DC Bus Capacitors Displays the accumulated time the capacitors are used as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-06 Inrush (pre-charge) Relay Displays the number of times the drive is powered up as a percentage of the performance life of the inrush circuit. Periodic Inspection &
U4-07 IGBT Displays the percentage of the maintenance period reached by the IGBTs. Maintenance

■ Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors

An output can be set up to inform the user when a specific components has neared its expected performance life.
When one of multi-function digital output terminals has been assigned the maintenance monitor function (H2-†† = 2F),
the terminal will close when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay reach 90% of the expected 7
performance life, or the IGBTs have reached 50% of their expect performance life. Additionally the digital operator will
display an alarm like shown in Table 7.5 to indicate the specific components that may need maintenance.
Table 7.5 Maintenance Alarms
Alarm Display Function Corrective Action

<1> LT-1 The cooling fans have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the cooling fan.
The DC bus capacitors have reached 90% of their designated life
<1> LT-2 Replace the drive.
time.
The DC bus charge circuit has reached 90% of its designated life
<1> LT-3 Replace the drive.
time.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 287
7.3 Periodic Maintenance

Alarm Display Function Corrective Action

<1> LT-4 The IGBT’s have reached 50% of their designated life time. Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.

<2> TrPC The IGBT’s have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the drive.

<1> This alarm message will be output only if the Maintenance Monitor function is assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2-†† = 2F). The alarm
will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2-†† = 10).
<2> This alarm message will always be output, even if the Maintenance Monitor function is not assigned to any of the digital outputs (H2-†† =
2F). The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2-†† = 10).

■ Related Drive Parameters

Parameters o4-03, o4-05, o4-07, and o4-09 can be used to reset a Maintenance Monitor back to zero after a specific
component has been replaced. Refer to Parameter Table on page 338 for details on parameter settings.
NOTICE: If these parameters are not reset after the corresponding parts have been replaced, the Maintenance Monitor function will
continue to count down the performance life from the value that was reached with the old part. If the Maintenance Monitor is not reset,
the drive will not have the correct value of the performance life for the new component.

288 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

NOTICE: Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when installed incorrectly and could
seriously damage the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace all cooling fans when performing maintenance.

Contact your YASKAWA representative or the nearest YASKAWA sales office to order replacement cooling fans as
required.
For drives with multiple cooling fans, replace all the fans when performing maintenance to ensure maximum product
performance life.

◆ Number of Fan
Three-Phase 200 V Class Three-Phase 400 V Class
Model Cooling Fan Circulation Fan Page Model Cooling Fan Circulation Fan Control Board Page
CIMR-E† CIMR-E† Cooling Fan
2A0004 – – – 4A0002 – – – –
2A0006 – – – 4A0004 – – – –
2A0008 – – – 4A0005 – – – –
2A0010 – – – 4A0007 1 – –
2A0012 – – – 4A0009 1 – –
2A0018 1 – 4A0011 1 – –
2A0021 1 – 4A0018 2 – –
291
2A0030 2 – 4A0023 2 – –
2A0040 2 – 291 4A0031 2 – –
2A0056 2 – 4A0038 2 – –
2A0069 2 – 4A0044 2 – –
2A0081 2 – 4A0058 2 – –
293
2A0110 2 – 4A0072 2 – –
293
2A0138 2 – 4A0088 2 – –
295
2A0169 2 – 4A0103 2 – –
2A0211 2 – 4A0139 2 – –
2A0250 2 – 4A0165 2 – –
297
2A0312 2 – 4A0208 2 – –
297
2A0360 3 1 4A0250 3 – –
2A0415 3 1 4A0296 3 – –
- – – – 4A0362 3 1 –
- – – – 4A0414 3 1 – 301
- – – – 4A0515 3 2 2
303
- – – – 4A0675 3 2 2

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 289
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

◆ Cooling Fan Component Names

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
Figure 7.1

2A0018 to 2A0081 2A0110 to 2A0138 2A0169 to 2A0415

4A0007 to 2A0044 4A0058 to 4A0103 4A0139 to 4A0362

D A

D B

E
G

YEC_TM
only
4A0414 4A0515,4A0675

D
D

H
E E

F G

G I

A – Fan Cover F – Circulation Fan Base

B – Fan Guard G – Circulation Fan
C – Cable Cover H – Circuit Board Cooling Fan
D – Cooling Fan I – Circuit Board Cooling Fan Unit Case
E – Fan Unit Case
Figure 7.1 Cooling Fan Component Names

290 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

◆ Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0018 to 2A0081 and 4A0007 to 4A0044

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.

NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.

■ Removing the Cooling Fan

1. Depress the right and left sides of the fan cover hooks and pull upward. Remove the fan cover from the top of the
drive.
Figure 7.2

YEC_
TMon
ly

Figure 7.2 Removing the Fan Cover: 2A0018 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
2. Remove the cooling fan cartridge. Disconnect the pluggable connector and remove the fan.
Figure 7.3

YEC_
TMon -
ly

Periodic Inspection &

Figure 7.3 Removing the Cooling Fan: 2A0018 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
Maintenance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 291
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

■ Installing the Cooling Fan

Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan.
1. Install the replacement fan into the drive, ensuring the alignment pins line up as shown in the figure below.
Figure 7.4

A
YEC_TM
only

A – Push the connectors together so C – Make sure the alignment pins

no space remains between them. line up properly.
B – Label facing up
Figure 7.4 Installing the Cooling Fan: 2A0018 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
2. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected, then place the cable back into the recess of the
drive.
Figure 7.5

YEC_TMonly A

A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.5 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 2A0018 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
3. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.6

YEC_
TMon
ly

Figure 7.6 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0018 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
4. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.

292 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

◆ Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.

NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.

■ Removing the Cooling Fan

1. While pressing in on the hooks located on the left and right sides of the fan cover, free the fan cover leading by
lifting the back end first.
Figure 7.7

YEC_
TMonly

Figure 7.7 Removing the Cooling Fan Cover: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
2. Lift the fan cover out leading with the back end. Unplug the replay connector and free the fan cover from the
drive.
Figure 7.8

YEC_TMonly

Lift the fan cover out of the drive

leading with the back end.

Figure 7.8 Removing the Cooling Fan: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 293
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

■ Installing the Cooling Fan

Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan.
1. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected.
2. Place the power supply connectors and cable back into the recess of the drive.
Figure 7.9

YEC_TMonly
A

A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.9 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
3. Install the replacement fan into the drive.
Figure 7.10

Insert the fan at an angle so that

it tilts towards the front of the
drive. Next press down on the
back of the fan that still protrudes
YEC_TM from the drive so that the fan
snaps into place.
only
Figure 7.10 Installing the Cooling Fan: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
4. Angle the fan cover so the back end tilts up. Slide the cover into the small opening towards the front of the drive,
and then guide the entire fan cover into place.
Figure 7.11

Insertion area

Front of drive Back of drive

Cross-Section

Fan cover Back of drive YEC_

TMonly
Hook Hook

Front of drive
Figure 7.11 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072

294 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

5. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.12

YEC_
TMonly

Figure 7.12 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
6. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.

◆ Cooling Fan Replacement: 4A0088 and 4A0103

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.

NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.

■ Removing the Cooling Fan

1. While pressing in on the hooks located on the left and right sides of the fan cover, free the fan cover leading by
lifting the back end first.
Figure 7.13

YEC_
TMonly

Figure 7.13 Removing the Cooling Fan Cover: 4A0088 and 4A0103
2. Lift the cooling fan directly up on the fan as shown below. Unplug the relay connector and free the fan from the
drive. Periodic Inspection &
Figure 7.14
Maintenance

YEC_
TMonly

Figure 7.14 Removing the Cooling Fan: 4A0088 and 4A0103

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 295
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

■ Installing the Cooling Fan

Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan.
1. Install the replacement fan into the drive, ensuring the alignment pins line up as shown in the figure below.
Figure 7.15

YEC_TM
only

Figure 7.15 Installing the Cooling Fan: 4A0088 and 4A0103

2. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected, then place the power supply connectors and cable
back into the recess of the drive.
Figure 7.16

YEC_TMonly A

A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.16 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 4A0088 and 4A0103
3. Angle the fan cover as shown and insert the connector tabs into the corresponding holes on the drive.
Figure 7.17

Holes for connector tabs.

Fan cover Four tabs

Back or Drive

YEC_
TMonly
Hook Hook
Front of Drive
Figure 7.17 Reattach the Fan Cover: 4A0088 and 4A0103

296 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

4. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.18

YEC_
TMonly

Figure 7.18 Reattach the Fan Cover: 4A0088 and 4A0103

5. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.

◆ Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0169 to 0415, 4A0139 to 4A0362

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.

NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.

■ Removing and Disassembling the Cooling Fan Unit

1. Remove the terminal cover and front cover.
2. Remove the fan connector (CN6). Remove the fan connector (CN6, CN7) in models 2A0360, 2A0415, and
4A0362.
Figure 7.19

2A0169, 2A0211, 2A0250, 2A0312, 4A0208 2A0360, 2A0415,

4A0139, 4A0165 4A0250, 4A0296, 4A0362
YEC_
A C A A
TMonly

B
B D

C E

B Periodic Inspection &

A – Fan Unit D – Circulation Fan Relay Cable

Maintenance

B – Fan Relay Cable E – Fan Connector (CN7)

C – Fan Connector (CN6)
Figure 7.19 Cooling Fan Replacement: Fan Unit and Connectors

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 297
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

3. Remove the screws holding the fan unit in place and slide the fan unit out of the drive.
Figure 7.20

YEC_
TMonly

Figure 7.20 Removing the Fan Unit: 2A0169 to 2A0415, 4A0139 to 4A0362
4. Remove the fan guard and replace the cooling fans.
Note: Make sure the fan cable does not get pinched between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
Figure 7.21

4A0250, 4A0296 2A0360, 2A0415,

4A0362

A A
2A0169, 2A0211, 2A0250, 2A0312,
4A0139, 4A0165, 4A0208

A B B

C C

YEC_
D
TMonly

A – Fan Guard C – Cooling Fan

B – Cable Cover D – Circulation Fan
Figure 7.21 Fan Unit Disassembly: 2A0169 to 2A0415, 4A0139 to 4A0362

298 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

■ Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139 and 4A0165

1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
YEC_
TMonly

2. Place the fan connector covered by the tube as shown in the drawings below.
Figure 7.22

2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139 4A0165

Fan B1 Fan B2

Connector for fan B1 Connector for fan B2

YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.22 Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139 and 4A0165
3. Make sure that the protective tube does not stick out beyond the fan guard.
■ Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0250, 2A0312 and 4A0208
1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.

Protective tube
YEC_
TMonly
2. Place the connector for fan B2 before the B1 connector and guide the lead wire for fan B2 so that it is held in
place by the cable hook.
Figure 7.23

Cable hook

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

Fan B1 Fan B2
YEC_ 7
TMonly

Connector for fan B2 Connector for fan B1

Figure 7.23 Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0250, 2A0312 and 4A0208

3. Make sure that the protective tube does not stick out beyond the fan guard.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 299
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

■ Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0360, 2A0415, 4A0250 to 4A0362

1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
YEC_
TMonly
2. The fan connector for fan B2 should be placed in front of the fan B1 connector between fans B1 and B2.
3. The connector for fan B3 should be pressed in between fan B2 and B3.
Figure 7.24

Connector for fan B1

YEC_TMonly
Cable cover

Fan B3

Fan B1 Fan B2

Connector for fan

Connector for fan B2

Figure 7.24 Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0360, 2A0415, 4A0250 to 4A0362

4. Double check the relay connector to ensure that it is properly connected.
5. Reattach the cable cover to its original position and tighten the screws so that the fan guard holds the cable
cover in place.
Note: Make sure the fan cable does not get pinched between parts when reassembling the fan unit.

■ Installing the Cooling Fan Unit

1. Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan unit.
Figure 7.25

YEC_
TMonly

Figure 7.25 Installing the Cooling Fan Unit: 2A0165 to 2A0415, 4A0139 to 4A0362
2. Reattach the covers and digital operator.
3. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.

300 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

◆ Cooling Fan Replacement: 4A0414

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.

NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.

■ Removing and Disassembling the Cooling Fan Unit

1. Remove the terminal cover and front cover 1 and 2.
2. Remove the fan connector (CN6).
Figure 7.26

E YEC_TMonly
F

B
C

D G

A – Fan Unit E – Fan Relay Cable

B – Circulation Fan Unit F – Fan Connector (CN6)
C – Circulation Fan G – Hook
D – Circulation Fan Relay Cable H – Fan Connector (CN7)
Figure 7.26 Component Names: 4A0414
3. Remove the circulation fan relay cable from the hook. Remove the fan connector (CN7).
4. Remove the screws holding the fan units in place and slide the fan units out of the drive.
Figure 7.27

YEC_TMonly

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

Figure 7.27 Removing the Fan Unit: 4A0414 7

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 301
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

5. Remove the fan guard and circulation fan casing. Replace the cooling fans.
Figure 7.28

YEC_TMonly
E

A
C

A – Fan Guard D – Circulation Fan Base

B – Cooling Fan E – Circulation Fan
C – Fan Unit Case
Figure 7.28 Fan Unit Disassembly: 4A0414

■ Cooling Fan Wiring

1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.

Protective tube
YEC_TMon
ly

2. Place the fan connector covered by the tube as shown in the drawings below.
Figure 7.29

Cooling Fan B1 Cooling Fan B2 Cooling Fan B3

YEC_TMonly

Connector Connector Connector

for fan B1 for fan B2 for fan B3

Figure 7.29 Cooling Fan Wiring: 4A0414

3. Double check the relay connector to ensure that it is properly connected.

302 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

■ Installing the Cooling Fan Unit

1. Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan unit.
Figure 7.30

YEC_TMonly

Figure 7.30 Installing the Cooling Fan Unit: 4A0414

2. Reattach the covers and digital operator.
3. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.

◆ Cooling Fan Replacement: 4A0515 and 4A0675

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.

NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.

■ Removing and Disassembling the Cooling Fan Unit

1. Remove the terminal cover and front cover 1 and 2.
2. Remove the connectors for the cooling fan relay and the circuit board cooling fan.
Figure 7.31

YEC_TMonly
Periodic Inspection &
C
Maintenance

7
E F G F E

A – Fan Unit E – Hook

B – Fan Relay Connector F – Circuit Board Cooling Fan Connector
C – Circuit Board Cooling Fan G – Circuit Board Cooling Fan Cable
D – Circuit Board Cooling Fan Case
Figure 7.31 Component Names: 4A0515 and 4A0675

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 303
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

3. Loosen the nine screws, then slide the panel that the screws held into place to the right.
Note: The fan unit can be removed simply by loosening these screws.
Figure 7.32

Screw

Slide Panel

Screw YEC_TMonly

Figure 7.32 Removing the Fan Unit: 4A0515 and 4A0675

4. Remove the slide panel and fan unit along with the cooling fan unit for the circuit boards from the drive.
Note: The fan unit can be removed simply by loosening these screws.
Figure 7.33

YEC_TMonl
y

Figure 7.33 Removing the Fan Units: 4A0515 and 4A0675

5. Replace the cooling fans.
Note: Make sure the fan cable does not get pinched between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
Figure 7.34

YEC_TMonly
A

A – Cooling Fan B – Fan Unit Case

Figure 7.34 Fan Unit Disassembly: 4A0515 and 4A0675

304 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

6. Turn the fan unit over and replace the circulation fans.
Figure 7.35

YEC_TMonly

A – Circulation Fan
Figure 7.35 Fan Unit Disassembly: 4A0515 and 4A0675
7. Replace the cooling fans
Figure 7.36

A YEC_TMonly

A – Circuit Board Cooling Fan B – Circuit Board Cooling Fan Case

Figure 7.36 Fan Unit Disassembly: 4A0515 and 4A0675

■ Cooling Fan Wiring

1. Place the cooling fan connectors and guide the lead wires so that they are held in place by the cable hooks.
Figure 7.37

Cooling Fan B1
Cooling Fan B2 Cooling Fan B3
YEC_TMonly
Relay Connector Relay Connector Relay Connector

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

Cooling Fan B4 Cooling Fan B5 7

Figure 7.37 Cooling Fan Wiring: 4A0515 and 4A0675

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 305
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

2. Guide the lead wires so that they are held in place by the cable hooks and place the circulation fan connectors
between the fan and fan unit.
Figure 7.38

Relay Connector
YEC_TMonl
Cooling Fan B3 Cooling Fan B2 Cooling Fan B1
Relay Connector y

Cooling Fan B5 Cooling Fan B4

Figure 7.38 Cooling Fan Wiring: 4A0515 and 4A0675

3. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube. (Only for Circuit
Board Cooling Fans)

Protective tube
YEC_TMon
ly

4. Guide lead wires through the hooks provided so that the wires are held in place.
Figure 7.39

Circuit Board Cooling Fan B6 Circuit Board Cooling Fan B7

Relay Connector Relay Connector
YEC_TMonl
y

Figure 7.39 Cooling Fan Wiring: 4A0515 and 4A0675

5. Double check the relay connector to ensure that it is properly connected.
■ Installing the Cooling Fan Unit
1. Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan unit.
Figure 7.40

YEC_TMonly

Figure 7.40 Installing the Cooling Fan Units: 4A0515 and 4A0675
2. Reattach the covers and digital operator.
3. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.

306 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.5 Drive Replacement

7.5 Drive Replacement

◆ Serviceable Parts
The drive contains some serviceable parts. The following parts can be replaced over the life span of the drive:
• Terminal board I/O PCBs
• Cooling fan(s)
• Front cover
Replace the drive if the main power circuitry is damaged. Contact your local YASKAWA representative before replacing
parts if the drive is still under warranty. YASKAWA reserves the right to replace or repair the drive according to
YASKAWA warranty policy.

◆ Terminal Board
The drive has a modular I/O terminal block that facilitates quick drive replacement. The terminal board contains on-
board memory that stores all drive parameter settings and allows the parameters to be saved and transferred to the
replacement drive. To transfer the terminal board, disconnect the terminal board from the damaged drive then reconnect
it to the replacement drive. Once transferred, there is no need to manually reprogram the replacement drive.
Note: If the damaged drive and the new replacement drive are have different capacities, the data stored in the terminal board cannot be
transferred to the new drive and an oPE01 error will appear on the display. The terminal board can still be used, but parameter
setting from the old drive cannot be transferred. The replacement drive must be initialized and manually programmed.
Figure 7.41

YEC_TMon
ly

A
E

C D

A – Removable terminal board D – Bottom cover screws

B – Charge LED E – Terminal board locking screws
C – Bottom cover
Figure 7.41 Terminal Board Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance

◆ Replacing the Drive

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components. 7
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury. Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit
boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.

The following procedure explains how to replace a drive. This section provides instructions for drive replacement only.
To install option boards or other types of options, then refer to the specific manuals for those options.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 307
7.5 Drive Replacement

NOTICE: When transferring a braking transistor, braking resistor, or other type of option from a damaged drive to a new replacement
drive, make sure they are working properly before reconnecting them to the new drive. Replace broken options to prevent immediate
break down of the replacement drive.

1. Remove the terminal cover.

Figure 7.42

YEC_
comm
on

Figure 7.42 Drive Replacement: Removing the Terminal Cover

2. Loosen the screws holding the terminal board in place. Take out the screw securing the bottom cover and
remove the bottom cover from the drive.
Note: Drives set up for compliance with IP00 do not have a bottom cover.
Figure 7.43

YEC_com
mon

Figure 7.43 Drive Replacement: Removing the Terminal Board

3. Slide the terminal board as illustrated by the arrows, and remove it from the drive along with the bottom cover.
Figure 7.44

YEC_
TMon
ly

Figure 7.44 Drive Replacement: Remove the Terminal Board

Figure 7.45

YEC_T
Monly

Figure 7.45 Drive Replacement:

Removable Terminal Board Disconnected from the Drive
4. Disconnect all option cards and options. Make sure they are intact before reusing them.
5. Replace the drive and wire the main circuit.

308 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 7.5 Drive Replacement

■ Installing the Drive

1. Once the main circuit has been wired, connect the terminal block to the drive as shown in Figure 7.46. Use the
installation screw to fasten the terminal block into place.
Figure 7.46

YEC_
comm
on

Figure 7.46 Drive Replacement: Installing the Terminal Board

2. Reconnect all options to the new drive in the same way they were installed in the old drive. Connect option
boards to the same option ports in the new drive that were used in the old drive.
3. Put the terminal cover back into its original place.
4. When the power to the drive is first switched on, all parameter settings are transferred from the terminal board
into the drive memory. Should an oPE04 error occur, load the parameter settings that have been saved on the
terminal board onto the new drive by setting parameter A1-03 to 5550. Reset timers used for the Maintenance
Monitor function by setting parameters o4-01 through o4-12 back to 0, and parameter o4-13 to 1.

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 309
7.5 Drive Replacement

310 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 8
Peripheral Devices & Options
This chapter explains the installation of peripheral devices and options available for the drive.

8.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

8.2 DRIVE OPTIONS AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
8.3 CONNECTING PERIPHERAL DEVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
8.4 OPTION CARD INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
8.5 INSTALLING PERIPHERAL DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 311
8.1 Section Safety

8.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for
at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.

312 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

The following table of peripheral devices lists the names of the various accessories and options available for YASKAWA
drives. Contact YASKAWA or your YASKAWA agent to order these peripheral devices.
• Peripheral Device Selection: Refer to the YASKAWA catalog for selection and part numbers.
• Peripheral Device Installation: Refer to the corresponding option manual for installation instructions.
Table 8.1 Available Peripheral Devices
Option Model Number Description
Power Options

Improves the power factor by suppressing harmonic distortion

DC Reactor UZDA Series
from the power supply.

Protects the drive when operating from a large power supply

and improves the power factor by suppressing harmonic
AC Reactor UZBA Series
distortion. Highly recommended for power supplies that exceed
600 kVA.

For use with systems requiring dynamic braking with up to

Braking Resistor Unit LKEB Series
10% ED.

Braking Unit CDBR Series External braking transistor

Circuit breaker for short circuit or over load protection

Note: YASKAWA recommends installing an MCCB to the
Molded Case Circuit Breaker NF Series power supply side to protect drive wiring and prevent other
damage in the event of component failure. Install an MCCB if
permitted by the power system.
Provides protection against potentially harmful leakage current.
Note: YASKAWA recommends installing a LECB to the power
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
NV, EG, or SG Series supply side to protect drive wiring and prevent other damage in
(ELCB)
the event of component failure. An MCCB can also be used if
permitted by the power system.
Ensures that power to drive is completely shut off when
necessary, preventing potential damage to the braking resistor
and other internal circuitry.
Install an MCCB when using a braking resistor to prevent the
Magnetic Contactor (Input) SC Series
braking resistor from overheating.
To protect internal components from sudden high levels of
input current, the MC should be wired so that it opens when a
fault output terminal is triggered.

200 V class: DCR2-†A Suppresses surge voltage caused by magnetic contactor

Surge Protector
400 V class: RFN3AL-504KD switching.

Zero Phase Reactor F6045GB, F11080GB Reduces electromagnetic noise.

200 V class: CR2LS or CR2L Series, FWX Series

Fuse Protects the drive in case of short circuit.
400 V class: CR6L Series, FWH Series

Reduces electromagnetic noise flowing back from the drive

Input Noise Filter LNFB, LNFD, FN Series
into power supply.
Peripheral Devices &

Output Noise Filter LF-310 Series Reduces electromagnetic noise generated by the drive output.

— Isolator DGP††† Isolates the drive control I/Os for improved noise resistance.
Momentary Power Loss Recovery 200 V class: P0010
— Ensures drive operation during momentary power loss up to 2 s
Options

Unit 400 V class: P0020

Reference Setting / Monitor Options
External meter for displaying the output frequency or current
— Frequency Meter / Ammeter DCF-6A
using an analog signal from the drive

—
Frequency Meter Potentiometer (20
RH000850
External potentiometer for adjusting the frequency meter 8
kΩ) scaling
External meter for displaying the output voltage using an
— Output Voltage Meter SDF-12NH
analog signal from the drive
Frequency Setting Potentiometer (2 External potentiometer for setting the frequency reference by
— RH000739
kΩ) an analog input
Control Dial for Frequency Setting
— CM-3S Control dial for frequency setting potentiometer
Potentiometer
— Meter Plate NPJT41561-1 Plate with scale for frequency setting potentiometer

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 313
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

Option Model Number Description

Interface Options

Digital operator with 8 languages, clear text LCD display, and

LCD Operator JVOP-180
copy function; max. cable length for remote usage: 3 m

Extension cable (1 m or 3 m) to connect the digital operator for

Remote Operator Cable WV001/WV003 remote operation
RJ-45, 8 pin straight through, UTP CAT5e cable
Allows the user to copy and verify parameter settings between
USB Copy Unit JVOP-181 drives. Can also be used as an adapter to connect the drive to
YASKAWA
USB Copy Unit

ERR
COM

JVOP-181
LOCK

the USB port on a PC.

py rify ad
Co Ve Re

Attachment
Installation kit for mounting the drive with the heatsink outside
— Attachment for External Heatsink EZZ020786
of the panel (Side-by-Side mounting possible)
Parts to make the drive conform to NEMA Type 1 enclosure
— NEMA 1 Kit EZZ020787
requirements

For installing the digital operator keypad on the outside of an

Installation Support Set A EZZ020642A enclosure panel that houses the drive. Uses screws to secure the
operator.

For installing the digital operator keypad on the outside of an

enclosure panel that houses the drive.
Installation Support Set B EZZ020642B
Uses nuts to secure the operator for installations where screws
are not practical.

Others

Provides power to the control circuit and option boards in the

event of power loss. Allows the user to still monitor drive
24 V Power Supply PS-A10L, PS-A10H
settings and fault information even if the main circuit has no
power.

— DriveWizard Plus — PC tool for drive setup and parameter management

— DriveWorksEZ — PC tool for enhanced programming of the drive
Communication Options

PROFIBUS-DP <1> SI-P3 Connects to a PROFIBUS-DP network.

CC-Link <1> SI-C3 Connects to a CC-Link network

DeviceNet <1> SI-N3 Connects to a DeviceNet network

CANopen <1> SI-S3 Connects to a CANopen network

MECHATROLINK-II <1> SI-T3 Connects to a MECHATROLINK-II network

<1> Under development

314 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices

8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices

Figure 8.1 illustrates how to configure the drive and motor to operate with various peripheral devices.
• For more detailed instructions on how to install each device shown below, refer to the specific manual for that device.
Figure 8.1

Engineering Software Tools

DriveWizard
DriveWorksEZ

LED Operator/LCD Operator

Power

YASKAWA
USB Copy Unit

ERR
Supply

COM

JVOP-181
LOCK
USB Cable
py rify ad
Co Ve Re

USB Copy unit (Type-AB)

Line
Breaker PC
(MCCB) USB Cable
or Surge (Type-AB, sold separately)
Leakage Absorber
Breaker Drive B1 B2 +3 −

Magnetic
Contactor
(MC)
+2

+1
DC Reactor

AC Reactor Thermal Relay

Momentary Braking Resistor Unit

Power Loss Braking Unit
Recovery Unit
Zero-phase
Reactor
Fuse
Ground

Input Side R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1V/T2W/T3

24 V control
Noise Filter power supply
unit
Output Side
Noise Filter
Motor
YEC_
TMon
Magnetic Zero-phase ly
Contactor Reactor
(switches to
line power)
Ground

Figure 8.1 Connecting Peripheral Devices

Note: Note that if the drive is set to trigger a fault output whenever the fault restart function is activated (L5-02 = 1), then a sequence to
interrupt power when a fault occurs will result in shutting off the power to the drive as the drive attempts to restart itself. The
default setting for L5-02 is 0 (fault output active during restart attempt).

Peripheral Devices &

Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 315
8.4 Option Card Installation

8.4 Option Card Installation

This section provides instructions on installing the option cards listed in Table 8.1.

◆ Installing Option Cards

Table 8.2 below lists the number of option cards that can be connected to the drive and the drive ports for connecting
those option cards.
Table 8.2 Option Card Installation
Option Card Port/Connector Number of Cards Possible
SI-C3 <1>, SI-N3 <1>, SI-P3 <1>, SI-S3 <1>, SI-T3 <1> CN5-A 1
<1> Under development

◆ Installation Procedure
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
death or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar
with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives and Option Cards.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the option card, drive, and
circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to circuitry.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may cause the
application to operate incorrectly or damage the drive.

Use the procedure described below when installing option cards to the drive.
1. Shut off power to the drive, wait the appropriate amount of time for voltage to dissipate, then remove the
operator and front cover. Refer to Digital Operator and Front Cover on page 62
2. Insert the CN5 connector on the option card into the matching CN5 connector on the drive, then fasten it into
place using one of the screws included with the option card.
Figure 8.2

A
E
F
B G
J
C

D
K

H
YEC_TMonly
I

A – Connector CN5-C G – Mounting screw

B – Connector CN5-B H – Lead line
C – Connector CN5-A I – Use wire cutters to create an
opening for cable lines
D – Drive grounding terminal (FE) J – Front cover
E – Insert connector CN5 here K – Digital operator
F – Option card L – Terminal cover
Figure 8.2 Installing an Option Card

316 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 8.4 Option Card Installation

3. Connect one of the lead lines using one of the screws to the ground terminal.
Some option cards come with several different lead lines for connecting the card to the drive. Select the lead line
with the most appropriate length.
Figure 8.3

common_TMonly

Figure 8.3 Connecting the Ground Terminal

4. Wire the option card to the terminal block on the option card.
For wiring instructions, refer to the manual delivered with the option card.
When installing option cards to drive models CIMR-E†2A0004 through 0040 and to models CIMR-E†4A0002
through 0023, the cables connected to the option might need to be routed through the top protective cover to the
outside. In this case, cut out the perforated openings on the left side of the drive top protective cover. Make sure
no sharp edges are left that may damage the cable.
Models CIMR-E†2A0056 through 2A0415 and 4A0031 through 0675 have enough space to keep all wiring
inside the unit.
Figure 8.4

YEC_TMonly

A – Cable through hole B – Space for wiring

(CIMR-E†2A0004 to 0040, 4A0002 to 0023) (CIMR-E†2A0056 to 0415, 4A0031 to 0675)
Peripheral Devices &

Figure 8.4 Wiring Space

5. Place the front cover and digital operator back onto the drive.
Options

Note: 1. Leave enough space when wiring so that the front cover can be easily reattached. Make sure no wires get caught between the front
cover and the drive.
2. Any exposed wiring will void the wall-mount enclosure rating.
8

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 317
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

This section describes the proper steps and precautions to take when installing or connecting various peripheral devices
to the drive.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral
devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.

◆ Dynamic Braking Options

Dynamic braking (DB) helps bring the motor to a smooth and rapid stop when working with high inertia loads. As the
drive lowers the frequency of a motor moving a high inertia load, regeneration occurs. This can cause an overvoltage
situation when the regenerative energy flows back into the DC bus capacitors. A braking resistor prevents these
overvoltage faults.
NOTICE: Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking
circuit. Carefully review the braking resistor instruction manual when connecting a braking resistor option to the drive.

Note: The braking circuit must be sized properly in order to dissipate the power required to decelerate the load in the desired time.
Ensure that the braking circuit can dissipate the energy for the set deceleration time prior to running the drive.

NOTICE: Connect braking resistors to the drive as shown in the I/O wiring examples. Improperly wiring braking circuits could result in
damage to the drive or equipment.

■ Installing a Braking Unit: CDBR Type

To install a CDBR type braking unit, connect the drive’s +3 terminal (CIMR-E†2A0169 to 0415 and CIMR-E†4A0088
to 0675) to the positive terminal on the braking unit. Next wire the negative terminals on the drive and braking unit
together.
Connect the braking resistor to the CDBRs terminals +0 and -0.
Wire the thermal overload relay contact of the CDBR and the braking resistor in series, and connect this signal to a drive
digital input. Use this input to trigger a fault in the drive in case a CDBR or braking resistor overload occurs.
Figure 8.5

Braking Unit Braking Resistor Unit

(CDBR type) (LKEB type)

+3 + +0 P 1

Thermal Overload
Drive Protector Trip Contact

− − −0 B 2

3 4

YEC_
Thermal Relay TMonly
Trip Contact
Figure 8.5 Connecting a Braking Unit (CDBR type) and Braking Resistor Unit (LKEB type)
(CIMR-E†2A0169 to 0415, E†4A0088 to 0675)

318 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

■ Using Braking Units in Parallel

When multiple braking units are used, they must be installed with a master-slave configuration with a single braking unit
acting as the master. Figure 8.6 illustrates how to wire braking units in parallel.
Wire the thermal overload contacts relays of all CDBRs and all braking resistors in series, then connect this signal to a
drive digital input. This input can be used to trigger a fault in the drive in case of overload in any of the CDBRs or
braking resistors.
Figure 8.6

Braking Resistor Braking Resistor Braking Resistor

Overheat Contact Overheat Contact Overheat Contact
(Thermal Relay Trip Contact) (Thermal Relay Trip Contact) (Thermal Relay Trip Contact)

+3 −
1 2 Braking 1 2 Braking 1 2 Braking
Resistor Resistor Resistor
P B Unit P B Unit P B Unit

− + +0 −0 − + +0 −0 − + +0 −0
MASTER MASTER
Level Detector

MASTER
Drive

SLAVE
+15 SLAVE SLAVE
1 5 1 5 1 5
6 2 6 2 6
2

Braking Unit 1 Braking Unit 2 Braking Unit 3

3 4 3 4 3 4 YEC_
TMonly
Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact
(Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact)

Figure 8.6 Connecting Braking Units in Parallel

◆ Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Earth Leakage Circuit
Breaker (ELCB)
Install a MCCB or ELCB for line protection between the power supply and the main circuit power supply input terminals
R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. This protects the main circuit and devices wired to the main circuit while also providing overload
protection.
Consider the following when selecting and installing an MCCB or ELCB:
• The capacity of the MCCB or ELCB should be 1.5 to 2 times the rated output current of the drive. Use an MCCB or
ELCB to keep the drive from faulting out instead of using overheat protection (150% for one minute at the rated output
current).
• If several drives are connected to one MCCB or ELCB that is shared with other equipment, use a sequence that shuts
the power OFF when errors are output by using magnetic contactor (MC) as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8.7

B
Peripheral Devices &

A MCCB MC
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3 YEC_
MC TMonly
Options

MB
C SA MC

MC
8
A – Power supply C – Control power supply
B – Drive
Figure 8.7 Power Supply Interrupt Wiring (Example)

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Disconnect the MCCB (or ELCB) and MC before wiring terminals. Failure to comply may result in
serious injury or death.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 319
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

■ Installing a Leakage Breaker

Drive outputs generate high-frequency leakage current as a result of high-speed switching. Install an Earth Leakage
Circuit Breaker (ELCB) on the input side of the drive to switch off potentially harmful leakage current.
Because each drive generates about 100 mA of leakage current across a 1 m cable and another 5 mA for each additional
meter, each drive should have a leakage breaker with a sensitivity amperage of at least 30 mA per drive. This will
eliminate harmonic leakage current and suppress any potentially harmful frequencies.
Leakage current can cause unprotected components to operate ncorrectly. If this is a problem, lower the carrier
frequency, replace the components in question with parts protected against harmonic current, or increase the sensitivity
amperage of the leakage breaker to at least 200 mA per drive.
Factors in determining leakage current:
• Size of the AC drive
• AC drive carrier frequency
• Motor cable type and length
• EMI/RFI filter
In order to safely protect the drive system, select a breaker that senses all types of current (AC and DC) and high
frequency currents.

◆ Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side

Install a magnetic contactor to the drive input for the purposes explained below.
■ Disconnecting the Power Supply
The drive should be shut off with a magnetic contactor (MC) when a fault occurs in any external equipment such as
braking resistors.
NOTICE: Do not connect electromagnetic switches or magnetic contactors to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing.
Improper sequencing of output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive.

NOTICE: Install a MC on the input side of the drive when the drive should not automatically restart after power loss. To get the full
performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive power supply off and on more than
once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor.

NOTICE: Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The MC should
be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.

Note: 1. To keep the drive from restarting automatically when power is restored after momentary power loss, install a magnetic contactor to
the drive input.
2. To have the drive continue operating through momentary power loss, set up a delay for the magnetic contactor so that it does not open
prematurely.

◆ Connecting an AC or DC Reactor
AC and DC reactors suppress surges in current and improve the power factor on the input side of the drive.
Use a DC reactor or AC reactor or both:
• To suppress harmonic current or improve the power factor of the power supply.
• When using a phase advancing capacitor switch.
• With a large capacity power supply transformer (over 600 kVA).
Note: Use an AC or DC reactor when also connecting a thyristor converter (such as a DC drive) to the same power supply system,
regardless of the conditions of the power supply.

320 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

■ Connecting an AC Reactor
Figure 8.8

C D
A B
U X R/L1
V
W
Y
Z
S/L2
T/L3
Common_
TMonly

A – Power supply C – AC reactor

B – MCCB D – Drive
Figure 8.8 Connecting an AC Reactor

■ Connecting a DC Reactor
A DC reactor can be installed to drive models CIMR-E†2A0004 to 0081 and 4A0002 to 0044. When installing a DC
reactor, ensure the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 (terminals are jumpered for shipment) is removed. The jumper
must be installed if no DC reactor is used. Refer to Figure 8.9 for an example of DC reactor wiring.
Figure 8.9

C
A B
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3

+1 +2
Common_
TMonly
D

A – Power supply C – Drive

B – MCCB D – DC reactor
Figure 8.9 Connecting a DC Reactor

◆ Connecting a Surge Absorber

A surge absorber suppresses surge voltage generated from switching an inductive load near the drive. Inductive loads
include magnetic contactors, relays, valves, solenoids, and brakes. Always use a surge absorber or diode when operating
with an inductive load.
Note: Never connect a surge absorber to the drive output.

◆ Connecting a Noise Filter

■ Input-Side Noise Filter
Drive outputs generate noise as a result of high-speed switching. This noise flows from inside the drive back to the power
Peripheral Devices &

supply, possibly affecting other equipment. Installing a noise filter to the input side of the drive can reduce the amount of
noise flowing back into the power supply. This also prevents noise from entering the drive from the power supply.
• Use a noise filter specifically designed for AC drives.
Options

• Install the noise filter as close as possible to the drive.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 321
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Figure 8.10

B C
MCCB
A R U R/L1

S/L2
S V
T/L3
T W

MCCB
YEC_
TMon
ly
D

A – Power supply C – Drive

B – Input-side noise filter D – Other control device
(model LNFD-††)
Figure 8.10 Input-Side Noise Filter (Three-Phase 200/400 V)

■ Output-Side Noise Filter

A noise filter on the output side of the drive reduces inductive noise and radiated noise. Figure 8.11 illustrates an
example of output-side noise filter wiring.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Improper application of noise filters
could result in damage to the drive.
Figure 8.11

B C
A MCCB D
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2
1
2
4
5
YEC_
M
T/L3 W/T3 3 6 TMon
ly

A – Power supply C – Output-side noise filter

B – Drive D – Motor
Figure 8.11 Output-Side Noise Filter
• Radiated Noise: Electromagnetic waves radiated from the drive and cables create noise throughout the radio
bandwidth that can affect surrounding devices.
• Induced Noise: Noise generated by electromagnetic induction can affect the signal line and may cause the controller to
malfunction.
Preventing Induced Noise
Use a noise filter on the output side or use shielded cables. Lay the cables at least 30 cm away from the signal line to
prevent induced noise.
Figure 8.12

B
C
A MCCB D
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2 M
T/L3 W/T3

E YEC_
TMon
G
ly
F

A – Power supply E – Separate at least 30 cm

B – Drive F – Controller
C – Shielded motor cable G – Signal line
D – Motor
Figure 8.12 Preventing Induced Noise

322 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Reducing Radiated and Radio Frequency Noise

The drive, input lines, and output lines generate radio frequency noise. Use noise filters on input and output sides and
install the drive in a metal enclosure panel to reduce radio frequency noise.
Note: The cable running between the drive and motor should be as short as possible.
Figure 8.13

A
C D E
B MCCB F G
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2 M
YEC_
T/L3 W/T3
TMon
ly

A – Metal enclosure E – Noise filter

B – Power supply F – Shielded motor cable
C – Noise filter G – Motor
D – Drive
Figure 8.13 Reducing Radio Frequency Noise

◆ Fuse/Fuse Holder
YASKAWA recommends installing a fuse to the input side of the drive to prevent damage to the drive if a short circuit
occurs.
Select the appropriate fuse from the table below.
Table 8.3 Input Fuses
Fuse Type Fuse Holder Fuse Type
Model Manufacturer: Fuji Electric Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-E
Model Fuse Ampere Rating Model Quantity Model Fuse Ampere Rating
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0004 CR2LS-30 30 CM-1A 1 FWH-70B 70
2A0006 CR2LS-30 30 CM-1A 1 FWH-70B 70
2A0008 CR2LS-30 30 CM-1A 1 FWH-70B 70
2A0010 CR2LS-50 50 CM-1A 1 FWH-70B 70
2A0012 CR2LS-50 50 CM-1A 1 FWH-70B 70
2A0018 CR2LS-75 75 CM-1A 1 FWH-90B 90
2A0021 CR2LS-100 100 CM-1A 1 FWH-90B 90
2A0030 CR2L-125 125 CM-2A 1 FWH-100B 100
2A0040 CR2L-150 150 CM-2A 1 FWH-200B 200
2A0056 CR2L-175 175 CM-2A 1 FWH-200B 200
2A0069 CR2L-225 225 - - FWH-200B 200
2A0081 CR2L-260 260 - - FWH-300A 300
2A0110 CR2L-300 300 - - FWH-300A 300
2A0138 CR2L-350 350 - - FWH-350A 350
2A0169 CR2L-400 400 - - FWH-400A 400
Peripheral Devices &

2A0211 CR2L-450 450 - - FWH-400A 400

2A0250 CR2L-600 600 - - FWH-600A 600
2A0312 CR2L-600 600 - - FWH-700A 700
2A0360 CR2L-600 600 - - FWH-800A 800
Options

2A0415 CR2L-600 600 - - FWH-1000A 1000

Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0002 CR6L-20 20 CMS-4 3 FWH-40B 40
4A0004 CR6L-30 30 CMS-4 3 FWH-50B 50 8
4A0005 CR6L-50 50 CMS-4 3 FWH-70B 70
4A0007 CR6L-50 50 CMS-4 3 FWH-70B 70
4A0009 CR6L-50 50 CMS-4 3 FWH-90B 90
4A0011 CR6L-50 50 CMS-4 3 FWH-90B 90
4A0018 CR6L-75 75 CMS-5 3 FWH-80B 80
4A0023 CR6L-75 75 CMS-5 3 FWH-100B 100
4A0031 CR6L-100 100 CMS-5 3 FWH-125B 125
4A0038 CR6L-150 150 CMS-5 3 FWH-200B 200

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 323
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Fuse Type Fuse Holder Fuse Type

Model Manufacturer: Fuji Electric Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-E
Model Fuse Ampere Rating Model Quantity Model Fuse Ampere Rating
4A0044 CR6L-150 150 CMS-5 3 FWH-250A 250
4A0058 CR6L-200 200 - - FWH-250A 250
4A0072 CR6L-250 250 - - FWH-250A 250
4A0088 CR6L-250 250 - - FWH-250A 250
4A0103 CR6L-300 300 - - FWH-250A 250
4A0139 CR6L-350 350 - - FWH-350A 350
4A0165 CR6L-400 400 - - FWH-400A 400
4A0208 CS5F-600 600 - - FWH-500A 500
4A0250 CS5F-600 600 - - FWH-600A 600
4A0296 CS5F-600 600 - - FWH-700A 700
4A0362 CS5F-800 800 - - FWH-800A 800
4A0414 CS5F-800 800 - - FWH-800A 800
4A0515 CS5F-800 800 - - FWH-1000A 1000
4A0675 CS5F-1000 1000 - - FWH-1200A 1200

◆ Attachment for External Heatsink

An external heatsink can be attached that projects outside the enclosure. Steps should be taken to ensure that there is
enough air circulation around the heatsink.
Contact your YASKAWA sales representative or YASKAWA directly.

◆ EMC Filter Installation

This drive is tested according to European standards IEC61800-5-1 and complies with the EMC guidelines. Refer to
EMC Filter Installation on page 419 for details about EMC filter selection and installation.

◆ Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output

Motor thermal overload relays protect the motor by disconnecting power lines to the motor due to a motor overload
condition.
Install a motor thermal overload relay between the drive and motor:
• When operating multiple motors on a single AC drive.
• When using a power line bypass to operate the motor directly from the power line.
It is not necessary to install a motor thermal overload relay when operating a single motor from a single AC drive. The
AC drive has UL recognized electronic motor overload protection built into the drive software.
Note: 1. Disable the motor protection function (L1-01 = 0) when using an external motor thermal overload relay.
2. The relay should shut off main power on the input side of the main circuit when triggered.

■ General Precautions when Using Thermal Overload Relays

The following application precautions should be considered when using motor thermal overload relays on the output of
AC drives in order to prevent nuisance trips or overheat of the motor at low speeds:
1. Low speed motor operation
2. Use of multiple motors on a single AC drive
3. Motor cable length
4. Nuisance tripping resulting from high AC drive carrier frequency
Low Speed Operation and Motor Thermal oL Relays
Generally, thermal relays are applied on general-purpose motors. When general-purpose motors are driven by AC drives,
the motor current is approximately 5% to 10% greater than if driven by a commercial power supply. In addition, the
cooling capacity of a motor with a shaft-driven fan decreases when operating at low speeds. Even if the load current is
within the motor rated value, motor overheating may occur. A thermal relay cannot effectively protect the motor due to
the reduction of cooling at low speeds. For this reason, apply the UL recognized electronic thermal overload protection
function built into the drive whenever possible.

324 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

UL recognized electronic thermal overload function of the drive: Speed-dependent heat characteristics are simulated
using data from standard motors and force-ventilated motors. The motor is protected from overload using this function.
Using a Single Drive to Operate Multiple Motors
Turn off the electronic thermal overload function. Please refer to the appropriate product instruction manual to determine
which parameter disables this function.
Note: The UL recognized electronic thermal overload function cannot be applied when operating multiple motors with a single drive.
Long Motor Cables
When a high carrier frequency and long motor cables are used, nuisance tripping of the thermal relay may occur due to
increased leakage current. To avoid this, reduce the carrier frequency or increase the tripping level of the thermal
overload relay.
Nuisance Tripping Due to a High AC Drive Carrier Frequency
Current waveforms generated by high carrier frequency PWM drives tend to increase the temperature in overload relays.
It may be necessary to increase the trip level setting when encountering nuisance triggering of the relay.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip setting.
Check local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings.

Peripheral Devices &

Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 325
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

326 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: A

Specifications

A.1 THREE-PHASE 200 V CLASS DRIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

A.2 THREE-PHASE 400 V CLASS DRIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
A.3 DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
A.4 DRIVE WATT LOSS DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
A.5 DRIVE DERATING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 327
A.1 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives

A.1 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives

Table A.1 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-E†2A 0004 0006 0008 0010 0012 0018 0021 0030 0040 0056 0069 0081 0110 0138 0169 0211 0250 0312 0360 0415
Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity (kW) <1> 0.7 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 110
Input Current (A) <2> 3.9 7.3 8.8 10.8 13.9 18.5 24 37 52 68 80 96 111 136 164 200 271 324 394 471
Rated Voltage
Three-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz/270 to 340 Vdc
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Input Power (kVA) 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.8 7.8 9.5 14 18 27 36 44 52 51 62 75 91 124 148 180 215
Rated Output Capacity (kVA) <3> 1.3 2.3 3 3.7 4.6 6.7 8 11.4 15.2 21 26 31 42 53 64 80 95 119 137 158
Rated Output Current (A) <4> 3.5 6 8 9.6 12 17.5 21 30 40 56 69 81 110 138 169 211 250 312 360 415
Overload Tolerance 120% of rated output current for 60 s
Output
Carrier Frequency User adjustable between 2 and 15 kHz User adjustable between 2 and 10 kHz
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 200 to 240 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 200 Hz (user-set)

<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a YASKAWA 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater
than the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 220 V.
<4> Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.

328 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 A.2 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives

A.2 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives

Table A.2 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-E†4A 0002 0004 0005 0007 0009 0011 0018 0023 0031 0038 0044 0058 0072 0088
Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity (kW) <1> 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
Input Current (A) <2> 2.1 4.3 5.9 8.1 9.4 14 20 24 38 44 52 58 71 86
Rated Voltage
Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz/510 to 680 Vdc
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Input Power (kVA) 2.3 4.3 6.1 8.1 10.0 14.5 19.4 28.4 37.5 46.6 54.9 53.0 64.9 78.6
Rated Output Capacity (kVA) <3> 1.6 3.1 4.1 5.3 6.7 8.5 13.3 17.5 24 29 34 44 55 67
Rated Output Current (A) <4> 2.1 4.1 5.4 6.9 8.8 11.1 17.5 23 31 38 44 58 72 88
Overload Tolerance 120% of rated output current for 60 s
Output
Carrier Frequency User adjustable between 2 and 15 kHz
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 200 Hz (user-adjustable)

Item Specification
CIMR-E†4A 0103 0139 0165 0208 0250 0296 0362 0414 0515 0675
Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity (kW) <1> 55 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 355
Input Current (A) <2> 105 142 170 207 248 300 346 410 465 657
Rated Voltage
Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz/510 to 680 Vdc
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Input Power (kVA) 96.0 129.9 155.5 189 227 274 316 375 416 601
Rated Output Capacity (kVA) <3> 78 106 126 159 191 226 276 316 392 514
Rated Output Current (A) <4> 103 139 165 208 250 296 362 414 515 675
Overload Tolerance 120% of rated output current for 60 s
Output
Carrier Frequency User adjustable between 2 and 10 kHz User adjustable between 2 to 5 kHz
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 200 Hz (user-adjustable) 150 Hz (user-adjustable)

<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a YASKAWA 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater
than the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
conditions, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 440 V.
<4> Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.

Specifications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 329
A.3 Drive Specifications

A.3 Drive Specifications

Note: 1. Perform rotational Auto-Tuning to obtain the performance specifications given below.
2. For optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environment that meets the required specifications.

Item Specification
The following control methods can be set using drive parameters:
Control Method • V/f Control (V/f)
• Open Loop Vector Control for PM (OLV/PM)
Frequency Control Range 0.01 to 200 Hz
Frequency Accuracy Digital input: within ±0.01% of the max output frequency (-10 to +40°C)
(Temperature Fluctuation) Analog input: within ±0.1% of the max output frequency (25°C ±10°C)
Digital inputs: 0.01 Hz
Frequency Setting Resolution
Analog inputs: 1/2048 of the maximum output frequency setting (11 bit plus sign)
Output Frequency Resolution 0.001 Hz
Frequency Setting Signal -10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, Pulse Train Input
V/f: 150% at 3 Hz
Starting Torque <1>
OLV/PM: 100% at 5% speed
Control
Characteristics V/f: 1:40
Speed Control Range <1>
OLV/PM: 1:20
Speed Response <1> OLV/PM: 10 Hz
Accel/Decel Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s (4 selectable combinations of independent acceleration and deceleration settings)
Braking Torque Approx. 20% <2>
V/f Characteristics User-selected programs and V/f preset patterns possible
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru, Speed Search, Overtorque/Undertorque Detection, 8 Step Speed (max), Accel/decel Switch,
S-curve Accel/decel, 3-wire Sequence, Auto-tuning, Dwell, Cooling Fan on/off Switch, Slip Compensation, Torque
Compensation, Frequency Jump, Upper/lower Limits for Frequency Reference, DC Injection Braking at Start and Stop,
Main Control Functions Overexcitation Braking, High Slip Braking, PI Control (with sleep function or snooze function), Energy Saving Control,
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. (RS-422/485 max, 115.2 kbps), Fault Restart, DriveWorksEZ (customized function), Removable
Terminal Block with Parameter Backup Function, KEB, Overexcitation Deceleration, Overvoltage Suppression, Motor
Underload Detection, etc.
Motor Protection Electronic thermal overload relay
Momentary Overcurrent Protection Drive stops when output current exceeds 175%
Overload Protection Drive stops after 60 s at 120% of rated output current <5>
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 410 V
Overvoltage Protection
400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 820 V
Protection 200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 190 V
Undervoltage Protection
Functions 400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 380 V
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Immediately stop after 15 ms or longer power loss. <6> Continuous operation during power loss than 2 s (standard) <7>
Heatsink Overheat Protection Thermistor
Stall Prevention Stall Prevention is available during acceleration, deceleration, and during run.
Ground Protection Electronic circuit protection <8>
DC Bus Charge LED Remains lit until DC bus voltage falls below 50 V
Area of Use Indoors
Ambient Temperature -10 to 40°C (NEMA Type 1 enclosure), -10 to 50°C (IP00 enclosure), up to 60°C with output current derating
Humidity 95 RH% or less (no condensation)
Environment Storage Temperature -20 to 60°C (short-term temperature during transportation)
Altitude Up to 1000 meters without derating, up to 3000m with output current and voltage derating
10 to 20 Hz: 9.8 m/s2
Vibration / Shock 20 to 55 Hz: 5.9 m/s2 (2A0004 to 2A0211, 4A0002 to 4A0165)
2.0 m/s2 (2A0250 to 2A0415, 4A0208 to 4A0675)
Protection Design IP00 enclosure, IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure <9>
<1> The accuracy of these values depends on motor characteristics, ambient conditions, and drive settings. Specifications may vary with different
motors and with changing motor temperature. Contact YASKAWA for consultation.
<2> Ensure that Stall Prevention is disabled during deceleration (L3-04 = 0), when using a regenerative converter, a regenerative unit. The default
setting for the Stall Prevention function will interfere with the braking resistor.
<3> Instantaneous average deceleration torque refers to the torque required to decelerate the motor (uncoupled from the load) from the rated motor
speed down to zero in the shortest time.
<4> Actual specifications may vary according to motor characteristics.
<5> Overload protection may be triggered when operating with 120% of the rated output current if the output frequency is less than 6 Hz.
<6> May be shorter due to load conditions and motor speed.
<7> A separate Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Unit is required for the drives CIMR-E†2A0004 through 2A0056 and 4A0002 through 4A0031
if the application needs to continue running during a momentary power loss up to 2 s.
<8> Ground protection cannot be provided when the impedance of the ground fault path is too low, or when the drive is powered up while a ground
fault is present at the output.
<9> Removing the top protective cover from a NEMA Type 1 enclosure drive voids the NEMA Type 1 protection but still keeps IP20 conformity.
This is applicable to models CIMR-E†2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044.

330 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 A.4 Drive Watt Loss Data

A.4 Drive Watt Loss Data

Table A.3 Watt Loss 200 V Class Three-Phase Models
Model Number
Rated Amps (A) Heatsink Loss (W) Interior Unit Loss (W) Total Loss (W)
CIMR-E†
2A0004 3.5 18.4 47 66
2A0006 6.0 31 51 82
2A0008 8.0 43 52 95
2A0010 9.6 57 58 115
2A0012 12.0 77 64 141
2A0018 17.5 101 67 168
2A0021 21 138 83 222
2A0030 30 262 117 379
2A0040 40 293 145 437
2A0056 56 371 175 546
2A0069 69 491 205 696
2A0081 81 527 257 785
2A0110 110 719 286 1005
2A0138 138 842 312 1154
2A0169 169 1014 380 1394
2A0211 211 1218 473 1691
2A0250 250 1764 594 2358
2A0312 312 2020 665 2686
2A0360 360 2698 894 3591
2A0415 415 2672 954 3626

Table A.4 Watt Loss 400 V Class Three-Phase Models

Model Number
CIMR-E† Rated Amps (A) Heatsink Loss (W) Interior Unit Loss (W) Total Loss (W)

4A0002 2.1 19.8 48 68

4A0004 4.1 32 49 81
4A0005 5.4 45 53 97
4A0007 6.9 62 59 121
4A0009 8.8 66 60 126
4A0011 11.1 89 73 162
4A0018 17.5 177 108 285
4A0023 23 216 138 354
4A0031 31 295 161 455
4A0038 38 340 182 521
4A0044 44 390 209 599
4A0058 58 471 215 686
4A0072 72 605 265 870
4A0088 88 684 308 993
4A0103 103 848 357 1205
4A0139 139 1215 534 1749
4A0165 165 1557 668 2224
4A0208 208 1800 607 2408
4A0250 250 2379 803 3182
4A0296 296 2448 905 3353
4A0362 362 3168 1130 4298
4A0414 414 3443 1295 4738
4A0515 515 4850 1668 6518
4A0675 675 4861 2037 6898
Specifications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 331
A.5 Drive Derating Data

A.5 Drive Derating Data

The drive can be operated at above the rated temperature, altitude, and default carrier frequency by derating the drive
capacity.

◆ Carrier Frequency Derating

As the carrier frequency of the drive is increased above the factory default setting, the drive’s rated output current must
be derated according to Figure A.1 to Figure A.4.
Figure A.1

Drive Rated
2A0004 to 2A0069

2A0081 to 2A0138

80% of Drive Rated

YEC_
TMonly
0 2 kHz 8 kHz 15 kHz

Figure A.1 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-E†2A0004 to 2A0138)

Figure A.2

Drive Rated
2A0169 to 2A0415

80% of Drive Rated

YEC_
TMonly
0 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz

Figure A.2 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-E†2A0169 to 2A0415)

Figure A.3

Drive Rated

4A0002 to
4A0103

YEC_
60% of Drive Rated
TMonly

0 2 kHz 8 kHz 15 kHz

Figure A.3 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-E†4A0002 to 4A0103)

332 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 A.5 Drive Derating Data
Figure A.4

Drive Rated

4A0139 to 4A0362

70% of Drive Rated

YEC_
TMonly
0 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz

Figure A.4 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-E†4A0139 to 4A0362)

◆ Temperature Derating
To ensure the maximum performance life, the drives output current must be derated like shown in Figure A.5 when the
drive is installed in areas with high ambient temperature or if drives are Side-by-Side mounted in a cabinet. In order to
ensure reliable drive overload protection, the parameters L8-12 and L8-35 must also be set according to the installation
conditions.
■ Parameter Settings

No. Name Description Range Def.

Ambient Temperature Adjust the drive overload (oL2) protection level when the drive is installed in an environment
L8-12 -10 to 50 40°C
Setting that exceeds its ambient temperature rating.
0: IP00 Enclosure
Installation Method 1: Side-by-Side Mounting
L8-35 0 to 3 0
Selection 2: NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
3: Finless Drive or External Heatsink Installation

IP00 Enclosure
Drive operation between -10°C and 50°C allows 100% continuous current without derating.
Side-by-Side Mounting
Drive operation between -10°C and 30°C allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation between 30°C
and 50°C requires output current derating.
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
Drive operation between -10°C and 40°C allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation between 40°C
and 50°C requires output current derating.
External Heatsink Installation, Finless Drive
Drive operation between -10°C and 40°C allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation between 40°C
and 50°C requires output current derating.
Figure A.5

L8-35=0: IP00 Enclosure

Drive Rating
(%)
L8-35=2: NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
100 L8-35=3: External Heatsink lnstallation or
Finless Drive with C3 filter
Specifications

85

70

55
L8-35=1: Side-by-Side Mounting

common_ A
L8-12
TMonly
0
-10 30 40 50 (Ambient temp: °C)

Figure A.5 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 333
A.5 Drive Derating Data

◆ Altitude Derating
The drive standard ratings are valid for an installation altitude up to 1000 m. If the altitude exceeds 1000 m both the drive
rated voltage and the rated output current must be derated for 1% per 100 m. The maximum altitude is 3000 m.

334 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: B

Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.

B.1 UNDERSTANDING THE PARAMETER TABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

B.2 PARAMETER GROUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
B.3 PARAMETER TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
B.4 CONTROL MODE DEPENDENT PARAMETER DEFAULT VALUES . . . . . . . . . . 375
B.5 V/F PATTERN DEFAULT VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
B.6 DEFAULTS BY DRIVE MODEL SELECTION (O2-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
B.7 PARAMETERS THAT CHANGE WITH THE MOTOR CODE SELECTION . . . . . . 381

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 335
B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table

B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table

◆ Control Modes, Symbols, and Terms
The table below lists terms and symbols used in this section to indicate which parameters are available in which control
modes.
Note: For detailed instructions on each control mode, Refer to Control Mode Selection on page 28.
Table B.1 Symbols and Icons Used in the Parameter Table
Symbol Description

All Modes Indicates the parameter is accessible in all control modes.

V/f Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f Control.

OLV/PM Parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector for PM motors.

Indicates this parameter can be changed during run.

Note: If a parameter is not available in a certain control mode, the symbol for that control mode is grayed out.

336 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.2 Parameter Groups

B.2 Parameter Groups

Parameter Group Name Page Parameter Group Name Page
A1 Initialization Parameters 338 H5 MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication 358
A2 User Parameters 338 H6 Pulse Train Input/Output 359
b1 Operation Mode Selection 339 L1 Motor Protection 359
b2 DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking 339 L2 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru 360
b3 Speed Search 340 L3 Stall Prevention 361
b4 Timer Function 341 L4 Speed Detection 362
b5 PI Control 341 L5 Fault Restart 362
b6 Dwell Function 343 L6 Torque Detection 362
b8 Energy Saving 343 L8 Drive Protection 363
C1 Acceleration and Deceleration Times 344 n1 Hunting Prevention 364
C2 S-Curve Characteristics 344 n3 High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking 364
C4 Torque Compensation 344 n8 PM Motor Control Tuning 365
C6 Carrier Frequency 345 o1 Digital Operator Display Selection 365
d1 Frequency Reference 345 o2 Digital Operator Keypad Functions 366
d2 Frequency Upper/Lower Limits 345 o3 Copy Function 366
d3 Jump Frequency 346 o4 Maintenance Monitor Settings 366
d4 Frequency Reference Hold and Up/Down 2 Function 346 q DriveWorksEZ Parameters 367
d6 Field Weakening and Field Forcing 346 r DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 367
d7 Offset Frequency 346 T1 Induction Motor Auto-Tuning 367
E1 V/f Pattern for Motor 346 T2 PM Motor Auto-Tuning 368
E2 Motor Parameters 347 U1 Operation Status Monitors 369
E5 PM Motor Settings 348 U2 Fault Trace 370
F6 Communication Option Card 349 U3 Fault History 371
H1 Multi-Function Digital Inputs 351 U4 Maintenance Monitors 371
H2 Multi-Function Digital Outputs 354 U5 PI Monitors 373
H3 Multi-Function Analog Inputs 356 U6 Operation Status Monitors 373
H4 Multi-Function Analog Outputs 358 U8 DriveWorksEZ Monitors 374

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 337
B.3 Parameter Table

B.3 Parameter Table

◆ A: Initialization Parameters
The A parameter group creates the operating environment for the drive. This includes the parameter Access Level, Motor
Control Method, Password, User Parameters and more.
■ A1: Initialization Parameters
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
common_
All Modes TMonly

A1-00 0: English
(100H) 1: Japanese
Default: 7
2: German
Language Selection Min: 0 118
3: French
Max: 7
4: Italian
<3>
5: Spanish
6: Portuguese
7: Chinese
A1-01 common_
(101H) All Modes TMonly Default: 2
Access Level Selection 0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04. U†-†† parameters can also be viewed. Min: 0 118
1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to A2-32) Max: 2
<2> 2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
common_ Default: 0
A1-02 All Modes TMonly Default: 0
(102H) Control Method Selection 118
0: V/f Control Min: 0
<3>
5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM Max: 5
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: No initialization Default: 0
A1-03
Initialize Parameters 1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03) Min: 0 119
(103H)
2220: 2-wire Initialization Max: 5550
3330: 3-wire Initialization
5550: oPE04 Reset
A1-04
Password common_
Default: 0000
(104H) All Modes TMonly
Min: 0000 119
A1-05 When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01
Password Setting Max: 9999
(105H) through A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through A2-33 cannot be changed.

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
A1-06 0: General-purpose
Application Preset Min: 0 121
(127H) 1: Water supply pump
Max: 4
3: Exhaust fan
4: HVAC fan
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
A1-07
DriveWorksEZ Function Selection 0: DWEZ disabled Min: 0 121
(128H)
1: DWEZ enabled Max: 2
2: Digital input (enabled when H1-†† = 9F)
<2> Default setting value is dependent on the Application Preset selected with parameter A1-06.
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

■ A2: User Parameters

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
common_
A2-01 to All Modes TMonly Default: <2>
A2-32 User Parameters 1 to 32 Min: b1-01 121
Parameters that were recently edited are listed here. The user can also select parameters to
(106 to 125H) Max: o2-08
appear here for quick access.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1 <1>
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic
0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User Parameters. Min: 0 122
(126H) Selection
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2- Max: 1
17 through A2-32 for quick access.
<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-06. This setting value is 0 when A1-06 = 0, and 1 when A1-06 does not equal 0.
<2> Default setting value is determined by the Application Preset selected with parameter A1-06.

338 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

◆ b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the Run command, DC Injection Braking, Speed Search, timer functions,
PI control, the Dwell function, Energy Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.
■ b1: Operation Mode Selection

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Operator Keypad Default: 1

b1-01
Frequency Reference Selection 1 1: Analog Input Terminals Min: 0 123
(180H)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Max: 4
3: Option Card
4: Pulse Train Input
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
b1-02 0: Operator
Run Command Selection 1 Min: 0 124
(181H) 1: Control Circuit Terminal
Max: 3
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
3: Option Card
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
b1-03 0: Ramp to Stop
Stopping Method Selection Min: 0 125
(182H) 1: Coast to Stop
Max: 3
2: DC Injection Braking to Stop
3: Coast to Stop with Timer
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b1-04
Reverse Operation Selection Min: 0 127
(183H) 0: Reverse Operation Enabled.
Max: 1
1: Reverse Operation Disabled.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
b1-06
Digital Input Reading Min: 0 127
(185H) 0: Read Once
Max: 1
1: Read Twice
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b1-07
LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection Min: 0 127
(186H) 0: Run Command must be cycled
Max: 1
1: Accept Run Command at the new source
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
b1-08 Run Command Selection While in
0: Disabled Min: 0 128
(187H) Programming Mode
1: Enabled Max: 2
2: Prohibit entering Programing During Run.
common_ Default: 0
b1-11 All Modes TMonly
Drive Delay Time Setting Min: 0 128
(1DFH)
The Drive will delay executing any run command until the b1-11 time has expired. Max: 600 s
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b1-14
Phase Order Selection Min: 0 128
(1C3H) 0: Standard Phase Order
Max: 1
1: Switched phase order (reverses the direction of the motor)
common_
All Modes TMonly

Enabled when an input terminal set for “Alternative Reference” (H1-†† = 2) closes.
Default: 0
b1-15 0: Operator Keypad
Frequency Reference Selection 2 Min: 0 128
(1C4H) 1: Analog Input Terminals
Max: 4
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
3: Option Card
4: Pulse Train Input
common_
All Modes TMonly

Enabled when a terminal set for “Alternative Reference” (H1-†† = 2) closes.

Default: 0
b1-16 0: Operator Keypad
Run Command Selection 2 Min: 0 129
(1C5H) 1: Analog Input Terminals
Max: 4
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
3: Option Card
4: Pulse Train Input
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b1-17
Run Command at Power Up Min: 0 129
(1C6H) 0: Run Command at Power Up is Not Issued
Max: 1
Parameter List

1: Run Command at Power Up is Issued

■ b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
Default: <10>
b2-01
(189H)
DC Injection Braking Start
Frequency
All Modes TMonly

Sets the frequency at which DC Injection Braking starts when “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0) is
Min: 0.0 Hz 129 B
Max: 10.0 Hz
selected.
common_ Default: 50%
b2-02 All Modes TMonly
Motor Pre-Heat Current 1 Min: 0% 130
(18AH)
Sets the Motor Pre-Heat Current 1 as a percentage of the drive rated current. Max: 100%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 339
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 0.00 s
b2-03 All Modes TMonly
DC Injection Braking Time at Start Min: 0.00 s 130
(18BH)
Sets DC Injection Braking time at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s. Max: 10.00 s
common_ Default: <10>
b2-04 All Modes TMonly
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop Min: 0.00 s 130
(18CH)
Sets DC Injection Braking time at stop. Max: 10.00 s
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 5%
b2-09
Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 Min: 0% 130
(1E1H) Sets the Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 for multi-function input setting as a percentage of Motor
Max: 100%
rated current (E2-01).
common_ Default: 0.00 s
b2-12 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start Min: 0.00 s 130
(1BAH)
Sets the time for Short Circuit Braking operation at start. <7> Max: 25.50 s
common_ Default: 0.50 s
b2-13 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop Min: 0.00 s 131
(1BBH)
Sets the Short Circuit Braking operation time at stop. <7> Max: 25.50 s
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 100.0%
b2-18
Short Circuit Braking Current Min: 0.0% 131
(177H) Determines the current level for Short Circuit Braking. Set as a percentage of the motor rated
Max: 200.0%
current.
<7> A coasting motor may require a braking resistor circuit to bring the motor to a stop in the required time.
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■ b3: Speed Search

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b3-01
Speed Search Selection at Start Min: 0 134
(191H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <10>
b3-02
Speed Search Deactivation Current Min: 0% 134
(192H) Sets the current level at which the speed is assumed to be detected and Speed Search is ended.
Max: 200%
Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
common_ Default: 2.0 s
b3-03 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Speed Search Deceleration Time Min: 0.1 s 134
(193H)
Sets output frequency reduction time during Speed Search. Max: 10.0 s
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <9>
b3-04
V/f Gain during Speed Search Min: 10% 134
(194H) Determines how much to lower the V/f ratio during Speed Search.
Max: 100%
Output voltage during Speed Search equals the V/f setting multiplied by b3-04.
common_
All Modes Default: 0.2 s
TMonly
b3-05
Speed Search Delay Time Min: 0.0 s 134
(195H) When using an external contactor on the output side, b3-05 delays executing Speed Search after
Max: 100.0 s
a momentary power loss to allow time for the contactor to close.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonlyDefault: <9>
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed
Min: 0.0 135
(196H) Search Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Estimation Speed Search. Set as
Max: 2.0
a coefficient for the motor rated current.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1.05
b3-10 Speed Search Detection
Sets the gain which is applied to the speed detected by Speed Estimation Speed Search before Min: 1.00 135
(19AH) Compensation Gain
the motor is reaccelerated. Increase this setting if ov occurs when performing Speed Search Max: 1.20
after a relatively long period of baseblock.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search
Min: 0 135
(19EH) Selection 0: Disabled (uses the direction of the frequency reference)
Max: 1
1: Enabled (drive detects which way the motor is rotating)
common_ Default: 150%
b3-17 Speed Search Restart Current V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0% 135
(1F0H) Level
Sets the Speed Search restart current level as a percentage of the drive rated current. Max: 200%
common_ Default: 0.10 s
b3-18 Speed Search Restart Detection V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.00 s 135
(1F1H) Time
Sets the time to detect Speed Search restart. Max: 1.00 s
common_ Default: 3
b3-19 All Modes TMonly
Number of Speed Search Restarts Min: 0 135
(1F2H)
Sets the number of times the drive can attempt to restart when performing Speed Search. Max: 10
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 0
b3-24
Speed Search Method Selection Min: 0 135
(1C0H) 0: Current Detection Speed Search
Max: 1
1: Speed Estimation Speed Search
common_ Default: 0.5 s
b3-25 All Modes TMonly
Speed Search Wait Time Min: 0.0 s 136
(1C8H)
Sets the time the must wait between each Speed Search restart attempt. Max: 30.0 s
<9> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

340 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

■ b4: Timer Function

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: 0.0 s
b4-01
Timer Function On-Delay Time common_ Min: 0.0 s 136
(1A3H) All Modes TMonly Max: 3000.0 s
Used to set the on-delay and off-delay times for a digital timer output (H2-††=12). The output Default: 0.0 s
b4-02 is triggered by a digital input programmed to H1-††=18)
Timer Function Off-Delay Time Min: 0.0 s 136
(1A4H)
Max: 3000.0 s

■ b5: PI Control

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b5-01
PI Function Setting 0: PI Disabled Min: 0 140
(1A5H)
1: Output Frequency=PI Output 1 Max: 3
3: Output Frequency=Frequency Reference+PI Output 1
b5-02
common_ Default: 1.00
(1A6H) All Modes TMonly
Proportional Gain Setting (P) Min: 0.00 140
Sets the proportional gain of the PI controller. Max: 25.00

b5-03
common_ Default: 1.0 s
(1A7H) All Modes TMonly
Integral Time Setting (I) Min: 0.0 s 140
Sets the integral time for the PI controller. Max: 360.0 s

b5-04 common_
All Modes Default: 100.0%
(1A8H) TMonly
Integral Limit Setting Min: 0.0% 140
Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator as a percentage of the maximum output
Max: 100.0%
frequency.
b5-06 common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 100.0%
(1AAH)
PI Output Limit Min: 0.0% 140
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PI controller as a percentage of the maximum
Max: 100.0%
output frequency.
b5-07 common_
All Modes Default: 0.0%
(1ABH) TMonly
PI Offset Adjustment Min: -100.0% 140
Applies an offset to the PI controller output. Set as a percentage of the maximum output
Max: 100.0%
frequency.
b5-08
common_ Default: 0.00 s
(1ACH) All Modes TMonly
PI Primary Delay Time Constant Min: 0.00 s 140
Sets a low pass filter time constant on the output of the PI controller. Max: 10.00 s

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b5-09
PI Output Level Selection Min: 0 141
(1ADH) 0: Normal Output (direct acting)
Max: 1
1: Reverse Output (reverse acting)
common_ Default: 1.00
b5-10 All Modes TMonly
PI Output Gain Setting Min: 0.00 141
(1AEH)
Sets the gain applied to the PI output. Max: 25.00
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b5-11
PI Output Reverse Selection 0: Reverse Disabled Min: 0 141
(1AFH)
1: Reverse Enabled Max: 1
When using setting 1, make sure reverse operation is permitted by parameter b1-04.
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Digital Output Only.

Default: 0
b5-12 PI Feedback Loss Detection 1: Feedback Loss Alarm
Min: 0 142
(1B0H) Selection 2: Feedback Loss Fault
Max: 5
3: Digital output only. Even if PI control is disabled by Digital Input.
4: Feedback Loss Alarm. Even if PI is disabled by Digital Input.
5: Feedback Loss Fault. Even if PI is disabled by Digital Input.
common_ Default: 0%
b5-13 All Modes TMonly
PI Feedback Loss Detection Level Min: 0% 142
(1B1H)
Sets the PI feedback loss detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 100%
common_ Default: 1.0 s
b5-14 All Modes TMonly
PI Feedback Loss Detection Time Min: 0.0 s 143
(1B2H)
Sets a delay time for PI feedback loss. Max: 25.5 s
common_ Default: 0.0 Hz
b5-15
Parameter List

All Modes TMonly

PI Sleep Function Start Level Min: 0.0 Hz 144
(1B3H)
Sets the frequency level that triggers the sleep function. Max: 200.0 Hz
common_ Default: 0.0 s
b5-16 All Modes TMonly
PI Sleep Delay Time Min: 0.0 s 144
(1B4H)
Sets a delay time before the sleep function is triggered. Max: 25.5 s
common_ Default: 0.0 s
b5-17 All Modes TMonly
PI Accel/Decel Time Min: 0.0 s 144
(1B5H)
Sets the acceleration and deceleration time to PI setpoint. Max: 6000.0 s B
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b5-18
PI Setpoint Selection Min: 0 145
(1DCH) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 341
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_Default: 0.00%
b5-19 All Modes TMonly
PI Setpoint Value Min: 0.00% 145
(1DDH)
Sets the PI target value when b5-18 = 1. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 100.00%
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
b5-20 0: 0.01Hz units
PI Setpoint Scaling Min: 0 145
(1E2H) 1: 0.01% units (100% = max output frequency)
Max: 3
2: r/min (number of motor poles must entered)
3: User Defined (set scaling to b5-38 and b5-39)
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
b5-21 Input Source Selection for Sleep Function Mode
PI Sleep Input Source Min: 0 145
(1E3H) 0: PI Setpoint
Max: 2
1: SFS Input
2: Snooze
common_ Default: 0
b5-22 All Modes TMonly
PI Snooze Level Min: 0 146
(1E4H)
Sets the PI Snooze function start level as a percentage of maximum frequency. Max: 100
common_ Default: 0
b5-23 All Modes TMonly
PI Snooze Delay Time Min: 0 146
(1E5H)
Sets the PI Snooze function delay time in terms of seconds. Max: 2600
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b5-24
PI Snooze Deactivation Level Min: 0 146
(1E6H) When the PI feedback drops below this level, normal operation starts again. Sets as a percentage
Max: 100
of maximum frequency.
common_ Default: 0
b5-25 All Modes TMonly
PI Setpoint Boost Setting Min: 0 146
(1E7H)
Temporary increase of PI setpoint to create an overshoot of the intended PI setpoint Max: 100
common_
All Modes Default: 0
TMonly
b5-26
PI Maximum Boost Time Min: 0 146
(1E8H) Sets maximum boost time when PI feedback does not reach Boost level. Snooze function starts
Max: 2600
when PI feedback exceeds Boost setting level or boost time expired.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 60
b5-27
PI Snooze Feedback Level Min: 0 146
(1E9H) PI Snooze mode will be activated when PI feedback is above this level. Sets as a percentage of
Max: 100
maximum frequency.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b5-28
PI Feedback Function Selection Min: 0 146
(1EAH) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Square Root
common_ Default: 0.00
b5-29 All Modes TMonly
PI Square Root Gain Min: 0.00 147
(1EBH)
A multi-plier applied to the square root of the feedback. Max: 2.00
common_ Default: 0.00
b5-30 All Modes TMonly
PI Feedback Offset Min: 0.00 147
(1ECH)
PI feedback offset. Sets as a percentage of maximum frequency. Max: 100.00
b5-34 common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.00%
(19FH)
PI Output Lower Limit Min: -100.0% 147
Sets the minimum output possible from the PI controller as a percentage of the maximum output
Max: 100.0%
frequency.
b5-35 common_
All Modes Default: 1000.0%
(1A0H) TMonly
PI Input Limit Min: 0% 147
Limits the PI control input (deviation signal) as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Max: 1000.0%
Acts as a bipolar limit.
common_ Default: 100%
b5-36 All Modes TMonly
PI Feedback High Detection Level Min: 0% 143
(1A1H)
Sets the PI feedback high detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 100%
common_ Default: 1.0 s
b5-37 All Modes TMonly
PI Feedback High Detection Time Min: 0.0 s 143
(1A2H)
Sets the PI feedback high level detection delay time. Max: 25.5 s
common_ Default: <5>
b5-38 All Modes TMonly
PI Setpoint User Display Min: 1 147
(1FEH)
Sets the display value of U5-01 and U5-04 when the maximum frequency is output. Max: 60000
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: <5>
b5-39 0: No decimal places
PI Setpoint Display Digits Min: 0 147
(1FFH) 1: One decimal places
Max: 3
2: Two decimal places
3: Three decimal places
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b5-40 Frequency Reference Monitor
Min: 0 147
(17FH) Content During PI 0: Frequency Reference (U1-01) After PI
Max: 1
1: Frequency Reference (U1-01)

342 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: WC (Inch of Water)
1: PSI (ib/Sq inch)
2: GPM (Gallons/min)
3: F (Deg Fahrenheit)
4: CFM (Cubic ft/min)
5: CMH (Cubic M/h) Default: 0
b5-41
PI Unit Selection 6: LPH (Liters/h) Min: 0 148
(160H)
7: LPS (Liters/s) Max: 14
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa (Pascals)
10: C (Deg Celsius)
11: Mtr (Meters)
12: Ft (Feet)
13: LPN (Liters/min)
14: CMM (Cubic M/min)
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
b5-42 PI Output Monitor Calculation 0: Linear unit
Min: 0 149
(161H) Method 1: Square root unit
Max: 3
2: Quadratic unit
3: Cubic unit
common_ Default: 0
b5-43 Custom PI Output Monitor All Modes TMonly Min: 0 149
(162H) Setting 1
U5-07,-08 show Custom PI output. U5-43 shows the upper 4digits and U5-44 shows the lower Max: 9999
4 digits. Default: 0
b5-44 Custom PI Output Monitor It shows 999999.99 maximum. b5-43 and b5-44 is used for setting maximum monitor value at Min: 0 149
(163H) Setting 2 maximum frequency. Max: 99.99
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b5-45 Custom PI Output Monitor
Min: 0 149
(164H) Setting 3 b5-07,-08 show Custom PI output.B5-45 is used for setting the minimum display value at o
Max: 999.9
speed. This function can be effective when b5-42 is set to 1 (Linear unit)
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: WC (Inch of Water)
1: PSI (ib/Sq inch)
2: GPM (Gallons/min)
3: F (Deg Fahrenheit)
4: CFM (Cubic ft/min)
5: CMH (Cubic M/h) Default: 0
b5-46
PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection 6: LPH (Liters/h) Min: 0 149
(165H)
7: LPS (Liters/s) Max: 14
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa (Pascals)
10: C (Deg Celsius)
11: Mtr (Meters)
12: Ft (Feet)
13: LPN (Liters/min)
14: CMM (Cubic M/min)
<5> Default setting is dependent on PI setpoint scaling (b5-20).

■ b6: Dwell Function

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: 0.0 Hz
b6-01
Dwell Reference at Start Min: 0.0 Hz 150
(1B6H)
Max: 200.0 Hz
common_ Default: 0.0 s
b6-02 All Modes
Dwell Time at Start TMonly Min: 0.0 s 150
(1B7H)
Parameters b6-01 and b6-02 set the frequency to hold and the time to maintain that frequency at Max: 10.0 s
start. Default: 0.0 Hz
b6-03 Parameters b6-03 and b6-04 set the frequency to hold and the time to maintain that frequency at Min: 0.0 Hz
Dwell Reference at Stop 150
(1B8H) stop. Max: 200.0 Hz
Default: 0.0 s
b6-04
Dwell Time at Stop Min: 0.0 s 150
(1B9H)
Max: 10.0 s

■ b8: Energy Saving

Parameter List

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <10>
b8-01
Energy Saving Control Selection Min: 0 151
(1CCH) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
V/f OLV/PM Default: <8> <9>
B
b8-04 TMonly
Energy Saving Coefficient Value Min: 0.00 151
(1CFH) Determines the level of maximum motor efficiency. Setting range is 0.0 to 2000.0 maximum
Max: 655.00
output up to 3.7 kW. Refer to Model Number and Nameplate Check on page 29.
common_ Default: 20 ms
b8-05 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Power Detection Filter Time Min: 0 ms 151
(1D0H)
Sets a time constant filter for output power detection. Max: 2000 ms

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 343
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 0%
b8-06 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Search Operation Voltage Limit Min: 0% 151
(1D1H)
Sets the limit for the voltage search operation as a percentage of the motor rated voltage. Max: 100%
<4> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02), the drive model (o2-04).
<8> Parameter value changes automatically if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
<9> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

◆ C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration times, S-curves, torque compensation, and carrier
frequency selections.
■ C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

C1-01
common_
(200H) All Modes TMonly
Acceleration Time 1 152
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.

C1-02
common_
(201H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Time 1 152
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.

C1-03 Default: 30.0 s

common_
(202H) All Modes TMonly Min: 0.0 s
Acceleration Time 2 152
Max: 6000.0 s
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.

C1-04
common_
(203H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Time 2 152
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.

common_
C1-09 All Modes TMonly
Fast Stop Time 153
(208H)
Sets the time for the Fast Stop function.
common_ Default: 0.0 Hz
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching All Modes TMonly Min: 0.0 Hz 153
(20AH) Frequency
Sets the frequency for automatic switching of Accel/ Decel times. Max: 200.0 Hz

■ C2: S-Curve Characteristics

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.20 s <10>
C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel
The S-curve can be controlled at the four points shown below. Min: 0.00 s 154
(20BH) Start
Max: 10.00 s
ON OFF
Run Command
Output Frequency
C2-02 0.20 s <1>

C2-01 0.20 s <1> Default: 0.20 s

C2-02 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel
Min: 0.00 s 154
(20CH) End Time
Max: 10.00 s

<1> S-Curve Charactaristic at Decel Start/End are fixed to 0.20 s.

<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■ C4: Torque Compensation

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

C4-01 common_
V/f OLV/PM Default: <10>
(215H) TMonly
Torque Compensation Gain Min: 0.00 154
Sets the gain for the automatic torque (voltage) boost function and helps to produce better
Max: 2.50
starting torque.
C4-02
common_ Default: <16>
(216H) Torque Compensation Primary V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0 ms 155
Delay Time
Sets the torque compensation filter time. Max: 60000 ms

<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<16> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).

344 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

■ C6: Carrier Frequency

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

1: 2.0 kHz
2: 5.0 kHz
3: 8.0 kHz
4: 10.0 kHz
Default: <4>
C6-02 5: 12.5 kHz
Carrier Frequency Selection Min: 1 155
(224H) 6: 15.0 kHz
Max: F
7: Swing PWM1 (Audible sound 1)
8: Swing PWM2 (Audible sound 2)
9: Swing PWM3 (Audible sound 3)
A: Swing PWM4 (Audible sound 4)
B to E: No setting possible
F: User defined (determined by C6-03 through C6-05)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: <13>
C6-03
Carrier Frequency Upper Limit Note: C6-04 and C6-05 are available only in V/f control mode. Min: 1.0 kHz 155
(225H)
Determines the upper and lower limits for the carrier frequency. Max: 15.0 kHz
In OLV, C6-03 determines the upper limit of the carrier frequency.

Carrier Frequency Default: <13>

C6-04
Carrier Frequency Lower Limit Min: 1.0 kHz 155
(226H)
C6-03 Max: 15.0 kHz

C6-04 Output Frequency

× (C6-05) × K
Output Default: <13>
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional
Frequency Min: 0 155
(227H) Gain E1-04
Max Output Max: 99
Frequency

<4> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02), the drive model (o2-04).
<13> Default setting value is dependent on the carrier frequency selection (C6-02).

◆ d: Reference Settings
Reference parameters are used to set the various frequency reference values during operation.
■ d1: Frequency Reference

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

d1-01
(280H)
Frequency Reference 1 158

d1-02
(281H)
Frequency Reference 2 158
Default: 0.00 Hz
common_
All Modes TMonly Min: 0.00 Hz
d1-03 Max: 200.00 Hz
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
(282H) <20>
Frequency Reference 3 158

d1-04
(283H)
Frequency Reference 4 158

d1-17 Default: 6.00 Hz

common_
(292H) All Modes TMonly Min: 0.00 Hz
Jog Frequency Reference 158
Max: 200.00 Hz
Sets the jog frequency reference. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
<20>

<20> Range upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and the upper limit of the frequency reference (d2-01).

■ d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits

Parameter List

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 100.0%
d2-01 All Modes TMonly
Frequency Reference Upper Limit Min: 0.0% 159
(289H)
Sets the frequency reference upper limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 110.0%
common_ Default: 0.0%
d2-02 All Modes TMonly
Frequency Reference Lower Limit Min: 0.0% 159
(28AH)
Sets the frequency reference lower limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
common_
Max: 110.0%
B
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.0%
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower
Min: 0.0 160
(293H) Limit Sets the lower limit for frequency references from analog inputs as a percentage of the
Max: 110.0%
maximum output frequency.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 345
B.3 Parameter Table

■ d3: Jump Frequency

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

d3-01 common_
Jump Frequency 1 All Modes TMonly 160
(294H)
d3-02 Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/machine by avoiding continuous Default: 0.0 Hz
Jump Frequency 2 operation in predefined frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the motor Min: 0.0 Hz 160
(295H)
through the prohibited frequency ranges. Max: 200.0 Hz
d3-03 Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Jump Frequency 3 160
(296H) Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
common_ Default: <10>
d3-04 All Modes TMonly
Jump Frequency Width Min: 0.0 Hz 160
(297H)
Sets the dead-band width around each selected prohibited frequency reference point. Max: 20.0 Hz

<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■ d4: Frequency Reference Hold and Up/Down 2 Function

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
d4-01 Frequency Reference Hold
Min: 0 160
(298H) Function Selection 0: Disabled. Drive starts from zero when the power is switched on.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. At power up, the drive starts the motor at the Hold frequency that was saved.
Default: 0
d4-10 Up/Down Frequency Reference 0: Lower Limit is Determined by d2-02 or Analog Input
Min: 0 161
(2B6H) Limit Selection 1: Lower Limit is Determined by d2-02
Max: 1

■ d6: Field Weakening and Field Forcing

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 80%
d6-01
Field Weakening Level Sets the drive output voltage for the Field Weakening function as a percentage of the maximum Min: 0% 162
(2A0H)
output voltage. Max: 100%
Enabled when a multi-function input is set for Field Weakening (H1-†† = 63).
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 0.0 Hz
d6-02
Field Weakening Frequency Limit Sets the lower limit of the frequency range where Field Weakening control is valid. Min: 0.0 Hz 162
(2A1H)
The Field Weakening command is valid only at frequencies above this setting and only when Max: 200.0 Hz
the output frequency matches the frequency reference (speed agree).

■ d7: Offset Frequency

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

d7-01 common_
All Modes Default: 0.0%
(2B2H) TMonly
Offset Frequency 1 Min: -100.0% 162
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 1” (H1-†† = 44) is
Max: 100.0%
switched on.
d7-02 common_
All Modes Default: 0.0%
(2B3H) TMonly
Offset Frequency 2 Min: -100.0% 162
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 2” (H1-†† = 45) is
Max: 100.0%
switched on.
d7-03 common_
All Modes Default: 0.0%
(2B4H) TMonly
Offset Frequency 3 Min: -100.0% 162
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 3” (H1-†† = 46) is
Max: 100%
switched on.

◆ E: Motor Parameters
■ E1: V/f Pattern

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 200 V <18>
E1-01 This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage.
Input Voltage Setting Min: 155 V 163
(300H) WARNING! Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective
Max: 255 V
features of the drive to function properly. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage and/
or death or personal injury.

346 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly

0: 50 Hz, Constant torque 1

1: 60 Hz, Constant torque 2
2: 60 Hz, Constant torque 3 (50 Hz base)
3: 72 Hz, Constant torque 4 (60 Hz base)
4: 50 Hz, Variable torque 1
5: 50 Hz, Variable torque 2
Default: F <3>
E1-03 6: 60 Hz, Variable torque 3
V/f Pattern Selection Min: 0 163
(302H) 7: 60 Hz, Variable torque 4
Max: F
8: 50 Hz, High starting torque 1
9: 50 Hz, High starting torque 2
A: 60 Hz, High starting torque 3
B: 60 Hz, High starting torque 4
C: 90 Hz (60 Hz base)
D: 120 Hz (60 Hz base)
E: 180 Hz (60 Hz base)
F: Custom V/f, E1-04 through E1-13 settings define the V/f pattern
Default: <4> <14>
E1-04
Maximum Output Frequency Min: 40.0 167
(303H)
Max: 200.0
Default: <4> <14> <18>
E1-05
Maximum Voltage common_ Min: 0.00 V 167
(304H) All Modes TMonly
Max: 255.0 V <18>
These parameters are only applicable when E1-03 is set to F.
Default: <4> <14>
E1-06 To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E1-07 and E1-09. In this case, the
Base Frequency Min: 0.0 167
(305H) setting for E1-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these
Max: E1-04
rules:
E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ Ε1−11 ≤ E1-04 Default: <4>
E1-07
Middle Output Frequency Note that if E1-11 = 0, then both E1-11 and E1-12 are disabled, and the above conditions do not Min: 0.0 167
(306H)
apply. Max: E1-04
Default: <4> <18>
E1-08 Output Voltage (V)
Middle Output Frequency Voltage Min: 0.0 V 167
(307H) E1-05
E1-12 Max: 255.0 V <18>
Default: <4> <14>
E1-09 E1-13
Minimum Output Frequency Min: 0.0 167
(308H)
Max: E1-04
Default: <4> <18>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency E1-08 Min: 0.0 V 167
(309H) Voltage
Max: 255.0 V <18>
E1-11 E1-10 Default: 0.0 Hz
(30AH) Middle Output Frequency 2 Min: 0.0 167
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
<21> Max: E1-04
Frequency (Hz)
E1-12 Note: Some parameters may not be available depending on the control mode. Default: 0.0 V
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
(30BH) • E1-07, E1-08 and E-10 are available only in the following control modes: V/f Control. Min: 0.0 V 167
2
<21> • E1-11, E1-12 and E-13 are available only in the following control modes: V/f Control. Max: 255.0 V <18>
Default: 0.0 V
E1-13 <18> <27>
Base Voltage 167
(30CH) Min: 0.0 V
Max: 255.0 V <18>
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02), the drive model (o2-04).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<21> Parameter ignored when E1-11 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E1-12 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.0.
<27> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-13 and E1-05 will be set to the same value.
<29> The setting range varies according to the motor code entered to E5-01 when using OLV/PM.

■ E2: Motor Parameters

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: <9>
common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
E2-01 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Motor Rated Current current 167
(30EH)
Sets the motor nameplate full load current in Amps. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. Max: 200% of drive
rated current <19>
common_ Default: <9>
E2-02 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Motor Rated Slip Min: 0.00 Hz 168
(30FH)
Sets the motor rated slip. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. Max: 20.00 Hz
common_ Default: <9>
Parameter List

E2-03 V/f OLV/PM TMonly

Motor No-Load Current Min: 0 A 168
(310H)
Sets the no-load current for the motor. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. Max: E2-01 <19>
common_ Default: 4
E2-04 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Number of Motor Poles Min: 2 168
(311H)
Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. Max: 48
common_ Default: <9>
E2-05 V/f OLV/PM
Min: 0.000 Ω
B
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance TMonly 168
(312H)
Sets the phase-to-phase motor resistance. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. Max: 65.000 Ω
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <9>
E2-06
Motor Leakage Inductance Min: 0.0% 168
(313H) Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage.
Max: 40.0%
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 347
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: <9>
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0 W 168
(317H) Compensation
Sets the motor iron loss. Max: 65535 W
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <9>
E2-11
Motor Rated Power Min: 0.00 kW 169
(318H) Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (1 HP = 0.746 kW). Automatically set during
Max: 650.00 kW
Auto-Tuning.
<9> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).
<19> The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.1
and Table A.2) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.

■ E5: PM Motor Settings

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
E5-01 Default: <4> <23>
Enter the YASKAWA motor code for the PM motor being used. Various motor parameters are
(329H) Motor Code Selection Min: 0000 170
automatically set based on the value of this parameter. Setting that were changed manually will
<3> Max: FFFF <28>
be overwritten by the defaults of the selected motor code.
Note: Set to FFFF when using a non-YASKAWA PM motor.

E5-02 common_ Default: <14>

V/f OLV/PM TMonly
(32AH) Motor Rated Power Min: 0.10 kW 170
<3> Sets the rated capacity of the motor. Max: 650.00 kW

Default: <14>
E5-03 common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
(32BH) Motor Rated Current current 170
<3> Sets the motor rated current. Max: 200% of drive
rated current <19>

E5-04 common_ Default: <14>

V/f OLV/PM TMonly
(32CH) Number of Motor Poles Min: 2 170
<3> Sets the number of motor poles. Max: 48

E5-05 common_ Default: <14>

V/f OLV/PM
(32DH) Motor Stator Resistance TMonly Min: 0.000 Ω 171
<3> Set the resistance for each motor phase. Max: 65.000 Ω

E5-06 common_ Default: <14>

V/f OLV/PM TMonly
(32EH) Motor d-Axis Inductance Min: 0.00 mH 171
<3> Sets the d-axis inductance for the PM motor. Max: 300.00 mH

E5-07 common_ Default: <14>

V/f OLV/PM TMonly
(32FH) Motor q-Axis Inductance Min: 0.00 mH 171
<3> Sets the q-axis inductance for the PM motor. Max: 600.00 mH

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <14>
E5-09
Motor Induction Voltage Constant Min: 0.0 mV/(rad/s)
(331H) Set the induced phase peak voltage in units of 0.1 mV (rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this 171
1 Max:
<3> parameter when using a YASKAWA SSR1 Series PM motor with derated torque.
2000.0 mV/(rad/s)
When setting this parameter, E5-24 should be set to 0.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <14>
E5-24
Motor Induction Voltage Constant Min: 0.0 mV/(r/min)
(353H) Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set 171
2 Max: 2000.0 mV/(r/
<3> this parameter when using a YASKAWA SMRA Series SPM motor.
min)
When setting this parameter, E5-09 should be set to 0.

<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02), the drive model (o2-04).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<19> The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.1
and Table A.2) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<23> If using a YASKAWA SMRA Series SPM Motor, the default setting is 1800 r/min.
<28> Selection may vary depending on the motor code entered to E5-01.

348 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

◆ F: Options
■ F6: Communication Option Card
F6-01 through F6-03, F6-07 and F6-08 are common settings used for CC-Link <1>, CANopen <1>, DeviceNet <1>,
PROFIBUS-DP <1>, and MECHATROLINK-II <1> option cards. Other parameters in the F6 group are used for
communication protocol specific settings.
For more details on a specific option card, refer to the instruction manual for the option card.

<1> Under Development

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
F6-01 Communications Error Operation 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
Min: 0 172
(3A2H) Selection 1: Coast to stop.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option
Min: 0 172
(3A3H) Detection Selection 0: Always detected
Max: 1
1: Detection during run only
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
Min: 0 172
(3A4H) Operation Selection 1: Coast to stop.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
common_ Default: 2.0 s
F6-04 All Modes TMonly
bUS Error Detection Time Min: 0.0 s –
(3A5H)
Set the delay time for error detection if a bus error occurs. Max: 5.0 s
common_
Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-07
Selection when NefRef/ComRef is Min: 0 172
(3A8H) 0: Multi-step Speed Operation disabled
Selected Max: 1
1: Multi-step Speed Operation enabled
common_
F6-08 All Modes TMonly Default: 0
(36AH) Reset Communication Parameters Min: 0 173
0: Do not reset parameters F6-†† when the drive is initialized with A1-03.
<3> Max: 1
1: Reset F6-†† when the drive is initialized with A1-03.
common_ Default: 0
F6-10 All Modes TMonly
CC-Link Node Address Min: 0 –
(3B6H)
Sets the node address if a CC-Link option card is installed. Max: 64
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: 156 Kbps Default: 0

F6-11
CC-Link Communication Speed 1: 625 Kbps Min: 0 –
(3B7H)
2: 2.5 Mbps Max: 4
3: 5 Mbps
4: 10 Mbps
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-14
CC-Link bUS Error Auto Reset Min: 0 –
(3BBH) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_ Default: 21
F6-20 MECHATROLINK Station All Modes TMonly Min: 20 –
(36BH) Address
Sets the station address when the MECHATROLINK-II option has been installed. Max: 3FH
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-21
MECHATROLINK Frame Size Min: 0 –
(36CH) 0: 32 byte
Max: 1
1: 17 byte
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-22
MECHATROLINK Link Speed Min: 0 –
(36DH) 0: 10 Mbps
Max: 1
1: 4 Mbps
common_ Default: 0
F6-23 MECHATROLINK Monitor All Modes TMonly Min: 0 –
(36EH) Selection (E)
Sets the MECHATROLINK-II monitor (E). Max: FFFFH
Parameter List

common_ Default: 0
F6-24 MECHATROLINK Monitor All Modes TMonly Min: 0 –
(36FH) Selection (F)
Sets the MECHATROLINK-II monitor (F). Max: FFFFH
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
F6-25 Operation Selection at Watchdog 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
Min: 0 –
(3C9H) Timer Error (E5) 1: Coast to stop.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
B
common_ Default: 2
F6-26 MECHATROLINK bUS Errors All Modes TMonly Min: 2 –
(3CAH) Detected
Sets the number of option communication errors (bUS). Max: 10

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 349
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 0
F6-30 All Modes TMonly
PROFIBUS-DP Node Address Min: 0 –
(3CBH)
Sets the node address. Max: 125
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-31 PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode
Min: 0 –
(3CCH) Selection 0: Resets drive operation with a Clear mode command.
Max: 1
1: Maintains the previous operation state when Clear mode command is given.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-32 PROFIBUS-DP Data Format
Min: 0 –
(3CDH) Selection 0: PPO Type
Max: 1
1: Conventional
common_ Default: 0
F6-35 All Modes TMonly
CANopen Node ID Selection Min: 0 –
(3D0H)
Sets the node address. Max: 126
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Auto-detection
1: 10 kbps
2: 20 kbps Default: 6
F6-36
CANopen Communication Speed 3: 50 kbps Min: 0 –
(3D1H)
4: 125 kbps Max: 8
5: 250 kbps
6: 500 kbps
7: 800 kbps
8: 1 Mbps
common_ Default: 0
F6-50 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet MAC Address Min: 0 –
(3C1H)
Selects the drives MAC address. Max: 64
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: 125 kbps Default: 0

F6-51
DeviceNet Communication Speed 1: 250 kbps Min: 0 –
(3C2H)
2: 500 kbps Max: 4
3: Adjustable from network
4: Detect automatically
common_ Default: 21
F6-52 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet PCA Setting Min: 0 –
(3C3H)
Sets the format of the data set from the DeviceNet master to the drive. Max: 255
common_ Default: 71
F6-53 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet PPA Setting Min: 0 –
(3C4H)
Sets the format of the data set from the drive to the DeviceNet master. Max: 255
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-54 DeviceNet Idle Mode Fault
Min: 0 –
(3C5H) Detection 0: Enabled
Max: 1
1: Disabled, no fault detection
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
F6-55 Used to verify the baud rate running on the network.
DeviceNet Baud Rate Monitor Min: 0 –
(3C6H) 0: 125 kbps
Max: 2
1: 250 kbps
2: 500 kbps
common_ Default: 0
F6-56 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet Speed Scaling Min: -15 –
(3D7H)
Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in DeviceNet. Max: 15
common_ Default: 0
F6-57 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet Current Scaling Min: -15 –
(3D8H)
Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in DeviceNet. Max: 15
common_ Default: 0
F6-58 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet Torque Scaling Min: -15 –
(3D9H)
Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in DeviceNet. Max: 15
common_ Default: 0
F6-59 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet Power Scaling Min: -15 –
(3DAH)
Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in DeviceNet. Max: 15
common_ Default: 0
F6-60 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet Voltage Scaling Min: -15 –
(3DBH)
Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in DeviceNet. Max: 15
common_ Default: 0
F6-61 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet Time Scaling Min: -15 –
(3DCH)
Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in DeviceNet. Max: 15
common_ Default: 0
F6-62 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval Min: 0 –
(3DDH)
Sets the heartbeat interval for DeviceNet communications. Max: 10
common_ Default: 0
F6-63 All Modes TMonly
DeviceNet Network MAC ID Min: 0 –
(3DEH)
Used to verify the MAC ID the drive has been assigned. Max: 63
F6-64 to
common_
F6-71 All Modes TMonly
Reserved – –
(3DFH to
Reserved for Dynamic I/O Assembly Parameters.
3C8H)
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

350 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

◆ H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.
■ H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: 40 (F) <31>
H1-01 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 1 174
(438H) Terminal S1 Function Selection
Max: 9F
Default: 41 (F) <31>
H1-02 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 1 174
(439H) Terminal S2 Function Selection
Max: 9F
Default: 24
H1-03 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 174
(400H) Terminal S3 Function Selection
Max: 9F
Default: 14
H1-04 Multi-Function Digital Input All Modes Min: 0 174
(401H) Terminal S4 Function Selection
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Max: 9F
Refer to H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections on page 351 for a description of setting Default: 3(0) <31>
H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input values. Min: 0 174
(402H) Terminal S5 Function Selection Note: Unused terminals should be set to F. Max: 9F
Default: 4(3) <31>
H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 174
(403H) Terminal S6 Function Selection
Max: 9F
Default: 6(4) <31>
H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 174
(404H) Terminal S7 Function Selection
Max: 9F
Default: 8
H1-08 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 174
(405H) Terminal S8 Function Selection
Max: 9F
<31> Value in parenthesis is the default setting when a 3-wire initialization is performed (A1-03 = 3330).

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-††
Setting Function Description Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
0 3-wire Sequence 175
Closed: Reverse rotation (only if the drive is set up for 3-wire sequence)
Terminals S1 and S2 are automatically set up for the Run command and Stop command.
common_
All Modes TMonly

1 LOCAL/REMOTE Selection Open: REMOTE (parameter settings determine the source of the frequency Reference 1 or 2 (b1-01, b1-02 or b1- 175
15, b1-16)
Closed: LOCAL, digital operator is run and reference source
common_
All Modes TMonly
2 Alternative Reference 176
Open: Run command and frequency reference source 1 (determined by b1-01 and b1-02)
Closed: Run command and frequency reference source 2 (determined by b1-15 and b1-16)
3 Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 All Modes
common_ 176
TMonly

4 Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3, switching combinations of those 176
terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08.
common_
All Modes TMonly
6 Jog Reference Selection 176
Closed: Jog frequency reference (d1-17) selected. Jog has priority over all other reference sources.
common_
All Modes TMonly
7 Accel/Decel Time Selection 1 176
Used to switch between accel/decel time 1 (set in C1-01, C1-02) and accel/decel time 2 (set in C1-03, C1-04).
common_
All Modes TMonly
8 Baseblock Command (N.O.) 176
Closed: No drive output
common_
All Modes TMonly
9 Baseblock Command (N.C.) 176
Open: No drive output
common_
Parameter List

All Modes TMonly

A Accel/Decel Ramp Hold 176
Open: Accel/decel is not held
Closed: The drive pauses during acceleration or deceleration and maintains the output frequency.
common_
All Modes TMonly
B Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2) 176
Closed: Closes when an oH2 alarm occurs

C Analog Terminal Input Selection

All Modes
common_
TMonly
177
B
Open: Function assigned by H3-14 is disabled.
Closed: Function assigned by H3-14 is enabled.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 351
B.3 Parameter Table

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
F Through Mode 177
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. The terminal does not trigger a drive function
but can be used as digital input for the controller the drive is connected to.

10 Up Command common_ 177

All Modes TMonly

The drive accelerates when the Up command terminal closes, and decelerates when the Down command closes.
When both terminals are closed or both are open, the drive holds the frequency reference. The Up and Down
11 Down Command commands must always be used in conjunction with one another. 177

common_
12 Forward Jog
All Modes TMonly 178
Closed: Runs forward at the Jog frequency d1-17.
common_
All Modes TMonly
13 Reverse Jog 178
Closed: Runs reverse at the Jog frequency d1-17.
common_
All Modes TMonly
14 Fault Reset 178
Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Run command is removed.
common_
All Modes TMonly
15 Fast Stop (N.O.) 178
Closed: Decelerates at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.
common_
All Modes TMonly
17 Fast Stop (N.C.) 178
Open: Decelerates to stop at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.
common_
All Modes TMonly
18 Timer Function Input 179
Triggers the timer set up by parameters b4-01 and b4-02. Must be set in conjunction with the timer function output
(H2-†† = 12).
common_
All Modes TMonly
19 PI Disable 179
Open: PI control enabled
Closed: PI control disabled
common_
All Modes TMonly
1B Program Lockout 179
Open: Parameters cannot be edited (except for U1-01 if the reference source is assigned to the digital operator).
Closed: Parameters can be edited and saved.
common_
All Modes TMonly
1E Reference Sample Hold 179
Closed: Samples the analog frequency reference and operates the drive at that speed.
common_
All Modes TMonly

20: N.O., Always detected, ramp to stop

21: N.C., Always detected, ramp to stop
22: N.O., During run, ramp to stop
23: N.C., During run, ramp to stop
24: N.O., Always detected, coast to stop
25: N.C., Always detected, coast to stop
26: N.O., During run, coast to stop
20 to 2F External Fault 179
27: N.C., During run, coast to stop
28: N.O., Always detected, Fast Stop
29: N.C., Always detected, Fast Stop
2A: N.O., During run, Fast Stop
2B: N.C., During run, Fast Stop
2C: N.O., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2D: N.C., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2E: N.O., During run, alarm only (continue running)
2F: N.C., During run, alarm only (continue running)
common_
All Modes TMonly
30 PI Integral Reset 180
Closed: Resets the PI control integral value.
common_
All Modes TMonly
31 PI Integral Hold 180
Open: Performs integral operation.
Closed: Maintains the current PI control integral value.
common_
All Modes TMonly
34 PI Soft Starter Cancel 180
Open: PI soft starter is enabled.
Closed: Disables the PI soft starter b5-17.
common_
All Modes TMonly
35 PI Input Level Selection 180
Closed: Inverts the PI input signal
common_
All Modes TMonly
36 Alternative Reference 2 180
Open: Run command and frequency reference source 2 (determined by b1-15 and b1-16)
Closed: Run command and frequency reference source 1 (determined by b1-01 and b1-02)

352 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
Forward Run Command (2-wire
40 Open: Stop 181
Sequence)
Closed: Forward run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Reverse Run Command (2-wire
41 Open: Stop 181
Sequence)
Closed: Reverse run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
common_
All Modes TMonly
42 Run Command (2-wire Sequence 2) Open: Stop 181
Closed: Run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
common_
All Modes TMonly

FWD/REV Command (2-wire Open: Forward

43 181
Sequence 2) Closed: Reverse
Note: Determines motor direction, but does not issue a Run command. Cannot be set together with settings 40 or
41.
common_
All Modes TMonly
44 Offset Frequency 1 181
Closed: Adds d7-01 to the frequency reference.
common_
All Modes TMonly
45 Offset Frequency 2 181
Closed: Adds d7-02 to the frequency reference.
common_
All Modes TMonly
46 Offset Frequency 3 181
Closed: Adds d7-03 to the frequency reference.
common_
All Modes TMonly
47 Node Setup 181
Closed: Node setup for SI-S3 enabled.
common_
All Modes TMonly
50 Motor Pre-Heat 2 181
Closed: Triggers Motor Pre-Heat 2.
common_
All Modes TMonly
60 Motor Pre-Heat 1 181
Closed: Triggers Motor Pre-Heat 1.
common_
All Modes TMonly
61 External Speed Search Command 1 182
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
common_
All Modes TMonly
62 External Speed Search Command 2 182
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the frequency reference.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
63 Field Weakening 182
Closed: The drive performs Field Weakening control as set for d6-01 and d6-02.
common_
All Modes TMonly
65 KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.) 182
Open: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly
66 KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.) 182
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly
67 Communications Test Mode 182
Tests the MEMOBUS/Modbus RS-485/422 interface. Displays “PASS” if the test completes successfully.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
68 High Slip Braking 182
Closed: Activates High Slip Braking to stop the drive.
common_
All Modes TMonly
69 JOG2 182
Cause the drive to ramp to the Jog Frequency Reference (d-17).
common_
All Modes TMonly
6A Drive Enable 182
Open: Drive disabled. If this input is opened during run, then the drive will stop as specified by b1-03.
Closed: Ready for operation.
Parameter List

common_
All Modes TMonly
7A KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.) 183
Open: KEB Ride-Thru 2 enabled. Drive disregards L2-29 and performs Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2.
common_
All Modes TMonly
7B KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.) 183
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 2 enabled. Drive disregards L2-29 and performs Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2.

7C Short Circuit Braking (N.O.)

V/f OLV/PM
common_
TMonly 183 B
Closed: Short Circuit Braking enabled
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
7D Short Circuit Braking (N.C.) 183
Open: Short Circuit Braking enabled

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 353
B.3 Parameter Table

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
90 to 97 DriveWorksEZ Digital Inputs 1 to 8 183
Reserved for DWEZ input functions
common_
All Modes TMonly
9F DriveWorksEZ Disable 183
Open: DWEZ enabled
Closed: DWEZ disabled

■ H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: 0
H2-01 Terminals M1-M2 Function
Min: 0 183
(40BH) Selection (relays)
Max: 192
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H2-02 Terminals M3-M4 Function
Min: 0 183
(40CH) Selection (relays) Refer to H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings on page 354 for a description of setting
Max: 192
values.
Default: 2
H2-03 Terminals M5-M6 Function
Min: 0 183
(40DH) Selection (relays)
Max: 192
common_
All Modes TMonly

Outputs a 200 ms pulse signal when the watt-hour counter increases by the units selected.
Default: 0
H2-06 0: 0.1 kWh units
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection Min: 0 191
(437H) 1: 1 kWh units
Max: 4
2: 10 kWh units
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

H2-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
0 During Run 184
Closed: A Run command is active or voltage is output.
common_
All Modes TMonly
1 Zero Speed 184
Open: Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
Closed: Output frequency is below the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
common_
All Modes TMonly
2 Speed Agree 1 185
Closed: Output frequency equals the speed reference (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).
common_
All Modes TMonly
3 User-set Speed Agree 1 185
Closed: Output frequency and speed reference equal L4-01 (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).
common_
All Modes TMonly
4 Frequency Detection 1 185
Closed: Output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis determined by L4-02.
common_
All Modes TMonly
5 Frequency Detection 2 186
Closed: Output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis determined by L4-02.
common_
All Modes TMonly
6 Drive Ready 186
Closed: Power up is complete and the drive is ready to accept a Run command.
common_
All Modes TMonly
7 DC bus Undervoltage 186
Closed: DC bus voltage is below the Uv trip level set in L2-05.
common_
All Modes TMonly
8 During Baseblock (N.O.) 187
Closed: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
common_
All Modes TMonly
9 Frequency Reference Source 187
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the frequency reference (set in b1-01 or b1-15).
Closed: Digital operator supplies the frequency reference.
common_
All Modes TMonly
A Run Command Source 187
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the Run command (set in b1-02 or b1-16).
Closed: Digital operator supplies the Run command.
common_
B Torque Detection 1 (N.O.) All Modes TMonly 187
Closed: An overtorque or undertorque situation has been detected.
common_
All Modes TMonly
C Frequency Reference Loss 187
Closed: Analog frequency reference has been lost.
common_
All Modes TMonly
E Fault 187
Closed: Fault occurred.

354 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

H2-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
F Through Mode 187
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
common_
All Modes TMonly
10 Minor Fault 187
Closed: An alarm has been triggered, or the IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected life span.
common_
All Modes TMonly
11 Fault Reset Command Active 187
Closed: A command has been entered to clear a fault via the input terminals or from the serial network.
common_
All Modes TMonly
12 Timer Output 188
Closed: Timer output.
common_
All Modes TMonly
13 Speed Agree 2 188
Closed: When drive output frequency equals the frequency reference ±L4-04.
common_
All Modes TMonly
14 User-set Speed Agree 2 188
Closed: When the drive output frequency is equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
common_
All Modes TMonly
15 Frequency Detection 3 188
Closed: When the drive output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
common_
All Modes TMonly
16 Frequency Detection 4 189
Closed: When the output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
common_
All Modes TMonly
17 Torque Detection 1 (N.C.) 187
Open: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
common_
All Modes TMonly
18 Torque Detection 2 (N.O.) 187
Closed: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
common_
All Modes TMonly
19 Torque Detection 2 (N.C.) 187
Open: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
common_
All Modes TMonly
1B During Baseblock (N.C.) 189
Open: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
common_
All Modes TMonly
1F Motor Overload Alarm (oL1) 189
Closed: oL1 is at 90% of its trip point or greater. An oH3 situation also triggers this alarm.
common_
All Modes TMonly
20 Drive Overheat Pre-alarm (oH) 189
Closed: Heatsink temperature exceeds the parameter L8-02 value.
common_
All Modes TMonly
2F Maintenance Period 189
Closed: Cooling fan, electrolytic capacitors, IGBTs, or the soft charge bypass relay may require maintenance.
common_
All Modes TMonly
37 During Frequency Output 190
Open: Either the drive has stopped or baseblock, DC Injection Braking, or Initial Excitation is being performed.
Closed: Drive is running the motor (not in a baseblock state and DC Injection is not being performed).
common_
All Modes TMonly
38 Drive Enable 190
Closed: Multi-function input set for “Drive enable” is closed (H1-†† = 6A)
common_
All Modes TMonly
39 Watt Hour Pulse Output 190
Output units are determined by H2-06. Outputs a pulse every 200 ms to indicate the kWh count.
common_
All Modes TMonly
3C LOCAL/REMOTE Status 190
Open: REMOTE
Closed: LOCAL
common_
All Modes TMonly
3D During Speed Search 190
Closed: Speed Search is being executed.
common_
All Modes TMonly
3E PI Feedback Low 190
Closed: PI feedback level is too low.
common_
Parameter List

All Modes TMonly

3F PI Feedback High 190
Closed: The PI feedback level is too high.
common_
All Modes TMonly
4A During KEB Operation 190
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru is being performed.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
4B During Short Circuit Braking 190
Closed: Short Circuit Braking is active. B
common_
All Modes TMonly
4C During Fast Stop 190
Closed: A Fast Stop command has been entered from the operator or input terminals.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 355
B.3 Parameter Table

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

H2-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
4D oH Pre-alarm Time Limit 190
Closed: oH pre-alarm time limit has passed.
common_
All Modes TMonly
50 Waiting to Run 191
Closed: Delay excuting any run command until the time set in b1-11 has expired.
common_
All Modes TMonly
58 Underload Detection 191
Closed: Underload is detected.
common_
All Modes TMonly
60 Internal Cooling Fan Alarm 191
Closed: Internal cooling fan alarm
common_
All Modes TMonly
90 to 92 DriveWorksEZ Digital Outputs 1 to 3 191
Reserved for DWEZ digital output functions.
common_
All Modes TMonly
100 to 192 Function 0 to 92 with Inverse Output 191
Inverts the output switching of the multi-function output functions.
Set the last two digits of 1†† to reverse the output signal of that specific function.

■ H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level
Min: 0 192
(410H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 Vdc
common_ Default: 0
H3-02 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Function Selection Min: 0 192
(434H)
Sets the function of terminal A1. Max: 31
H3-03
common_ Default: 100.0%
(411H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 192
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 10 V is input at terminal A1. Max: 999.9%

H3-04
common_ Default: 0.0%
(412H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 192
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V is input at terminal A1. Max: 999.9%

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level
Min: 0 193
(413H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 Vdc
common_ Default: 2
H3-06 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Function Selection Min: 0 193
(414H)
Sets the function of terminal A3. Max: 31
H3-07
common_ Default: 100.0%
(415H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 193
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-06 when 10 V is input at terminal A3. Max: 999.9%

H3-08
common_ Default: 0.0%
(416H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 193
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-06 when 0 V is input at terminal A3. Max: 999.9%

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: 0 to 10 Vdc Default: 2
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level
1: –10 to 10 Vdc Min: 0 193
(417H) Selection
2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input Max: 3
3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
Note: Use DIP switch S1 to set input terminal A2 for a current or a voltage input signal.
common_ Default: 0
H3-10 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Function Selection Min: 0 194
(418H)
Sets the function of terminal A2. Max: 31
H3-11
common_ Default: 100.0%
(419H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 194
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V (20 mA) is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%

H3-12
Default: 0.0%
common_
(41AH) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 194
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V (0 or 4 mA) is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%

Default: 0.03 s
common_
H3-13 All Modes TMonly
Analog Input Filter Time Constant Min: 0.00 s 194
(41BH)
Sets a primary delay filter time constant for terminals A1, A2, and A3. Used for noise filtering. Max: 2.00 s

356 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

Determines which of the analog input terminals will be enabled when a digital input
programmed for “Analog input enable” (H1-†† = C) is activated.
1: A1 only enable Default: 7
H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable
2: A2 only enable Min: 1 194
(41CH) Selection
3: A1 and A2 only enable Max: 7
4: A3 only enable
5: A1 and A3 enable
6: A2 and A3 enable
7: All analog input terminals enabled

H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings

H3-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
0 Frequency Bias 195
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
common_
All Modes TMonly
1 Frequency Gain 195
0 to 10 V signal allows a setting of 0 to 100%. -10 to 0 V signal allows a setting of -100 to 0%.
common_
Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1 (used as a All Modes TMonly
2 195
Multi-Step Speed 2)
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
common_
Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2 (3rd step All Modes TMonly
3 195
analog)
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
4 Output Voltage Bias 195
10 V = E1-05 (motor rated voltage)
common_
All Modes TMonly
5 Accel/Decel Time Gain 195
10V=100% Accel/Decel Gain
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
6 DC Injection Braking Current 196
10 V = Drive rated current
common_
All Modes TMonly
7 Torque Detection Level 196
10 V = Drive rated current (V/f)
10 V = Motor rated torque (OLV/PM)
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
8 Stall Prevention Level During Run 196
10 V = Drive rated current
common_
All Modes TMonly
9 Output Frequency Lower Limit Level 196
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
common_
All Modes TMonly
B PI Feedback 196
10V=100% Feed back
common_
All Modes TMonly
C PI Setpoint 196
10V=100% PI setpoint
common_
All Modes TMonly
D Frequency Bias 196
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
common_
All Modes TMonly
E Motor Temperature (PTC input) 196
10 V = 100%
common_
All Modes TMonly
F Through Mode 197
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
14 Torque Compensation 197
10 V = Motor rated torque
common_
All Modes TMonly
16 Differential PI Feedback 197
10 V = 100%
common_
Parameter List

All Modes TMonly

1F Through Mode 197
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
common_
All Modes TMonly
30 to 32 DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 1 to 3 197
Output is determined by the function selected using DWEZ.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 357
B.3 Parameter Table

■ H4: Analog Outputs

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 102
H4-01 Multi-Function Analog Output
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal FM. Min: 000 197
(41DH) Terminal FM Monitor Selection
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U†-††. For example, enter “103” Max: 999
for U1-03.
H4-02
common_ Default: 100.0%
(41EH) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Min: -999.9% 197
Terminal FM Gain
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%

H4-03
common_ Default: 0.0%
(41FH) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Min: -999.9% 197
Terminal FM Bias
Sets the bias value added to the terminal FM output signal. Max: 999.9%

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 103
H4-04 Multi-Function Analog Output
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal AM. Min: 000 197
(420H) Terminal AM Monitor Selection
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U†-††. For example, enter “103” Max: 999
for U1-03.
H4-05
common_ Default: 50.0%
(421H) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Min: -999.9% 197
Terminal AM Gain
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%

H4-06
common_ Default: 0.0%
(422H) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Min: -999.9% 197
Terminal AM Bias
Sets the bias value added to the terminal AM output signal. Max: 999.9%

common_
All Modes TMonly
Multi-Function Analog Output Default: 0
H4-07
Terminal FM Signal Level 0: 0 to 10 V Min: 0 198
(423H)
Selection 1: –10 to 10 V Max: 1
2: 4 to 20 mA
common_
All Modes TMonly
Multi-Function Analog Output Default: 0
H4-08
Terminal AM Signal Level 0: 0 to 10 V Min: 0 198
(424H)
Selection 1: –10 to 10 V Max: 1
2: 4 to 20 mA

■ H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
H5-01 All Modes Default: 1F
TMonly
(425H) Drive Node Address Min: 0 394
Selects drive station node number (address) for MEMOBUS/Modbus terminals R+, R-, S+, S-.
<32> Max: FFH
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: 1200 bps
1: 2400 bps
2: 4800 bps
Default: 3
H5-02 3: 9600 bps
Communication Speed Selection Min: 0 394
(426H) 4: 19200 bps
Max: 8
5: 38400 bps
6: 57600 bps
7: 76800 bps
8: 115200 bps
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
H5-03 0: No parity
Communication Parity Selection Min: 0 394
(427H) 1: Even parity
Max: 2
2: Odd parity
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
H5-04 Stopping Method After 0: Ramp to stop
Min: 0 394
(428H) Communication Error (CE) 1: Coast to stop
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop
3: Alarm only
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection
Min: 0 395
(429H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault will occur.
common_ Default: 5 ms
H5-06 All Modes TMonly
Drive Transmit Wait Time Min: 5 ms 395
(42AH)
Set the wait time between receiving and sending data. Max: 65 ms
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H5-07
RTS Control Selection Min: 0 395
(42BH) 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending.

358 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 2.0 s
H5-09
CE Detection Time Min: 0.0 s 395
(435H) Sets the time required to detect a communications error. Adjustment may be needed when
Max: 10.0 s
networking several drives.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/
Min: 0 395
(436H) Modbus Register 0025H 0: 0.1 V units
Max: 1
1: 1 V units
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function
Min: 0 396
(43CH) Selection 0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any changes to parameter settings.
Max: 1
1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the Enter command (same as V7).
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-12
Run Command Method Selection Min: 0 396
(43DH) 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Max: 1
1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
<32> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.

■ H6: Pulse Train Input/Output

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP
0: Frequency reference Min: 0 199
(42CH) Function Selection
1: PI feedback value Max: 2
2: PI setpoint value
H6-02
common_ Default: 1440 Hz
(42DH) All Modes TMonly
Pulse Train Input Scaling Min: 1000 Hz 199
Sets the terminal RP input signal frequency that is equal to 100% of the value selected in H6-01. Max: 32000 Hz

H6-03 common_
All Modes Default: 100.0%
(42EH) TMonly
Pulse Train Input Gain Min: 0.0% 199
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when a frequency with the value set in H6-02 is
Max: 1000.0%
input.
H6-04
common_ Default: 0.0%
(42FH) All Modes TMonly
Pulse Train Input Bias Min: -100.0% 199
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when 0 Hz is input. Max: 100.0%

H6-05
common_ Default: 0.10 s
(430H) All Modes TMonly
Pulse Train Input Filter Time Min: 0.00 s 199
Sets the pulse train input filter time constant. Max: 2.00 s

H6-06 common_
All Modes Default: 102
(431H) TMonly
Pulse Train Monitor Selection Min: 000 200
Select the pulse train monitor output function (value of the †-†† part of U†-††).
Max: 809
Example: To select U5-01, set “501”.
H6-07 common_
All Modes Default: 1440 Hz
(432H) TMonly
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling Min: 0 Hz 200
Sets the terminal MP output signal frequency when the monitor value is 100%. To have the
Max: 32000 Hz
pulse train monitor output equal the output frequency, set H6-06 to 2 and H6-07 to 0.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.5 Hz
H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum
Min: 0.1 Hz 200
(43FH) Frequency Sets the minimum frequency for the pulse train input to be detected. Enabled when H6-01 = 0,
Max: 1000.0 Hz
1, or 2.

◆ L: Protection Function
L parameters provide protection to the drive and motor, such as: control during momentary power loss, Stall Prevention,
frequency detection, fault restarts, overtorque detection, and other types of hardware protection.
■ L1: Motor Protection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Parameter List

0: Disabled
1: Standard Fan Cooled
Default: <10>
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection 2: Drive dedicated motor with a speed range of 1:10
Min: 0 201
(480H) Selection 3: Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100
Max: 6
4: PM motor with variable torque
6: General purpose motor (50 Hz)
The drive may not be able to provide protection when multiple motors are used, even if
overload is enabled in L1-01. Set L1-01 to 0 and install separate thermal relay to each motor.
common_ Default: 1.0 min
B
L1-02 All Modes TMonly
Motor Overload Protection Time Min: 0.1 min 202
(481H)
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time. Max: 5.0 min

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 359
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

Sets operation when the motor temperature analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = E) exceeds
Default: 3
L1-03 Motor Overheat Alarm Operation the oH3 alarm level.
Min: 0 204
(482H) Selection (PTC input) 0: Ramp to stop
Max: 3
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09)
3: Alarm only (“oH3” will flash)
common_
All Modes TMonly

Sets stopping method when the motor temperature analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = E) Default: 1
L1-04 Motor Overheat Fault Operation
exceeds the oH4 fault level. Min: 0 204
(483H) Selection (PTC input)
0: Ramp to stop Max: 2
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09)
common_ Default: 0.20 s
L1-05 Motor Temperature Input Filter All Modes TMonly Min: 0.00 s 204
(484H) Time (PTC input)
Adjusts the filter for the motor temperature analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = E). Max: 10.00 s
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal
Min: 0 205
(46DH) Operation Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■ L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Disabled. Drive trips on (Uv1) fault when power is lost.

Default: 0
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation 1: Recover within L2-02. Uv1 will be detected if power loss is longer than L2-02.
Min: 0 205
(485H) Selection 2: Recover as long as CPU has power. Uv1 is not detected.
Max: 5
3: KEB Ride-Thru operation within L2-02.
4: KEB Ride-Thru as long as CPU has power.
5: Ramp to Stop with KEB deceleration.
common_ Default: <9>
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru All Modes TMonly Min: 0.0 s 209
(486H) Time
Sets the Power Loss Ride-Thru time. Enabled only when L2-01 = 1 or 3. Max: 25.5 s
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: <9>
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Sets the minimum wait time for residual motor voltage decay before the drive output
Min: 0.1 s 210
(487H) Baseblock Time reenergizes after performing Power Loss Ride-Thru.
Max: 5.0 s
Increasing the time set to L2-03 may help if overcurrent or overvoltage occur during Speed
Search or during DC Injection Braking.
common_ Default: <9>
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.0 s 210
(488H) Recovery Ramp Time
Sets the time for the output voltage to return to the preset V/f pattern during Speed Search. Max: 5.0 s
common_ Default: <18> <33>
L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Level All Modes TMonly Min: 150 Vdc 210
(489H) (Uv)
Sets the DC bus undervoltage trip level. Max: 210 Vdc <18>
common_ Default: 0.00 s
L2-06 All Modes TMonly
KEB Deceleration Time Min: 0.00 s 210
(48AH)
Sets the time required to decelerate from the speed when KEB was activated to zero speed. Max: 6000.0 s <12>
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.00 s
L2-07
KEB Acceleration Time Min: 0.00 s 210
(48BH) Sets the time to accelerate to the frequency reference when momentary power loss is over. If set
Max: 6000.0 s <12>
to 0.0, the active acceleration time is used.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 100%
L2-08
Frequency Gain at KEB Start Sets the percentage of output frequency reduction at the beginning of deceleration when the Min: 0% 210
(48CH)
KEB Ride-Thru function is started. Max: 300%
Reduction = (slip frequency before KEB) × L2-08 × 2
common_ Default: 50 ms
L2-10 KEB Detection Time (Minimum All Modes TMonly Min: 0 ms 211
(48EH) KEB Time)
Sets the time to perform KEB Ride-Thru. Max: 2000 ms
Default: <18> <33>
common_
L2-11 DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during All Modes TMonly [E1-01] × 1.22
211
(461H) KEB Min: 150 Vdc
Sets the desired value of the DC bus voltage during KEB Ride-Thru.
Max: 400 Vdc <18>
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L2-29
KEB Method Selection Min: 0 211
(475H) 0: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1
Max: 1
1: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2
<9> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<12> Setting range value is dependent on the units selected for the accel/decel time (C1-10). When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 s), the setting range
becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s.
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<33> Default setting value is dependent on the setting for the input voltage (E1-01).

360 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

■ L3: Stall Prevention

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during 0: Disabled.
Min: 0 211
(48FH) Acceleration 1: Enable.
Max: 2
2: Intelligent Stall Prevention.
Note: Setting 2 is not available when using OLV/PM.
common_ Default: <35>
L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during All Modes TMonly Min: 0% 212
(490H) Acceleration
Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current. Max: 150% <35>
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 50%
L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during
Min: 0% 213
(491H) Acceleration Sets Stall Prevention lower limit during acceleration when operating in the constant power
Max: 100%
range. Set as a percentage of the drive’s rated current.
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Disabled. Deceleration at the active deceleration rate. An ov fault may occur.

Default: 1
L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during 1: General-purpose Stall Prevention. Deceleration is paused when the DC bus voltage exceeds
Min: 0 213
(492H) Deceleration the Stall Prevention level.
Max: 5 <34>
2: Intelligent Stall Prevention. Decelerate as fast as possible while avoiding ov faults.
4: Overexcitation Deceleration 1. Decelerates while increasing the motor flux.
5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2. Adjust the deceleration rate according to the DC bus voltage.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during
0: Disabled. Drive runs at a set frequency. A heavy load may cause speed loss. Min: 0 214
(493H) Run
1: Decelerate using C1-02. Max: 2
2: Decelerate using C1-04.
common_ Default: <35>
L3-06 All Modes TMonly
Stall Prevention Level during Run Min: 30% 215
(494H)
Enabled when L3-05 is set to 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current. Max: 150% <35>
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Enables or disables the ov suppression function, which allows the drive to change the output
Min: 0 215
(4C7H) Selection frequency as the load changes to prevent an ov fault.
Max: 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
common_
L3-17 Target DC Bus Voltage for All Modes TMonly Default: 370 Vdc <33>
(462H) Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Min: 150 Vdc 216
Sets the desired value for the DC bus voltage during overvoltage suppression and Stall
<18> Prevention Max: 400 Vdc <33>
Prevention during deceleration.
common_ Default: <10>
L3-20 All Modes TMonly
DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain Min: 0.00 216
(465H)
Sets the proportional gain for KEB Ride-Thru, Stall Prevention, and overvoltage suppression. Max: 5.00
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1.00
L3-21
Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain Min: 0.10 216
(466H) Sets the proportional gain used to calculate the deceleration rate during KEB Ride-Thru, ov
Max: 10.00
suppression function, and Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).
common_ Default: 0.0 s
L3-22 Deceleration Time at Stall V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.0 s 213
(4F9H) Prevention during Acceleration
Sets the deceleration time used for Stall Prevention during acceleration in OLV/PM. Max: 6000 s
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Default: 0
L3-23 Automatic Reduction Selection for 0: Disabled. Sets the Stall Prevention level set in L3-06 that is used throughout the entire
Min: 0 215
(4FDH) Stall Prevention during Run frequency range.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. Automatic Stall Prevention level reduction in the constant output range. The lower
limit value is 40% of L3-06.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <8> <9> <14>
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for
Min: 0.001 s 216
(46EH) Inertia Calculations Sets the time needed to accelerate the uncoupled motor at rated torque from stop to the
Max: 10.000 s
maximum frequency.
common_ Default: 1.0
L3-25 All Modes TMonly
Load Inertia Ratio Min: 1.0 217
(46FH)
Sets the ratio between the motor and machine inertia. Max: 1000.0
common_
All Modes Default: 0 μF
TMonly
L3-26
Additional DC Bus Capacitors Min: 0 μF 217
(455H) When DC bus capacitors have been added externally, be sure to add those values to the internal
Max: 65000 μF
capacitor table for proper DC bus calculations.
common_ Default: 50 ms
L3-27 All Modes TMonly
Stall Prevention Detection Time Min: 0 ms 217
Parameter List

(456H)
Sets the time the current must exceed the Stall Prevention level to activate Stall Prevention. Max: 5000 ms
<8> Parameter value is changed if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
<9> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01.
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<33> Default setting value is dependent on the setting for the input voltage (E1-01). B
<34> Setting range is dependent on the control mode (A1-02). When using OLV/PM the setting range is 0 to 2 s.
<35> The upper limit of the setting range is determined by the values set to the carrier frequency reduction selection (L8-38).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 361
B.3 Parameter Table

■ L4: Speed Detection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: 0.0 Hz
L4-01
Speed Agreement Detection Level common_ Min: 0.0 Hz 217
(499H) All Modes TMonly Max: 200.0 Hz
L4-01 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions H2-†† = 2, 3, 4, 5. Default: <10>
L4-02
Speed Agreement Detection Width L4-02 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection. Min: 0.0 Hz 217
(49AH)
Max: 20.0 Hz

Default: 0.0 Hz
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level
Min: -200.0 Hz 218
(49BH) (+/-) common_
All Modes TMonly
Max: 200.0 Hz
L4-03 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions H2-†† = 13, 14, 15, 16.
Default: <10>
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width L4-04 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.
Min: 0.0 Hz 218
(49CH) (+/-)
Max: 20.0 Hz

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss
Min: 0 218
(49DH) Detection Selection 0: Stop. Drive stops when the frequency reference is lost.
Max: 1
1: Continue operation with reduced frequency reference at L4-06 setting.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 80%
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference
Min: 0.0% 218
(4C2H) Loss Sets the percentage of the frequency reference that the drive should run with when the
Max: 100.0%
frequency reference is lost.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection
0: No detection during baseblock. Min: 0 218
(470H) Selection
Max: 1
1: Detection always enabled.
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■ L5: Fault Restart

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L5-01
Number of Auto Restart Attempts Min: 0 219
(49EH) Sets the number of times the drive may attempt to restart after the following faults occur: GF,
Max: 10
LF, oC, ov, PF, oL1, oL2, oL3, STo, Uv1.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L5-02 Auto Restart Fault Output
Min: 0 219
(49FH) Operation Selection 0: Fault output not active.
Max: 1
1: Fault output active during restart attempt.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 10.0
L5-03 Time to Continue Making Fault
Although the drive will continue to execute fault restarts, this parameter will cause a fault if a Min: 0.5 219
(4A0H) Restarts
fault restart cannot occur after the time in L5-03 passes. Max: 600.0
(enabled only when L5-05 = 0)
common_ Default: 10.0 s
L5-04 All Modes TMonly
Fault Reset Interval Time Min: 0.5 s 220
(46CH)
Sets the amount of time to wait between performing fault restarts. Max: 600.0 s
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L5-05
Fault Reset Operation Selection Min: 0 220
(467H) 0: Count successful restarts.
Max: 1
1: Count restart attempts.

■ L6: Torque Detection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
0: Disabled
1: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection Default: 0
L6-01
Torque Detection Selection 3: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault Min: 0 221
(4A1H)
4: oL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault Max: 8
5: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
8: UL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
common_ Default: 15%
L6-02 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Level Min: 0% 222
(4A2H)
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level. Max: 300%
common_ Default: 10.0s
L6-03 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Time Min: 0.0 s 222
(4A3H)
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 1. Max: 10.0 s
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
L6-13 Motor Underload Protection Sets the motor underload protection (UL†) based on motor load.
Min: 0 222
(62EH) Selection 0: Overtorque/Undertorque Detection Enabled
Max: 2
1: Base Frequency Motor load Enabled
2: Maximum Frequency Motor Load Enabled

362 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 15
L6-14 Motor Underload Protection Level All Modes TMonly Min: 0 223
(62FH) at Minimum Frequency
Sets the UL6 detection level at minimum frequency by percentage of drive rated current. Max: 300

■ L8: Drive Protection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: <9>
L8-02 All Modes TMonly
Overheat Alarm Level Min: 50°C 223
(4AEH)
An overheat alarm will occur if the heatsink temperature exceeds the level set in L8-02. Max: 130°C
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Ramp to stop. A fault is triggered. Default: 3

L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation
1: Coast to stop. A fault is triggered. Min: 0 223
(4AFH) Selection
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09. A fault is triggered. Max: 4
3: Alarm only
4: Operation with reduced speed
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selects the detection of input current phase loss, power supply voltage imbalance, or main
Min: 0 225
(4B1H) Selection circuit electrolytic capacitor deterioration.
Max: 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly

L8-06 When ripple is observed in the DC bus, expansion of the input bias is calculated and becomes Default: <9>
Input Phase Detection Level the input phase if the difference between the max and minimum values of the ripple are greater Min: 0.0 xx
(4A2H)
than L8-06. Max: 50.0
Detection Level = 100% = Voltage class x 2
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection
0: Disabled Min: 0 225
(4B3H) Selection
1: Enable (triggered when single phase is lost) Max: 2
2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: <9>
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection
Min: 0 225
(4B5H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation
Min: 0 225
(4B6H) Selection 0: Run with timer. Fan operates only during run and for L8-11 seconds after stop.
Max: 1
1: Run always. Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is powered up.
Default: 60 s
common_
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay All Modes TMonly
Min: 0 s 226
(4B7H) Time
Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Run command is removed when L8-10 = 0. Max: 300 s
common_ Default: 40°C
L8-12 All Modes TMonly
Ambient Temperature Setting Min: -10°C 226
(4B8H)
Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 detection level. Max: 50°C
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at
Min: 0 226
(4BBH) Low Speeds 0: Protection disabled at low speed.
Max: 1
1: Protection enabled at low speed.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 0
L8-18
Software Current Limit Selection Min: 0 226
(4BEH) 0: Software CLA disabled (gain=0)
Max: 1
1: Software CLA enabled
common_ Default: 0.8
L8-19 Frequency Reduction Rate during All Modes TMonly Min: 0.1 224
(4BFH) Overheat Pre-Alarm
Specifies the frequency reference reduction gain at overheat pre-alarm when L8-03 = 4. Max: 0.9
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 300.0%
L8-27
Overcurrent Detection Gain Min: 0.0% 226
(4DDH) Sets the gain for overcurrent detection as a percentage of the motor rated current. Overcurrent is
Max: 300.0%
detected using the drive’s overcurrent level or the value set to L8-27, whichever is lower.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection
Min: 0 227
(4DFH) (LF2) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly
Parameter List

0: Ramp to stop with C1-02 Default: 1

L8-32 Main Contactor and Cooling Fan
1: Coast to stop Min: 0 227
(4E1H) Power Supply Failure Selection
2: Ramp to stop with fast stop C1-09 Max: 4
3: Alarm only
4: Operation with reduced speed (L8-19)
common_
All Modes TMonly

L8-35
Installation Method Selection
0: IP00 enclosure
Default: <3> <9>
Min: 0 227
B
(4ECH) 1: Side-by-Side mounting
Max: 3
2: IP00 NEMA Type 1 enclosure
3: Finless drive or external heatsink installation

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 363
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: <16>
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction
0: Disabled Min: 0 228
(4EFH) Selection
1: Enabled for output frequencies below 6 Hz Max: 2
2: Enabled for the entire frequency range
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <10>
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-
Min: 0.00 s 228
(4F1H) Delay Time at Start Sets the time that the drive continues running with reduced carrier frequency after the carrier
Max: 2.00 s
reduction condition is gone. Setting 0.00 s disables the carrier frequency reduction time.
common_ Default: 0
L8-41 All Modes TMonly
High Current Alarm Selection Min: 0 228
(4F2H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. An alarm is triggered at output currents above 150% of the drives rated current.
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<9> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<16> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).

◆ n: Special Adjustments
The n parameters are used to adjust more advanced performance characteristics such as Hunting Prevention, and High
Slip Braking.
■ n1: Hunting Prevention

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1
n1-01
Hunting Prevention Selection Min: 0 229
(580H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1.00
n1-02
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting Min: 0.00 229
(581H) If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases. If the
Max: 2.50
motor stalls, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
common_ Default: <6>
n1-03 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Hunting Prevention Time Constant Min: 0 ms 229
(582H)
Sets the time constant used for Hunting Prevention. Max: 500 ms
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 0.00
n1-05 Hunting Prevention Gain while in
Min: 0.00 229
(530H) Reverse Sets the gain used for Hunting Prevention. If set to 0, the gain set to n1-02 is used for operation
Max: 2.50
in reverse.
<6> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

■ n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 5%
n3-01 High Slip Braking Deceleration
Sets the output frequency reduction step width for when the drive stops the motor using HSB. Min: 1% 230
(588H) Frequency Width
Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Increase this setting if overvoltage Max: 20%
occurs during HSB.
common_ Default: <35>
n3-02 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
High Slip Braking Current Limit Min: 100% 230
(589H)
Sets the current limit during HSB as a percentage of the motor rated current. Max: 200%
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1.0 s
n3-03 High Slip Braking Dwell Time at
Min: 0.0 s 230
(58AH) Stop Sets the time the drive will run with minimum frequency (E1-09) at the end of deceleration.
Max: 10.0 s
If this time is set too low, the machine inertia can cause the motor to rotate slightly after HSB.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 40 s
n3-04
High Slip Braking Overload Time Sets the time required for an HSB overload fault (oL7) to occur when the drive output Min: 30 s 230
(58BH)
frequency does not change during an HSB stop. This parameter does not typically require Max: 1200 s
adjustment.
common_ Default: 1.10
n3-13 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain Min: 1.00 231
(531H)
Sets the gain applied to the V/f pattern during Overexcitation Deceleration (L3-04 = 4). Max: 1.40
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 0
n3-14 High Frequency Injection during
Min: 0 231
(532H) Overexcitation Deceleration 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 100%
n3-21 High-Slip Suppression Current
Sets output current level at which the drive will start reducing the overexcitation gain in order to Min: 0% 231
(579H) Level
prevent a too high motor slip during Overexcitation Deceleration. Set as a percentage of the Max: 150%
drive rated current.

364 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 0
n3-23 Overexcitation Operation
0: Overexcitation Operation disabled Min: 0 231
(57BH) Selection
1: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward Direction Only Max: 2
2: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Reverse Direction Only
<35> The upper limit of the setting range is determined by the values set to the carrier frequency reduction selection (L8-38).

■ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 0.80
n8-45 Speed Feedback Detection Control V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.00 232
(538H) Gain
Increase this setting if hunting occurs. Decrease to lower the response. Max: 10.00
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 5.0 s
n8-47 Pull-In Current Compensation
Sets the time constant to make the pull-in current reference and actual current value agree. Min: 0.0 s 232
(53AH) Time Constant
Decrease the value if the motor begins to oscillate, and increase the value if it takes too long for Max: 100.0 s
the current reference to equal the output current.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 30%
n8-48
Pull-In Current Defines the d-axis current reference during no-load operation at a constant speed. Set as a Min: 20% 232
(53BH)
percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this setting if hunting occurs while running at Max: 200%
constant speed.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <14>
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
Min: -200.0% 232
(53CH) Control Sets the d-axis current reference when running a high load at constant speed. Set as a percentage
Max: 0.0%
of the motor rated current.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 50%
n8-51 Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In
Min: 0% 232
(53EH) Current Sets the d-axis current reference during acceleration/deceleration as a percentage of the motor
Max: 200%
rated current. Set to a high value when more starting torque is needed.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1.00 s
n8-54 Voltage Error Compensation Time
Min: 0.00 s 233
(56DH) Constant Adjusts the value when hunting occurs at low speed. If hunting occurs with sudden load
Max: 10.00 s
changes, increase n8-54 in increments of 0.1. Reduce this setting if oscillation occurs at start.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 0
n8-55
Load Inertia Min: 0 233
(56EH) For large inertia loads or to increase the speed control response, increase this setting. Too high
Max: 3
of a setting when driving a very light load or load with very low inertia can result in oscillation.
common_
n8-62 V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 200.0 V
(57DH) Output Voltage Limit Min: 0.0 V 233
Prevents output voltage saturation. Should be set just below the voltage provided by the input
<18> Max: 230.0 V
power supply.
common_ Default: 1.50
n8-65 Speed Feedback Detection Control V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.00 233
(65CH) Gain during ov Suppression
Sets the gain used for internal speed feedback detection during ov suppression Max: 10.00
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.

◆ o: Operator Related Settings

The o parameters are used to set up the digital operator displays.
■ o1: Digital Operator Display Selection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

o1-01 common_ Default: 106 (Monitor
(500H) All Modes TMonly
Drive Mode Unit Monitor U1-06)
234
Selection Selects the content of the last monitor that is shown when scrolling through Drive Mode Min: 104
display. Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to be displayed: U†-††. Max: 809
common_
All Modes TMonly
o1-02
1: Frequency reference (U1-01) Default: 1
(501H) User Monitor Selection after
2: Motor direction Min: 1 234
Power Up
3: Output frequency (U1-02) Max: 5
4: Output current (U1-03)
Parameter List

5: User-selected monitor (set by o1-01)

common_
All Modes TMonly

Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency reference and motor speed monitors. Default: <10>
o1-03
Digital Operator Display Selection 0: 0.01 Hz units Min: 0 234
(502H)
1: 0.01% units (100% = E1-04) Max: 3
2: r/min units (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in E2-04, or E5-04)
3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11) B
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o1-06
User Monitor Selection Mode Min: 0 235
(517H) 0: 3 Monitor sqeuncial (Displays the next 2 sequencial Monitor)
Max: 1
1: 3 Monitor Selectable: o1-07,-08 selected monitor is shown

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 365
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 102
o1-07
Second Line Monitor Selection Selects which monitor will be displayed in the second line. Min: 101 235
(518H)
The monitor parameter number is entered into the spaces provided: U†-††. Max: 825
For example, set "403" to display monitor parameter U4-03.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 103
o1-08 Selects which monitor will be displayed in the second line.
Third Line Monitor Selection Min: 101 235
(519H) The monitor parameter number is entered into the spaces provided: U†-††. Max: 825
For example, set "403" to display monitor parameter U4-03.
common_ Default: <36>
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum All Modes TMonly Min: 1 235
(520H) Value
These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3. Max: 60000
o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position.
0: No decimal point Default: <36>
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal
1: One decimal point Min: 0 235
(521H) Display
2: Two decimal points Max: 3
3: Three decimal points

<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<36> Default setting value is determined by the digital operator display selection (o1-03).

■ o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
o2-01
LO/RE Key Function Selection Min: 0 235
(505H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. LO/RE key switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
o2-02
STOP Key Function Selection Min: 0 236
(506H) 0: Disabled. STOP key is disabled in REMOTE operation.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. STOP key is always enabled.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o2-03 0: No change.
User Parameter Default Value Min: 0 236
(507H) 1: Set User Initialize Values. Saves parameter settings as default values for a User Initialization.
Max: 2
2: Clear User Initialize Values. Clears the default settings that have been saved for a User
Initialization.
Default: Determined by
common_
o2-04 All Modes TMonly drive capacity
Drive Model Selection 236
(508H) Min: –
Enter the drive model. Setting required only if installing a new control board.
Max: –
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting
0: ENTER key required. Min: 0 237
(509H) Method Selection
1: ENTER key is not required. The frequency reference can be adjusted using the up and down Max: 1
arrow keys only.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o2-06 Operation Selection when Digital
Min: 0 237
(50AH) Operator is Disconnected 0: Continue operation
Max: 1
1: Trigger a fault
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when
0: Forward Min: 0 237
(527H) Using Operator
1: Reverse Max: 1
This parameter requires that drive operation be assigned to the digital operator.
o2-09
Reserved – – –
(50DH)

■ o3: Copy Function

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o3-01 0: Copy Select (no function)
Copy Function Selection Min: 0 237
(515H) 1: INV→OP READ
Max: 3
2: OP→INV WRITE
3: OP↔INV VERIFY
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o3-02
Copy Allowed Selection Min: 0 238
(516H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled

■ o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 0 H
o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time All Modes TMonly Min: 0 H 238
(50BH) Setting
Sets the value for the cumulative operation time of the drive in units of 10 h. Max: 65535H

366 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time
Min: 0 238
(50CH) Selection 0: Power on time
Max: 1
1: Run time
common_ Default: 0 H
o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time All Modes TMonly Min: 0 H 238
(50EH) Setting
Sets the value of the fan operation time monitor U4-03 in units of 10 h. Max: 65535H
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0%
o4-05
Capacitor Maintenance Setting Min: 0% 238
(51DH) Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the capacitors. See U4-05 to check when the
Max: 150%
capacitors may need to be replaced.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0%
o4-07 DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay
Min: 0% 239
(523H) Maintenance Setting Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the soft charge bypass relay. See U4-06 to check
Max: 150%
when the bypass relay may need to be replaced.
common_
All Modes TMonlyDefault: 0%
o4-09
IGBT Maintenance Setting Min: 0% 239
(525H) Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the IGBTs. See U4-07 to check when the IGBTs
Max: 150%
may need to be replaced.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o4-11 0: No action U2-†† and U3-†† monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-
U2, U3 Initialization Min: 0 239
(510H) 03).
Max: 1
1: Reset fault data U2-†† and U3-†† monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-
03).
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o4-12
kWh Monitor Initialization Min: 0 239
(512H) 0: No action U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: Reset kWh data U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o4-13 Number of Run Commands 0: No action Number of Run commands counter is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-
Min: 0 239
(528H) Counter Initialization 03).
Max: 1
1: Reset the run command Counter. Number of Run commands counter is reset when the drive
is initialized (A1-03).

◆ q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
q1-01 to q6-07 common_ Refer to Help in the
(1600H to DriveWorksEZ Parameters All Modes TMonly 240
DWEZ software.
1746H) Reserved for DriveWorksEZ

◆ r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
r1-01 to
common_ Default: 0
r1-40 DriveWorksEZ Connection All Modes TMonly Min: 0 240
(1840H to Parameters 1 to 20 (upper/lower)
DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (upper/lower) Max: FFFFH
1867H)

◆ T: Motor Tuning
Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance
■ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
T1-01 Default: 2
(701H) Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance Min: 2 108
<37> 3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control (necessary for Energy Savings and Speed Estimation Max: 3 <10>
Speed Search)
common_
V/f OLV/PM Default: <6>
Parameter List

T1-02 TMonly
Motor Rated Power Min: 0.00 kW 108
(702H) Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate.
Max: 650.00 kW
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: kW = HP x 0.746.
T1-03 common_ Default: 200.0 V
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
(703H) Motor Rated Voltage Min: 0.0 V 109
<18> Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate. Max: 255.0 V
Default: <6>
T1-04
Motor Rated Current
V/f OLV/PM
common_
TMonly
Min: 10% of drive rated
current 109
B
(704H)
Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate. Max: 200% of drive
rated current

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 367
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 50.0 Hz
T1-05 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Motor Base Frequency Min: 0.0 Hz 109
(705H)
Sets the rated frequency of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate. Max: 200.0 Hz
common_ Default: 4
T1-06 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Number of Motor Poles Min: 2 109
(706H)
Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor nameplate. Max: 48
common_ Default: 1450 r/min
T1-07 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Motor Base Speed Min: 0 r/min 109
(707H)
Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate. Max: 24000 r/min
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 14 W <38>
T1-11
Motor Iron Loss Sets the iron loss for determining the Energy Saving coefficient. Min: 0 W 109
(70BH)
The value is set to E2-10 (motor iron loss) set when the power is cycled. If T1-02 is changed, a Max: 65535 W
default value appropriate for the motor capacity that was entered will appear.

<6> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<37> The availability of certain Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode selected for the drive.
<38> Default setting value differs depending on the motor code value and motor parameter settings.

■ T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 0
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode
0: PM Motor Parameter Settings Min: 0 110
(750H) Selection
1: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning Max: 2 <10>
2: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Default: <16>
T2-02 Enter the motor code when using a YASKAWA PM motor. Once the motor code is entered, the
PM Motor Code Selection Min: 0000 110
(751H) drive automatically sets parameters T2-03 through T2-14. When using a motor that is not
Max: FFFF
supported motor code or a non-YASKAWA motor, set FFFF here and then adjust the other T2
parameters according the motor nameplate or the motor test report.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1
T2-03
PM Motor Type Min: 0 110
(752H) 0: IPM motor
Max: 1
1: SPM motor. Parameter T2-17 will not be displayed with this setting.
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: <6>
T2-04
PM Motor Rated Power Min: 0.00 kW 110
(730H) Sets the motor rated power.
Max: 650.00 kW
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: kW = HP x 0.746.
T2-05 common_ Default: 200.0 V
V/f OLV/PM TMonly
(732H) PM Motor Rated Voltage Min: 0.0 V 110
<18> Enter the motor rated voltage as indicated on the motor nameplate. Max: 255.0 V
Default: <6>
common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
T2-06 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
PM Motor Rated Current current 110
(733H)
Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate. Max: 200% of drive
rated current
common_ Default: 87.5 Hz
T2-07 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
PM Motor Base Frequency Min: 0.0 Hz 111
(753H)
Enter the motor base frequency as indicated on the motor nameplate. Max: 200.0 Hz
common_ Default: 6
T2-08 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Number of PM Motor Poles Min: 2 111
(734H)
Enter the number of motor poles for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate. Max: 48
common_ Default: <39>
T2-10 V/f OLV/PM
PM Motor Stator Resistance TMonly Min: 0.000 Ω 111
(754H)
Enter the rotor resistance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate. Max: 65.000 Ω
common_ Default: <39>
T2-11 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance Min: 0.00 mH 111
(735H)
Enter the d-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate. Max: 600.00 mH
common_ Default: <39>
T2-12 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance Min: 0.00 mH 111
(736H)
Enter the q-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate. Max: 600.00 mH
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 1
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit
Min: 0 111
(755H) Selection 0: mV/(r/min). E5-09 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-24 will be used.
Max: 1
1: mV/(rad/sec). E5-24 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-09 will be used
common_ Default: <39>
T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage V/f OLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.1 111
(737H) Constant
Enter the induced voltage coefficient for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate. Max: 2000.0
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly Default: 30%
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM
Min: 0% 111
(756H) Motor Tuning Sets the amount of pull-in current to use for Auto-Tuning as a percentage of the motor rated
Max: 120%
current. Increase this setting for high inertia loads.

<6> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<16> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).

368 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<39> Default setting is determined by the drive capacity and the motor code selected in T2-02.

◆ U: Monitors
Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.
■ U1: Operation Status Monitors

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U1-01 All Modes TMonly
Frequency Reference 10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(40H)
Monitors the frequency reference. Display units are determined by o1-03.
common_
U1-02 All Modes TMonly
Output Frequency 10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(41H)
Displays the output frequency. Display units are determined by o1-03.
common_
U1-03 All Modes TMonly 10 V: Drive rated
Output Current <19> <50> –
(42H) current
Displays the output current.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U1-04 No signal output
Control Method – –
(43H) 0: V/f Control available
5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
common_
U1-06 All Modes TMonly
Output Voltage Reference 10 V: 200 Vrms <18> 0.1 Vac –
(45H)
Displays the output voltage.
common_
U1-07 All Modes TMonly
DC Bus Voltage 10 V: 400 V <18> 1 Vdc –
(46H)
Displays the DC bus voltage.
common_
U1-08 All Modes TMonly 10 V: Drive rated
Output Power <22> –
(47H) power (kW)
Displays the output power (this value is calculated internally).
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the input terminal status.

YEC_ Digital input 1

com - (terminal S1 enabled)

mon Digital input 2

(terminal S2 enabled)
Digital input 3
U1-10 (terminal S3 enabled) No signal output
Input Terminal Status – –
(49H) available
Digital input 4
(terminal S4 enabled)
Digital input 5
(terminal S5 enabled)
Digital input 6
(terminal S6 enabled)
Digital input 7
(terminal S7 enabled)
Digital input 8
(terminal S8 enabled)
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the output terminal status.

YEC_
com - Multi-Function
Digital Output
mon (terminal M1-M2)
U1-11 Multi-Function No signal output
Output Terminal Status – –
(4AH) Digital Output available
(terminal M3-M4)
Multi-Function
Digital Output
Parameter List

(terminal M5-M6)
Not Used
Fault Relay
(terminal MA-MC closed
MA-MC open)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 369
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page

Level
common_
All Modes TMonly
Verifies the drive operation status.

YEC_ During run

U1-12
com - During zero-speed
During REV No signal output
Drive Status – –
(4BH) mon During fault reset available
signal input
During speed agree
Drive ready
During alarm
detection
During fault detection

common_
U1-13 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(4EH) Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A1.
common_
U1-14 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(4FH)
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A2.
common_
U1-15 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(50H)
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A3.
common_
U1-16 Output Frequency after Soft All Modes TMonly 10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(53H) Starter
Displays output frequency with ramp time and S-curves. Units determined by o1-03.
common_
U1-18 All Modes TMonly No signal output
oPE Fault Parameter – –
(61H) available
Displays the parameter number that caused the oPE†† or Err (EEPROM write error) error.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.

YEC_
com - CRC Error
Data Length Error
U1-19
(66H)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error
Code
mon Not Used
No signal output
available
– –

Parity Error
Overrun Error
Framing Error
Timed Out
Not Used
common_
U1-24 All Modes TMonly
Input Pulse Monitor Determined by H6-02 1 Hz –
(7DH)
Displays the frequency to pulse train input terminal RP.
common_
U1-25 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Software Number (Flash) – –
(4DH) available
FLASH ID
common_
U1-26 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Software No. (ROM) – –
(5BH) available
ROM ID

<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<19> The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.1
and Table A.2) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<22> Drives with a maximum output up to 11 kW will display this value in units of 0.01 kW (two decimal places). Drives with a maximum output
greater than 11 kW will display this value in units of 0.1 kW (one decimal place). Refer to Model Number and Nameplate Check on page 29
for details.
<50> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.

■ U2: Fault Trace

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U2-01 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Current Fault – –
(80H) available
Displays the current fault.
common_
U2-02 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Previous Fault – –
(81H) available
Displays the previous fault.
common_
U2-03 Frequency Reference at All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(82H) Previous Fault available
Displays the frequency reference at the previous fault.

370 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U2-04 Output Frequency at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(83H) Fault available
Displays the output frequency at the previous fault.
common_
U2-05 Output Current at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
<19> <50> –
(84H) Fault available
Displays the output current at the previous fault.
common_
U2-07 Output Voltage at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 Vac –
(86H) Fault available
Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.
common_
U2-08 DC Bus Voltage at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
1 Vdc –
(87H) Fault available
Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.
common_
U2-09 Output Power at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 kW –
(88H) Fault available
Displays the output power at the previous fault.
common_
U2-11 Input Terminal Status at All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(8AH) Previous Fault available
Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed as in U1-10.
common_
U2-12 Output Terminal Status at All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(8BH) Previous Fault available
Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-11.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U2-13 Drive Operation Status at No signal output
– –
(8CH) Previous Fault Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault. Displays the same status available
displayed in U1-12.
common_
U2-14 Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1h –
(8DH) Previous Fault available
Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.
common_
U2-15 Soft Starter Speed Reference at All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(7E0H) Previous Fault available
Displays the speed reference for the soft starter at the previous fault.
common_
U2-16 Motor q-Axis Current at V/f OLV/PM TMonly No signal output
0.10% –
(7E1H) Previous Fault available
Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
common_
U2-17 Motor d-Axis Current at V/f OLV/PM TMonly No signal output
0.10% –
(7E2H) Previous Fault available
Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
common_
U2-20 Heatsink Temperature at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1°C –
(8EH) Previous Fault available
Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent fault occurred.

<19> The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.1
and Table A.2) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<50> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.

■ U3: Fault History

No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page

Level
U3-01 to
U3-04 common_
All Modes TMonly No signal output
(90H to 93H First to 4th Most Recent Fault – –
available
(800H to Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.
803H))
common_
All Modes TMonly
U3-05 to
U3-10 Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults. No signal output
5th to 10th Most Recent Fault – –
(804H to After ten faults have occurred in the drive, data for the oldest fault is deleted. The most recent available
809H) fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent fault appearing in U3-02. The data is moved to
the next monitor parameter every time a fault occurs.
U3-11 to
U3-14 common_
Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
(94H to 97H 1h –
1st to 4th Most Recent Fault available
(80AH to Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the fourth most recent faults occurred.
80DH))
U3-15 to
common_
U3-20 Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1h –
(80EH to 5th to 10th Most Recent Fault Displays the cumulative operation time when the fifth to the tenth most recent faults occurred. available
Parameter List

813H)

■ U4: Maintenance Monitors

No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page

Level

All Modes
common_
TMonly B
U4-01 Displays the cumulative operation time of the drive. The value for the cumulative operation No signal output
Cumulative Operation Time 1h –
(4CH) time counter can be reset in parameter o4-01. Use parameter o4-02 to determine if the operation available
time should start as soon as the power is switched on or only while the Run command is present.
The maximum number displayed is 99999, after which the value is reset to 0.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 371
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page

Level
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-02 No signal output
Number of Run Commands 1 Time –
(75H) Displays the number of times the Run command is entered. Reset the number of Run commands available
using parameter o4-13. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after reaching 65535.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-03 No signal output
Cooling Fan Operation Time Displays the cumulative operation time of the cooling fan. The default value for the fan 1h –
(67H) available
operation time is reset in parameter o4-03. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again
after reaching 99999.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-04 No signal output
Cooling Fan Maintenance 1% –
(7EH) Displays main cooling fan usage time in as a percentage of its expected performance life. available
Parameter o4-03 can be used to reset this monitor.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-05 No signal output
Capacitor Maintenance 1% –
(7CH) Displays main circuit capacitor usage time in as a percentage of their expected performance life. available
Parameter o4-05 can be used to reset this monitor.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-06 Soft Charge Bypass Relay No signal output
1% –
(7D6H) Maintenance Displays the soft charge bypass relay maintenance time as a percentage of its estimated available
performance life. Parameter o4-07 can be used to reset this monitor.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-07 No signal output
IGBT Maintenance 1% –
(7D7H) Displays IGBT usage time as a percentage of the expected performance life. Parameter o4-09 available
can be used to reset this monitor.
common_
U4-08 All Modes TMonly
Heatsink Temperature 10 V: 100°C 1°C –
(68H)
Displays the heatsink temperature.
common_
U4-09 All Modes TMonly No signal output
LED Check – –
(5EH) available
Lights all segments of the LED to verify that the display is working properly.

common_
U4-10 All Modes TMonly No signal output
kWh, Lower 4 Digits 1 kWh –
(5CH) available
Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9 digit number displayed across two
monitor parameters, U4-10 and U4-11.
Example:
12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:
U4-11 No signal output
kWh, Upper 5 Digits U4-10: 678.9 kWh 1 MWh –
(5DH) available
U4-11: 12345 MWh

common_
U4-13 All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01 A
Peak Hold Current –
(7CFH) available <50>
Displays the highest current value that occurred during run.
common_
U4-14 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Peak Hold Output Frequency 0.01 Hz –
(7D0H) available
Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in U4-13 occurred.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-16 Motor Overload Estimate
10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(7D8H) (oL1) Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator. 100% is equal to the oL1
detection level.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the source for the frequency reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-01)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-15)
Y-nn: indicates the reference source
U4-18 Frequency Reference Source 0-01 = Digital operator No signal output
– –
(7DAH) Selection 1-01 = Analog (terminal A1) available
1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)
1-03 = Analog (terminal A3)
2-02 to 17 = Multi-step speed (d1-02 to 17)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4-01 = Communication option card
5-01 = Pulse input
7-01 = DWEZ
common_
U4-19 Frequency Reference from All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01% –
(7DBH) MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. available
Displays the frequency reference provided by MEMOBUS/Modbus (decimal).
common_
U4-20 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Option Frequency Reference – –
(7DCH) available
Displays the frequency reference input by an option card (decimal).

372 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the source for the Run command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Run source is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-02)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-16)
Y: Input power supply data
0 = Digital operator
1 = External terminals
3 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4 = Communication option card
U4-21 Run Command Source No signal output
7 = DWEZ – –
(7DDH) Selection available
nn: Run command limit status data
00: No limit status.
01: Run command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode
02: Run command was left on when switching from LOCAL to REMOTE operation
03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)
04: Waiting for “Run command prohibited” time period to end
05: Fast Stop (digital input, digital operator)
06: b1-17 (Run command given at power-up)
07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Frequency reference is below minimal reference during baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-22 MEMOBUS/Modbus No signal output
– –
(7DEH) Communications Reference Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register no. 0001H available
as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
common_
U4-23 Communication Option Card All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(7DFH) Reference available
Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit hexadecimal number.

<50> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.

■ U5: PI Monitors

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U5-01 All Modes TMonly
PI Feedback 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(57H)
Displays the PI feedback value.
common_
U5-02 All Modes TMonly
PI Input 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(63H)
Displays the amount of PI input (deviation between PI setpoint and feedback).
common_
U5-03 All Modes TMonly
PI Output 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(64H)
Displays PI control output.
common_
U5-04 All Modes TMonly
PI Setpoint 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(65H)
Displays the PI setpoint.
common_
U5-05 All Modes TMonly
PI Differential Feedback 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(7D2H)
Displays the 2nd PI feedback value if differential feedback is used (H3-†† = 16).
common_
All Modes TMonly
U5-06
PI Adjusted Feedback 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(7D3H) Displays the difference of both feedback values if differential feedback is used (U5-01 - U5-05).
If differential feedback is not used, then U5-01 and U5-06 will be the same.
common_
U5-14 Auto Mode Frequency All Modes TMonly 10 V: Maximum
– –
(86BH) Reference Frequency
Displays Custom PI output. U5-14 shows the upper 4digits.
common_
U5-15 Hand Mode Frequency All Modes TMonly 10 V: Maximum
– –
(86CH) Reference Frequency
Displays Custom PI output. U5-15 shows the lower 4digits

■ U6: Operation Status Monitors

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
10 V: Motor
common_
U6-01 All Modes TMonly
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) secondary rated 0.1% –
(51H)
Parameter List

Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor rated secondary current is 100%. current
common_
V/f OLV/PM TMonly 10 V: Motor
U6-02
Motor Excitation Current (Id) secondary rated 0.1% –
(52H) Displays the value calculated for the motor excitation current (Id). Motor rated secondary
current
current is 100%.
common_
U6-05 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Output Voltage Reference (Vq) 10 V: 200 Vrms <18> 0.1 Vac –
(59H)
Output voltage reference (Vq) for the q-axis. B
common_
U6-06 V/f OLV/PM TMonly
Output Voltage Reference (Vd) 10 V: 200 Vrms <18> 0.1 Vac –
(5AH)
Output voltage reference (Vd) for the d-axis.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 373
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page

Level
common_
U6-21 All Modes TMonly
Offset Frequency – 0.1% –
(7D5H)
Displays the frequency added to the main frequency reference.

<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.

■ U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
U8-01 to
common_
U8-10 DriveWorksEZ Custom All Modes TMonly 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(1950H to Monitor 1 to 10
DriveWorksEZ Custom Monitor 1 to 10
1959H)
U8-11 to
common_
U8-13 DriveWorksEZ Version All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(195AH to Control Monitor 1 to 3 available
DriveWorksEZ Version Control Monitor 1 to 3
195CH)

374 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values

B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values

The tables below list parameters that depend on the control mode selection. These parameters are initialized to the shown
values if the control mode is changed.

◆ A1-02 Dependent Parameters

Table B.2 A1-02 Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Control Modes (A1-02)
No. Name Setting Range Resolution
V/f (0) OLV/PM (5)
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 0.1 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s 0.50 0.00
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start 0 to 1 – 0 0
b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current 0 to 200 1% 120 –
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection 0 to 1 1 1 1
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 to 1 – 0 –
b8-02 Energy Saving Gain 0.0 to 10.0 0.1 – –
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s – –
C2-01 S-Curve Time at Acceleration Start 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s 0.20 1.00
C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 0.01 1.00 0.00
C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms 200 100
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1 to F – 7 <9> 2
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 60.0 <14>
E1-05 Maximum Voltage <18> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V 575 <14>
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 60.0 <14>
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 3.0 –
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage <18> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V 15.0 –
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 1.5 <14>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage <18> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V 9.0 –
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection 0 to 4 – 1 4
L3-20 DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain 0.00 to 5.00 0.01 1.00 0.65
L3-21 Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain 0.00 to 200.00 0.01 1.00 2.50
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 2.0 Hz 2.0Hz
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/–) 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 2.0 Hz 2.0Hz
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2 1 <9> 0
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 0.01 s 0.50 0.00
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection 0 to 3 1 0 0
<9> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01.
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 375
B.5 V/f Pattern Default Values

B.5 V/f Pattern Default Values

The tables below show the V/f pattern settings default values depending on the control mode (A1-02) and the V/f pattern
selection (E1-03 in V/f Control).
Table B.3 E1-03 V/f Pattern Settings for Drive Capacity:
CIMR-E†2A0004 to CIMR-E†2A0021, CIMR-E†4A0002 to CIMR-E†4A0011
No. Units V/f
F OLV/PM
E1-03 - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E
<42>
E1-04 Hz 50.0 60.0 60.0 72.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 180.0 50.0 <14>
E1-05
V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 <14>
<18>
E1-06 Hz 50.0 60.0 50.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 <14>
E1-07 Hz 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 25.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 –
E1-08
V 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 35.0 50.0 35.0 50.0 19.0 24.0 19.0 24.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 –
<18>
E1-09 Hz 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 <14>
E1-10
V 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 8.0 9.0 8.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 11.0 15.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 –
<18>

<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01.
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<42> Default settings for E1-04 through E1-10.

Table B.4 E1-03 V/f Pattern Settings for Drive Capacity:

CIMR-E†2A0030 to CIMR-E†2A0211, CIMR-E†4A0018 to CIMR-E†4A0103
No. Units V/f
F OLV/PM
E1-03 - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E
<42>
E1-04 Hz 50.0 60.0 60.0 72.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 180.0 50.0 <14>
E1-05
V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 <14>
<18>
E1-06 Hz 50.0 60.0 50.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 <14>
E1-07 Hz 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 25.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 –
E1-08
V 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 35.0 50.0 35.0 50.0 18.0 23.0 18.0 23.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 –
<18>
E1-09 Hz 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 <14>
E1-10
V 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 9.0 13.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 –
<18>

<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01.
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<42> Default settings for E1-04 through E1-10.

Table B.5 E1-03 V/f Pattern Settings for Drive Capacity:

CIMR-E†2A0250 to CIMR-E†2A0415, CIMR-E†4A0139 to CIMR-E†4A0675
No. Units V/f
F OLV/PM
E1-03 - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E <42>

E1-04 Hz 50.0 60.0 60.0 72.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 180.0 50.0 <14>

E1-05
V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 <14>
<18>
E1-06 Hz 50.0 60.0 50.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 <14>
E1-07 Hz 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 25.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 –
E1-08
V 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 35.0 50.0 35.0 50.0 15.0 20.0 15.0 20.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 –
<18>
E1-09 Hz 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 13 <14>
E1-10
V 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 9.0 7.0 11.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 –
<18>

<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01.
<18> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<42> Default settings for E1-04 through E1-10.

376 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)

B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)

The following tables show parameters and default settings that change with the drive model selection (o2-04).
Table B.6 200 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Model Selection
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Model CIMR-E† – 2A0004 2A0006 2A0008 2A0010 2A0012 2A0018 2A0021
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
E2-11 Motor rated Output kW 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.7 5.5
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 223.7 196.6 169.4 156.8 136.4 122.9 94.75
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
E2-01 Motor Rated Current A 3.3 4.9 6.2 8.5 11.4 14 19.6
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip Hz 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.7 2.73 1.5
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current A 1.8 2.3 2.8 3 3.7 4.5 5.1
E2-05 Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 5.156 3.577 1.997 1.601 1.034 0.771 0.399
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance % 13.8 18.5 18.5 18.4 19 19.6 18.2
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 26 38 53 77 91 112 172
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1202 1203 FFFF 1205 1206 FFFF 1208
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 1 1
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations s 0.142 0.142 0.166 0.145 0.145 0.154 0.168
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 115 115 115 115 125 110 110
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Model CIMR-E† – 2A0030 2A0040 2A0056 2A0069 2A0081 2A0110 2A0138
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 6A 6B 6D 6E 6F 70 72
E2-11 Motor rated Output kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 80 80
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 72.69 70.44 63.13 57.87 51.79 46.27 38.16
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
E2-01 Motor Rated Current A 26.6 39.7 53 65.8 77.2 105 131
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.3 1.7 1.6 1.67 1.7 1.8 1.33
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current A 8 11.2 15.2 15.7 18.5 21.9 38.2
E2-05 Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 0.288 0.23 0.138 0.101 0.079 0.064 0.039
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance % 15.5 19.5 17.2 15.7 19.5 20.8 18.8
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 262 245 272 505 538 699 823
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 120A 120B 120D 120E 120F 1210 1212
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 0.8 0.9 1 1 1 1.1 1.1
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations s 0.175 0.265 0.244 0.317 0.355 0.323 0.32
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 120 125 120 120 125 130 130
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 0 0
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 377
B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Model CIMR-E† – 2A0169 2A0211 2A0250 2A0312 2A0360 2A0415
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 73 74 75 76 77 78
E2-11 Motor rated Output kW 45 55 75 90 110 110
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 80 80 80 80 80 80
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 35.78 31.35 23.1 20.65 18.12 18.12
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 7 7 7 7 7 7
E2-01 Motor Rated Current A 160 190 260 260 260 260
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.6 1.43 1.39 1.39 1.39 1.39
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current A 44 45.6 72 72 72 72
E2-05 Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 0.03 0.022 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance % 20.2 20.5 20 20 20 20
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 852 960 1200 1200 1200 1200
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1213 1214 1215 1216 FFFF FFFF
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 1 1 1 1 1 1
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations s 0.387 0.317 0.533 0.592 0.646 0.646
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 130 125 115 120 120 120
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 0 0 0 0 0 0
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 100 100

Table B.7 400 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Capacity and ND/HD Setting
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Model CIMR-E† – 4A0002 4A0004 4A0005 4A0007 4A0009 4A0011 4A0018
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 92 93 94 95 96 97 99
E2-11 Motor rated Output kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.7 5.5 7.5
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 447.4 338.8 313.6 265.7 245.8 189.5 145.38
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
E2-01 Motor Rated Current A 1.6 3.1 4.2 5.7 7 9.8 13.3
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip Hz 2.6 2.5 3 2.7 2.7 1.5 1.3
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current A 0.8 1.4 1.5 1.9 2.3 2.6 4
E2-05 Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 22.459 10.1 6.495 4.360 3.333 1.595 1.152
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance % 14.3 18.3 18.7 19 19.3 18.2 15.5
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 26 53 77 105 130 193 263
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1232 1233 1235 1236 FFFF 1238 123A
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations s 0.142 0.166 0.145 0.145 0.154 0.168 0.175
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

378 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Model CIMR-E† – 4A0023 4A0031 4A0038 4A0044 4A0058 4A0072 4A0088
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 9A 9C 9D 9E 9F A1 A2
E2-11 Motor rated Output kW 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 140.88 126.26 115.74 103.58 92.54 76.32 71.56
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
E2-01 Motor Rated Current A 19.9 26.5 32.9 38.6 52.3 65.6 79.7
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.7 1.6 1.67 1.7 1.8 1.33 1.6
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current A 5.6 7.6 7.8 9.2 10.9 19.1 22
E2-05 Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 0.922 0.55 0.403 0.316 0.269 0.155 0.122
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance % 19.6 17.2 20.1 23.5 20.7 18.8 19.9
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 385 440 508 586 750 925 1125
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 123B 123D 123E 123F 1240 1242 1243
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 0.9 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.2
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations s 0.265 0.244 0.317 0.355 0.323 0.32 0.387
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 115 120 120 115 120 120 110
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 0 0 0
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Model CIMR-E† – 4A0103 4A0139 4A0165 4A0208 4A0250 4A0296 4A0362
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9
E2-11 Motor rated Output kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 185
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 80 60 60 60 60 60 60
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 67.2 46.2 38.91 36.23 32.79 30.13 30.57
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
E2-01 Motor Rated Current A 95 130 156 190 223 270 310
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.46 1.39 1.4 1.4 1.38 1.35 1.3
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current A 24 36 40 49 58 70 81
E2-05 Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 0.088 0.092 0.056 0.046 0.035 0.029 0.025
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance % 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 1260 1600 1760 2150 2350 2850 3200
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 124A
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.9
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations s 0.317 0.533 0.592 0.646 0.673 0.777 0.864
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 120 130 130 120 120 125 130
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 30 30 30 30 30 30

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 379
B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Model CIMR-E† – 4A0414 4A0515 4A0675
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. AA AC AE
E2-11 Motor rated Output kW 220 250 355
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 60 60 60
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.7 0.7 0.7
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 27.13 21.76 23.84
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 7 7 7
E2-01 Motor Rated Current A 370 500 650
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.3 1.25 1
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current A 96 130 130
E2-05 Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 0.02 0.014 0.012
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance % 20 20 20
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 3700 4700 5560
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. FFFF FFFF FFFF
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 2 2.1 2.3
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 1 1 1
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations s 0.91 1.392 1.667
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 140 140 140
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 0 0 0
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 100 100 100

380 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

The following tables show parameters and default settings that change with the motor code selection E5-01 when Open
Loop Vector for PM motors is used.

◆ YASKAWA SMRA Series SPM Motor

Table B.8 200 V, 1800 r/min Type YASKAWA SMRA Series SPM Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 0002 0003 0005 0006 0008
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
Rated Speed r/min 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 2.1 4.0 6.9 10.8 17.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 8 8 8 8 8
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 2.47 1.02 0.679 0.291 0.169
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 12.7 4.8 3.9 3.6 2.5
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 12.7 4.8 3.9 3.6 2.5
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 0 0 0 0 0
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 62.0 64.1 73.4 69.6 72.2
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 120 120 120 120 120
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 120 120 120 120 120
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 6 6 6 6 6
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.064 0.066 0.049 0.051 0.044
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % 0 0 0 0 0
Control (OLV/PM)

Table B.9 200 V, 3600 r/min Type YASKAWA SMRA Series SPM Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 0103 0105 0106 0108
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
Rated Speed r/min 3600 3600 3600 3600
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 4.1 8.0 10.5 16.5
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 8 8 8 8
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 0.538 0.20 0.15 0.097
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 3.2 1.3 1.1 1.1
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 3.2 1.3 1.1 1.1
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 0 0 0 0
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 32.4 32.7 36.7 39.7
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 240 240 240 240
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 240 240 240 240
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 12 12 12 12
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.137 0.132 0.132 0.122
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % 0 0 0 0
Control (OLV/PM)
Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 381
B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

◆ YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor (For Derated Torque)

Table B.10 200 V, 1750 r/min Type YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1202 1203 1205 1206 1208 120A 120B 120D
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.77 3.13 5.73 8.44 13.96 20.63 28.13 41.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 8.233 2.284 1.470 0.827 0.455 0.246 0.198 0.094
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 54.84 23.02 17.22 8.61 7.20 4.86 4.15 3.40
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 64.10 29.89 20.41 13.50 10.02 7.43 5.91 3.91
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 223.7 220.3 240.8 238.0 238.7 239.6 258.2 239.3
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.092 0.076 0.052 0.066 0.075 0.083 0.077 0.084
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -7.6 -11.5 -9.1 -19.0 -18.7 -23.4 -18.5 -10.9
Control (OLV/PM)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Motor Code Selection − 120E 120F 1210 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 15 18 22 30 37 45 55 75
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 15.00 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 55.4 68.2 80.6 105.2 131.3 153.1 185.4 257.3
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 0.066 0.051 0.037 0.030 0.020 0.014 0.012 0.006
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 2.45 2.18 1.71 1.35 0.99 0.83 0.79 0.44
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 3.11 2.55 2.05 1.82 1.28 1.01 0.97 0.56
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 248.1 253.6 250.0 280.9 264.2 280.4 311.9 268.0
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.102 0.101 0.098 0.130 0.127 0.193 0.191 0.187
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -16.5 -11.3 -12.8 -16.8 -15.6 -10.7 -9.6 -13.3
Control (OLV/PM)

382 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

Table B.11 400 V, 1750 r/min Type YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1232 1233 1235 1236 1238 123A 123B 123D 123E 123F
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.89 1.56 2.81 4.27 7.08 10.31 13.65 20.7 27.5 33.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 25.370 9.136 6.010 3.297 1.798 0.982 0.786 0.349 0.272 0.207
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 169.00 92.08 67.71 34.40 32.93 22.7 16.49 13.17 10.30 8.72
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 197.50 119.56 81.71 54.00 37.70 26.80 23.46 15.60 12.77 11.22
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 392.6 440.6 478.3 466.3 478.8 478.1 520.0 481.5 498.8 509.5
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.092 0.076 0.052 0.066 0.075 0.083 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.101
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -8.6 -11.5 -10.3 -19.8 -8.5 -11.0 -18.6 -12.5 -15.5 -17.9
Control (OLV/PM)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Motor Code Selection − 1240 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 124A
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00 132 160
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 39.8 52.0 65.8 77.5 92.7 126.6 160.4 183.3 222.9 267.7
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 0.148 0.235 0.079 0.054 0.049 0.029 0.019 0.017 0.012 0.008
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 6.81 5.4 4.08 3.36 3.16 2.12 1.54 1.44 1.21 0.97
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 8.47 7.26 5.12 3.94 3.88 2.61 2.06 2.21 1.46 1.28
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 503.9 561.7 528.5 558.1 623.8 594.5 524.1 583.7 563.6 601.2
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380 380
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.098 0.130 0.127 0.193 0.191 0.187 0.208 0.254 0.243 0.338
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -15.1 -16.8 -14.1 -8.8 -9.6 -10.3 -17.0 -21.7 -10.9 -13.2
Control (OLV/PM)

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 383
B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

Table B.12 200 V, 1450 r/min Type YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1302 1303 1305 1306 1308 130A 130B 130D
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.88 3.13 5.63 8.33 14.17 20.63 27.71 39.6
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 3.190 1.940 1.206 0.665 0.341 0.252 0.184 0.099
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 32.15 26.12 14.72 12.27 8.27 6.49 6.91 4.07
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 41.74 34.30 20.15 14.77 9.81 7.74 7.66 4.65
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 264.3 269.6 284.3 287.1 284.5 298.0 335.0 303.9
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072 0.084 0.096
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -6.6 -10.9 -13.5 -9.0 -9.5 -10.1 -6.0 -9.3
Control (OLV/PM)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Motor Code Selection − 130E 130F 1310 1312 1313 1314 1315
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 15 18 22 30 37 45 55
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 15.00 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 55.5 65.6 75.1 105.2 126.0 153.1 186.5
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 0.075 0.057 0.041 0.034 0.023 0.015 0.012
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 3.29 2.53 1.98 1.75 1.48 1.04 0.87
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 3.84 3.01 2.60 2.17 1.70 1.31 1.10
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 311.2 300.9 327.7 354.2 369.6 351.6 374.7
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.085 0.080 0.122 0.108 0.161 0.160 0.175
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -10.7 -13.2 -15.7 -11.5 -7.0 -11.8 -10.2
Control (OLV/PM)

384 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

Table B.13 400 V, 1450 r/min Type YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1332 1333 1335 1336 1338 133A 133B 133D 133E 133F
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.94 1.56 2.81 4.27 6.98 10.21 13.85 19.5 27.4 32.9
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 12.760 7.421 4.825 2.656 1.353 0.999 0.713 0.393 0.295 0.223
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 128.60 85.11 58.87 46.42 31.73 26.20 27.06 15.51 12.65 9.87
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 166.96 113.19 80.59 60.32 40.45 30.94 33.45 19.63 15.87 12.40
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 528.6 544.2 568.5 572.8 562.9 587.6 670.1 612.7 624.6 610.4
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.080
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -6.6 -9.2 -13.5 -12.1 -13.7 -10.1 -12.2 -15.5 -15.1 -16.0
Control (OLV/PM)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Motor Code Selection − 1340 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00 132.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 37.6 52.5 63.2 76.4 96.1 124.0 153.1 186.5 226.0
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 0.164 0.137 0.093 0.059 0.048 0.028 0.024 0.015 0.011
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 7.90 7.01 5.93 4.17 3.11 2.32 2.20 1.45 1.23
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 10.38 8.68 6.79 5.22 4.55 2.97 3.23 1.88 1.67
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 655.4 708.4 739.2 703.0 747.1 639.3 708.0 640.7 677.0
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.122 0.108 0.161 0.160 0.175 0.171 0.213 0.201 0.281
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -15.7 -11.5 -6.8 -11.5 -14.8 -15.8 -19.6 -14.9 -15.1
Control (OLV/PM)

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 385
B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

Table B.14 200 V, 1150 r/min Type YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1402 1403 1405 1406 1408 140A 140B
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.88 3.02 6.00 8.85 14.27 20.21 26.67
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 4.832 2.704 1.114 0.511 0.412 0.303 0.165
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 48.68 32.31 19.22 12.15 7.94 11.13 6.59
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 63.21 40.24 24.38 15.35 11.86 14.06 8.55
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 320.4 327.1 364.4 344.4 357.5 430.8 391.5
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072 0.088
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -8.8 -9.9 -9.3 -10.0 -17.7 -12.3 -15.3
Control (OLV/PM)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Motor Code Selection − 140D 140E 140F 1410 1412 1413 1414
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 11 15 18 22 30 37 45
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 11.0 15 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 39.9 55.6 63.5 74.4 104.2 129.6 154.2
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 0.113 0.084 0.066 0.048 0.035 0.023 0.016
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 4.96 3.83 3.33 2.38 2.04 1.53 1.16
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 6.12 4.65 4.50 3.15 2.86 2.27 1.54
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 384.4 372.1 421.3 410.9 436.1 428.8 433.3
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.073 0.062 0.091 0.092 0.125 0.122 0.135
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -13.9 -14.4 -17.9 -15.9 -17.9 -20.1 -13.7
Control (OLV/PM)

386 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

Table B.15 400 V, 1150 r/min Type YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1432 1433 1435 1436 1438 143A 143B 143D 143E
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.94 1.51 3.00 4.43 7.08 10.10 13.33 19.9 27.8
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 19.320 10.800 4.456 2.044 1.483 1.215 0.660 0.443 0.331
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 194.70 129.20 76.88 48.60 37.58 44.54 26.36 19.10 15.09
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 252.84 160.90 97.52 61.40 47.65 56.26 34.20 24.67 18.56
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 640.9 654.1 728.8 688.9 702.0 861.5 783.0 762.2 749.6
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072 0.088 0.073 0.062
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -8.8 -9.9 -9.3 -10.0 -12.8 -12.3 -15.3 -16.7 -14.9
Control (OLV/PM)

No. Name Unit Default Settings

Motor Code Selection − 143F 1440 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 18 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 31.8 37.2 52.1 64.8 76.6 92.0 127.1 150.5 185.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 0.264 0.192 0.140 0.093 0.063 0.051 0.033 0.027 0.015
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 13.32 9.52 8.16 6.13 4.63 3.96 3.03 2.60 1.89
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 18.00 12.60 11.40 9.10 6.15 5.00 5.14 3.28 2.33
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 842.7 821.8 872.3 857.7 866.6 854.0 823.1 853.4 829.2
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
L3-24 s 0.091 0.092 0.125 0.122 0.135 0.147 0.161 0.154 0.212
Calculations
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -17.9 -15.9 -17.7 -20.1 -13.8 -12.5 -28.8 -13.3 -11.6
Control (OLV/PM)

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 387
B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

388 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: C

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications

C.1 MEMOBUS/MODBUS CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

C.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
C.3 CONNECTING TO A NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
C.4 MEMOBUS/MODBUS SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
C.5 DRIVE OPERATIONS BY MEMOBUS/MODBUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
C.6 COMMUNICATIONS TIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
C.7 MESSAGE FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
C.8 MESSAGE EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
C.9 MEMOBUS/MODBUS DATA TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
C.10 ENTER COMMAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
C.11 COMMUNICATION ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
C.12 SELF-DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 389
C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration

C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration

Drives can be controlled from a PLC or other master device via serial communications using the MEMOBUS/Modbus
protocol.
MEMOBUS/Modbus communication can be configured using one master (PLC) and a maximum of 255 slaves. The
drive has slave functionality only, meaning that serial communication is normally initiated from the master and
responded to by the slaves.
The master performs serial communications with only one slave at a time. The address or node for each slave must be set
beforehand so that the master can communicate with the slave at that address. A slave that receives a command from the
master will perform the specified function and then send a response back to the master.
Figure C.1

Master (PLC or other)

Slave (Drive)

common_
TMonly
Figure C.1 Connecting Multiple Drives to a PLC

390 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.2 Communication Specifications

C.2 Communication Specifications

MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications appear in the following table:

Item Specifications
Interface RS-422, RS-485
Communications Cycle Asynchronous (Start-stop synchronization)
Communication Speeds Available 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 76.8; 115.2 kbps
Data length 8 bit (fixed)
Communication Parameters
Parity Select even, odd, or none
Stop bit 1 bit (fixed)
Protocol MEMOBUS/Modbus (using RTU mode only)
Max Number of Slaves 255 drives

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 391
C.3 Connecting to a Network

C.3 Connecting to a Network

This section explains how to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network and the network termination required.

◆ Network Cable Connection

Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.
1. With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminals TB5 for
MEMOBUS/Modbus.
Figure C.2

IG R+ R- S+ S- (TB5)

YEC_
TMon S– Send (–)
ly S+ Send (+)
R– Receive (–)
R+ Receive (+)
IG Shield Ground

Figure C.2 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals (TB5)

Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for the
communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485 communications,
connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the diagram below.
2. Check or set the termination resistor selection at all slaves. Use the description in Network Termination on
page 393 for slaves that are E1000 drives.
3. Switch the power on.
4. Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the digital operator.
5. Shut the power off and wait until the display on the digital operator goes out completely.
6. Turn the power back on.
7. The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.

◆ Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connection

Figure C.3 and Figure C.4 explain the wiring diagrams for multiple connections using MEMOBUS/Modbus
communication.
■ RS-485 Interface
Figure C.3

R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R–

common_
S2
R+ ON
IG

TMonly
Figure C.3 RS-485 Interface
Note: 1. Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to
the OFF position.
2. Set H5-07 to “1” when using the RS-485 interface.

392 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.3 Connecting to a Network

■ RS-422 Interface
Figure C.4

R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R–
R+
IG
S2
ON common_
TMonly

Figure C.4 RS-422 Interface

Note: 1. Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to
the OFF position.
2. Set H5-07 to “0” when using the RS-485 interface.

◆ Network Termination
The two ends of the MEMOBUS/Modbus network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination
resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the
termination resistor by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not
located at the network line end.
Figure C.5 illustrates the setting of DIP switch S2.
To set the DIP switch on the terminal board, use an appropriate sized tool with a tip of approximately 8 mm in width.
Figure C.5

S-

DIP switch S2 -
S+
RS-422 +
YEC_TM
O
or
N
RS-485 R-

only ON OFF DIP

switch
(OFF: default) R+ S2

Termination resistor (1/2 W, 110 Ω)

Figure C.5 Serial Communications Terminal and DIP Switch S2

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 393
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters

C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters

◆ MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
This section describes parameters necessary to set up MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
■ H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-01 Drive Slave Address 0 to FFH <1> 1FH
<1> If the address is set to 0, no response will be provided during communications.

For serial communications to work, each individual slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address. Setting H5-01
to any value besides 0 assigns the drive its address in the network. Slave address don’t need to be assigned in sequential
order, but each address needs to be unique so that no two drives have the same address.
■ H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications speed.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-02 Communication Speed Selection 0 to 5 3

H5-02 Communication Speed H5-02 Communication Speed

0 1200 bps 5 38400 bps
1 2400 bps 6 57600 bps
2 4800 bps 7 76800 bps
3 9600 bps 8 115200 bps
4 19200 bps

■ H5-03: Communication Parity Selection

Sets the parity used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-03 Communication Parity Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
■ H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-04 Stopping Method after Communication Error 0 to 3 3

Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time currently enabled)

Setting 1: Fast Stop (uses the deceleration time in C1-09)
Setting 2: Coast to stop
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)

394 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters

■ H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection

Enables or disabled the communication error (CE) detection for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered
and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
■ H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time 5 to 65 ms 5 ms
Figure C.6

PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

common_
TMonly
24 bit length H5-06 setting

Figure C.6 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting

■ H5-07: RTS Control Selection

Enables or disables RTS control.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-07 RTS Control Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.

Use this setting when using RS-485 signals for communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting when using RS-422 signals for communications.
■ H5-09: CE Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-09 CE Detection Time 0.0 to 10.0 s 2.0 s

■ H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H

Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
MEMOBUS/Modbus

No. Name Setting Range Default

Communications

H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: 0.1 V units

Setting 1: 1 V units

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 395
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters

■ H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection

Selects if an Enter command is needed to change parameter values via MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Refer to
Enter Command on page 412.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-11 Communications Enter Function Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Enter command necessary

Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last
parameter change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
■ H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (b1-02,
b1-16 = 2).

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-12 Run Command Method Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop

Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1 will start
and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.

396 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus

C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus

The drive operations that can be performed by MEMOBUS/Modbus communication depend on drive parameter settings.
This section explains the functions that can be used and related parameter settings.

◆ Observing the Drive Operation

A PLC can perform the following actions with MEMOBUS/Modbus communications at any time regardless of
parameter settings (except H5-††).
• Observe drive status and drive control terminal status from a PLC.
• Read and write parameters.
• Set and reset faults.
• Set multi-function inputs. Inputs settings from the input terminals S† and from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
are both linked by an OR operation.

◆ Controlling the Drive

To start and stop the drive or set the frequency reference using MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, an external
reference must be selected and the parameters listed in Table C.1 must be adjusted accordingly.
Table C.1 Setting Parameters for Drive Control from MEMOBUS/Modbus
Reference Source Parameter Name Required Setting
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 2
External Reference 1
b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 2
b1-15 Frequency Reference Selection 2 2
External Reference 2
b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 2

Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1 on page 123 and Refer to b1-02: Run Command Selection 1 on
page 124 for details on external reference parameter selections. Refer to Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection on
page 176 for instructions on how to select external reference 1 and 2.

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 397
C.6 Communications Timing

C.6 Communications Timing

To prevent overrun in the slave drive, the master should wait a certain time between sending messages to the same drive.
In the same way, the slave drive must wait before sending response messages to prevent an overrun in the master. This
section explains the message timing.

◆ Command Messages from Master to Drive

In order to prevent overrun and data loss, the master must wait between receiving a response and sending the same type
of command as before to the same slave drive. The minimum wait time depends on the command as shown in the table
below.
Table C.2 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Command Type Example Minimum Wait Time
• Control command (Run, Stop)
1 • Set inputs/outputs 5 ms
• Read monitors and parameter values
H5-11 = 0: 50 ms
2 • Write parameters H5-11 = 1: 200ms
<1>
200 ms to 2 s, depending on the number of
3 • Save changes using an Enter command
parameters that were changed <1>
<1> If the drive receives command type 1 data during the minimum wait time, it will perform the command and then respond. However, if it
receives a command type 2 or 3 during that time, either a communication error will result or the command will be ignored.
Figure C.7

PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

common_
24 bit length
Master Send
Wait Time
TMonly
Figure C.7 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
A timer should be set in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no
response is received within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.

◆ Response Messages from Drive to Master

If the drive receives a command from the master, it will process the data received and wait for the time set in H5-06 until
it responds. Increase H5-06 if the drive response causes overrun in the master.
Figure C.8

PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

common_
24 bit length H5-06 TMonly
setting

Figure C.8 Minimum Response Wait Time

398 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.7 Message Format

C.7 Message Format

◆ Message Content
In MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the master sends commands to the slave, and the slave responds. The message
format is configured for both sending and receiving as shown below, and the length of data packets depends on the
command (function) content.

SLAVE ADDRESS
FUNCTION CODE
DATA
ERROR CHECK

◆ Slave Address
The slave address in the message defines the note the message is sent to. Use addresses between 0 and FF (hex). If a
message with slave address 0 is sent (broadcast), the command from the master will be received by all slaves. The slaves
do not provide a response to a broadcast type message.

◆ Function Code
The three types of function codes are shown in the table below.

Data Length (bytes)

Function
Function Name Command Message Response Message
Code
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
03H Read MEMOBUS/Modbus registers 8 8 7 37
08H Loopback test 8 8 8 8
10H Write to multiple MEMOBUS/Modbus registers 11 41 8 8

◆ Data
Configure consecutive data by combining the MEMOBUS/Modbus register address (test code in case of a loopback test)
and the data the register contains. The data length changes depending on the command details.
A drive MEMOBUS/Modbus register always has a data length of two bytes. Therefore data written into drive registers
must also always have a length of two bytes. Register data read out from the drive will always consist of two bytes.

◆ Error Check
The drive uses a CRC-16 (cyclic redundancy check, checksum method) for checking data validity. Use the procedure
described below when calculating the CRC-16 checksum for command data or when verifying response data.
■ Command Data
When the drive receives data, it calculates the CRC-16 checksum from the data and compares it to the CRC-16 value
received within the message. Both must match before a command is processed.
An initial value of FFFFH (i.e., all 16 bits equal 1) must be used for CRC-16 calculations in the MEMOBUS/Modbus
protocol.
Calculate the CRC-16 checksum using the following steps:
MEMOBUS/Modbus

1. The starting value is FFFFH.

Communications

2. Perform an XOR operation of this value and the slave address.

3. Right shift the result.
4. When the overflow bit of the shift operation becomes 1, perform an XOR operation of the result from step 3
above and the fix value A001H.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until eight shift operations have been performed.
6. After eight shift operations, perform an XOR operation with the result and the next data in the message (function
code, register address, data). Continue with steps 3 to 5 until the last data has been processed.
C
7. The result of the last shift or XOR operation is the checksum.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 399
C.7 Message Format

The example in Table C.3 shows the CRC-16 calculation of the slave address 02H and the function code 03H, yielding
the result 40D1H.
Note: This example does not show the calculation for a complete MEMOBUS/Modbus command. Normally data would follow in the
calculation.
Table C.3 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example
Description Calculation Overflow Description Calculation Overflow
Initial Value (FFFFH) 1111 1111 1111 1111 Function Code 03H 0000 0000 0000 0011
Address 02H 0000 0000 0000 0010 XOR w result 1000 0001 0011 1101
XOR w initial value 1111 1111 1111 1101 Shift 1 0100 0000 1001 1110 1
Shift 1 0111 1111 1111 1110 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1110 0000 1001 1111
XOR result 1101 1111 1111 1111 Shift 2 0111 0000 0100 1111 1
Shift 2 0110 1111 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1101 0000 0100 1110
XOR result 1100 1111 1111 1110 Shift 3 0110 1000 0010 0111 0
Shift 3 0110 0111 1111 1111 0 Shift 4 0011 0100 0001 0011 1
Shift 4 0011 0011 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1001 0100 0001 0010
XOR result 1001 0011 1111 1110 Shift 5 0100 1010 0000 1001 0
Shift 5 0100 1001 1111 1111 0 Shift 6 0010 0101 0000 0100 1
Shift 6 0010 0100 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1000 0101 0000 0101
XOR result 1000 0100 1111 1110 Shift 7 0100 0010 1000 0010 1
Shift 7 0100 0010 0111 1111 0 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
Shift 8 0010 0001 0011 1111 1 XOR result 1110 0010 1000 0011
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 Shift 8 0111 0001 0100 0001 1
XOR result 1000 0001 0011 1110 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR result 1101 0001 0100 0000
1101 0001 0100 0000
Perform operations with next data (function code) CRC-16
D140H
Continue from here with next data.

■ Response Data
To be sure that the data is valid, perform a CRC-16 calculation on the response message data as described above.
Compare the result to the CRC-16 checksum that was received within the response message. Both should match.

400 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.8 Message Examples

C.8 Message Examples

Below are some examples of command and response messages.

◆ Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents

Using the function code 03H (Read), a maximum of 16 MEMOBUS/Modbus registers can be read out at a time.
The following table shows message examples when reading status signals, error details, data link status, and frequency
references from the slave 2 drive.

Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)

Slave Address 02H Slave Address 02H Slave Address 02H
Function Code 03H Function Code 03H Function Code 83H
Upper 00H Data Quantity 08H Error Code 03H
Starting No.
Lower 20H Upper 00H Upper F1H
1st storage register CRC-16
Upper 00H Lower 65H Lower 31H
Data Quantity
Lower 04H Next storage Upper 00H
Upper 45H register Lower 00H
CRC-16
Lower F0H Next storage Upper 00H
register Lower 00H
Next storage Upper 01H
register Lower F4H
Upper AFH
CRC-16
Lower 82H

◆ Loopback Test
Function code 08H performs a loopback test. This test returns a response message with exactly the same content as the
command message and can be used to check communications between the master and slave. User-defined test code and
data values can be set.
The following table shows a message example when performing a loopback test with the slave 1 drive.

Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)

Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H
Function Code 08H Function Code 08H Function Code 89H
Upper 00H Upper 00H Error Code 01H
Test Code Test Code
Lower 00H Lower 00H Upper 86H
CRC-16
Upper A5H Upper A5H Lower 50H
Data Data
Lower 37H Lower 37H
Upper DAH Upper DAH
CRC-16 CRC-16
Lower 8DH Lower 8DH

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 401
C.8 Message Examples

◆ Writing to Multiple Registers

Function code 10h allows the user to write multiple drive MEMOBUS/Modbus registers with one message. This process
works similar to reading registers, i.e., the address of the first register that is to be written and the data quantity must be
set in the command message. The data to be written must be consecutive so that the register addresses are in order,
starting from the specified address in the command message. The data order must be high byte, then lower byte.
The following table shows an example of a message where a forward operation has been set with a frequency reference
of 60.0 Hz for the slave 1 drive.
If parameter values are changed using the Write command, depending on the setting of H5-11, an Enter command will be
necessary to activate the data or save them. Refer to H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection on page 396
and Refer to Enter Command on page 412 for detailed descriptions.

Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)

Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H
Function Code 10H Function Code 10H Function Code 90H
Upper 00H Upper 00H Error Code 02H
Starting No. Starting No.
Lower 01H Lower 01H Upper CDH
CRC-16
Upper 00H Upper 00H Lower C1H
Data Quantity Data Quantity
Lower 02H Lower 02H
Number of Bytes 04H Upper 10H
CRC-16
Upper 00H Lower 08H
Starting Data
Lower 01H
Upper 02H
Next Data
Lower 58H
Upper 63H
CRC-16
Lower 39H

Note: For the number of bytes in the command message, take double the number of the data quantity.

402 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Table below lists all MEMOBUS/Modbus data. There are three types of data: command data, monitor data, and
broadcast data.

◆ Command Data
It is possible to both read and write command data.
Note: Bits that are not used should be set to 0. Refrain from writing to reserved registers.

Register No. Contents

0000H Reserved
Operation Commands and Multi-function Inputs
H5-12 = 0: Forward Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Forward Run)
bit 0
H5-12 = 1: Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Run)
H5-12 = 0: Reverse Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Reverse Run)
bit 1
H5-12 = 1: Forward/Reverse (0 = Forward, 1 = Reverse)
bit 2 External Fault (EF0)
bit 3 Fault Reset
Multi-Function Input 1
bit 4
Function is ComRef when H1-01 = 40 (Forward/Stop). Refer to d: Reference Settings on page 158 for ComRef explanations.
0001H Multi-Function Input 2
bit 5
Function is ComCtrl when H1-02 = 41 (Reverse/Stop). Refer to d: Reference Settings on page 158 for ComCtrl explanations.
bit 6 Multi-Function Input 3
bit 7 Multi-Function Input 4
bit 8 Multi-Function Input 5
bit 9 Multi-Function Input 6
bit A Multi-Function Input 7
bit B Multi-Function Input 8
bit C to bit F Reserved
0002H Frequency Reference Units are determined by parameter o1-03.
0003H V/f Gain
0004H–0005H Reserved
0006H PI Target, 0.01% units, signed
0007H Analog Output Terminal FM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
0008H Analog Output Terminal AM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
Settings for Multi-Function Digital Outputs
bit 0 Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
bit 1 Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
bit 2 Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
0009H
bit 3 to bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 Enables the function in bit 7
bit 7 Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC)
bit 8 to F Reserved
000AH Pulse Output Terminal MP Setting, 1 Hz units, Setting Range: 0 to 32000
000BH to 000EH Reserved
Control Selection Setting
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 PI Target Input
bit 2 to bit B Reserved
000FH
bit C Enable Terminal S5 Input for Broadcast Data
bit D Enable Terminal S6 Input for Broadcast Data
bit E Enable Terminal S7 Input for Broadcast Data
bit F Enable Terminal S8 Input for Broadcast Data
0010H to 001FH Reserved
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 403
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

◆ Monitor Data
Monitor data can be read only.

Register No. Contents

Drive Status 1
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 During Reverse
bit 2 Drive Ready
bit 3 Fault
bit 4 Data Setting Error
0020H
bit 5 Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
bit 6 Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
bit 7 Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
bit 8 to bit D Reserved
bit E ComRef status
bit F ComCtrl status
Fault Contents 1
bit 0 Overcurrent (oC), Ground fault (GF)
bit 1 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 2 Drive Overload (oL2)
bit 3 Overheat 1 (oH1), Drive Overheat Warning (oH2)
bit 4 to bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 PI Feedback Loss (FbL / FbH)
bit 7 EF to EF8: External Fault
0021H
bit 8 CPF††: Hardware Fault (includes oFx)
bit 9 Motor Overload (oL1), Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3), Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
bit A Reserved
bit B Main Circuit Undervoltage (Uv)
bit C Undervoltage (Uv1), Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2), Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
bit D Output Phase Loss (LF), Input Phase Loss (PF)
bit E MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE), Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit F Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
Data Link Status
bit 0 Writing data or switching motors
bit 1
Reserved
bit 2
0022H
bit 3 Upper or lower limit error
bit 4 Data conformity error
bit 5 Writing to EEPROM
bit 6 to bit F Reserved
0023H Frequency Reference, <1>
0024H Output Frequency, <1>
0025H Output Voltage Reference, 0.1 V units (units are determined by parameter H5-10)
0026H Output Current, 0.1 A units
0027H Output Power
0028H Reserved
Fault Contents 2
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Ground Fault (GF)
bit 2 Input Phase Loss (PF)
0029H
bit 3 Output Phase Loss (LF)
bit 4 to bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) (oH4)
bit 7 to bit F Reserved

404 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

Alarm Contents1
bit 0, 1 Reserved
bit 2 Run Command Input Error (EF)
bit 3 Drive Baseblock (bb)
bit 4 Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
bit 5 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 6 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 7 Undervoltage (Uv)
002AH
bit 8 Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
bit 9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit A Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit B Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
bit C Motor Overheat (oH3)
bit D PI Feedback Loss (FbL, FbH)
bit E Reserved
bit F Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Input Terminal Status
bit 0 Terminal S1 Closed
bit 1 Terminal S2 Closed
bit 2 Terminal S3 Closed
bit 3 Terminal S4 Closed
002BH
bit 4 Terminal S5 Closed
bit 5 Terminal S6 Closed
bit 6 Terminal S7 Closed
bit 7 Terminal S8 Closed
bit 8 to bit F Reserved
Drive Status 2
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 Zero Speed
bit 2 Speed Agree
bit 3 User Speed Agree
bit 4 Frequency Detection 1
bit 5 Frequency Detection 2
bit 6 Drive Ready
002CH bit 7 During Undervoltage
bit 8 During Baseblock
bit 9 Frequency Reference from Operator Keypad
bit A Run Command from Operator Keypad
bit B Over/Undertorque 1
bit C Frequency Reference Loss
bit D During Fault Restart
bit E Fault
bit F Communication Timeout
Output Terminal Status
bit 0 Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
bit 1 Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
002DH bit 2 Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
bit 3 to 6 Reserved
bit 7 Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC)
bit 8 to F Reserved
002EH–0030H Reserved
0031H DC Bus Voltage, 1 Vdc units
0032H, 0033H Reserved
0034H Product Code 1 [ASCII], Product Type (A0 for E1000)
0035H Product Code 2 [ASCII], Region Code
0036H, 0037H Reserved
0038H PI Feedback, 0.1% units, unsigned, 100% / max. output frequency
0039H PI Input, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
003AH PI Output, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
MEMOBUS/Modbus

003BH, 003CH Reserved

Communications

Communications Error Contents <3>

bit 0 CRC Error
bit 1 Data Length Error
bit 2 Reserved
003DH bit 3 Parity Error
bit 4 Overrun Error
bit 5 Framing Error
bit 6 Timeout
C
bit 7 to bit F Reserved

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 405
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

003EH r/min <4>
Output Frequency
003FH 0.01% units
0040H to 004AH Used for various monitors U1-††. Refer to U: Monitors on page 369 for parameter details.
Drive status (U1-12)
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 During Zero Speed
bit 2 During Reverse Run
bit 3 During Fault Reset Signal Input
bit 4 During Speed Agree
bit 5 Drive Ready
004BH
bit 6 Alarm
bit 7 Fault
bit 8 During Operation Error (oPE††)
bit 9 During Momentary Power Loss
bit A to bit B Reserved
bit E ComRef status, NetRef status
bit F ComCtrl status, NetCtrl status
004CH to 007EH Used for various monitors U1-††, U4-††, U5-†† and U6-††. Refer to U: Monitors on page 369 for parameter details.
007FH Alarm Code, Refer to Alarm Register Contents on page 411 for alarm codes.
Used for monitors U2-††, U3-††. Refer to U: Monitors on page 369 for parameter details and Refer to Fault Trace Contents on page 410 for register
0080H to 0097H
value descriptions.
0098H High Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 10H units (U4-01)
0099H Low Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 1H units (U4-01)
009AH High Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009BH Low Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009CH to 00AAH Reserved
00ABH Drive Rated Current <2>
00AEH, 00AFH Reserved
Communication Option: Register contains ASCII code of 1st and 3rd digit of the option card type number.
00B0H Option Code Connected to CN5-A
Example: Register value is 5343H for “SC” if a SI-C3 option card is installed.
00B1H–00B4H Reserved
00B5H Frequency Reference After Soft- r/min units <4>
00B6H starter (U1-16) 0.01% units
00B7H r/min <4>
Frequency Reference
00B8H 0.01% units
00B9H to 00BEH Reserved
00BFH Lists the last to digits of operation error code oPE††.
Fault contents 3
bit 1 Undervoltage (Uv1)
bit 2 Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2)
bit 3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
bit 4 Reserved
bit 5 Ground Fault (GF)
bit 6 Overcurrent (oC)
00C0H
bit 7 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 8 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 9 Heatsink Overheat (oH1)
bit A Motor Overload (oL1)
bit B Drive Overload (oL2)
bit C Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
bit D to F Reserved
Fault contents 4
bit 0 External Fault at input terminal S3 (EF3)
bit 1 External Fault at input terminal S4 (EF4)
bit 2 External Fault at input terminal S5 (EF5)
bit 3 External Fault at input terminal S6 (EF6)
bit 4 External Fault at input terminal S7 (EF7)
bit 5 External Fault at input terminal S8 (EF8)
00C1H bit 6 Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
bit 7 to bit 9 Reserved
bit A Input Phase Loss (PF)
bit B Output Phase Loss (LF)
bit C Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3)
bit D Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
bit E EEPROM Write Error (Err)
bit F Motor Overheat Fault (PTC input) (oH4)

406 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

Fault contents 5
bit 0 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit 1 Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit 2 to bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 Option External Fault (EF0)
00C2H bit 7 PI Feedback Loss (FbL)
bit 8 Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
bit 9 Reserved
bit A High Slip Braking Overload (oL7)
bit B to E Reserved
bit F Hardware Fault (includes oFx)
Fault contents 6
bit 0 to bit 4 Reserved
bit 5 Current Imbalance (LF2)
bit 6 Pullout Detection (STo)
00C3H bit 7 Reserved
bit 8 SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
bit 9 Reserved
bit A Too many speed search restarts (SEr)
bit B to F Reserved
Fault contents 7
bit 0 PI Feedback Loss (FbH)
bit 1 External Fault 1, input terminal S1 (EF1)
bit 2 External Fault 2, input terminal S2 (EF2)
bit 3 to bit 4 Reserved
00C4H bit 5 Current Offset Fault (CoF)
bit 6, 7 Reserved
bit 8 DriveWorksEZ Fault (dWFL)
bit 9 to bit B Reserved
bit C Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
bit D to bit F Reserved
bit 0, 1 Reserved
00C5H bit 2 Node Setup Fault (nSE)
bit 3 to bit F Reserved
00C6H, 00C7H Reserved
Alarm contents 2
bit 0 Undervoltage (Uv)
bit 1 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 2 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 3 Drive Overheat (oH2)
bit 4 Overtorque 1 (oL3)
bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 Run Commands Input Error (EF)
00C8H bit 7 Drive Baseblock (bb)
bit 8 External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3)
bit 9 External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4)
bit A External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5)
bit B External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6)
bit C External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7)
bit D External Fault 8, input terminal S8 (EF8)
bit E Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
bit F Reserved
Alarm contents 3
bit 0 to bit 1 Reserved
bit 2 Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
bit 3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit 4 Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit 5 Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
bit 6 Motor Overload (oL1)
MEMOBUS/Modbus

00C9H bit 7 Drive Overload (oL2)

Communications

bit 8 Reserved
bit 9 Option Card External fault (EF0)
bit A to bit B Reserved
bit C Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
bit D Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
bit E Reserved
bit F MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
C

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 407
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

Alarm contents 4
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Motor Overheat 1 (PTC Input) (oH3)
bit 2 to 5 Reserved
00CAH
bit 6 PI Feedback Loss (FbL)
bit 7 PI Feedback Loss (FbH)
bit 9 Drive Disabled (dnE)
bit A to bit F Reserved
Alarm Contents 5
bit 0 SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
bit 1 SI-T3 Station Address Setting Error (AEr)
bit 2 SI-T3 Comm. Cycle Setting Error (CyC)
bit 3 High Current Alarm (HCA)
bit 4 Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
00CBH
bit 5 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-2)
bit 6 Reserved
bit 7 SI-S EEPROM Error (EEP)
bit 8 External Fault 1 (input terminal S1) (EF1)
bit 9 External Fault 2 (input terminal S2) (EF2)
bit A to bit F Reserved
Alarm Contents 6
bit 0 Output Voltage Detection Fault (VoF)
bit 1 IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC)
bit 2 Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-3)
00CCH
bit 3 IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) (LT-4)
bit 4 to bit 7 Reserved
bit 8 DriveWorksEZ Alarm (dWAL)
bit 9 to bit F Reserved
00CDH to 00CFH Reserved
CPF Contents 1
bit 0, 1 Reserved
bit 2 A/D Conversion Error (CPF02)
bit 3 PWM Data Fault (CPF03)
bit 4, 5 Reserved
bit 6 EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06)
bit 7 Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07)
00D0H
bit 8 EEPROM Serial Communications Fault (CPF08)
bit 9, A Reserved
bit B RAM Fault (CPF11)
bit C FLASH Memory Fault (CPF12)
bit D Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13)
bit E Control Circuit Fault (CPF14)
bit F Reserved
CPF Contents 2
bit 0 Clock Fault (CPF16)
bit 1 Timing Fault (CPF17)
bit 2 Control Circuit Fault (CPF18)
bit 3 Control Circuit Fault (CPF19)
bit 4 Hardware fault at power up (CPF20)
bit 5 Hardware fault at communication start up (CPF21)
bit 6 A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
00D1H bit 7 PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23)
bit 8 Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
bit 9 Terminal board is not properly connected. (CPF25)
bit A ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
bit B ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
bit C ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
bit D ASIC On-delay Error (CPF29)
bit E ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
bit F ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
bit 0 ASIC Start-up Error (CPF32)
bit 1 Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
00D2H bit 2 ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
bit 3 External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
bit 4 to F Reserved
00D3H to 00D7H oFA0x Contents (CN5-A)

408 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

oFA0x Contents (CN5-A)
bit 0 Option Compatibility Error (oFA00)
bit 1 Option not properly connected (oFA01)
bit 2 Same type of option card already connected (oFA02)
00D8H
bit 3, 4 Reserved
bit 5 A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
bit 6 Option Response Error (oFA06)
bit 7 to F Reserved
oFA1x Contents (CN5-A)
bit 0 Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
bit 1 Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
bit 2 Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
bit 3 Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
00D9H
bit 4 Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
bit 5 Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
bit 6 Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
bit 7 Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
bit 8 to F Reserved
00DAH to 00DBH Reserved
oFA3x Contents (CN5-A)
bit 0 Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
bit 1 Model Code Error (oFA31)
bit 2 Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
bit 3 Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFA33)
bit 4 MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
bit 5 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA35)
bit 6 CI Check Error (oFA36)
00DBH
bit 7 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
bit 8 Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
bit 9 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
bit A Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
bit B Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
bit C Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
bit D Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
bit E, F Reserved
00DCH to 00FFH Reserved
<1> Units are determined by parameter o1-03.
<2> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model. The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive model is
CIMR-E†2A0004 to 2A0040, 4A0002 to 4A0023 and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the drive model is CIMR-E†2A0056 to 2A0415, 4A0031
to 4A0675.
<3> The contents of a communication error are saved until the fault is reset.
<4> Depending on the motor used, the correct motor pole number must be set to parameter E2-04 or E5-05.

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 409
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

◆ Broadcast Messages
Data can be written from the master to all slave devices at the same time.
The slave address in a broadcast command message must be set to 00H. All slaves will receive the message, but will not
respond.

Register No. Contents

Digital Input Command
bit 0 Forward Run (0: Stop 1: Run)
bit 1 Direction Command (0: Forward, 1: Reverse)
bit 2, 3 Reserved
bit 4 External Fault
0001H bit 5 Fault Reset
bit 6 to B Reserved
bit C Multi-Function Digital Input S5
bit D Multi-Function Digital Input S6
bit E Multi-Function Digital Input S7
bit F Multi-Function Digital Input S8
0002H Frequency Reference 30000/100%

◆ Fault Trace Contents

The table below shows the fault codes that can be read out by MEMOBUS/Modbus commands from the U2-††
monitor parameters.
Table C.4 Fault Trace / History Register Contents
Fault Code Fault Name Fault Code Fault Name
0002H Undervoltage (Uv1) 008DH Flash Memory Circuit Exception (CPF12)
0003H Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2) 008EH Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13)
0004H Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3) 008FH Control Circuit Fault (CPF14)
0006H Ground Fault (GF) 0091H Clock Fault (CPF16)
0007H Overcurrent (oC) 0092H Timing Fault (CPF17)
0008H Overvoltage (ov) 0093H Control Circuit Fault (CPF18)
0009H Heatsink Overheat (oH) 0094H Control Circuit Fault (CPF19)
000AH Heatsink Overheat (oH1) 0095H Hardware fault at power up (CPF20)
000BH Motor Overload (oL1) 0096H Hardware fault at communication start up (CPF21)
000CH Drive Overload (oL2) 0097H A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
000DH Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3) 0098H PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23)
0011H External Fault at input terminal S3 (EF3) 0099H Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
0012H External Fault at input terminal S4 (EF4) 009AH Terminal board is not properly connected. (CPF25)
0013H External Fault at input terminal S5 (EF5) 009BH ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
0014H External Fault at input terminal S6 (EF6) 009CH ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
0015H External Fault at input terminal S7 (EF7) 009DH ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
0016H External Fault at input terminal S8 (EF8) 009EH ASIC On-Delay Error (CPF29)
001BH Input Phase Loss (PF) 009FH ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
001CH Output Phase Loss (LF) 00A0H ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
001DH Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3) 00A1H ASIC Start-p Error (CPF32)
001EH Digital Operator Connection (oPr) 00A2H Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
001FH EEPROM Write Error (Err) 00A3H ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
0020H Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH4) 00A4H External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
0021H MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE) 0101H Option compatibility error (oFA00)
0022H Option Communication Error (bUS) 0102H Option not properly connected (oFA01)
0025H Control fault (CF) 0103H Same type of option card already connected (oFA02)
0027H Option External Fault (EF0) 0106H A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
0028H PI Feedback Loss (FbL) 0107H Option Response Error (oFA06)
0029H Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) 0111H Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
002BH High Slip Braking Overload (oL7) 0112H Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
0030H Hardware Fault (including oFx) 0113H Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
0036H Output Current Imbalance (LF2) 0114H Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
0037H Pullout Detection (Sto) 0115H Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
003BH Too many speed search restarts (SEr) 0116H Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
0041H PI Feedback Loss (FbH) 0117H Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
0042H External Fault 1, input terminal S1 (EF1) 0118H Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
0043H External Fault 2, input terminal S2 (EF2) 0131H Comm. ID Error (oFA30)

410 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Fault Code Fault Name Fault Code Fault Name

0046H Current Offset Fault (CoF) 0132H Model Code Error (oFA31)
0047H PLC Detection Error 1 (PE1) 0133H Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
0048H PLC Detection Error 2 (PE2) 0134H Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFA33)
0049H DriveWorksEZ Fault (dWFL) 0135H MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
004DH Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF) 0136H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA35)
0052H Node Setup Fault (nSE) 0137H CI Check Error (oFA36)
005AH Motor overload (UL6) 0138H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
0083H A/D Conversion Error (CPF02) 0139H Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
0084H PWM Data Fault (CPF03) 013AH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
0087H EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06) 013BH Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
0088H Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07) 013CH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
0089H EEPROM Serial Communication Fault (CPF08) 013DH Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
008CH RAM Fault (CPF11) 013EH Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)

◆ Alarm Register Contents

The table below shows the alarm codes that can be read out from MEMOBUS/Modbus register 007FH.
Table C.5 Alarm Register 007FH Contents
Alarm Code Fault Name Alarm Code Fault Name
0001H Undervoltage (Uv) 0020H MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
0002H Overvoltage (ov) 0022H Motor Overheat (oH3)
0003H Heatsink Overheat (oH) 0027H PI Feedback Loss (FbL)
0004H Drive Overheat (oH2) 0028H PI Feedback Loss (FbH)
0005H Overtorque 1 (oL3) 002AH Drive Disabled (dnE)
0007H Run commands input error (EF) 0031H SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
0008H Drive Baseblock (bb) 0032H SI-T3 Station Address Setting Error (AEr)
0009H External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3) 0033H SI-T3 Comm. Cycle Setting Error (CyC)
000AH External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4) 0034H High Current Alarm (HCA)
000BH External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5) 0035H Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
000CH External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6) 0036H Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-2)
000DH External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7) 0038H SI-S EEPROM Error (EEP)
000EH External Fault 8, input terminal S8 (EF8) 0039H External Fault (input terminal S1) (EF1)
000FH Cooling Fan Error (FAN) 003AH External Fault (input terminal S2) (EF2)
0014H MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE) 003FH PLC Alarm (PA1)
0015H Option Communication Error (bUS) 0040H PLC Alarm (PA2)
0016H Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL) 0041H Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
0017H Motor Overload (oL1) 0042H IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC)
0018H Drive Overload (oL2) 0043H Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-3)
001AH Option Card External Fault (EF0) 0044H IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) (LT-4)
001DH Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL) 0049H DriveWorksEZ Alarm (dWAL)
001EH Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) 004EH Motor Underload (UL6)
– – 004FH Waiting to Run (WrUn)

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 411
C.10 Enter Command

C.10 Enter Command

When writing parameters to the drive from the PLC using MEMOBUS/Modbus communication, parameter H5-11
determines if an Enter command must be issued to enable these parameters or not. This sections the types of Enter
commands and how they work.

◆ Enter Command Types

The drive supports two types of Enter commands as shown in the table below. An Enter command is enabled by writing
0 to register number 0900H or 0910H. These registers can only be written to. An error will occur if the user attempts to
read from these registers.
Table C.6 Enter Command Types
Register No. Description
Writes data into the EEPROM (non-volatile memory) of the drive and enables the data in RAM at the same time. Parameter changes remain even if the power
0900H
supply is cycled.
0910H Writes data in the RAM only. Parameter changes are lost when the drive is shut off.

Note: Because the EEPROM can be written to a maximum of 100,000 times, refrain from writing to the EEPROM too often. The Enter
command registers are write-only. Consequently, if these registers are read, then the register address will be invalid (Error code:
02H). An Enter command is not required if reference or broadcast data are sent to the drive.

◆ H5-11 and the Enter Command

When changing parameters via MEMOBUS/Modbus, the setting of H5-11 determines if an Enter command is needed or
not and how other parameters changed in accordance with the H5-11 settings are handled.

H5-11 Settings H5-11 = 0 H5-11 = 1

How parameter settings are enabled When the Enter command is received from the master. As soon as the value is changed.
Upper/lower limit check is performed, taking the settings of related Checks only the upper/lower limits of the parameters that were
Upper/lower limit check
parameters into account. changed.
Not affected. The settings of related parameters remain unchanged.
Default value of related parameters Default settings of related parameters are changed automatically.
They must be changed manually if needed.
Error handling when setting multiple Data is accepted even if one setting is invalid. The invalid setting will Error occurs if only one setting is invalid. All data that was sent are
parameters be discarded. No error message occurs. discarded.

412 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 C.11 Communication Errors

C.11 Communication Errors

◆ MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes
A list of MEMOBUS/Modbus errors appears below.
When an error occurs, remove whatever caused the error and restart communications.

Error Name
Error Code
Cause
Function Code Error
01H
• Attempted to set a function code from a PLC other than 03H, 08H, and 10H.
Register Number Error
02H • A register number specified in the command message does not exist.
• Attempted to send a broadcast message using other register numbers than 0001H or 0002H.
Bit Count Error
03H • Read data or write data is greater than 16 bits. Invalid command message quantity.
• In a write message, the “Number of Data Items” contained within the message does not equal twice the amount of data words (i.e., the total of Data 1+ Data
2, etc.).
Data Setting Error
21H • Control data or parameter write data is outside the allowable setting range.
• Attempted to write a contradictory parameter setting.
Write Mode Error
22H • During run, the user attempted to write a parameter that cannot be written to during run.
• During an EEPROM memory data error (CPF06), the master attempted to write to a parameter other than A1-00 to A1-05, E1-03, or o2-04.
• Attempted to write to read-only data.
DC Bus Undervoltage Write Error
23H
• During an undervoltage situation, the master attempted to write to parameters that cannot be written to during undervoltage.
Write Error During Parameter Process
24H
• Master attempted writing to the drive while the drive was processing parameter data.

◆ Slave Not Responding

In the following situations, the slave drive will ignore the command message sent from the master, and not send a
response message:
• When a communications error (overrun, framing, parity, or CRC-16) is detected in the command message.
• When the slave address in the command message and the slave address in the drive do not match (remember to set the
slave address for the drive using H5-01).
• When the gap between two blocks (8 bit) of a message exceeds 24 bits.
• When the command message data length is invalid.
Note: If the slave address specified in the command message is 00H, all slaves execute the write function, but do not return response
messages to the master.

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 413
C.12 Self-Diagnostics

C.12 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-
diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait
at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.

1. Turn on the power to the drive.

2. Note the present terminal S6 function selection setting (H1-06) and set it for the communications test mode (H1-
06 = 67).
3. Turn off the power to the drive.
Figure C.9

YEC_TMonly

E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S-

V+ AC V- A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC MP RP AC
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP

Figure C.9 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics

4. With the power off, wire the drive as shown in the following diagram, connecting terminals R+ and S+, R- and S-,
and S6 and SC.
5. Set jumper S3 to source mode (internal power supply).
6. Turn the power to the drive back on.
7. During normal operation, the drive will display . This indicates that the communications test mode is
operating normally.
When a fault occurs, the drive will display on the keypad display.
8. Turn off the power supply.
9. Remove the wire jumpers from terminal R+, R-, S+, S-, and S6-SC. Set back jumper S3 to its original position.
Set terminal S6 to its original function.
10. Return to normal operation.

414 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: D

Standards Compliance
This appendix explains the guidelines and criteria for maintaining CE and UL standards.

D.1 SECTION SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

D.2 EUROPEAN STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
D.3 UL STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 415
D.1 Section Safety

D.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

416 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 D.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded wire for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
YASKAWA is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 417
D.2 European Standards

D.2 European Standards

Figure D.1

YEC_common

Figure D.1 CE Mark

The CE mark indicates compliance with European safety and environmental regulations. It is required for engaging in
business and commerce in Europe.
European standards include the Machinery Directive for machine manufacturers, the Low Voltage Directive for
electronics manufacturers, and the EMC guidelines for controlling noise.
This drive displays the CE mark based on the EMC guidelines and the Low Voltage Directive.
• Low Voltage Directive: 2006/95/EC
• EMC Guidelines: 2004/108/EC
Devices used in combination with this drive must also be CE certified and display the CE mark. When using drives
displaying the CE mark in combination with other devices, it is ultimately the responsibility of the user to ensure
compliance with CE standards. After setting up the device, verify that conditions meet European standards.

◆ CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance

This drive has been tested according to European standard IEC61800-5-1, and it fully complies with the Low Voltage
Directive.
To comply with the Low Voltage Directive, be sure to meet the following conditions when combining this drive with
other devices:
■ Area of Use
Do not use drives in areas with pollution higher than severity 2 and overvoltage category 3 in accordance with IEC664.
■ Installing Fuses on the Input Side
Always install input fuses. Select fuses according to Table D.1.
Table D.1 Recommended Input Fuse Selection
Fuse Type
Model Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-E
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0004 FWH-70B 70
2A0006 FWH-70B 70
2A0008 FWH-70B 70
2A0010 FWH-70B 70
2A0012 FWH-70B 70
2A0018 FWH-90B 90
2A0021 FWH-90B 90
2A0030 FWH-100B 100
2A0040 FWH-200B 200
2A0056 FWH-200B 200
2A0069 FWH-200B 200
2A0081 FWH-300A 300
2A0110 FWH-300A 300
2A0138 FWH-350A 350
2A0169 FWH-400A 400
2A0211 FWH-400A 400
2A0250 FWH-600A 600
2A0312 FWH-700A 700
2A0360 FWH-800A 800
2A0415 FWH-1000A 1000

418 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 D.2 European Standards

Fuse Type
Model
Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-E
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0002 FWH-40B 40
4A0004 FWH-50B 50
4A0005 FWH-70B 70
4A0007 FWH-70B 70
4A0009 FWH-90B 90
4A0011 FWH-90B 90
4A0018 FWH-80B 80
4A0023 FWH-100B 100
4A0031 FWH-125B 125
4A0038 FWH-200B 200
4A0044 FWH-250A 250
4A0058 FWH-250A 250
4A0072 FWH-250A 250
4A0088 FWH-250A 250
4A0103 FWH-250A 250
4A0139 FWH-350A 350
4A0165 FWH-400A 400
4A0208 FWH-500A 500
4A0250 FWH-600A 600
4A0296 FWH-700A 700
4A0362 FWH-800A 800
4A0414 FWH-800A 800
4A0515 FWH-1000A 1000
4A0675 FWH-1200A 1200

■ Guarding Against Harmful Materials

When installing IP00 enclosure drives, use an enclosure that prevents foreign material from entering the drive from
above or below.
■ Grounding
The drive is designed to be used in T-N (grounded neutral point) networks. If installing the drive in other types of
grounded systems, contact your YASKAWA representative for instructions.

◆ EMC Guidelines Compliance

This drive is tested according to European standards EN61800-3: 2004, and complies with the EMC guidelines.
■ EMC Filter Installation
The following conditions must be met to ensure continued compliance with guidelines. Refer to EMC Filters on
page 422 for EMC filter selection.
Installation Method
Verify the following installation conditions to ensure that other devices and machinery used in combination with this
drive also comply with EMC guidelines.
1. Install an EMC noise filter to the input side specified by YASKAWA for compliance with European standards.
2. Place the drive and EMC noise filter in the same enclosure.
3. Use braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring, or run the wiring through a metal conduit.
4. Keep wiring as short as possible. Ground the shield on both the drive side and the motor side.
Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 419
D.2 European Standards
Figure D.2

A D C
U/T1 U
V/T2 V
M YEC_common
W/T3 W

E
A – Drive D – Metal conduit
B – 10 m max cable length between drive and motor E – Ground wire should be as short as possible.
C – Motor
Figure D.2 Installation Method
5. Ground the largest possible surface area of the shield to the metal conduit when using braided shield cable.
YASKAWA recommends using a cable clamp.
Figure D.3

A
YEC_common

C B
A – Braided shield cable C – Cable clamp (conductive)
B – Metal panel
Figure D.3 Ground Area
6. Connect a DC reactor to minimize harmonic distortion. See page 423.

420 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 D.2 European Standards

Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class

Figure D.4

L3
L2
K
L1
PE

B
C
D

L3 L2 L1

J
E

D
I

H F

A
G YEC_common

A – Ground the cable shield G – Motor

B – Enclosure panel H – Cable clamp
C – Metal plate I – Ground plate (scrape off any visible paint)
D – Grounding surface (remove any paint or sealant) J – EMC noise filter
E – Drive K – Make sure the ground wire is grounded
F – Motor cable (braided shield cable, max. 10 m)
Figure D.4 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance (Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class)
Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 421
D.2 European Standards

■ EMC Filters
The drive should be installed with the EMC filters listed below in order to comply with the EN61800-3, category C2
requirements.
Note: If the Safe Disable function of the drive is part of the safety concept of a machine or installation and used for a safe stop
according to EN60204-1, stop category 0, use only filters manufactured by Schaffner as listed below.
Table D.2 EN61800-3 C2 Filters
Filter Data (Manufacturer: Schaffner)
Model Dimensions
CIMR-E† Weight
Type Rated Current (A) [W × D × H] Y×X Figure
(kg) (mm)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0004
2A0006 FS5972-10-07 10 1.2 141 × 46 × 330 115 × 313 1
2A0008
2A0010
FS5972-18-07 18 1.3 141 × 46 × 330 115 × 313 1
2A0012
2A0018
2A0021 FS5972-35-07 35 2.1 206 × 50 × 355 175 × 336 1
2A0030
2A0040
FS5972-60-07 60 4.0 236 × 65 × 408 205 × 390 1
2A0056
2A0069
FS5972-100-35 100 3.4 90 × 150 × 330 65 × 255 2
2A0081
2A0110
FS5972-170-40 170 6.0 120 × 170 × 451 102 × 365 2
2A0138
2A0169
FS5972-250-37 250 11.7 130 × 240 × 610 90 × 498 2
2A0211
2A0250
FS5972-410-99 410 10.5 260 × 115 × 386 235 × 120 1
2A0312
2A0360
FS5972-600-99 600 11 260 × 135 × 386 235 × 120 1
2A0415
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0002
4A0004
FS5972-10-07 10 1.1 141 × 46 × 330 115 × 313 1
4A0005
4A0007
4A0009
FS5972-18-07 18 1.7 141 × 46 × 330 115 × 313 1
4A0011
4A0018
4A0023 FS5972-35-07 35 2.1 206 × 50 × 355 175 × 336 1
4A0031
4A0038
4A0044 FS5972-60-07 60 4 236 × 65 × 408 205 × 390 1
4A0058
4A0072
FS5972-100-35 100 3.4 90 × 150 × 330 65 × 255 2
4A0088
4A0103
4A0139 FS5972-170-40 170 4.7 120 × 170 × 451 102 × 365 2
4A0165
4A0208 FS5972-250-37 250 11.7 130 × 240 × 610 90 × 498 2
4A0250
4A0296 FS5972-410-99 400 10.5 260 × 115× 386 235 × 120 3
4A0362
4A0414
FS5972-600-99 600 11 260 × 135 × 386 235 × 120 3
4A0515
4A0675 FS5972-800-99 800 31.5 300 × 160 × 716 275 × 210 3

422 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 D.2 European Standards
Figure D.5

W
Y

H
X

X
Y D
W
D

Figure 1 Figure 2
W
Y

H
YEC_common
X

Figure 3

Figure D.5 EMC Filter Dimensions

■ DC Reactors for EN 61000-3-2 Compliance

Table D.3 DC Reactors for Harmonics Reduction
Drive Model DC Reactor
CIMR-E† Model Rating
200V Three-Phase Units
2A0004 5.4 A
UZDA-B
2A0006 8 mH
400 V Three-Phase Units
4A0002 3.2 A
UZDA-B
4A0004 28 mH

Note: Contact YASKAWA for information about DC reactors for other models.
Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 423
D.3 UL Standards

D.3 UL Standards
The UL/cUL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada. It indicates that UL has performed product
testing and evaluation, and determined that their stringent standards for product safety have been met. For a product to
receive UL certification, all components inside that product must also receive UL certification.
Figure D.6

Figure D.6 UL/cUL Mark

◆ UL Standards Compliance
This drive is tested in accordance with UL standard UL508C and complies with UL requirements. The conditions
described below must be met to maintain compliance when using this drive in combination with other equipment:
■ Installation Area
Do not install the drive to an area greater than pollution severity 2 (UL standard).
■ Main Circuit Terminal Wiring
Cable Connectors
YASKAWA recommends using UL-listed copper wires (rated at 75°C), and closed-loop connectors or CSA-certified ring
connectors sized for the selected wire gauge to maintain proper clearances when wiring the drive. Use the correct crimp
tool to install connectors per manufacturer recommendation. Table D.4 lists a suitable closed-loop connector
manufactured by JST Corporation.
Table D.4 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size (JIS C 2805) (same for 200 V and 400 V)
Wire Gauge Terminal Crimp Terminal Tightening Torque
mm2 (AWG) Screws Model Numbers N m (lb to in.)
M3.5 R1.25-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
0.75 (18)
M4 R1.25-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M3.5 R1.25-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
1.25 (16)
M4 R1.25-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M3.5 R2-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
M4 R2-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
2 (14)
M5 R2-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
M6 R2-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M4 R5.5-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R5.5-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
3.5/5.5 (12/10)
M6 R5.5-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R5.5-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M4 8-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R8-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
8 (8)
M6 R8-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R8-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M4 14-4 <1> 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R14-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
14 (6)
M6 R14-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R14-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M10 R22-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
22 (4)
M12 R22-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
30/38 (3/2) M12 R38-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
50/60 (1/ 1/0) M12 R60-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
80 (2/0) M12 R80-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
100 (4/0) M12 R100-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
M10 150-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
150 (250/300MCM)
M12 150-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
M10 200-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
200 (400MCM)
M12 R200-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
325 (600/650MCM) M12 325-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)

424 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 D.3 UL Standards

<1> Use the specified crimp terminals (Model 14–NK4) when using CIMR-E†2A0030, 2A0040, 4A0018, and 4A0023 with 14 mm2 (6 AWG).
Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated shrink tubing for wiring connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum
allowable temperature of 75°C 600 Vac UL-approved vinyl-sheathed insulation.
Input Fuse Installation
The installation manual specifies that branch circuit protection should be provided by any of the following:
• Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300% of the drive input rating
• Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating
• Time-delay Class RK5 fuses sized at 225% of the drive input rating
Table D.5 Recommended Input Fuse Selection
Fuse Type
Model Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-E
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0004 FWH-70B 70
2A0006 FWH-70B 70
2A0008 FWH-70B 70
2A0010 FWH-70B 70
2A0012 FWH-70B 70
2A0018 FWH-90B 90
2A0021 FWH-90B 90
2A0030 FWH-100B 100
2A0040 FWH-200B 200
2A0056 FWH-200B 200
2A0069 FWH-200B 200
2A0081 FWH-300A 300
2A0110 FWH-300A 300
2A0138 FWH-350A 350
2A0169 FWH-400A 400
2A0211 FWH-400A 400
2A0250 FWH-600A 600
2A0312 FWH-700A 700
2A0360 FWH-800A 800
2A0415 FWH-1000A 1000
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0002 FWH-40B 40
4A0004 FWH-50B 50
4A0005 FWH-70B 70
4A0007 FWH-70B 70
4A0009 FWH-90B 90
4A0011 FWH-90B 90
4A0018 FWH-80B 80
4A0023 FWH-100B 100
4A0031 FWH-125B 125
4A0038 FWH-200B 200
4A0044 FWH-250A 250
4A0058 FWH-250A 250
4A0072 FWH-250A 250
4A0088 FWH-250A 250
4A0103 FWH-250A 250
4A0139 FWH-350A 350
Compliance

4A0165 FWH-400A 400

Standards

4A0208 FWH-500A 500

4A0250 FWH-600A 600
4A0296 FWH-700A 700
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 425
D.3 UL Standards

Fuse Type
Model Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-E
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
4A0362 FWH-800A 800
4A0414 FWH-800A 800
4A0515 FWH-1000A 1000
4A0675 FWH-1200A 1200

■ Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals

Wire low voltage wires with NEC Class 1 circuit conductors. Refer to national state or local codes for wiring. Use a class
2 (UL regulations) power supply for the control circuit terminal when not using the drives internal control power supply.
Table D.6 Control Circuit Terminal Power Supply
Input / Output Terminal Signal Power Supply Specifications
Multi-function digital outputs M1, M2, M3, M4, M5, M6 Requires class 2 power supply.
Multi-function digital inputs S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, SC
Multi-function analog inputs +V, –V, A1, A2, A3, AC
Use the internal control power supply of the drive or an external class 2
Pulse train input RP, AC
power supply.
Pulse train output MP, AC
Hardwire Base block inputs H1, H2, HC
Hardwire Base block monitor outputs DM+, DM- Requires class 2 power supply

■ Drive Short-Circuit Rating

This drive has undergone the UL short-circuit test, which certifies that during a short circuit in the power supply, the
current flow will not rise above 100,000 amps at 240 V for 200 V class drives and 480 V for 400 V class drives.
• The MCCB, breaker protection, and fuse ratings shall be equal to or greater than the short-circuit tolerance of the
power supply being used.
• Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes for 240 V in 200
V class drives (up to 480 V for 400 V class drives) motor overload protection.

◆ Drive Motor Overload Protection

Set parameter E2-01 (motor rated current) to the appropriate value to enable motor overload protection. The internal
motor overload protection is UL listed and in accordance with the NEC and CEC.
■ E2-01 Motor Rated Current
Setting Range: Model Dependent
Default Setting: Model Dependent
Parameter E2-01 (motor rated current) protects the motor if parameter L1-01 is not set to 0 (default is 1, enabling
protection for standard induction motors).
If Auto-Tuning has been performed successfully, the motor data entered to T1-04 is automatically written into parameter
E2-01. If Auto-Tuning has not been performed, manually enter the correct motor rated current to parameter E2-01.
■ L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function (oL1) based on time, output current, and output frequency,
which protects the motor from overheating. The electronic thermal overload function is UL-recognized, so it does not
require an external thermal relay for single motor operation.
This parameter selects the motor overload curve used according to the type of motor applied.
Table D.7 Overload Protection Settings
Setting Description
0 Disabled Disabled the drive’s internal motor overload protection.
Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below
1 Standard fan cooled motor (default) the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduces when running below the motor rated
speed.
Selects protection characteristics for a motor with self-cooling capability within a speed range of 10:1. The motor
2 Drive duty motor with a speed range of 1:10
overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below 1/10 of the motor rated speed.

426 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 D.3 UL Standards

Setting Description
Selects protection characteristics for a motor capable of cooling itself at any speed-including zero speed (externally
3 Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100
cooled motor). The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the entire speed range.
Selects protection characteristics for a variable torque PM motor. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is
4 Permanent Magnet motor with variable torque
automatically reduces when running below the motor rated speed.
Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below
6 Standard fan cooled motor (50 Hz) the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduces when running below the motor rated
speed

When connecting the drive to more than one motor for simultaneous operation, disable the electronic overload protection
(L1-01 = 0) and wire each motor with its own motor thermal overload relay.
Enable the motor overload protection (L1-01 = 1 to 4 or 6) when connecting the drive to a single motor, unless another
motor overload preventing device is installed. The drive electronic thermal overload function causes an oL1 fault, which
shuts off the output of the drive and prevents additional overheating of the motor. The motor temperature is continually
calculated as long as the drive is powered up.
■ L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range: 0.1 to 5.0 min
Factory Default: 1.0 min
Parameter L1-02 determines how long the motor is allowed to operate before the oL1 fault occurs when the drive is
running at 60 Hz and at 150% of the full load amp rating (E2-01) of the motor. Adjusting the value of L1-02 can shift the
set of oL1 curves up the y axis of the diagram below, but will not change the shape of the curves.
Figure D.7

Time (min)

10
7

3
Cold Start
1

0.4
Hot Start

0.1 Motor Current (%)

0 100 150 200 (E2-01=100 %)

Figure D.7 Motor Overload Protection Time

Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 427
D.3 UL Standards

428 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: E

Quick Reference Sheet

The following tables have been provided for the user’s convenience. Fill in the cells that have
been left blank as is appropriate for your drive, and keep this information as a quick reference
guide to drive and motor data as well as parameter settings

E.1 DRIVE AND MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

E.2 MULTI-FUNCTION I/O TERMINAL SETTINGS RECORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
E.3 USER SETTING TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 429
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications

E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications

◆ Drive
A separate record should be kept that lists drive specifications and motor specifications.

Amps

AC drive model MODEL : CIMR-EB4A0004FAA

MAX APPLI. MOTOR : 1.5kW REV : A
Input specifications INPUT : AC3PH 380-480V 50/60Hz 4.3A
IND.CONT.EQ.
Output specifications OUTPUT : AC3PH 380-480V 0-400Hz 4.1A 7J48 B
MASS : 3.2 kg PRG : 8000 Software version
Lot number O/N : YEC_
com-
Serial number S/N :

FILE NO : E131457
TYPE 1 ENCLOSURE
IP20
PASS mon
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN
Enclosure type

Items Description

Model CIMR-E

Serial Number

Date of Usage

◆ Motor
■ Induction Motor

Items Description Items Description

Manufacturer Motor Rated Current (T1-04) A

Model Motor Base Frequency (T1-05) Hz

Motor Rated Power (T1-02) kW Number of Motor Poles (T1-06)

Motor Rated Voltage (T1-03) V Motor Base Speed (T1-07) r/min

Note: These values must be entered as part of the Auto-Tuning process.

■ Permanent Magnet Motor

Items Description Items Description

Manufacturer PM Motor Rated Current (T2-06) A

Model PM Motor Base Frequency (T2-07) Hz

PM Motor Rated Power (T2-04) kW Number of PM Motor Poles (T2-08)

PM Motor Rated Voltage (T2-05) V

Note: These values must be entered as part of the Auto-Tuning process.

430 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 E.2 Multi-Function I/O Terminal Settings Record

E.2 Multi-Function I/O Terminal Settings Record

These tables have been provided for the customer to keep a record of the functions assigned to each multi-function
terminal.

◆ Multi-Function Digital Inputs (SC Common)

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
S1 H1-01=
S2 H1-02=
S3 H1-03=
S4 H1-04=
S5 H1-05=
S6 H1-06=
S7 H1-07=
S8 H1-08=

◆ Pulse Train Input/Analog Inputs (AC Common)

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
RP H6-01=
A1 H3-02=
A2 H3-10=
A3 H3-06=

◆ Multi-Function Digital Outputs

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
M1-M2 H2-01=
M3-M4 H1-02=
M5-M6 H1-03=

◆ Monitor Outputs (AC Common)

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
FM H4-01=
AM H4-04=

Quick Reference
Sheet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 431 E
E.3 User Setting Table

E.3 User Setting Table

Use the Verify Menu to see which parameters have been changed from their original default settings.
• The diamond below the parameter number indicates that the parameter setting can be changed during run.
• Parameter names in boldface type are included in the Setup Group of parameters.

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
A1-00‹ Language Selection b5-13 PI Feedback Loss Detection Level
A1-01‹ Access Level Selection b5-14 PI Feedback Loss Detection Time
A1-02 Control Method Selection b5-15 PI Sleep Function Start Level
A1-03 Initialize Parameters b5-16 PI Sleep Delay Time
A1-04 Password b5-17 PI Accel/Decel Time
A1-05 Password Setting b5-18 PI Setpoint Selection
A1-06 Application Preset b5-19 PI Setpoint Value
A1-07 DriveWorksEZ Function Selection b5-20 PI Setpoint Scaling
A2-01 to b5-21 PI Sleep Input Source
User Parameters, 1 to 32
A2-32 b5-22 PI Snooze Level
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic Selection b5-23 PI Snooze Delay Time
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 b5-24 PI Snooze Deactivation Level
b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 b5-25 PI Setpoint Boost Setting
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection b5-26 PI Maximum Boost Time
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection b5-27 PI Snooze Feedback Level
b1-06 Digital Input Reading b5-28 PI Feedback Function Selection
b1-07 LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection b5-29 PI Square Root Gain
b1-08 Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode b5-30 PI Feedback Offset
b1-11 Drive Delay Time Setting b5-34‹ PI Output Lower Limit
b1-14 Phase Order Selection b5-35‹ PI Input Limit
b1-15 Frequency Reference Selection 2 b5-36 PI Feedback High Detection Level
b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 b5-37 PI Feedback High Detection Time
b1-17 Run Command at Power Up b5-38 PI Setpoint User Display
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency b5-39 PI Setpoint Display Digits
b2-02 DC Injection Braking Current b5-40 Frequency Reference Monitor Content during PI
b2-03 DC Injection Braking Time at Start b5-41 PI Unit Selection
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop b5-42 PI Output Monitor Calculation Method
b2-09 Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 b5-43 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 1
b2-12 Short Circuit Brake Time at Start b5-44 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 2
b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop b5-45 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 3
b2-18 Short Circuit Braking Current b5-46 PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start
b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current b6-02 Dwell Time at Start
b3-03 Speed Search Deceleration Time b6-03 Dwell Frequency at Stop
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search b6-04 Dwell Time at Stop
b3-05 Speed Search Delay Time b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value
b3-10 Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain b8-05 Power Detection Filter Time
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection b8-06 Search Operation Voltage Limit
b3-17 Speed Search Restart Current Level C1-01‹ Acceleration Time 1
b3-18 Speed Search Restart Detection Time C1-02‹ Deceleration Time 1
b3-19 Number of Speed Search Restarts C1-03‹ Acceleration Time 2
b3-24 Speed Search Method Selection C1-04‹ Deceleration Time 2
b3-25 Speed Search Wait Time C1-09 Fast-Stop Time
b4-01 Timer Function On-Delay Time C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
b4-02 Timer Function Off-Delay Time C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start
b5-01 PI Function Setting C2-02 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End
b5-02‹ Proportional Gain Setting (P) C4-01‹ Torque Compensation Gain
b5-03‹ Integral Time Setting (I) C4-02‹ Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
b5-04‹ Integral Limit Setting C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection
b5-06‹ PI Output Limit C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit
b5-07‹ PI Offset Adjustment C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit
b5-08‹ PI Primary Delay Time Constant C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain
b5-09 PI Output Level Selection d1-01‹ Frequency Reference 1
b5-10 PI Output Gain Setting d1-02‹ Frequency Reference 2
b5-11 PI Output Reverse Selection d1-03‹ Frequency Reference 3
b5-12 PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection

432 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 E.3 User Setting Table

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
d1-04‹ Frequency Reference 4 F6-32 PROFIBUS-DP Data Format Selection
d1-17‹ Jog Frequency Reference F6-35 CANopen Node ID Selection
d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit F6-36 CANopen Communication Speed
d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit F6-50 DeviceNet MAC Address
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit F6-51 DeviceNet Communication Speed
d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 F6-52 DeviceNet PCA Setting
d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 F6-53 DeviceNet PPA Setting
d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 F6-54 DeviceNet Idle Mode Fault Detection
d3-04 Jump Frequency Width F6-55 DeviceNet Baud Rate Monitor
d4-01 Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection F6-56 DeviceNet Speed Scaling
d6-01 Field Weakening Level F6-57 DeviceNet Current Scaling
d6-02 Field Weakening Frequency Limit F6-58 DeviceNet Torque Scaling
d7-01‹ Offset Frequency 1 F6-59 DeviceNet Power Scaling
d7-02‹ Offset Frequency 2 F6-60 DeviceNet Voltage Scaling
d7-03‹ Offset Frequency 3 F6-61 DeviceNet Time Scaling
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting F6-62 DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection F6-63 DeviceNet Network MAC ID
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function
H1-01
E1-05 Maximum Voltage Selection

E1-06 Base Frequency Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function

H1-02
Selection
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage H1-03
Selection
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function
H1-04
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage Selection
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
H1-05
Selection
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
E1-13 Base Voltage H1-06
Selection
E2-01 Motor Rated Current
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip H1-07
Selection
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S8 Function
H1-08
E2-04 Number of Motor Poles Selection
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance H2-01 Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection (relay)
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance H2-02 Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection (photocoupler)
E2-07 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 H2-03 Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection (photocoupler)
E2-08 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 H2-06 Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
E2-09 Motor Mechanical Loss H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection
E2-11 Motor Rated Output H3-03‹ Terminal A1 Gain Setting
E5-01 Motor Code Selection H3-04‹ Terminal A1 Bias Setting
E5-02 Motor Rated Power H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection
E5-03 Motor Rated Current H3-06 Terminal A3 Function Selection
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles H3-07‹ Terminal A3 Gain Setting
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance H3-08‹ Terminal A3 Bias Setting
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Selection
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 H3-11‹ Terminal A2 Gain Setting
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 H3-12‹ Terminal A2 Bias Setting
F6-01 Communications Error Operation Selection H3-13 Analog Input Filter Time Constant
F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor
H4-01
Selection
F6-04 bUS Error Detection Time
H4-02‹ Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain
F6-07 NetRef/ComRef Function Selection
H4-03‹ Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias
F6-08 Reset Communication Parameters
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor
F6-10 CC-Link Node Address H4-04
Selection
F6-11 CC-Link Communications Speed H4-05‹ Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain
F6-14 CC-Link bUS Error Auto Reset H4-06‹ Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias
F6-20 MECHATROLINK Station Address Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level
H4-07
F6-21 MECHATROLINK Frame Size Selection
F6-22 MECHATROLINK Link Speed Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level
H4-08
F6-23 MECHATROLINK Monitor Selection (E) Selection

F6-24 MECHATROLINK Monitor Selection (F) H5-01 Drive Node Address

F6-25 Operation Selection at Watchdog Timer Error (E5) H5-02 Communication Speed Selection
Quick Reference

F6-26 MECHATROLINK bUS Errors Detected H5-03 Communication Parity Selection

F6-30 PROFIBUS-DP Node Address H5-04 Stopping Method After Communication Error (CE)

F6-31 PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode Selection H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection
Sheet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 433 E
E.3 User Setting Table

No. Name User No. Name User

Setting Setting
H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
H5-07 RTS Control Selection L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
H5-09 CE Detection Time L8-06 Input Phase Detection Level
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function Selection L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
H5-12 Run Command Method Selection L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay Time
H6-02‹ Pulse Train Input Scaling L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting
H6-03‹ Pulse Train Input Gain L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds
H6-04‹ Pulse Train Input Bias L8-18 Software Current Limit Selection
H6-05‹ Pulse Train Input Filter Time L8-19 Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm
H6-06‹ Pulse Train Monitor Selection L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain
H6-07‹ Pulse Train Monitor Scaling L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)
H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency L8-35 Installation Method Selection
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time
L1-03 Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input) L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection
L1-04 Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input) n1-01 Hunting Prevention Selection
L1-05 Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input) n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection n1-05 Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time n3-01 High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time n3-02 High Slip Braking Current Limit
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time n3-03 High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop
L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv1) n3-04 High Slip Braking Overload Time
L2-06 KEB Deceleration Time n3-13 Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
L2-07 KEB Acceleration Time High Frequency Injection during Overexcitation
n3-14
L2-08 Frequency Gain at KEB Start Deceleration

L2-10 KEB Detection Time n3-21 High-Slip Suppression Current Level

L2-11 DC Bus Voltage Setpoint During KEB n3-23 Overexcitation Operation Selection

L2-29 KEB Method Selection n8-45 Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain

L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration n8-47 Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant

L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration n8-48 Pull-In Current

L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control

L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration n8-51 Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current

L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during Run n8-54 Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant

L3-06 Stall Prevention Level during Run n8-55 Load Inertia

L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection n8-62 Output Voltage Limit

Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov
L3-17 n8-65
Stall Prevention Suppression

L3-20 DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain o1-01‹ Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection

L3-21 Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain o1-02‹ User Monitor Selection After Power Up

L3-22 Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection

Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during o1-06 User Monitor Selection Mode
L3-23
Run o1-07 Second Line Monitor Selection
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations o1-08 Third Line Monitor Selection
L3-25 Load Inertia Ratio o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
L3-26 Additional DC Bus Capacitors o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
L3-27 Stall Prevention Detection Time o2-01 LO/RE Key Function Selection
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width o2-03 User Parameter Default Value
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) o2-04 Drive Model Selection
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection Operation Selection when Digital Operator is
o2-06
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss Disconnected

L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection Selection o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator

L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts o3-01 Copy Function Selection

L5-02 Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection

L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Time o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting

L5-05 Fault Reset Operation Selection o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection

L6-01 Torque Detection Selection o4-03 Cooling Fan Maintenance Operation Time Setting

L6-02 Torque Detection Level o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting

L6-03 Torque Detection Time o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting

L6-13 Motor Underload Protection Selection o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting

L6-14 Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency o4-11 U2, U3 Initialize Selection

L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization

434 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
 E.3 User Setting Table

User
No. Name
Setting
o4-13 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
q1-01 to
DriveWorksEZ Parameters
q6-07
r1-01 to DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameter 1 to 20 (upper/
r1-40 lower)
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
T1-02 Motor Rated Power
T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage
T1-04 Motor Rated Current
T1-05 Motor Base Frequency
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles
T1-07 Motor Base Speed
T1-11 Motor Iron Loss
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
T2-02 PM Motor Code Selection
T2-03 PM Motor Type
T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power
T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage
T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current
T2-07 PM Motor Base Frequency
T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles
T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance
T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance
T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning

Quick Reference
Sheet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 435 E
 Index Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 106, 108
Auto-Tuning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Auto-Tuning Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Auto-Tuning Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Symbols
Auto-Tuning Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Auto-Tuning Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
+1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Auto-Tuning Fault Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
+3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
+V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Auto-Tuning Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 106
Numerics Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
1800 r/min Type YASKAWA SMRA Series SPM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 367
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 B
24 V Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Backing Up Parameter Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2-Wire Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Base Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167, 258
3600 r/min Type YASKAWA SMRA Series SPM Motor
Base Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Baseblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
3-Wire Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3-Wire Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3-Wire Sequence Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
bb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 261
5th Most Recent Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
A Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
A/D Conversion Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 252 Bottom Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Braking Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters . . . . . 375 Braking Resistor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Braking Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Braking Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 74 Broadcast Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
AC Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 bUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 252, 261
Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Accel/Decel Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 330 C
Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Cable Length Between Drive and Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Acceleration Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 261
Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Cannot Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Acceleration Time Pull-In Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Cannot Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 262
Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
CANopen Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
Access Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 118
Capacitor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Additional DC Bus Capacitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Capacitor Maintenance Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 367
Adjusted Slip Calculation Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Capacitor Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
AEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Carrier Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 328, 329
Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Carrier Frequency and Current Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Carrier Frequency Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Alarm Register 007FH Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . 156
Alarms and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Carrier Frequency Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
Carrier Frequency Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
ALM LED Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Altitude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Carrier Frequency Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 246
Ambient Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Carrier Frequency Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating. . . . . 333
Carrier Frequency Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Ambient Temperature Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 333, 363
CC-Link Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
Analog Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 252, 261
Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
CE Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Analog Input Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Analog Inputs / Pulse Train Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Changing Parameter Settings or Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Application Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Circulation fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Application Presets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Application Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Coast to stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Applications with Specialized Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Coast to Stop with Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Attachment for External Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314, 324
Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Auto Restart Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Communication Fault Detection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention
Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 361
Communication Option Card Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

436 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
Communication Option Station Number Setting Error CPF34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
(CC-Link, CANopen, MECHATROLINK-II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 CPyE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Communication Parity Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 CRC-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Communication Speed Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Communications Enter Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 CrST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 262
Communications Error Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 CSEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Cumulative Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Comparing Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Cumulative Operation Time at 5th Most Recent Fault. . . . . . . 371
Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Cumulative Operation Time at Most Recent Fault . . . . . . . . . . 371
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates . . . . . . . 279 Cumulative Operation Time at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Connecting a DC Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Cumulative Operation Time Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 367
Connecting a Noise Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Cumulative Operation Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 366
Connecting a Suppression Diode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Current Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 263
Connecting a Surge Absorber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Current Detection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
Connecting an AC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Current Detection Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Connecting Braking Units in Parallel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Current Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Connecting Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Current Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Connecting to a PC (USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 363
Connection of a Motor PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Cyclic Redundancy Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 205 D
Control Board Connection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252, 253
d References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Control Circuit Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252, 253
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Control Circuit Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
DC Bus Overvoltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Control Circuit Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Control Circuit Output Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
DC Bus Undervoltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
DC Bus Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
DC Bus Voltage at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Control Dial for Frequency Setting Potentiometer. . . . . . . . . . 313
DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Control Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
DC Injection Braking at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 369
DC Injection Braking Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 279
Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . 375
DC Injection Braking Input Timing Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Control Mode Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
DC Injection Braking Start Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
DC Injection Braking Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Control Modes and their Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Control Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
DC Injection Braking to Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Control Power Supply Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
DC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
DC Reactors for EN 61000-3-2 Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34
Deceleration Rate Calculation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Cooling Fan Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Deceleration Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Cooling Fan Maintenance Setting (Operation Time) . . . . . . . . 367
Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 361
Cooling Fan Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Delay Timers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Cooling Fan Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
CoPy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
DeviceNet Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
Copy Allowed Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
dFPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Copy Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Diagnosing and Resetting Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 237
Digital Input Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Copy Function Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34, 89, 90
Copy Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Digital Operator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Copy Unit Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Digital Operator Display Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 365
CopyUnitManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Digital Operator Installation Methods and Required Tools . . . . 43
CPEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Digital Operator Keypad Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
CPF02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
CPF03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Digital Operator Remote Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CPF06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Digital Operator Remote Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
CPF07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Digital Text Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
CPF08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Dimensions for IP00 Enclosure
CPF11 to CPF14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
CPF20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 253
400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
CPF21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 253
Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
CPF22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 253
200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
CPF23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 253
400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
CPF24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 253
DIP Switch S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
CPF26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 437
DIP Switch S1 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 81 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 262
DIP Switch S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 83, 393 EF0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 253, 262
DIP Switch S4 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 EF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
DM- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 EF1 to EF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250
DM+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 EF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
dnE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 262 EF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
Drive Baseblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 EF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
Drive Capacity Setting Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 EF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
Drive Capacity Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 EF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
Drive Cooling Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 EF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
Drive Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33 EF8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
Drive Cover 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 ELCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Drive cover 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance . . . . . . 421
Drive Disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 262 EMC Filter Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational EMC Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 EMC Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 94 EMC Guidelines Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 365 EN61800-3 C2 Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Drive Model Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Enclosure Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Drive Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Drive Models and Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 End1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269
Drive Motor Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 End3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269
Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 End4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Drive Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 End5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Drive Overheat Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 End7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Drive Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 258 Energy Saving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Drive Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Energy Saving Coefficient Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Drive Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Energy Saving Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Drive Short-Circuit Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Drive Slave Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Enter command necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Enter command not necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Drive Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Drive Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Drive Transmit Wait Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Er-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269
Drive Unit Setting Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Er-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269
Drive Unit Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Er-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269
Drive Watt Loss Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Er-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
Drive/kVA Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Er-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
DriveWizard Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 314 Er-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
DriveWorksEZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Er-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Er-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
DriveWorksEZ Custom Monitor 1 to 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Er-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
DriveWorksEZ Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Err . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 254
DriveWorksEZ Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Error Reading Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
DriveWorksEZ Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Error Writing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
DriveWorksEZ Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function . . . . . . . 251
DRV LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
During Frequency Output Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation . . . . . . . . . . 278
During Run Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Excessive PI Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 254, 262
dWAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 253 Excessive V/f Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269
Dwell Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 247 Exhaust Fan Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Dwell Reference at Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Exterior and Mounting Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Dwell Reference at Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 External Digital Operator Connection Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Dwell Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 External Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 262
Dwell Time at Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 External Fault (input terminal S1 to S7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250
DWEZ Connection Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection . . . . . 172
DWEZ Version Control Monitor 1 to 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection. . . . . 172
dWFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 External Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Dynamic Braking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 F
E Fan Connector Cable (CN6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
E (G). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Fan Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 290
E1000 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Fan Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34, 298
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Fan Relay Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
EEPROM Memory Data Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34, 297
EEPROM Write Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 254 Fast Stop Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

438 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
Fast Stop Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Functions for Terminals S1 to S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Fault Causes and Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313, 323
Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Fuse Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Fault Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 252 Fuse Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418, 425
Fault History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 273, 371 G
Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
General Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Fault Reset Interval Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 220, 362
GF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 255
Fault Reset Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Ground Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 255
Fault Reset Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 362
Ground Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Fault Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Ground Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 273, 370
Fault Trace / History Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 H
Fault Trace Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 249 H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
FbH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 254, 262 H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FbL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 254, 262 H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Ferrule Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 HC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 HCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 263
Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34
Field Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Field Weakening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Field Weakening Frequency Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 363
Field Weakening Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Heatsink Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 257, 263
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . 246 Heatsink Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Fine-Tuning V/f Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 High Current Alarm Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
FJOG/RJOG Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 High Frequency Injection during Overexcitation
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop. . . . . . . . . . . . 67 High Slip Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 258
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 High Slip Braking Current Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 364
FOUT LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width. . . . . . 230, 364
Frequency Accuracy (Temperature Fluctuation) . . . . . . . . . . . 330 High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 364
Frequency Control Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 High Slip Braking oL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 258
Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 High Slip Braking Overload Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 258, 364
Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 High Slip Suppression Current Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 364
Frequency Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 HSB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Frequency Detection 4 Example with Positive L3-04 Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Hunting Prevention Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Frequency Gain at KEB Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 364
Frequency Meter / Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 364
Frequency Meter Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Hunting Prevention Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 364
Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Hunting Prevention Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 364
Pre-Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 363 HVAC Fan Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 369 I
Frequency Reference at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 I Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 362 iFEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Frequency Reference from MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. . . . . 372 IG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Frequency Reference Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 IGBT Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 IGBT Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 367
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection . . . . . . . . 218, 362 IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Frequency Reference Lower Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI . . . . . . . . . . 147 Induced Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Frequency Reference Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Frequency Reference Selection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 276 Initial Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Frequency Reference Selection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Frequency Reference Setting / Decimal Display . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Initialization required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Frequency Reference Setting and User-Set Display. . . . . . . . . 366 Initialize Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 119
Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Input Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection . . . . . . . 237, 366 Input Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323, 418, 425
Frequency Reference Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Input Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Frequency Reference Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Input Phase Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259
Frequency Setting Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 363
Frequency Setting Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Input Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
Frequency Setting Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Input Pulse Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34 Input Terminal Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Front Cover Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34 Input Terminal Status at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Function Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 439
Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Load Inertia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233, 365
Input Voltage Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Load Inertia Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 259, 361
Inrush Prevention Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 LOCAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Inrush Prevention Relay Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 LOCAL/REMOTE Key Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 286 LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Locations of Jumpers and Switches on the Terminal Board . . . 77
Installation Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Loopback Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Installation Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Loss of Reference Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 220
Installation Orientation and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Installation Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Low Voltage Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Installing a Braking Unit: CDBR Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . 426
Installing a Leakage Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 LT-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Installing a Magnetic Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 LT-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB). . . . . . . . . 319 LT-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the LT-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Drive Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 M
Installing Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
M1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Installing the Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292, 294, 300
M2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Integral Limit Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
M3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Integral Time Setting (I). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
M4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Interlock Circuit Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
M5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
IP00 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
M6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Magnetic Contactor (Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
J Main Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 71
Jog Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Main Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Jump Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 247 Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Jump Frequency Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Jumper S5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
K Main Circuit Terminal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 424
Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
KEB Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 360
Main Power Circuit Voltage Adjustment Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
KEB Deceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 360
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287, 288
KEB Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Maintenance Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
KEB Function Related Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
KEB Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 371
KEB Operation Using a KEB Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Master Speed Reference Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
KEB Operation Using L2-02 and KEB Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Max. Motor Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
KEB Operation Using L2-02, Without KEB Input . . . . . . . . . 207
Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
KEB Operation Using L2-10 and KEB Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Maximum Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167, 328, 329
KEB Operation Using L2-10, Without KEB Input . . . . . . . . . 208
Maximum Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
KEB Operation Wiring Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Maximum Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
KEB Ride-Thru End Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
KEB Ride-Thru Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
KEB Ride-Thru Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
KEB Start Output Frequency Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
MECHATROLINK Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete . . . . . . . . 264
kWh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
kWh Monitor Initial Value Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
kWh Monitor Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 252, 261
kWh, Lower 4 Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error . . . . . 264
kWh, Upper 5 Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
L MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reference . . . . . . . . . 373
L Protection Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Language Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
LCD Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
LED Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
LED Screen Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 MEMOBUS/Modbus Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 255 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 83
LF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 255 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 83
Line-to-Line Resistance Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270 MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
LO/RE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 98, 112 Menu Structure for Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection . . . . . . . 235 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
LO/RE LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Meter Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
LO/RE Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Mid Output Voltage A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Middle Output Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

440 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
Middle Output Frequency 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Middle Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Motor q-Axis Current at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Motor q-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Minimum KEB Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Motor Rated Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109, 167, 170, 367, 426
Minimum Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Motor Rated Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 169, 170, 367
Minimum Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Motor Rated Slip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Minimum Output Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Motor Rated Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109, 367
Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off . . . . . . . . . . 279
Minor Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Motor Rotates Faster Than the Frequency Reference . . . . . . . 278
Minor Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Motor Rotates in One Direction Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Minor Fault and Alarm Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Motor Secondary Current (Iq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Minor Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Motor Speed Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Minor Faults and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 250 Motor Speed Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads. . . . . . 277
Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Motor Stator Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Motor Temperature Input Filter Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 360
Molded Case Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Momentary Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Mounting Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time . . . . 210, 360 MP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . 205, 360 Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Momentary Power Loss Recovery Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205, 330 Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 360 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias . . . . . . . . . 197
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain . . . . . . . . . 197
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 360 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor
Monitor Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Monitor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 369 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal
Most Recent Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Motor 1 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias. . . . . . . . . . 197
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations . . . . . . 216, 361 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain . . . . . . . . . 197
Motor Base Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109, 368 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor
Motor Base Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 368 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Motor Code Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 381 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal
Motor Data Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269 Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Motor d-Axis Current at Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Motor d-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator . . . . 237, 366 Multi-Function Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 174
Motor Does Not Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Multi-Function Digital Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Motor Excitation Current (ld). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . 184
Motor Hunting and Oscillation Control Parameters. . . . . . . . . 247 Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Multi-Function Input Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Multi-Function Input Setting Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Motor Iron Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 368 Multiple Drive Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Multiple Drive Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Motor is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Multi-Step Speed Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Motor Leakage Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 N
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
n Special Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Motor No-Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Motor Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 264
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Motor Overheat 1 (PTC input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
ndAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
NEMA 1 Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
NetRef/ComRef Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . 204, 360
Network Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Node setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 360
Noise From the Drive or Output Lines When the Drive
Motor Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 258
is Powered On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Motor Overload Estimate (oL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
No-Load Current Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Motor Overload Protection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 359, 426
No-Load Current Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
Motor Overload Protection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 359, 427
No-Load Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Motor Performance Fine-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Notes on Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Notes on Rotational Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Motor Protection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
nSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature
Number of Auto Restart Attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 362
Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Number of Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 168, 170, 368
Motor PTC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 441
Number of PM Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Option Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Number of Run Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization . . . . . . . . . 239 Option Unit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Number of Speed Search Restarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Optional 24 V DC Power Supply Connector Cover. . . . . . . . . . 32
O Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
oC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 256
Oscillation or Hunting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
oFA00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 256
Output Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
oFA01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 256
Output Current 1 During Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
oFA03 to oFA06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Output Current Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
oFA10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
oFA11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Output Frequency after Soft Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
oFA12 to oFA17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Output Frequency at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
oFA30 to oFA43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 256
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference. . . . 279
oFb00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm . . . . . . 224
oFC00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Output Frequency Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Offset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 374
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 363
oH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 257, 263
Output Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
oH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 257
Output Phase Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 255
oH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 264
Output Phase Loss Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
oH3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 257, 264
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
oH4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 257
Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
oL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 258
Output Power at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
oL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 258, 279
Output Terminal Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds . . . . . . . . . 226, 363
Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
oL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 258, 264
Output Voltage at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
oL7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 258
Output Voltage Detection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260, 265
oPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Output Voltage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
oPE Fault Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266, 370
Output Voltage Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
oPE01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 266
Output Voltage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
oPE02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 266
Output Voltage Reference (Vd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
oPE03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 266
Output Voltage Reference (Vq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
oPE04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 266
ov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 259, 264
oPE05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
ov Suppression Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
oPE07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Overcurrent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 256
oPE08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Overcurrent Detection Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 227, 363
oPE09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Overexcitation Deceleration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
oPE10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 256, 364
oPE11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Overexcitation Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 365
oPE13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
oPE15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Overheat Alarm Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 363
Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 363
Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning Parameters . . . . . . . 246
Overload Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
Operating with the Load Connected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Overtorque 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 264
Operation Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Overtorque Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 258
Operation Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 251
Overtorque Detection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is
Overvoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 259
Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 366
Overvoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 369, 373
Overvoltage Suppression Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Operator Connection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 P
Operator Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 365 P Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
oPr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 258 Parameter Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Option Card Communications Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Parameter Range Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-A. . . . . . . 256 Parameter Selection Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C. . . . . . . 257 Parameter Setting Range Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Option card connector (CN5-A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Option card connector (CN5-B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Parameters for KEB Ride-Thru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Option card connector (CN5-C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection . . . . . 381
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A . . . . . . . . . . 256 Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation . . . . . 247
Option Card External Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 253, 262 PASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 264
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 119
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Password Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Option Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Password Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Option Communication Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 252, 261 Peak Hold Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

442 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
Peak Hold Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Performance Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Powerboard Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . 287 Powering Up the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Predefined V/f Patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Permanent Magnet Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Preset Reference Timing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259 Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Phase Order Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 PROFIBUS-DP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
Photocoupler and Contact Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 95
PI Accel/Decel Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Proportional Gain Setting (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
PI Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
PI Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Pull-In Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 365
PI Control Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant . . . . . 232, 259, 365
PI Control Selection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Pull-In Current during Accel/Decel for PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
PI Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
PI Feedback High Detection Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Pull-Out Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
PI Feedback High Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Pulse Monitor Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
PI Feedback Input Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Pulse Output Connection Using External Voltage Supply . . . . . 79
PI Feedback Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 254, 262 Pulse Output Connection Using Internal Voltage Supply. . . . . . 79
PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Pulse Train Input Bias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
PI Feedback Low Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Pulse Train Input Filter Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
PI Feedback Low Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Pulse Train Input Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
PI Fine Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
PI Function Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Pulse Train Input Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
PI Input (feedback) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection . . . . . . . . . 199
PI Input Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Pulse Train Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
PI Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 373 Pulse Train Monitor Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
PI Offset Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Pulse Train Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
PI Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 R
PI Output Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
R- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
PI Output Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
R+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
PI Output Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
R/L1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
PI Output Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Radiated and Radio Frequency Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
PI Output Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Ramp to stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
PI Output Reverse Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . 156
PI Primary Delay Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Rated Current Setting Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269
PI Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Rated Output Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
PI Setpoint Display Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Rated Output Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
PI Setpoint Input Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Rated Slip Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 270
PI Setpoint Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Rated Voltage, Rated Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 329
PI Setpoint Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
rdEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
PI Setpoint User Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
READ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
PI Setpoint Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
rEAd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
PI Sleep Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . 401
PI Sleep Function Start Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Reading Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
PI Sleep/Snooze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Reattaching the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Reattaching the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
PM Motor Base Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Reattaching the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure
PM Motor Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
PM Motor Code Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Reattaching the Terminal Cover on an IP20/NEMA Type 1
PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Enclosure Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Reattaching the Top Protective Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
PM Motor Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Removing the Cooling Fan (2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139,
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
4A0165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
PM Motor Rated Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Removing the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
PM Motor Rated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Removing the Fan Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
PM Motor Rated Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Removing the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure
PM Motor Stator Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
PM Motor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP20/NEMA Type 1
PM Speed Feedback Detection Suppression Gain . . . . . . . . . . 259
Enclosure Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Removing the Top Protective Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance . . . . . . . . . . 105
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Power Detection Filter Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Replacing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 443
Reset Communication Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Side-by-Side Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Resistance Tuning Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Response Messages from Drive to Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
REV LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 SI-N3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Reverse Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs . . . . 78
RP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 SI-P3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
RS-422 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 SI-S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
RS-485 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 SI-T3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
RTS Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Rubber Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Run Command at Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Run Command Input Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Run Command Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 Soft Charge Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Run Command Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 339 Soft CLA Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Run Command Selection 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Soft Starter Speed Reference at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Run Command Selection 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Software Current Limit Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Run Command Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Software No. (Flash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Run command selection while in Programming Mode . . . . . . 128 Software No. (ROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Run Command Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Software version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Space Between Drives (Side-by-Side Mounting). . . . . . . . . . . . 41
RUN LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
RUN LED and Drive Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
RUN LED Status and Meaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Speed Agreement Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 362
RUN Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 362
S Speed Agreement Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Speed Agreement Detection Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 362
S- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 362
S+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Speed Control Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
S/L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Speed Estimation Type Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 259
S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 365
S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov
S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Suppression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Speed Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
S5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 259
S6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Speed Search Deactivation Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Speed Search Deceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Speed Search Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Safe Disable Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Speed Search Estimation Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Safety Hazard Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Speed Search Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Speed Search Restart Current Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Speed Search Restart Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
S-Curve Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 247
Speed Search Selection at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 264
Speed Search Wait Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Search Operation Voltage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Stall Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 247, 259
Self-diagnosing function of the serial communication
Stall Prevention Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
interface circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Stall Prevention during Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
SEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 361
Serial Communication Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Stall Prevention Level during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 361
Serial Communication Transmission Error . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 261
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 361
Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration . . . . . . . . 211, 361
(TB5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration . . . . . . . . 213, 361
Serial Communications Terminal and DIP Switch S2 . . . . . . . 393
Stall Prevention Selection during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 361
Serviceable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Starting Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Setup Group Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Setup Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Stationary Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Shielded Twisted-Pair Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance. . . . . . . . 105
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
STo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259
Short Circuit Braking Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
STOP button Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 269
SI-C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
STOP Key Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 366
Side-by-Side Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Stopping Method after Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Side-by-Side Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Stopping Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

444 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Tuning Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Surge Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Swing PWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . 105
Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 U
T U Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
T Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 U/T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
T/L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 U2, U3 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 367
Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression UL Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
and Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 UL Standards Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Task Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 UL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 260, 265
Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 UL6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Terminal A1 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Undertorque 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Terminal A1 Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Undertorque Detection 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 260, 265
Terminal A1 Gain Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Undertorque Detection Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Undervoltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250, 265
Terminal A2 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Undervoltage 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Terminal A2 Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault). . . . . . . . . 260
Terminal A2 Gain Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 81 Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Undervoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Terminal A3 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Unit Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Terminal A3 Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H . . . . 395
Terminal A3 Gain Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Up/Down Command Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Terminal AM/FM Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 USB Copy Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 314
Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34, 35, 307 USB Port (type-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Terminal Board Connection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 USB port (type-B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34, 82
Terminal Board Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 User Monitor Selection after Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 365
Terminal Board Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 User Parameter Automatic Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 122, 338
Terminal Board Wiring Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 User Parameter Default Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 236, 366
Terminal Connections for Communication User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 User Parameters 1 to 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 121, 338
Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 33, 60 User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Terminal cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 User Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04
Terminal Cover 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Terminal Cover Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Using Braking Units in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Using the Pulse Train Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 83 Uv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 265
Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 107, 108, 112 Uv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 260
Test Run Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Uv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 260
Test Run with Load Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Uv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 260
Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 75 V
Timer Function Off-Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Timer Function On-Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
V/f Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Too Many Speed Search Restarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259
V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Top Protective Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 65, 71
V/f Control Mode Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Top Protective cover to prevent miswiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
V/f Control Mode Tuning Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Top Protective Covers, Reattaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
V/f Data Setting Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 267
Top Protective Covers, Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 61
V/f Gain During Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Torque Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
V/f Pattern Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Torque Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 246
V/f Pattern Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 246
V/f Pattern Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
V/f Pattern for Motor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Torque Detection Level 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 362
V/f Pattern Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 277
Torque Detection Selection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 362
V/T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Torque Detection Time 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 362
vAEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Torque Specifications, Three Phase 200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
VERIFY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Torque Specifications, Three Phase 400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Verify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Verifying Parameter Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Troubleshooting without Fault Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
vFyE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
TrPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
voF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260, 265

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 445
Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
vrFy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
W
W/T3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Water Supply Pump Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Watt Hour Output Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Watt Loss 200 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Watt Loss 400 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Wire Gauge, Three Phase 200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Wire Gauge, Three Phase 400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Wire Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 75
Wiring Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Wiring Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
WRITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Writing Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Writing to Multiple Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
WrUn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Z
Zero Phase Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Zero-Speed Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

446 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual
Revision History

The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.

MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 35A‫ޓ‬

Published in Japan August 2009 09-8
Date of original publication
Date of publication

Date of Publication Revision Number Section Revised Content

August 2009 − − First Edition

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 35A YASKAWA AC Drive E1000 Technical Manual 447
YASKAWA AC Drive E1000
AC Drive for Fan and Pump
Technical Manual

IRUMA BUSINESS CENTER (SOLUTION CENTER)

480, Kamifujisawa, Iruma, Saitama, 358-8555, Japan
Phone: 81-4-2962-5696 Fax: 81-4-2962-6138

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION

New Pier Takeshiba South Tower, 1-16-1, Kaigan, Minatoku, Tokyo, 105-6891, Japan
Phone: 81-3-5402-4511 Fax: 81-3-5402-4580
http://www.yaskawa.co.jp

YASKAWA ELECTRIC AMERICA, INC.

2121 Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A.
Phone: (800) YASKAWA (800-927-5292) or 1-847-887-7000 Fax: 1-847-887-7370
http://www.yaskawa.com

YASKAWA ELÉTRICO DO BRASIL COMÉRCIO LTDA.

Avenda Fagundes Filho, 620 Bairro Saude, São Paulo, SP04304-000, Brasil
Phone: 55-11-3585-1100 Fax: 55-11-5581-8795
http://www.yaskawa.com.br

YASKAWA ELECTRIC EUROPE GmbH

Hauptstraβe 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: 49-6196-569-300 Fax: 49-6196-569-398

YASKAWA ELECTRIC UK LTD.

1 Hunt Hill Orchardton Woods, Cumbernauld, G68 9LF, United Kingdom
Phone: 44-1236-735000 Fax: 44-1236-458182

YASKAWA ELECTRIC KOREA CORPORATION

7F, Doore Bldg. 24, Yeoido-dong, Youngdungpo-Ku, Seoul, 150-877, Korea
Phone: 82-2-784-7844 Fax: 82-2-784-8495

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

151 Lorong Chuan, #04-01, New Tech Park, 556741, Singapore
Phone: 65-6282-3003 Fax: 65-6289-3003

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.

No. 18 Xizang Zhong Road, Room 1702-1707, Harbour Ring Plaza, Shanghai, 200001, China
Phone: 86-21-5385-2200 Fax: 86-21-5385-3299

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD. BEIJING OFFICE

Room 1011A, Tower W3 Oriental Plaza, No. 1 East Chang An Ave.,
Dong Cheng District, Beijing, 100738, China
Phone: 86-10-8518-4086 Fax: 86-10-8518-4082

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TAIWAN CORPORATION

9F, 16, Nanking E. Rd., Sec. 3, Taipei, Taiwan
Phone: 886-2-2502-5003 Fax: 886-2-2505-1280

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION

YASKAWA

In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture
thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure
to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.
© 2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 35A

Published in Japan August 2009 09-8
09-1-1